GTN 625-635-650 Pilot's Guide

Map
Traffic
Terrain
GTN 625/635/650 Weather

Pilot's Guide
Flight Plan
Procedures
Nearest
Waypoint Info
Services
Utilities
System
© 2011-2018
Garmin International, Inc. or its subsidiaries
All Rights Reserved
Except as expressly provided herein, no part of this manual may be reproduced, copied, transmitted, disseminated,
downloaded or stored in any storage medium, for any purpose without the express written permission of Garmin.
Garmin hereby grants permission to download a single copy of this manual and of any revision to this manual onto a
hard drive or other electronic storage medium to be viewed for personal use, provided that such electronic or printed
copy of this manual or revision must contain the complete text of this copyright notice and provided further that any
unauthorized commercial distribution of this manual or any revision hereto is strictly prohibited.
This manual reflects the operation of system software v6.50 or later. Some differences in operation may be observed
when comparing the information in this manual to later software versions.
This part shall comply with Garmin Banned and Restricted Substances document, 001-00211-00.
Garmin®, FliteCharts®, and SafeTaxi® are registered trademarks of Garmin International or its subsidiaries. Garmin
SVT™, Telligence™, and Smart Airspace™ are trademarks of Garmin International or its subsidiaries. These
trademarks may not be used without the express permission of Garmin.
NavData® is a registered trademark of Jeppesen, Inc.
SkyWatch® and StormScope® are registered trademarks of L-3 Communications.
© 2018 SiriusXM® Satellite Radio, Sirius, SXM and all related marks and logos are trademarks of SiriusXM Radio Inc.
All other marks and logos are property of their respective owners. All rights reserved.
The Bluetooth® word mark and logos are registered trademarks owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and any use of such
marks by Garmin is under license. Other trademarks and trade names are those of their respective owners.
© 2018 SD® and SDHC Logos are trademarks of SD-3C, LLC. All rights reserved.
Iridium® is a registered trademark of Iridium Communications, Inc. All rights reserved.
The term Wi-Fi® is a registered trademark of the Wi-Fi Alliance®.
United States radar data provided by NOAA; European radar data collected and provided by Meteo France.
For information regarding the Aviation Limited Warranty, refer to Garmin's website.
For aviation product support, visit flyGarmin.com.
August 2018 Printed in the U.S.A

Software License Agreement Foreword
BY USING THE DEVICE, COMPONENT OR SYSTEM MANUFACTURED OR SOLD BY GARMIN ("THE Getting
GARMIN PRODUCT"), YOU AGREE TO BE BOUND BY THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE FOLLOWING Started
SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT. PLEASE READ THIS AGREEMENT CAREFULLY. Garmin Ltd. and its
Audio &
subsidiaries ("Garmin") grants you a limited license to use the software embedded in the Garmin Product Xpdr Ctrl
(the "Software") in binary executable form in the normal operation of the Garmin Product. Title, ownership
rights, and intellectual property rights in and to the Software remain with Garmin and/or its third-party Com/Nav
providers. You acknowledge that the Software is the property of Garmin and/or its third-party providers
and is protected under the United States of America copyright laws and international copyright treaties. FPL
You further acknowledge that the structure, organization, and code of the Software are valuable trade
secrets of Garmin and/or its third-party providers and that the Software in source code form remains a
Direct-To
valuable trade secret of Garmin and/or its third-party providers. You agree not to reproduce, decompile,
disassemble, modify, reverse assemble, reverse engineer, or reduce to human readable form the Software
or any part thereof or create any derivative works based on the Software. You agree not to export or re- Proc
export the Software to any country in violation of the export control laws of the United States of America.
Wpt Info
Map
Traffic
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index
190-01004-03 Rev. N GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide i

Foreword WARNING: Navigation and terrain separation must NOT be predicated
upon the use of the terrain function. The GTN 6XX Terrain Proximity feature
Getting is NOT intended to be used as a primary reference for terrain avoidance
Started
and does not relieve the pilot from the responsibility of being aware of
Audio & surroundings during flight. Terrain Proximity is only to be used as an aid
Xpdr Ctrl for terrain avoidance and is not certified for use in applications requiring
a certified terrain awareness system. Terrain data is obtained from third
Com/Nav
party sources. Garmin is not able to independently verify the accuracy of
the terrain data.
FPL
WARNING: The displayed minimum safe altitudes (MSAs) are only advisory
Direct-To in nature and should not be relied upon as the sole source of obstacle and
terrain avoidance information. Always refer to current aeronautical charts
Proc for appropriate minimum clearance altitudes.
Wpt Info WARNING: The GTN 6XX has a very high degree of functional integrity.
However, the pilot must recognize that providing monitoring and/or self-
Map test capability for all conceivable system failures is not practical. Although
unlikely, it may be possible for erroneous operation to occur without a fault
Traffic indication shown by the GTN 6XX. It is thus the responsibility of the pilot to
detect such an occurrence by means of cross-checking with all redundant
Terrain or correlated information available in the cockpit.
Weather WARNING: The altitude calculated by GPS receivers is geometric height

above Mean Sea Level and could vary significantly from the altitude
Nearest
displayed by pressure altimeters, such as the output from the GDC 74A/B
Air Data Computer, or other altimeters in aircraft. GPS altitude should never
Services/ be used for vertical navigation. Always use pressure altitude displayed by
Music pressure altimeters in the aircraft.
Utilities
WARNING: Do not use outdated database information. Databases used
in the GTN 6XX system must be updated regularly in order to ensure that
System the information remains current. Pilots using an outdated database do so
entirely at their own risk.
Messages
WARNING: Do not use basemap (land and water data) information for
Symbols primary navigation. Basemap data is intended only to supplement other
approved navigation data sources and should be considered as an aid to
Appendix enhance situational awareness.
Index
ii GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. N

WARNING: Traffic information shown on the GTN 6XX is provided as an Foreword
aid in visually acquiring traffic. Pilots must maneuver the aircraft based
only upon ATC guidance or positive visual acquisition of conflicting traffic. Getting
Started
WARNING: Do not use data link weather information for maneuvering in, Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
near, or around areas of hazardous weather. Information contained within
data link weather products may not accurately depict current weather
Com/Nav
conditions.
FPL
WARNING: Do not use the indicated data link weather product age to
determine the age of the weather information shown by the data link
Direct-To
weather product. Due to time delays inherent in gathering and processing
weather data for data link transmission, the weather information shown by
Proc
the data link weather product may be significantly older than the indicated
weather product age.
Wpt Info
WARNING: Never use datalinked weather to attempt to penetrate a

thunderstorm. Both the FAA Advisory Circular, Subject: Thunderstorms, Map
and the Airman's Information Manual (AIM) recommend avoiding "by at
least 20 miles any thunderstorm identified as severe or giving an intense Traffic
radio echo.
Terrain
WARNING: For safety reasons, GTN 6XX operational procedures must be
learned on the ground. Weather
WARNING: To reduce the risk of unsafe operation, carefully review and Nearest
understand all aspects of the GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide. Thoroughly
practice basic operation prior to actual use. During flight operations, Services/
Music
carefully compare indications from the GTN 6XX to all available navigation
sources, including the information from other NAVAIDs, visual sightings, Utilities
charts, etc. For safety purposes, always resolve any discrepancies before
continuing navigation.
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index
190-01004-03 Rev. N GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide iii

Foreword
CAUTION: The United States government operates the Global Positioning
System and is solely responsible for its accuracy and maintenance. The
Getting GPS system is subject to changes which could affect the accuracy and
Started performance of all GPS equipment. Portions of the GTN 6XX utilize GPS
as a precision electronic NAVigation AID (NAVAID). Therefore, as with
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl all NAVAIDs, information presented by the GTN 6XX can be misused or
misinterpreted and, therefore, become unsafe.
Com/Nav
CAUTION: The GTN 6XX does not contain any user-serviceable parts.
FPL Repairs should only be made by an authorized Garmin service center.
Unauthorized repairs or modifications could void both the warranty and
Direct-To the pilot’s authority to operate this device under FAA/FCC regulations.
Proc CAUTION: The display lens has a special anti-reflective coating that is very
sensitive to skin oils, waxes, and abrasive cleaners. CLEANERS CONTAINING
AMMONIA WILL HARM THE ANTI-REFLECTIVE COATING. It is very important
Wpt Info
to clean the lens using a clean, lint-free cloth and an eyeglass lens cleaner
that is specified as safe for anti-reflective coatings.
Map
CAUTION: TFRs provided by datalink weather sources (i.e., FIS-B and
Traffic SiriusXM) are only advisory and do not replace a thorough preflight briefing
on TFR times and locations. Not all TFRs may be shown. To determine
Terrain accurate TFR information, verify with official sources, i.e., preflight planning
or flight service center.
Weather
NOTE: All visual depictions contained within this document, including
Nearest screen images of the GTN bezel and displays, are subject to change and
may not reflect the most current GTN software. Depictions of equipment
Services/ may differ slightly from the actual equipment.
Music
NOTE: This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is
Utilities subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause
harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference
System received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
Messages NOTE: This product, its packaging, and its components contain
chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer, birth
Symbols defects, or reproductive harm. This notice is being provided in
accordance with California’s Proposition 65. If you have any questions
Appendix or would like additional information, please refer to our website at
www.garmin.com/prop65.
Index
iv GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. N

NOTE: Canadian installations: In accordance with Canadian Radio Foreword
Specifications Standard 102 (RSS 102), RF field strength exposure to persons
from an antenna connected to this device should be limited to 60 V/m for Getting
Started
controlled environment and 28 V/m for uncontrolled environment.
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
NOTE: Do not use SafeTaxi functions as the basis for ground
maneuvering. SafeTaxi functions do not comply with the requirements
Com/Nav
of AC 120-76C and are not qualified to be used as an airport moving
map display (AMMD). SafeTaxi is to be used by the flight crew to orient
FPL
themselves on the airport surface.
NOTE: The FAA has asked Garmin to remind pilots who fly with Garmin Direct-To
database-dependent avionics of the following:
Proc
• It is the pilot’s responsibility to remain familiar with all FAA regulatory
and advisory guidance and information related to the use of databases in Wpt Info
the National Airspace System.
• Garmin equipment will only recognize and use databases that are Map
obtained from Garmin or Jeppesen. Databases obtained from Garmin
or Jeppesen are assured compliance with all data quality requirements Traffic
(DQRs) by virtue of a Type 2 Letter of Authorization (LOA) from the
FAA. A copy of the Type 2 LOA is available for each database at Terrain
flyGarmin.com.
• Use of a current Garmin or Jeppesen database in your Garmin equipment Weather
is required for compliance with established FAA regulatory guidance, but
does not constitute authorization to fly any and all terminal procedures Nearest
that may be presented by the system. It is the pilot’s responsibility to
operate in accordance with established AFM(S) and regulatory guidance Services/
Music
or limitations as applicable to the pilot, the aircraft, and installed
equipment. Utilities
NOTE: The pilot/operator must review and be familiar with Garmin’s System
database exclusion list as discussed in SAIB CE-14-04 to determine what
data may be incomplete. To see if an exclusion report exists for a specific
Messages
database, visit flyGarmin.com.
Symbols
Appendix
Index
190-01004-03 Rev. N GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide v

Foreword
NOTE: The pilot/operator must have access to Garmin and
Jeppesen database alerts and consider their impact on the intended
Getting aircraft operation. For a current list of aviation database alerts,
Started visit flyGarmin.com.
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl NOTE: If the pilot/operator wants or needs to adjust the database,
visit flyGarmin.com.
Com/Nav
NOTE: Garmin requests the flight crew report any observed discrepancies
FPL related to database information. These discrepancies could come in the
form of an incorrect procedure; incorrectly identified terrain, obstacles and
Direct-To fixes; or any other displayed item used for navigation or communication
in the air or on the ground. To report an aviation database error,
Proc visit flyGarmin.com.
Wpt Info NOTE: The GTN touchscreen may not respond to touch commands if
condensation or moisture accumulates on the touchscreen.
Map
NOTE: Depending on software version and configuration, GTN features
and screen images may differ from those shown in this manual.
Traffic
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index
vi GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. N

NOTE: This device complies with Part 15 of To obtain accessories for your unit, please Foreword
the FCC limits for Class B digital devices. This contact your Garmin dealer.
equipment generates, uses, and can radiate Getting
radio frequency energy and, if not installed The display surface is coated with a special Started
and used in accordance with the instructions, anti-reflective coating which is very sensitive to
Audio &
may cause harmful interference to radio skin oils, waxes and abrasive cleaners. It is very Xpdr Ctrl
communications. Furthermore, there is no important to clean the lens using an eyeglass
guarantee that interference will not occur in a lens cleaner which is specified as safe for Com/Nav
particular installation. anti-reflective coatings and a clean, lint-free cloth.
FPL
If this equipment does cause harmful
interference, the user is encouraged to try AC 90-100A Statement of Compliance. Direct-To
to correct the interference by relocating the The Garmin navigational unit meets the
equipment or connecting the equipment to a performance and functional requirements
different circuit than the affected equipment. Proc
of FAA Advisory Circular (AC) 90-100A, U.S.
Consult an authorized dealer or other qualified Terminal and En Route Area Navigation (RNAV)
avionics technician for additional help if these Operations. Wpt Info
remedies do not correct the problem.
Map
Operation of this device is subject to the
following conditions: (1) This device may Traffic
not cause harmful interference, and (2) this
device must accept any interference received,
Terrain
including interference that may cause undesired
operation.
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index
190-01004-03 Rev. N GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide vii

Foreword
Product Registration and Support
Help us better support you by completing your online registration today!
Getting
Started Have the serial number of your product handy and visit flyGarmin.com.
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl Record of Revisions
Com/Nav Part Number Revision Date Description
190-01004-03 A 02/04/11 Initial release.
FPL B 03/16/11 Update information.
C 11/29/12 Updates for software v3.0.
Direct-To
D 02/28/13 Updates for software v4.0.
Proc
E 03/25/13 Updates for software v4.10.
F 08/26/13 Updates for software v5.0.
Wpt Info G 08/01/14 Updates for software v5.10.
H 10/17/14 Updates for software v5.12.
Map
J 07/2015 Updates for software v6.00.
K 01/2016 Updates for software v6.10.
Traffic
L 09/2016 Updates for software v6.20.
Terrain M 08/2017 Updates for software v6.30.
N 08/2018 Updates for software v6.50.
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index
viii GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. N

Table of Contents Foreword
Getting
Software License Agreement............................................................................... i Started
Product Registration and Support.................................................................... viii Audio &

Xpdr Ctrl
Welcome ....................................................................................................... xxv
About This Guide............................................................................................ xxv Com/Nav
Electronic Document Features......................................................................... xxv
Conventions...................................................................................................xxvi FPL
1 Getting Started.....................................................................................1-1
1.1 Model Descriptions............................................................................... 1-1 Direct-To
1.1.1 GTN 625................................................................................ 1-1

1.1.2 GTN 635................................................................................ 1-2 Proc
1.1.3 GTN 650................................................................................ 1-2

Wpt Info
1.2 About This Pilot's Guide........................................................................ 1-2
1.2.1 Conventions........................................................................... 1-2
Map
1.2.2 Using the Touchscreen............................................................ 1-2
1.3 Product Description............................................................................... 1-3
Traffic
1.3.1 Datacard................................................................................ 1-3
1.3.1.1 Inserting a Datacard...........................................................1-4 Terrain
1.3.2 Pilot Controls......................................................................... 1-4
1.3.2.1 Volume/Squelch Knob............................................................. 1-4 Weather
1.3.2.2 Large/Small Concentric Knobs................................................. 1-4
1.3.2.3 HOME Key.............................................................................. 1-4 Nearest
1.3.2.4 Direct-To Key.......................................................................... 1-5
Services/
1.3.2.5 Touchscreen Keys................................................................... 1-5 Music
1.4 Unit Power Up...................................................................................... 1-6
1.4.1 Start-Up Screens..................................................................... 1-6 Utilities
1.4.2 Database Verification and Fuel Settings................................... 1-7

System
1.5 System Operation............................................................................... 1-10
1.5.1 Using the Touchscreen Key Controls...................................... 1-10
Messages
1.5.2 Setup Page........................................................................... 1-10
1.5.2.1 System Setup Values............................................................. 1-11
Symbols
1.5.2.2 Units Settings Values............................................................ 1-12
1.5.2.3 Alerts Settings Values........................................................... 1-12 Appendix
1.5.3 Dual GTN Installations.......................................................... 1-13
1.6 Direct-To Navigation........................................................................... 1-14 Index
190-01004-03 Rev. N GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide ix

1.6.1 Direct-To a Waypoint............................................................ 1-14
Foreword
1.6.2 Direct-To a Flight Plan Waypoint........................................... 1-14
Getting 1.6.3 Direct-To a Nearest Airport................................................... 1-14
Started 1.7 Selecting Com/Nav Frequencies........................................................... 1-15
Audio & 1.8 Flight Planning................................................................................... 1-17
Xpdr Ctrl
1.8.1 Creating a Flight Plan........................................................... 1-17
Com/Nav 1.9 VFR and IFR Procedures...................................................................... 1-18
1.10 Dead Reckoning.................................................................................. 1-19
FPL 1.11 Default Navigation.............................................................................. 1-20
1.11.1 Configuring User Fields......................................................... 1-20
Direct-To 1.11.2 CDI (GTN 650 only).............................................................. 1-23
1.11.3 OBS Function....................................................................... 1-23
Proc 1.12 FastFind Predictive Waypoint Entry...................................................... 1-23
1.12.1 FastFind With Waypoint Info..........................................................1-23
Wpt Info 1.12.2 FastFind With A Flight Plan................................................... 1-24
2 Audio and Transponder Controls (Optional).........................................2-1
Map
2.1 Transponder Operation.......................................................................... 2-1
Traffic
2.1.1 Select Transponder.................................................................. 2-2
2.1.2 IDENT.................................................................................... 2-3
Terrain 2.1.3 Transponder Mode................................................................. 2-3
2.1.3.1 Standby.................................................................................. 2-3
Weather 2.1.3.2 Ground.................................................................................. 2-4
2.1.3.3 On......................................................................................... 2-4
Nearest 2.1.3.4 Altitude Reporting.................................................................. 2-5
2.1.4 VFR........................................................................................ 2-5
Services/
Music 2.1.5 Selecting a Squawk Code....................................................... 2-6
2.1.6 GDL 88 ADS-B Reporting........................................................ 2-7
Utilities 2.1.7 Extended Squitter Transmission............................................... 2-9
2.1.8 TCAS II Transponder Mode Controls........................................ 2-9
System
2.2 Marker Beacon Annunciations............................................................. 2-10
2.3 TelligenceTM Voice Command............................................................... 2-11
Messages
3 NAV/COM..............................................................................................3-1
Symbols 3.1 Volume................................................................................................. 3-2
3.2 Squelch................................................................................................ 3-2
Appendix 3.3 Com and Nav Frequency Window and Tuning........................................ 3-3
3.3.1 Com and Nav Frequency Finding............................................. 3-5
Index 3.3.1.1 Find Recent Frequencies......................................................... 3-5
x GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. N

3.3.1.2 Find Nearest Frequencies........................................................ 3-6
Foreword
3.3.1.3 Find Flight Plan Frequencies.................................................... 3-7
3.3.1.4 Find User Frequencies............................................................. 3-8 Getting
3.3.2 Simple Frequency Entry........................................................... 3-8 Started
3.3.3 Adding a New User Frequency................................................ 3-9 Audio &

Xpdr Ctrl
3.3.4 Emergency Frequency........................................................... 3-11
3.3.5 Stuck Microphone................................................................ 3-12 Com/Nav
3.3.6 Remote Frequency Selection Control..................................... 3-12
3.3.7 Reverse Frequency Look-Up.................................................. 3-12 FPL
3.4 Com Frequency Monitoring................................................................. 3-13
3.5 Nav (VOR/Localizer/Glideslope) Receiver Operations............................ 3-14 Direct-To
3.5.1 Ident Audio and Volume....................................................... 3-14
3.5.2 Nav Tuning Window.............................................................. 3-15 Proc
3.5.3 Nav Frequency Finding......................................................... 3-16
Wpt Info
4 Flight Plans...........................................................................................4-1
4.1 Creating a New Flight Plan................................................................... 4-2
Map
4.2 Active Flight Plan Page......................................................................... 4-4
4.2.1 Waypoint Options................................................................... 4-4 Traffic
4.2.1.1 Activate Leg........................................................................... 4-5
4.2.1.2 Insert Before.......................................................................... 4-6 Terrain
4.2.1.3 Insert After............................................................................. 4-7
4.2.1.4 Along Track Offsets................................................................. 4-7 Weather
4.2.1.5 Remove.................................................................................. 4-9
4.2.1.6 Load Procedures................................................................... 4-10 Nearest
4.2.1.7 Waypoint Info...................................................................... 4-11
Services/
4.2.2 Airways................................................................................ 4-11 Music
4.2.3 Load Hold at Waypoint......................................................... 4-14
4.2.3.1 Hold at Waypoint.................................................................. 4-14 Utilities
4.2.3.2 Removing a Hold.................................................................. 4-15

System
4.2.4 Load Search and Rescue Pattern (Optional)........................... 4-16
4.2.4.1 Creating a Parallel Track Pattern............................................ 4-18
Messages
4.2.4.2 Creating a Sector Search Pattern........................................... 4-19
4.2.4.3 Creating an Expanding Square Pattern.................................. 4-20
Symbols
4.2.4.4 Creating an Orbit Pattern...................................................... 4-22
4.3 Flight Plan Menu................................................................................ 4-23 Appendix
4.3.1 Store Flight Plan................................................................... 4-24
4.3.2 Invert Flight Plan.................................................................. 4-24 Index
190-01004-03 Rev. N GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide xi

Foreword
4.3.3 En Route Vertical Navigation................................................. 4-25
4.3.3.1 VNAV Requirements............................................................. 4-25
Getting 4.3.3.2 VNAV Limitations................................................................. 4-25
Started
4.3.3.3 VNAV Profile Page................................................................ 4-26
Audio & 4.3.3.4 Altitude Constraints.............................................................. 4-27
Xpdr Ctrl
4.3.3.5 VNAV Direct-To.................................................................... 4-31
Com/Nav 4.3.3.6 Transition to Approach.......................................................... 4-31
4.3.4 Temperature Compensated Altitude...................................... 4-32
FPL 4.3.4.1 Temperature Compensation Requirements............................ 4-32
4.3.4.2 Setting Temperature Compensated Altitude........................... 4-32
Direct-To 4.3.5 Parallel Track........................................................................ 4-33
4.3.6 Edit Data Fields.................................................................... 4-35
Proc
4.3.7 Flight Plan Catalog Route Options........................................ 4-36
4.3.7.1 Catalog Route Option - Activate........................................... 4-37
Wpt Info
4.3.7.2 Catalog Route Option - Invert & Activate............................... 4-37
4.3.7.3 Catalog Route Option - Preview............................................ 4-38
Map
4.3.7.4 Catalog Route Option - Edit.................................................. 4-38
Traffic
4.3.7.5 Catalog Route Option - Copy................................................ 4-39
4.3.7.6 Catalog Route Option - Delete.............................................. 4-40
Terrain 4.3.8 Delete Flight Plan................................................................. 4-41
4.3.8.1 Delete Flight Plan from Catalog............................................ 4-41
Weather 4.3.8.2 Delete All Flight Plans from Catalog...................................... 4-42
4.3.8.3 Delete Active Flight Plan....................................................... 4-42
Nearest 4.3.9 Preview Flight Plan............................................................... 4-43
4.3.9.1 Previewing the Active Flight Plan.......................................... 4-43
Services/
Music 4.3.9.2 Previewing a Flight Plan in the Catalog................................. 4-43
4.4 Graphically Editing a Flight Plan.......................................................... 4-44
Utilities 4.5 Import Flight Plans with Connext........................................................ 4-44
4.5.1 Operation............................................................................. 4-44
System
4.5.2 Potential Errors..................................................................... 4-46
4.6 Import Flight Plans with a Datacard.................................................... 4-48
Messages
4.6.1 Potential Errors..................................................................... 4-50
Symbols
5 Direct-To................................................................................................5-1
5.1 Direct-To Navigation............................................................................. 5-1
Appendix 5.2 Direct-To a Flight Plan Waypoint............................................................ 5-3
5.3 Direct-To a Nearest Airport.................................................................... 5-4
Index 5.4 Removing a Direct-To Course................................................................ 5-5
xii GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. N

5.5 Direct-To Map Waypoint........................................................................ 5-6
Foreword
5.6 Off-Route Direct-To Course................................................................... 5-7
5.7 Graphically Editing a Direct-To Route.................................................... 5-7 Getting
5.8 Direct-To a User-Defined Hold............................................................... 5-8 Started
5.9 Direct-To a Search and Rescue Pattern.................................................. 5-9 Audio &

Xpdr Ctrl
6 Procedures............................................................................................6-1
6.1 Basic Approach Operations................................................................... 6-2 Com/Nav
6.2 Selecting a Departure............................................................................ 6-4
6.3 Selecting an Arrival............................................................................... 6-6 FPL
6.4 Selecting an Approach.......................................................................... 6-9
6.5 Approaches with Procedure Turns........................................................ 6-13 Direct-To
6.6 Flying the Missed Approach................................................................ 6-13

Proc
6.7 Flying an Approach with a Hold........................................................... 6-14
6.8 Flying a DME Arc Approach................................................................. 6-15
Wpt Info
6.9 Radius-to-Fix (RF) Approaches............................................................. 6-16
6.10 Vectors to Final................................................................................... 6-16
Map
6.11 ILS Approaches (GTN 650 Only).......................................................... 6-17
6.12 RNAV Approach Procedures................................................................ 6-18 Traffic
6.12.1 Flying the LPV Approach....................................................... 6-19
6.12.2 Flying the LP Approach......................................................... 6-20 Terrain
6.13 Visual Approach Procedures................................................................ 6-22
6.14 Points to Remember for All Procedures................................................ 6-24 Weather
6.15 Points to Remember for Localizer or VOR-based Approaches................ 6-25
6.16 Enabling Autopilot Outputs for the King KAP140/KFC225.................... 6-26 Nearest
7 Waypoint Info.......................................................................................7-1
Services/
7.1 Waypoint Selection............................................................................... 7-3 Music
7.2 Airport.................................................................................................. 7-4
Utilities
7.2.1 Info........................................................................................ 7-4
7.2.2 Preview.................................................................................. 7-5
System
7.2.3 Procedures............................................................................. 7-6
7.2.4 Runways................................................................................ 7-7 Messages
7.2.5 Frequencies............................................................................ 7-8
7.2.6 Weather (WX) Data................................................................ 7-9 Symbols
7.2.7 NOTAM Pages........................................................................ 7-9
7.2.8 Helipads............................................................................... 7-10 Appendix
7.2.9 Nearest VRPs........................................................................ 7-10
7.3 Intersection (INT)................................................................................ 7-11 Index
190-01004-03 Rev. N GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide xiii

7.4 VOR................................................................................................... 7-12
Foreword
7.5 VRP.................................................................................................... 7-13
Getting 7.6 NDB................................................................................................... 7-14
Started 7.7 User Waypoints................................................................................... 7-15
Audio & 7.7.1 Select User Waypoint by Name............................................. 7-15
Xpdr Ctrl
7.7.2 Select User Waypoint from a List........................................... 7-16
Com/Nav 7.7.3 Edit User Waypoint............................................................... 7-16
7.7.4 Delete User Waypoint........................................................... 7-16
FPL 7.7.5 Delete All User Waypoints..................................................... 7-17
7.8 Create Waypoint................................................................................. 7-18
Direct-To 7.8.1 Mark On Target.................................................................... 7-19
7.8.2 Waypoint Location Based on LAT/LON ................................. 7-20
Proc 7.8.3 Waypoint Location Based on Two Radials.........................................7-21
7.8.4 Waypoint Location Based on Radial and Distance.............................7-22
Wpt Info 7.9 Import User Waypoints (Datacard)....................................................... 7-23
8 Map.......................................................................................................8-1
Map
8.1 Map Menu........................................................................................... 8-3
Traffic
8.1.1 Map Overlays......................................................................... 8-4
8.1.1.1 Overlay Priority....................................................................... 8-4
Terrain 8.1.1.2 Topo...................................................................................... 8-5
8.1.1.3 Airways.................................................................................. 8-5
Weather 8.1.1.4 Terrain................................................................................... 8-6
8.1.1.5 NEXRAD (Optional)................................................................ 8-7
Nearest 8.1.1.6 StormScope® (Optional).......................................................... 8-7
8.1.1.7 Traffic (Optional)..................................................................... 8-8
Services/
Music 8.1.2 Map Setup............................................................................. 8-9
8.1.2.1 Map..................................................................................... 8-11
Utilities 8.1.2.2 Aviation............................................................................... 8-21
8.1.2.3 Land.................................................................................... 8-22
System
8.1.2.4 Airspace............................................................................... 8-23
8.1.2.5 Airway Range....................................................................... 8-26
Messages
8.1.2.6 Traffic (Optional)................................................................... 8-27
8.1.2.7 Weather (Optional)............................................................... 8-27
Symbols
8.1.3 Change User Fields............................................................... 8-28
Appendix
8.1.4 Map Detail........................................................................... 8-31
8.2 Map Panning...................................................................................... 8-33
Index 8.3 Map Controls...................................................................................... 8-35
xiv GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. N

8.3.1 Pan Map Mode.................................................................... 8-35
Foreword
8.3.2 Create Waypoint................................................................... 8-35
8.3.3 Graphically Edit Flight Plan Mode......................................... 8-36 Getting
8.3.3.1 Adding a Waypoint Within an Existing Flight Plan.................. 8-36 Started
8.3.3.2 Adding a Waypoint to the End of an Existing Flight Plan........ 8-38 Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
8.3.3.3 Removing a Waypoint from an Existing Flight Plan................ 8-38
8.3.3.4 Creating a Flight Plan Without an Existing Flight Plan............ 8-39 Com/Nav
8.4 CDI (GTN 650 only)............................................................................ 8-40
8.5 OBS.................................................................................................... 8-41 FPL
8.6 Map Symbols...................................................................................... 8-42
8.7 SafeTaxi® .......................................................................................... 8-43 Direct-To
8.7.1 Using SafeTaxi® ................................................................... 8-43

Proc
8.7.2 Hot Spot Information............................................................ 8-44
8.7.3 SafeTaxi® Cycle Number and Revision................................... 8-44
Wpt Info
8.8 Flight Plan Depiction........................................................................... 8-45
9 Traffic....................................................................................................9-1 Map
9.1 Traffic Pop-Up....................................................................................... 9-1
9.2 Traffic Test............................................................................................ 9-2 Traffic
9.3 TIS (Optional)....................................................................................... 9-3
9.3.1 TIS Symbology........................................................................ 9-4 Terrain
9.3.2 Traffic Page............................................................................ 9-5
9.3.3 Displaying Traffic on the Traffic Page........................................ 9-6 Weather
9.3.4 Altitude Display...................................................................... 9-6
9.3.5 TIS Limitations........................................................................ 9-7 Nearest
9.3.6 TIS Alerts................................................................................ 9-9 Services/

9.3.7 TIS System Status................................................................. 9-10 Music
9.4 TAS (Optional).................................................................................... 9-12
Utilities
9.4.1 TAS Symbology..................................................................... 9-13
9.4.2 Displaying and Operating Traffic (TAS Systems)...................... 9-14
System
9.4.2.1 Switching from Standby Mode to Operating Mode................ 9-14
9.4.2.2 Range Ring.......................................................................... 9-15 Messages
9.4.3 Altitude Display.................................................................... 9-15
9.4.4 Traffic System Status............................................................. 9-16 Symbols
9.5 ADS-B Traffic....................................................................................... 9-17
9.5.1 Traffic Applications - SURF, AIRB, etc...................................... 9-19 Appendix
9.5.2 ADS-B Traffic Menu.............................................................. 9-19
9.5.2.1 ADS-B Display...................................................................... 9-19 Index
190-01004-03 Rev. N GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide xv

9.5.2.2 TCAS Status......................................................................... 9-20
Foreword
9.5.2.3 Test...................................................................................... 9-20
Getting 9.5.2.4 Motion Vector...................................................................... 9-20
Started 9.5.2.5 Vector Duration.................................................................... 9-22
Audio & 9.5.2.6 Altitude Filter....................................................................... 9-22
Xpdr Ctrl
9.5.2.7 On Scene Mode.................................................................... 9-23
Com/Nav 9.5.3 Rotorcraft Traffic Page Orientation......................................... 9-23
9.6 RYAN TCAD 9900BX with the GDL 88................................................. 9-24
FPL 9.6.1 Ryan TCAD Description......................................................... 9-24
9.6.2 Altitude Mode...................................................................... 9-25
Direct-To 9.6.3 TCAD Control Menu............................................................. 9-26
9.6.3.1 Traffic Audio......................................................................... 9-27
Proc 9.6.3.2 Field Elevation...................................................................... 9-27
9.6.3.3 Baro..................................................................................... 9-28
Wpt Info 9.6.3.4 Operate................................................................................ 9-28
9.6.3.5 Ground Mode....................................................................... 9-28
Map
9.6.3.6 Approach Mode................................................................... 9-28
9.7 TCAD 9900B Operation...................................................................... 9-29
Traffic
9.7.1 Select Local Barometric Pressure........................................... 9-30
9.7.2 Select Active Shield............................................................... 9-30
Terrain
9.7.3 TCAD 9900B Traffic Menu.................................................... 9-30
Weather
9.7.3.1 Traffic Audio......................................................................... 9-30
9.7.3.2 Shield Setup......................................................................... 9-31
Nearest 9.7.3.3 Approach Mode................................................................... 9-32
9.8 TCAD 9900BX Operation.................................................................... 9-33
Services/ 9.8.1 Select Local Barometric Pressure........................................... 9-33
Music
9.8.2 Select Altitude Filter.............................................................. 9-34
Utilities 9.8.3 TCAD 9900BX Traffic Menu.................................................. 9-34
9.8.3.1 Traffic Audio......................................................................... 9-35
System 9.8.3.2 Shield Setup......................................................................... 9-35
9.8.3.3 Approach Mode................................................................... 9-36
Messages 9.8.3.4 Ground Mode....................................................................... 9-36
9.9 TCAS II............................................................................................... 9-37
Symbols
9.9.1 TCAS II Theory of Operation.................................................. 9-37
9.9.2 TCAS II with ADS-B............................................................... 9-39
Appendix
9.9.3 TCAS II Alerts....................................................................... 9-40
9.9.3.1 Resolution Advisories............................................................ 9-42
Index
9.9.4 TCAS II System Test.............................................................. 9-44
xvi GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. N
9.9.5 TCAS II Operation................................................................. 9-45
Foreword
9.9.5.1 Altitude Display.................................................................... 9-46
9.9.5.2 Traffic System Status............................................................. 9-46 Getting
9.9.5.3 External Display.................................................................... 9-46 Started
10 Terrain.................................................................................................10-1 Audio &

Xpdr Ctrl
10.1 Terrain Configurations......................................................................... 10-1
10.2 GPS Altitude for Terrain....................................................................... 10-2 Com/Nav
10.2.1 GSL Altitude & Indicated Altitude.......................................... 10-2
10.3 General Database Information............................................................ 10-3 FPL
10.3.1 Database Versions................................................................ 10-3
10.3.2 HTAWS Database Requirements............................................ 10-3 Direct-To
10.3.3 Database Updates................................................................ 10-3

Proc
10.3.4 Terrain Database Areas of Coverage...................................... 10-4
10.3.5 Obstacle Database Areas of Coverage................................... 10-5
Wpt Info
10.4 Terrain Proximity................................................................................. 10-6
10.4.1 Displaying Terrain Proximity.................................................. 10-7
Map
10.4.1.1 Terrain Page 120° Arc or 360° Rings..................................... 10-8
10.4.1.2 Display Flight Plan on Terrain Page........................................ 10-8 Traffic
10.4.1.3 Display Terrain or Obstacle Legend........................................ 10-8
10.4.2 Terrain Limitations................................................................ 10-9 Terrain
10.5 Terrain Alerting ................................................................................ 10-10
10.5.1 Terrain Alerting Requirements............................................. 10-10 Weather
10.5.2 Terrain Alerting Limitations................................................. 10-10
10.5.3 Using Terrain Alerting......................................................... 10-11 Nearest
10.5.4 Displaying Terrain Alerting Data.......................................... 10-11
Services/
10.5.5 Terrain Page....................................................................... 10-13 Music
10.5.5.1 Terrain Page Layers............................................................. 10-13
10.5.5.2 Terrain Page View............................................................... 10-14 Utilities
10.5.5.3 Terrain Alerting Selections................................................... 10-14

System
10.5.6 Terrain Alerts...................................................................... 10-15
10.5.6.1 Terrain Alerting Colors and Symbology................................ 10-16
Messages
10.5.6.2 Forward Looking Terrain Avoidance..................................... 10-17
10.5.6.3 Premature Descent Alerting................................................ 10-18
Symbols
10.5.6.4 Inhibiting/Enabling PDA/FLTA Alerting................................. 10-18
10.5.6.5 Altitude Voice Call Out (VCO)............................................. 10-19 Appendix
10.5.6.6 Terrain Not Available Alert.................................................. 10-19
10.5.6.7 Terrain Failure Alert............................................................ 10-19 Index
190-01004-03 Rev. N GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide xvii

10.5.7 Terrain System Status.......................................................... 10-20
Foreword
10.6 TAWS-B (Optional)............................................................................ 10-21
Getting 10.6.1 TAWS-B Requirements........................................................ 10-21
Started 10.6.2 TAWS-B Limitations............................................................ 10-21
Audio & 10.6.3 Using TAWS-B.................................................................... 10-22
Xpdr Ctrl
10.6.4 Displaying TAWS-B Data..................................................... 10-22
Com/Nav 10.6.5 TAWS-B Page..................................................................... 10-24
10.6.5.1 Terrain Page Layers............................................................. 10-24
FPL 10.6.5.2 Terrain Page View............................................................... 10-25
10.6.5.3 Terrain Page TAWS-B Selections.......................................... 10-25
Direct-To 10.6.6 TAWS-B Alerts.................................................................... 10-26
10.6.6.1 TAWS-B Alerting Colors and Symbology.............................. 10-27
Proc 10.6.6.2 Excessive Descent Rate Alert............................................... 10-29
Wpt Info 10.6.6.4 Premature Descent Alerting................................................ 10-30
10.6.6.5 Inhibiting/Enabling TAWS-B PDA/FLTA Alerting.................... 10-31
Map
10.6.6.6 Negative Climb Rate After Take-Off Alert (NCR)................... 10-31
10.6.6.7 Altitude Voice Call Out (VCO)............................................. 10-33
Traffic
10.6.6.8 TAWS-B Not Available Alert................................................ 10-33
10.6.6.9 TAWS-B Failure Alert.......................................................... 10-33
Terrain
10.6.7 TAWS-B System Status........................................................ 10-33
Weather
10.7 HTAWS (Optional)............................................................................. 10-34
10.7.1 HTAWS Requirements......................................................... 10-34
Nearest 10.7.2 HTAWS Limitations............................................................. 10-35
10.7.3 Power Up........................................................................... 10-35
Services/ 10.7.4 HTAWS Page...................................................................... 10-36
Music
10.7.4.1 View Selection.................................................................... 10-37
Utilities 10.7.4.2 HTAWS Inhibit.................................................................... 10-38
10.7.4.3 External HTAWS Inhibit Control........................................... 10-39
System 10.7.4.4 Reduced Protection Mode................................................... 10-39
10.7.4.5 HTAWS Manual Test........................................................... 10-40
Messages 10.7.4.6 HTAWS Legend................................................................... 10-40
10.7.4.7 Flight Plan Overlay............................................................. 10-41
Symbols
10.7.5 HTAWS Symbols................................................................. 10-42
10.7.6 HTAWS Alerts..................................................................... 10-44
Appendix
10.7.6.2 HTAWS Voice Call Out Aural Alert....................................... 10-45
Index
10.7.6.3 HTAWS Voice Call Out Selection.......................................... 10-46
xviii GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. N
10.7.6.4 HTAWS Not Available Alert................................................. 10-48
Foreword
10.7.6.5 HTAWS Failure Alert........................................................... 10-48
10.7.6.6 HTAWS Alert Summary....................................................... 10-48 Getting
10.7.7 Pilot Actions....................................................................... 10-50 Started
10.8 TAWS-A (Optional)........................................................................... 10-51 Audio &

Xpdr Ctrl
10.8.1 TAWS-A Requirements........................................................ 10-51
10.8.2 TAWS-A Limitations............................................................ 10-51 Com/Nav
10.8.3 Displaying TAWS-A Data..................................................... 10-52
10.8.4 TAWS-A Page..................................................................... 10-53 FPL
10.8.5 TAWS-A Alerts.................................................................... 10-56
10.8.5.1 TAWS-A Alert Types............................................................ 10-56 Direct-To
10.8.5.2 TAWS-A Alerts Summary..................................................... 10-57
10.8.5.3 Excessive Descent Rate Alert............................................... 10-61 Proc
10.8.5.5 Premature Descent Alerting................................................ 10-63 Wpt Info
10.8.5.6 Inhibiting/Enabling TAWS-A PDA/FLTA Alerting.................... 10-64

Map
10.8.5.7 Excessive Closure Rate Alert............................................... 10-64
10.8.5.8 Flight Into Terrain Alert....................................................... 10-66
Traffic
10.8.5.9 Negative Climb Rate After Take-Off Alert (NCR)......................10-68
10.8.5.10 Excessive Below Glideslope/Glidepath Deviation Alert......... 10-69
Terrain
10.8.5.11 Inhibiting GPWS Alerts (EDR, ECR, FIT, and NCR)................. 10-71
10.8.6 Altitude Voice Call Out (VCO)............................................. 10-71 Weather
10.8.7 TAWS-A System Status....................................................... 10-72
10.8.8 TAWS-A Abnormal Operations............................................ 10-72 Nearest
11 Weather..............................................................................................11-1
Services/
11.1 SiriusXM Weather Products (Optional)...................................................................... 11-2 Music
11.1.1 Displaying SiriusXM Weather................................................ 11-3
11.1.2 Weather Legend................................................................... 11-4 Utilities
11.1.3 Weather Map Orientation..................................................... 11-5

System
11.1.4 SiriusXM Product Age........................................................... 11-6
11.1.5 NEXRAD.............................................................................. 11-7
Messages
11.1.5.1 Reflectivity........................................................................... 11-9
11.1.5.2 NEXRAD Limitations............................................................. 11-9
Symbols
11.1.5.3 Animating NEXRAD............................................................ 11-11
11.1.6 Echo Tops........................................................................... 11-12 Appendix
11.1.7 Cloud Tops......................................................................... 11-13
11.1.8 Cell Movement................................................................... 11-14 Index
190-01004-03 Rev. N GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide xix

11.1.9 SIGMETs and AIRMETs....................................................... 11-15
Foreword
11.1.10 County Warnings................................................................ 11-16
Getting 11.1.11 Freezing Level.................................................................... 11-17
Started 11.1.12 METARs............................................................................. 11-18
Audio & 11.1.13 Cyclone.............................................................................. 11-19
Xpdr Ctrl
11.1.14 Lightning............................................................................ 11-20
Com/Nav 11.1.15 City Forecast...................................................................... 11-21
11.1.16 Surface Analysis................................................................. 11-22
FPL 11.1.17 Winds Aloft........................................................................ 11-23
11.1.18 Icing.................................................................................. 11-24
Direct-To 11.1.19 Turbulence......................................................................... 11-25
11.1.20 AIREP/PIREP....................................................................... 11-26
Proc 11.2 StormScope® Weather....................................................................... 11-27
11.2.1 StormScope® (Optional)...................................................... 11-27
Wpt Info 11.2.2 Clearing the StormScope® Page.......................................... 11-29
11.2.3 Changing the StormScope® Display View............................ 11-29
Map
11.2.4 Changing the StormScope® Data Mode............................... 11-30
11.2.5 Changing the StormScope® Data Display Range.................. 11-30
Traffic
11.2.6 Displaying StormScope® Data on the Map Page.................. 11-30
11.3 Connext Weather.............................................................................. 11-31
Terrain
11.3.1 Using Connext Satellite Weather Products........................... 11-32
Weather
11.3.2 Connext Weather Menu...................................................... 11-33
11.3.3 Connext Settings................................................................ 11-34
Nearest 11.3.3.1 Connext Data Request........................................................ 11-34
11.3.3.2 Connext Data Request Coverage Region............................. 11-35
Services/ 11.3.3.3 Connext Weather Map Orientation...................................... 11-36
Music
11.3.4 Register with Connext........................................................ 11-36
Utilities 11.3.5 Connext Weather Product Age............................................ 11-38
11.3.6 TFRs................................................................................... 11-38
System 11.3.7 Precipitation (PRECIP) Data................................................ 11-39
11.3.7.1 Animating Precipitation Data.............................................. 11-40
Messages 11.3.8 Lightning............................................................................ 11-40
11.3.9 Infrared Satellite Data......................................................... 11-41
Symbols
11.3.10 METARs............................................................................. 11-41
11.3.11 PIREPs............................................................................... 11-43
Appendix
11.3.12 Winds Aloft........................................................................ 11-44
11.3.13 SIGMETs and AIRMETs....................................................... 11-45
Index
11.4 FIS-B Weather................................................................................... 11-46
xx GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. N
11.4.1 FIS-B Operation.................................................................. 11-48
Foreword
11.4.2 FIS-B NEXRAD.................................................................... 11-49
11.4.2.1 NEXRAD Abnormalities....................................................... 11-49 Getting
Started
11.4.2.2 NEXRAD Limitations........................................................... 11-49
11.4.2.3 NEXRAD Intensity............................................................... 11-50 Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
11.4.2.4 NEXRAD............................................................................ 11-50
11.4.3 FIS-B TFRs.......................................................................... 11-54 Com/Nav
11.4.4 FIS-B METARs..................................................................... 11-55
11.4.5 FIS-B PIREPs....................................................................... 11-56 FPL
11.4.6 FIS-B Winds and Temperatures Aloft.................................... 11-57
11.4.7 FIS-B SIGMETs and AIRMETs............................................... 11-58 Direct-To
12 Nearest...............................................................................................12-1
Proc
12.1 Select a Nearest Page......................................................................... 12-2
12.2 Nearest Airport................................................................................... 12-3
Wpt Info
12.3 Nearest Intersection (INT)................................................................... 12-4
12.4 Nearest VOR....................................................................................... 12-5
Map
12.5 Nearest VRP....................................................................................... 12-6
12.6 Nearest NDB....................................................................................... 12-7 Traffic
12.7 Nearest User Waypoint........................................................................ 12-8
12.8 Nearest Airspace................................................................................. 12-9 Terrain
12.9 Nearest ARTCC................................................................................. 12-11
12.10 Nearest Flight Service Station (FSS)................................................... 12-12 Weather
12.11 Nearest Weather Frequency (WX Freq)............................................... 12-13
13 Services/Music....................................................................................13-1 Nearest
13.1 Music................................................................................................. 13-2 Services/

13.2 Activating SiriusXM Satellite Radio Services......................................... 13-3 Music
13.3 Music Operation................................................................................. 13-4
Utilities
13.3.1 Browsing Channels and Categories....................................... 13-5
13.3.2 Selecting a SiriusXM Satellite Radio Channel by Number....... 13-6
System
13.3.3 SiriusXM Satellite Radio Volume............................................ 13-7
13.3.4 SiriusXM Satellite Radio Channel Presets.............................. 13-8 Messages
13.3.4.1 Saving a Preset..................................................................... 13-8
13.3.4.2 Recalling a Preset................................................................. 13-8 Symbols
13.4 GDL 69/69A Data Link Receiver Troubleshooting................................. 13-9
13.5 Iridium Phone Operation (Optional)................................................... 13-11 Appendix
13.5.1 Status................................................................................ 13-11
13.5.2 Making a Phone Call.......................................................... 13-12 Index
190-01004-03 Rev. N GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide xxi

13.5.3 Answering a Phone Call..................................................... 13-13
Foreword
13.5.4 Suppress Visuals................................................................. 13-14
Getting 13.5.5 Phone Volume.................................................................... 13-15
Started 13.5.6 SMS Text Operation............................................................ 13-15
Audio & 13.5.6.1 SMS Text Messaging Menu................................................. 13-16
Xpdr Ctrl
13.5.6.2 Composing a SMS Text Message......................................... 13-16
Com/Nav 13.5.6.3 A Failed SMS Text Message................................................. 13-17
13.5.7 Position Reporting.............................................................. 13-18
FPL 13.5.7.1 Status................................................................................ 13-19
13.5.7.2 Position Reporting Status.................................................... 13-19
Direct-To 13.5.8 Contacts............................................................................ 13-20
13.5.8.1 Creating a Contact............................................................. 13-20
Proc 13.5.8.2 Using a Contact................................................................. 13-20
14 Utilities...............................................................................................14-1
Wpt Info
14.1 Vertical Calculator (VCALC)................................................................. 14-4
14.1.1 Target Altitude...................................................................... 14-6
Map
14.1.2 Altitude Type........................................................................ 14-6
Traffic
14.1.3 Vertical Speed (VS) Profile..................................................... 14-7
14.1.4 Target Offset........................................................................ 14-7
Terrain 14.1.5 Before/After Target Waypoint................................................ 14-8
14.1.6 Target Waypoint................................................................... 14-8
Weather 14.1.7 Display VCALC Messages...................................................... 14-9
14.1.8 Restore VCALC Defaults........................................................ 14-9
Nearest 14.2 Flight Timers..................................................................................... 14-10
14.3 RAIM Prediction................................................................................ 14-11
Services/
Music 14.4 Trip Planning.................................................................................... 14-13
14.4.1 Point-To-Point Mode........................................................... 14-14
Utilities 14.4.2 Flight Plan Mode................................................................ 14-17
14.5 Fuel Planning.................................................................................... 14-19
System
14.5.1 Point-To-Point Mode........................................................... 14-19
14.5.2 Flight Plan Mode................................................................ 14-22
Messages
14.6 DALT/TAS/Winds............................................................................... 14-24
14.7 Clean Screen Mode........................................................................... 14-27
Symbols
14.8 Scheduled Messages......................................................................... 14-28
Appendix
14.9 Checklists......................................................................................... 14-29
14.9.1 Checklists Menu................................................................. 14-29
Index 14.9.2 Viewing Checklists............................................................. 14-30
xxii GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. N

15 System................................................................................................15-1
Foreword
15.1 System Status..................................................................................... 15-3
15.1.1 Serial Number and System ID................................................ 15-4 Getting
Started
15.1.2 Version Information.............................................................. 15-4
15.1.3 Database Information........................................................... 15-4 Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
15.2 GPS Status.......................................................................................... 15-5
15.2.1 GPS Status Page................................................................... 15-5 Com/Nav
15.2.2 Satellite-Based Augmentation System (SBAS)........................ 15-8
15.2.3 Circle of Uncertainty............................................................. 15-9 FPL
15.2.4 GPS Faults............................................................................ 15-9
15.3 External LRUs................................................................................... 15-10 Direct-To
15.3.1 GDL 69 (and GDL 69A) Status............................................ 15-11
15.3.2 GDL 88 or GTX 345 Status................................................. 15-12 Proc
15.3.3 GSR 56 Status.................................................................... 15-14

Wpt Info
15.4 Setup............................................................................................... 15-15
15.4.1 CDI Scale Selection............................................................. 15-16
Map
15.4.2 Date/Time.......................................................................... 15-18
15.4.3 Nearest Airport Criteria....................................................... 15-19
Traffic
15.4.4 Com/Nav Setup.................................................................. 15-20
15.4.4.1 Com Channel Spacing........................................................ 15-20 Terrain
15.4.4.2 Reverse Frequency Lookup.................................................. 15-21
15.4.4.3 COM Sidetone Control........................................................ 15-22 Weather
15.4.5 Keyboard Format................................................................ 15-23
15.4.6 Crossfill.............................................................................. 15-24 Nearest
15.4.6.1 GTN-to-GTN Crossfilling..................................................... 15-24
15.4.6.2 GTN-GNS Crossfilling......................................................... 15-26 Services/
Music
15.5 Alerts Settings.................................................................................. 15-27
15.5.1 Arrival................................................................................ 15-27 Utilities
15.5.2 Proximity............................................................................ 15-27
15.5.3 Airspace Alert Options........................................................ 15-28 System
15.6 User Fields........................................................................................ 15-29

Messages
15.7 Units Settings................................................................................... 15-32
15.7.1 Setup Units........................................................................ 15-32
Symbols
15.7.2 Setting a User-Configured (Manual) Nav Angle................... 15-33
15.7.3 Position Format Selection.................................................... 15-35
Appendix
15.8 Audio............................................................................................... 15-37
15.9 Backlight Settings............................................................................. 15-38 Index
190-01004-03 Rev. N GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide xxiii

15.10 Connext Setup - GSR 56................................................................... 15-39
Foreword
15.11 Connext Setup - Flight Stream 210 and 510...................................... 15-39
Getting 15.11.1 Operation........................................................................... 15-41
Started 15.11.2 Pairing a Device.................................................................. 15-42
Audio & 15.12 Connext Setup - Other Bluetooth Devices.......................................... 15-43
Xpdr Ctrl
15.13 Voice Command............................................................................... 15-44
Com/Nav 16 Messages............................................................................................16-1
17 Symbols...............................................................................................17-1
FPL
17.1 Map Page Symbols............................................................................. 17-1
Direct-To
17.2 SafeTaxi™ Symbols........................................................................... 17-2
17.3 Traffic Symbols.................................................................................... 17-2
Proc 17.4 Terrain Obstacle Symbols.................................................................... 17-5
17.5 HTAWS Obstacle Symbols................................................................... 17-6
Wpt Info 17.6 Basemap Symbols............................................................................... 17-7
17.7 Map Tool Bar Symbols......................................................................... 17-8
Map 17.8 Miscellaneous Symbols....................................................................... 17-9
17.9 Stormscope Symbols......................................................................... 17-10
Traffic 18 Appendix.............................................................................................18-1
18.1 Glossary............................................................................................. 18-1
Terrain
18.2 Database Information and Updates..................................................... 18-9
18.2.1 GTN Databases.................................................................... 18-9
Weather
18.2.2 Updating Databases with a SD Card......................................18-11
Nearest
18.2.3 Updating Databases with a Flight Stream 510..................... 18-13
18.2.4 Database SYNC ................................................................. 18-15
Services/ 18.2.4.1 Resolving Database SYNC Conflicts.................................... 18-16
Music
18.2.5 Chart Streaming................................................................. 18-16
Utilities 18.2.6 Database Troubleshooting Tips............................................ 18-17
18.3 Demo Mode..................................................................................... 18-18
System 18.4 Glove Qualification Procedure........................................................... 18-21
18.5 Telligence Voice Command Qualification Procedure........................... 18-25
Messages Index......................................................................................................Index-1
Symbols
Appendix
Index
xxiv GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. N

Welcome Foreword
Welcome to the GTN era of navigation. The Garmin Touchscreen Navigator
Getting
(GTN) supports airway navigation and flexible flight planning, including arrival Started
and departure procedures and precision approaches. All of these advanced
Audio &
features are easily accessed with an easy-to-use touchscreen display, another first Xpdr Ctrl
for general aviation. You can be confident in knowing that this product has been
Com/Nav
designed to meet or exceed industry performance standards and is supported
through a global network of Garmin Aviation Distributors. FPL
About This Guide

Direct-To
Take a little time to review the various sections of this guide to familiarize
yourself with it. First, read this section and the Getting Started section as an Proc
introduction to quickly get you started with the GTN. The other sections are
not meant to necessarily be read in order, but provide detailed information Wpt Info
on the subject they contain as you need them. Do take the time to review the
information before using the product to assist you in getting the most out of Map
your avionics.
Traffic
Generally, a feature will be described in a section that provides a brief
description, a graphic functional diagram, and step-by-step procedures. If read Terrain
cover-to-cover sequentially, the information may seem repetitive. The guide is
designed as a reference and learning tool where you will generally skip around Weather
the document learning about a particular feature or function after becoming
familiar with the unit. Nearest
Electronic Document Features Services/

Music
Versions of this guide are saved in the Adobe Portable Document Format
(PDF) and have features that help the user navigate more easily through the Utilities
document. The cover icons, table of contents, and index are hyperlinks that will
System
take you directly to the selected item.
Versions of aviation products in PDF format are available at Messages
flyGarmin.com.
Symbols
Appendix
Index
190-01004-03 Rev. N GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide xxv

Foreword
Conventions
The GTN display dynamically tailors the number and position of the controls
Getting for each function and are engaged by merely touching them.
Started
Touch: Touch the key with your finger.
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Drag: Touch the list or location on the map with your finger. Continue lightly
Com/Nav holding your finger to the display surface and drag your finger in the
intended direction to scroll through the list or move the location on the
FPL map.
In this pilot’s guide, key titles are noted by bold text. An image of the key
Direct-To used will be shown to the left of a procedure. Keys are outlined areas on the
display. Figures in the guide will identify the available controls. A key may have
Proc a name of a control, such as Enter, Terrain, or Back. A key may also be an
information field, such as a numeric value that can be changed.
Wpt Info
Text Description
Graphic Of Key Of Key Operation
Map
While viewing the Map Menu, touch the Terrain Map
Traffic Overlay key to toggle the view of Terrain data.
Graphic Of Key With Text Description
Terrain Numeric Value Of Key Operation
Weather
When the Fuel on Board value is selected, touch the Fuel
on Board key to display the Fuel on Board values.
Nearest List “Keys.” Touch To Select.
Services/ Scroll Bar Indicates More Selections

Music Available. Touch Finger To An Item
In The List And Drag Your Finger To
Utilities View More Selections.
Selected Field Type
System
Messages
Symbols
Touching the Back key returns to the previous display. The
Appendix Cancel key cancels any information selected or entered and
returns to the previous display.
Index
xxvi GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. N

1 GETTING STARTED Foreword
1.1 Model Descriptions Getting

Started
This guide covers the operation of the GTN 625, 635, and 650. In general, all
Audio &
models will be referred to as the GTN 6XX, except where there are physical or Xpdr Ctrl
operational differences. The GTN 6XX units are approximately 6.25 inches wide
Com/Nav
and 2.65 inches high. The display is a 600 by 266 pixel, 4.9 inch diagonal color
LCD with touchscreen controls. The units include one removable SD datacard
FPL
for the databases and software upgrades.
The GTN 6XX simplifies your workload with an easy-to-use touch panel that Direct-To
provides a visual display of both controls and functions. The required controls
are displayed for the selected function. Keys on the display allow you to access Proc
and control their functions by a simple touch on the interactive display.

Wpt Info
The GTN 6XX can integrate a variety of avionics that will not only simplify
operation, but also save panel space. The GTN 625, 635, and 650 have their Map
own GPS/SBAS navigator and flight planning functions. The GTN 635 adds a
VHF Com radio, while the 650 adds VHF Com and VHF Nav radios. Selected Traffic
optional external equipment allows you to display and control active traffic
systems, SirusXM Entertainment Radio, SiriusXM Weather, and a Mode S Terrain
transponder directly from the GTN 6XX display, and more. When the optional
transponder is not installed, the area on the right side of the display will show a Weather
line of navigation information instead of the transponder window.

Nearest
1.1.1 GTN 625
Services/
The GTN 625 has a GPS/SBAS engine and is TSO-C146c certified for primary Music
domestic, oceanic, and remote navigation including en route, terminal, and Utilities
non-precision approaches, and approaches with vertical guidance, such as LPV
and LNAV/VNAV. The GTN 625 can simultaneously give aviators vital approach System
information and weather and traffic data in relation to their position on a
large, color moving map display. Thanks to a high-contrast color display, the Messages
information can be easily read from wide viewing angles even in direct sunlight.
Its color moving map features a built-in database that shows cities, highways, Symbols
railroads, rivers, lakes, coastlines, and a complete Jeppesen database. The
Jeppesen database (that can be updated with a front-loading datacard) contains Appendix
all airports, VORs, NDBs, Intersections, FSSs, Approaches, DPs/STARs, and SUA
Index
information.
190-01004-03 Rev. N GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 1-1
Foreword
Pilots will enjoy the GTN 625 as a flexible and powerful navigator, especially
when it is coupled with traffic, lightning detection, and weather interfaces.
Getting With the PC-based FDE prediction program, the GTN 625 may be used
Started
for oceanic or remote operations. For the latest in graphic and text weather
Audio & information, the GTN 625 can interface to the SiriusXM Weather Service via the
Xpdr Ctrl
Garmin GDL 69/69A datalink receiver.
Com/Nav
1.1.2 GTN 635
FPL The GTN 635 includes all of the features of the GTN 625, and also includes
a TSO’d airborne VHF communications transceiver.
Direct-To
1.1.3 GTN 650
Proc The GTN 650 includes all of the features of the GTN 625, and also includes
a TSO’d airborne VHF communications transceiver and TSO’d airborne
Wpt Info VOR/Localizer and Glideslope receivers.
Map 1.2 About This Pilot's Guide

1.2.1 Conventions
Traffic Bold text indicates a control. The small right knob is the smaller, inner knob
of the two concentric rotary knobs on the lower, right corner of the bezel. The
Terrain large right knob is the larger, outer knob.
Large, Outer Knob
Weather
Small, Inner Knob
Nearest Figure 1-1 Large/Small Concentric Knobs
Services/
A graphic of a control on the side of the page refers to the control you should
Music use for the associated step as shown below.
Utilities 1.2.2 Using the Touchscreen
Most of the controls are operated by touching the display. Highlighted icons
System
and keys may be simply touched to make a selection. A list of menu items
may be scrolled by touching the screen and retaining pressure while sliding
Messages
your finger up or down. Map displays may be panned by touching the screen
Symbols
and retaining pressure while sliding your finger in the desired direction.
Pinch-to-zoom capability is available in software v6.20 or later.
Appendix You can return to the previous page or exit the current function
by touching the Back key.
Index
1-2 GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. N

Quickly return to the Home page by pressing the HOME key.
Foreword
Press and Hold the HOME key to reach the Default Nav page.
1.3 Product Description Getting

Started
This section provides an overview of the GTN 6XX product and a quick look Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
at some important features. The GTN 6XX presents a full-color moving map
with navigation information to the pilot through a large-format display. Controls Com/Nav
are a combination of rotary knobs and push-keys on the bezel with the color
display providing information as well as a touchscreen controls. The GTN 6XX FPL
has a 600 x 266 pixel, 4.9 inch diagonal LCD display.
Direct-To
Active Com/Nav Standby Com/Nav
Frequency Frequency
Proc
Volume, Squelch On/Off, Function
and Nav ID On/Off Keys Home Page
Wpt Info
HOME Key
Map
Photo Sensor
Datacard
Direct-To Key
Message Traffic
Annunciation
And Key
Large and Terrain
Locking Small Knobs
Screw Weather
Annunciations Dual Rotary Knob Xpdr Panel Controls
Function Hints (optional) Nearest
Figure 1-2 GTN 650 Front Panel
Services/
Music
1.3.1 Datacard
The GTN 6XX uses a Secure Digital (SD) card or Flight Stream 510 to load Utilities
and store various types of data. The datacard is required for Terrain, FliteChart,
System
and Chartview database storage and all database updates.
NOTE: Do Not remove or insert the datacard while in flight. Ensure the Messages
GTN 6XX is powered off before inserting or removing a datacard.
Symbols
NOTE: For instructions on updating databases, refer to section 18.2.
Appendix
Index

Foreword
1.3.1.1 Inserting a Datacard
1. Insert the datacard in the datacard slot (the label side of the
Getting card should face the right edge of the display bezel).
Started
2. To eject the card, gently press on the datacard to release the
Audio & spring latch.
Xpdr Ctrl
1.3.2 Pilot Controls
Com/Nav
The GTN 6XX controls have been designed to simplify operation of the
system and minimize workload and the time required to access sophisticated
FPL
functionality. Controls are located on the bezel and on the touchscreen display.
Direct-To
Controls are comprised of dual concentric knobs, volume/squelch knob, bezel
keys, and active touch areas on the display.
Proc
1.3.2.1 Volume/Squelch Knob
Wpt Info
The Volume knob located in the top left corner of the bezel controls audio
volume for the selected Com radio or Nav receiver and other volume levels for
Map external audio input devices that are controlled via the GTN interface, if installed.
When the Com radio is active, press the Volume knob momentarily to disable
Traffic automatic squelch control for the Com radio. When the Nav radio is active, press
the Volume knob momentarily to enable/disable the ident tone for the Nav radio.
Terrain
Weather
Figure 1-3 Volume/Squelch Knob
Nearest 1.3.2.2 Large/Small Concentric Knobs
The large right and small right knobs are used for data entry, such as in the
Services/ Waypoint or Direct-To functions, and to set the frequencies for the NAV/COM
Music
radios in units so equipped.
Utilities
System
Figure 1-4 Large/Small Concentric Knobs
Messages 1.3.2.3 HOME Key
Pressing the HOME key displays the Home page, the main screen for
Symbols accessing the GTN features. Pressing and holding the HOME key will open the
Default Navigation page from any other page.
Appendix
Index
Figure 1-5 HOME Key
Page Or Function Name
Foreword
Touch The Key To
Access The Function Getting
Started
Touch Arrow Or Touchscreen
Audio &
And Drag Finger To Scroll Xpdr Ctrl
Screen For More Keys
Figure 1-6 Home Page On The GTN 650 Com/Nav
FPL
Navigation Information
Direct-To
Proc
Figure 1-7 Home Page On The GTN 625 Without Transponder

Wpt Info
1.3.2.4 Direct-To Key

Map
The Direct-To key provides access to the direct-to function, which allows you
to enter a waypoint and establishes a direct course to the selected destination. Traffic
Terrain
Figure 1-8 Direct-To Key

Weather
1.3.2.5 Touchscreen Keys

Nearest
Touchscreen keys are placed around the display. The keys vary depending on
the page selected. Touch the key to perform the function or access the described Services/
Music
information.
Utilities
Touch To View Menu Items
System
Touch To View Messages
Touch To View Previous Page Messages
Symbols
Touch To Select CDI Source Touch To Toggle OBS
Figure 1-9 Touchscreen Key Control Example (Default Nav Page) Appendix
Index

Foreword 1.4 Unit Power Up
The GTN 6XX System is integrated with the aircraft electrical system and
Getting
Started receives power directly from electrical buses. The GTN 6XX and supporting
Audio & sub-systems include both power-on and continuous built-in test features that
Xpdr Ctrl exercise the processor, memory, external inputs, and outputs to ensure safe
Com/Nav
operation.
1.4.1 Start-Up Screens

FPL
During system initialization, test annunciations are displayed. All system
Direct-To annunciations should disappear typically within the first 30 seconds after
power-up. Upon power-up, key annunciator lights also become momentarily
Proc illuminated on the GTN 6XX display bezel.
The splash screen displays the following information:
Wpt Info
• Copyright
Map • Database List and System version
Traffic
• Instrument Panel Self-Test
Currently installed database information includes valid operating dates,
Terrain cycle number, and database type. When this information has been reviewed for
currency (to ensure that no databases have expired), the pilot is prompted to
Weather continue. Databases that are not current will be shown in amber.
Nearest
During the startup process the user may be asked if they would like to update
to newer databases. Additional information on database updates can be found
Services/
Music
in section 18.2.
The COM and NAV radios, transponder controls, and GDL 88 control panel
Utilities
are displayed on the Start-Up screens. Some functions may be unavailable until
after the databases are verified.
System
Messages
Symbols
1 - Copyright 2 - SW & Database 3 - Panel Self-Test
Versions & Dates
Appendix
Figure 1-10 System Startup Pages
Index

1.4.2 Database Verification and Fuel Settings Foreword
1. When the System and Database Version page appears, ensure
databases are current. Then, touch Continue. Getting
Started
Ensure Audio &
Software and GPS Required Xpdr Ctrl
Engine Versions Databases Are
Present And Com/Nav
Current
Touch To
FPL
Continue To
Self-Test Page
Direct-To
Figure 1-11 System Startup Pages
2. When the Instrument Panel Self-Test and Fuel Setting page Proc
appears, check to ensure that the CDI/HSI outputs and
other displayed data are correct on the external interfaced Wpt Info
equipment.
Map
3. Touch each of the Fuel value keys and set the appropriate
values as desired. Fuel capacity units are selected on the Traffic
System - Units page.
Terrain
Start-Up
Instrument
Panel Test Weather
Conditions
Touch To Set Touch To Set
Current Fuel Fuel Flow Nearest
Quantity Touch To Continue Services/

To Home Page Music
Figure 1-12 Instrument Panel Self-Test & Fuel Settings Page
Utilities
NOTE: When the GTN is interfaced with a digital fuel computer the pilot
may not be able to manually edit the fuel flow and fuel on board data on System
the Self-Test.
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

Foreword
4. When the Fuel on Board value is selected, touch the Full or Tabs
keys to display those values after they have been set.
Getting
Started Touch To Touch To
Display Fuel Display Fuel
Audio & Full Capacity Tabs Capacity
Xpdr Ctrl
Touch To Set Touch To
Com/Nav Fuel Full or Tab Delete
Capacity Characters
FPL Touch Keys
To Select Fuel Touch To
Capacity Values Accept Fuel on
Direct-To Board Values
Selected Fuel
Proc on Board
Capacity
Wpt Info Figure 1-13 Fuel On Board Page
Map
5. Touch the Set Full/Tabs key to set the fuel values for Fuel
Full Capacity and Fuel Tab Capacity. After setting the fuel
Traffic
values, touch the Back and then the Enter keys to return to
the Instrument Panel Self Test page.
Terrain Touch To
Set Fuel Full
Capacity
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music Touch To
Touch To Return Set Fuel Tab
To Fuel On Capacity
Utilities Board Display
Figure 1-14 Fuel Capacity Setup Page
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

6. On the Instrument Panel Self Test page, touch the Fuel Flow
Foreword
key and then use the numeric keypad to set those values. Touch
the Enter key after selecting the Fuel Flow values. Getting
Started
Selected Fuel Touch To
Flow Value Delete Audio &
Characters Xpdr Ctrl
Touch Keys To Select
Fuel Flow Values Com/Nav
Touch To
Touch To Cancel Accept Fuel
Selection And Return Flow Values FPL
To Previous Page
Figure 1-15 Fuel Flow Setup Page Direct-To
7. After returning to the Instrument Panel Self-Test page and the Proc
fuel values have been set, touch the Continue key to advance
to the Home page. Wpt Info
Map
Traffic
Terrain
Weather
Figure 1-16 Home Page Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

Foreword 1.5 System Operation
Getting 1.5.1 Using the Touchscreen Key Controls
Started
Except for the knobs, the HOME key, and Direct-To key on the bezel, the
Audio & controls for the GTN 6XX are located on the display and activated by touch.
Xpdr Ctrl
Touchscreen Keys -
Com/Nav
Touch to Toggle Activation
FPL
Direct-To
Proc Back to
Previous Page
Wpt Info
Touch to Zoom
In and Out
Map
Figure 1-17 On-Screen Keys and Active Display Areas
Traffic
Terrain
1.5.2 Setup Page
GTN 6XX system settings are managed on the System page. The
Weather following settings can be changed:
• System Status
Nearest • GPS Status
Services/
• External LRUs
Music • Setup
Utilities
• Alerts Settings
• User Fields
System • Units Settings
• Audio
Messages • Backlight
• Connext Setup
Symbols
Appendix
Index

GPS Status Page & Information on
SBAS Providers External LRUs Foreword
Getting
Started
View System Select System
Status Values and Audio &
Setup Values Xpdr Ctrl
SW Versions
Com/Nav
Set Alert Values
Set System
FPL
Units of
Measurement
Direct-To
Set User Fields Select Audio

Settings Proc
Wpt Info
Select Backlight Select
Setting Connext Setup
Map
Figure 1-18 System Page

Traffic
1.5.2.1 System Setup Values
1. From the Home page, touch System and then Setup. Terrain
Select CDI and ILS CDI Capture
Weather
Set Date/Time with Local Offset & Time Format
Set Nearest Airport Runway Nearest

Surface & Min Runway Length
Services/
Music
Select Crossfill
Utilities
Select Com Channel Spacing
Figure 1-19 System Setup Page System
2. Touch the Date/Time key. Then, select the desired Time Format
Messages
and Local Offset by touching the Time Format (12 Hour, 24
Hour, and/or UTC) keys and selecting the appropriate Local
Symbols
Time Offset after touching the Local Offset key.
Appendix
3. Touch the Com Channel Spacing key to toggle between
8.33 and 25.0 kHz channel spacing. Index

Foreword
4. For Nearest Airport filtering, touch the Runway Surface key
and select the desired type of surface that will appear in the
Getting Nearest Airport list.
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl 5. Touch the Minimum Runway Length key to select the
minimum runway length allowed for the Nearest Airport.
Com/Nav Selecting 0 feet will show all airports regardless of runway
length.
FPL
6. Touch the Crossfill key to enable or disable crossfill with a
second GTN unit.
Direct-To
7. Touch the CDI key. Then, elect the CDI and ILS CDI Capture
Proc method with the Selected CDI and ILS CDI Capture keys.
Wpt Info
Map 1.5.2.2 Units Settings Values

1. From the Home page, touch System.
Traffic
Terrain
2. Touch the Units key and then the desired item key. Select the
Weather desired value.
3. Continue to select the desired Units values and then touch the
Nearest Back or HOME key to exit.
Services/ 1.5.2.3 Alerts Settings Values
Music
1. From the Home page, touch System and then Alerts.
Utilities
System
Messages 2. Set arrival alerting. Touch the Arrival key. Touch the Proximity
key and select the desired value.
Symbols
3. Touch the Airspace Alert Options key and select the desired
Appendix values for alerting.
4. Continue to select the desired Alerts values and then touch
Index
the Back or HOME key to exit.
1.5.3 Dual GTN Installations Foreword
Dual GTN units when connected in the aircraft may be set up to communicate
and share information by “Crossfilling” or synchronizing information between Getting
Started
the two units.
Audio &
The following Crossfill information is always synchronized between both Xpdr Ctrl
GTN units:
Com/Nav
• User Waypoints
• Flight Plan Catalog FPL
• Alerts (traffic pop-up acknowledgement, missed approach waypoint

Direct-To
pop-up acknowledgement, altitude leg pop-up acknowledgement)
• External sensors (transponder status and commands, synchro heading) Proc
• System setup:
Wpt Info
– User-defined NAV frequencies to store favorites
– Date/Time convention Map
– Nearest airport criteria Traffic

– Units (Nav angle, Fuel, Temperature)
Terrain
– User-defined COM frequencies to store favorites
– CDI Scale setting Weather
– ILS CDI Capture setting

Nearest
This data is crossfilled only if crossfill is turned on by the pilot:
Services/
• Active navigation (flight plan) Music
Utilities
NOTE: In dual GTN installations with crossfill on, the OBS course will only
System
be updated in real time on the GTN that is receiving the new OBS course.
The course will be transferred to the other GTN when OBS is exited.
Messages
NOTE: There is an installer option to turn on a system message that will

Symbols
be provided anytime crossfill is turned off to alert the pilot that flight plans
are not being crossfilled.
Appendix
Index

Foreword 1.6 Direct-To Navigation
Pressing the Direct-To key to go to the Direct-To function
Getting
Started that allows you to quickly navigate from your present position
directly to a selected waypoint, flight plan waypoint, or nearest
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl airport.
Com/Nav 1.6.1 Direct-To a Waypoint

1. Press Direct-To.
FPL
2. Touch the Waypoint tab and then select the characters for
Direct-To the desired waypoint.
Proc
3. Touch Enter or press the small right knob. Text near the
Wpt Info
small right knob indicates its current function.
OR
Map
Traffic 1.6.2 Direct-To a Flight Plan Waypoint

1. Press Direct-To.
Terrain
2. Touch the FPL tab and then the desired Flight Plan waypoint.
Weather
Nearest 3. Touch Activate.

Services/
Music
1.6.3 Direct-To a Nearest Airport
Utilities 1. Press Direct-To.
System
2. Touch the Nearest tab and then the desired airport from the
Messages Nearest Airport list. Touch the Up or Down keys as needed
to show more of the list.
Symbols 3. Touch Activate or press the small right knob.
Appendix
Index

1.7 Selecting Com/Nav Frequencies Foreword
Com Standby Standby Frequency

Backspace Key Getting
Editing Window Started
Volume and Active Com Frequency
Squelch Standby Frequency Audio &
Monitor Key Standby Com Frequency Xpdr Ctrl
Frequency
Transfer Com/Nav
(Flip/Flop)
Key
FPL
Find Large and Small Knobs
Frequency (Frequency Adjust).
Key Direct-To
Press to Toggle Com
Numeric Keypad Enter Key and Nav Functions.
Proc
Figure 1-20 Com Radio Frequency Selection Page
To switch between Com and Nav frequency selection Wpt Info
Tuning control normally remains in the Com window and will return after 30
Map
seconds of inactivity. If you wish to select a NAV frequency, press the small right
knob momentarily to make the Nav window active for editing. The Standby Nav
Traffic
frequency will be highlighted briefly to indicate that it is active for editing. The
standby frequency in blue is active for editing by the large and small right Terrain
knobs.
Weather
Method 1: Select a Nav/Com frequency using the small and large right rotary
knobs
Nearest
1. Turn the large right knob to select the desired megahertz
(MHz) value. For example, the “119” portion of the frequency Services/
Music
“119.30.”
2. Turn the small right knob to select the desired kilohertz Utilities
(kHz) value. For example, the “.30” portion of the frequency
“119.30.” System
3. Touch the Com or NAV window to flip/flop the Active and

Messages
Standby frequencies. You can also press and hold the small
right knob to transfer the standby frequency to the active
Symbols
window.
Appendix
Index

Method 2: Select a Nav/Com frequency using the numeric keypad
Foreword
1. Touch the Standby window. A pull down keypad will appear
Getting with the current Standby frequency highlighted.
Started
2. Touch the numeric keys to add the desired values and touch
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl Enter to accept the displayed value and place it into the
Standby window.
Com/Nav
3. Touching the XFER key will place the selected frequency directly
into the Active window.
FPL
To transfer the standby frequency to the active frequency
Direct-To
1. Touch the Active (top) frequency window.
Airport Identifier and Type Shown Active Com Frequency
Proc (Touch to Flip/Flop)
for the Selected Frequency
Wpt Info The "+" Sign Indicates More Stations Standby Com Frequency
Associated With This Frequency
Map Figure 1-21 Com Radio Frequency Windows (Touch Active to Flip/Flop)
2. Each touch of the Active window will flip/flop the Active and
Traffic
Standby frequencies.
Terrain
3. The identifier and frequency type will be shown for the selected
Com and Nav frequencies for the nearest stations that are in
Weather the database when the unit is receiving a valid position input.
Remote Frequency Selection Control
Nearest On units configured for remote Com frequency Recall, pressing the remote
recall switch will load the next preset Com frequency into the unit’s Standby
Services/
Music frequency window. The remote recall switch can be pressed multiple times to
scroll the entire preset frequency list through the Standby frequency box (the list
Utilities
will “wrap” from the bottom of the list back up to the top, skipping any empty
preset positions).
System
The standby frequency isn’t activated until a Com FLIP/FLOP switch (either
Messages bezel-mounted or remote (COM RMT XFR) is pressed. Remote Frequency Selection
only functions on units configured for a remote Com Frequency recall switch.
Symbols
NOTE: Frequencies must be stored in the User Frequency List prior to
utilizing the remote channel select switch.
Appendix
Index

1.8 Flight Planning Foreword
1.8.1 Creating a Flight Plan Getting

Started
1. From the Home page, touch the Flight Plan key. The Active
Flight Plan page will be displayed. Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
2. If there is already an Active Flight Plan, touch Menu and then

Com/Nav
the Delete and OK keys to clear the existing flight plan. If
there is not an Active Flight Plan, continue to the next step. FPL
Direct-To
3. Touch Add Waypoint. Use the alphanumeric keypad to select
the Waypoint Identifier for the first leg in your flight plan and Proc
then touch Enter.
Wpt Info
4. Touch the next Waypoint Identifier field. Use the alphanumeric
keypad to select the Waypoint Identifier for the first leg in your
Map
flight plan and then touch Enter.
5. Continue entering waypoints to complete the flight plan. Traffic
6. Touch the Menu key and then touch Store.
Terrain
Weather
7. The screen will now display the Flight Plan Catalog and
show the new flight plan. Flight plan names are listed by the Nearest
Departure and Destination waypoints.
Services/
Music
NOTE: The destination waypoint is the last airport in the flight plan.
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

Foreword 1.9 VFR and IFR Procedures
Visual approaches and IFR procedures (SIDs, STARs, and instrument
Getting approaches) are available using the PROC (Procedures) key.
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Select a Visual or Instrument Approach
1. Touch the PROC key on the Home page.
Com/Nav
FPL 2. Touch the Approach key and then touch the Airport key to
select the desired airport if it is not present.
Direct-To 3. Touch the Approach key, if necessary. Select the desired
approach.
Proc
4. Touch the Transition key and then touch the key for the
desired transition. Visual approaches do not have selectable
Wpt Info
transitions.
Map 5. Touch the Load Approach key to load the approach at the
end of the active flight plan. The Active Flight Plan page will
Traffic be displayed.
6. Or, touch the Load APPR & Activate key for the flight plan
Terrain to go Direct-To the selected transition or provide guidance on
the final approach course for vectored or visual approaches.
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

1.10 Dead Reckoning Foreword
Dead reckoning is a feature that enables the GTN to provide limited
Getting
navigation using the last known position and speed after a loss of GPS Started
navigation while on an active flight plan.
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
CAUTION: Navigation using dead reckoning is only an estimate and
should not be used as the sole means of navigation. Use other means of Com/Nav
navigation, if possible.
FPL
Dead reckoning becomes active after a loss of GPS position while navigating
using an active flight plan and the flight phase is either En Route (ENR) or
Direct-To
Oceanic (OCN).
“DR” will be overlayed on the ownship icon. The To/From flag is removed Proc
from the CDI. The Dead Reckoning annunciator (DR) appears on the lower
left side of the map display and will replace ENR or OCN when a GPS position Wpt Info
is unavailable and the unit is in Dead Reckoning mode. All external outputs
dependent on GPS position are flagged. Map
Terrain will be noted as not available and new terrain advisory pop-ups Traffic
will not occur. Traffic and StormScope information will not be shown on the
Map page, but will continue to be available on their own dedicated pages. XM Terrain
weather will still be available on the Map page.
Dead Reckoning mode will continue until GPS position is restored, when GPS Weather
navigation is restored Dead Reckoning mode is exited. The DR annunciations

Nearest
will be removed and GPS information will be used to compute navigation related
information for the current flight phase. Services/
Music
Dead Reckoning is only allowed in En Route and Oceanic phases of flight.
If the unit is in a Terminal or Approach phase of flight when Dead Reckoning Utilities
takes place, “No GPS Position” will be displayed on the map pages and all
navigation data will be dashed. If you are operating in Dead Reckoning mode System
and a transition to Terminal or Approach phases of flight would occur from the
Messages
projected Dead Reckoning position, Dead Reckoning mode will be discontinued.
“No GPS Position” will be displayed on the map pages and all navigation data
Symbols
will be dashed. For information about GPS faults, refer to section 15.2.4.
Appendix
Index

Foreword 1.11 Default Navigation
The Default Navigation display provides a text display of basic navigation
Getting
Started functions.
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl Touch To View Menu Items
Com/Nav Touch To View Messages
FPL Touch To View Previous Page
Direct-To Touch To Select CDI Source Touch To Toggle OBS

Figure 1-22 Touchscreen Key Control Example (Default Nav Page)
Proc
1.11.1 Configuring User Fields

Wpt Info The Configure User Fields selection allows you to configure the Data,
Function, and Page field type shown in each of the fields of the Default
Map
Navigation page. The information shown in each field may be selected from a
list after Configure User Fields is selected.
Traffic
1. While viewing the Default Navigation page, touch the Menu
Terrain key.
Weather
2. Touch the Configure User Fields key.
Nearest
Touch to Configure Touch Restore the
the User Fields Default User Fields
Services/
Music
Figure 1-23 Default Navigation Menu
Utilities
3. Touch the desired user field key to choose the information
type. A list of information types will be displayed.
System
Messages
Touch a Field to Change
Symbols the User Field
Appendix
Figure 1-24 Default Nav Page User Field Selection
Index

4. Touch the Data, Function, or Page keys to select the
Foreword
information types.
Getting
Selected Field Field Type List. Touch To Started
Type Select Data Field
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Slider Indicates More
Selections Available. Press
Finger and Slide To View Com/Nav
More Selections.
FPL
Figure 1-25 Map Data Field Type Selections
5. Touch the Up or Down keys or touch the display and drag Direct-To
your finger to scroll through the list. Touch the desired item
Proc
to select it or touch the Back key to cancel selection.
Data Field Type Wpt Info
ACTV WPT - Active Waypoint MSA - Minimum Safe Altitude

Map
B/D APT - BRG/DIS from Dest APT 1 NAV/COM - Active NAV/COM FREQ
BRG - Bearing to Current Waypoint OAT (static) - Static Air Temperature Traffic
DIS - Distance to Current Waypoint OAT (total) - Total Air Temperature
Terrain
DIS to Dest - Distance to Destination 2 RAD ALT - Radar Altimeter
DTK - Desired Track Time - Current Time
Weather
ESA - Enroute Safe Altitude Time to TOD - Time to Top of Descent
ETA - Estimated Time of Arrival TKE - Track Angle Error Nearest
ETA at Dest - ETA at Destination TRK - Track
Services/
ETE - Estimated Time Enroute Trip Timer - Timer Display Music
ETE to Dest - ETE to Destination VOR/LOC - Tuned VOR/LOC Info Utilities

Fuel Flow - Total Fuel Flow VSR - Vertical Speed Required
GS - GPS Ground Speed Wind - Wind Speed and Direction System
GSL - GPS Altitude XTK - Cross Track Error

Messages
Generic Timer - Timer Display OFF - Do Not Display Data Field
Table 1-1 Data Field Types of Information Symbols
Note 1: B/D APT is the straight line distance.
Appendix
Note 2: Dist to DEST is the distance along the flight plan.
Index

Foreword NOTE: Data Field Types that use the term "Destination" refer to the final
destination in the flight plan.
Getting
Started
NOTE: ETE to Destination is not available when a procedure is loaded and
Audio & there are waypoints in the Enroute section of the flightplan.
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav Function Field Type

CDI - Course Deviation Indicator OBS/Suspend/Unsuspend Button
FPL
Flap Override - Flap Override 1 On Scene - "On Scene" Mode Toggle
Direct-To
GPWS Inhibit - GPWS Inhibit 1 TAWS Inhibit - TAWS Inhibit
G/S Inhibit - G/S Inhibit 1 Gen Timer - Generic Timer Control
Proc HTAWS RP Mode - HTAWS RP Mode 2 OFF - Do Not Display Data Field
Table 1-2 Function Field Types of Information
Wpt Info
Note 1: With TAWS-A enabled
Map Note 2: With HTAWS enabled
Traffic Page Field Type

DFLT NAV - Default Navigation Checklist - Checklist Page
Terrain Flight Plan - Flight Plan Page Fuel PLAN - Fuel Planning Page
Map - Map Page SCHED MSG - Scheduled Messages
Weather
Nearest - Nearest Page Trip PLAN - Trip Planning Page
Nearest NEAR APT - Nearest Airport Page VCALC - VCALC Page
PROC - Procedures Page User FREQ - User Frequencies
Services/
Music Approach - Approach Page WPT INFO - Waypoint Information
Utilities
Arrival - Arrival Page Weather - Weather Page
Departure - Departure Page CNXT WX - Connext WX Page
System Services - Services Page FIS-B WX - FIS-B Weather Page
Traffic - Traffic Page Stormscope - Stormscope Page
Messages
Terrain - Terrain Page SiriusXM WX - Sirius XM WX Page
Symbols Utilities - Utilities Page OFF - Do Not Display Page Field
Table 1-3 Page Field Types of Information
Appendix
Index

1.11.2 CDI (GTN 650 only) Foreword
See the CDI section in the Map chapter for details.
Getting
Started
1.11.3 OBS Function
Audio &
See the OBS section in the Map chapter for details. Xpdr Ctrl
1.12 FastFind Predictive Waypoint Entry Com/Nav
FastFind provides the pilot with a shortcut to the nearest waypoint with an
FPL
identifier that starts with the typed letters. As a result, the GTN can predict the
pilot's entry within as little as one key press.
Direct-To
FastFind predictions are shown in the top right-hand corner of the keypad
display. Touching the FastFind field will select the predicted waypoint. If the Proc
FastFind prediction is not what the pilot is looking for, keep typing until the
desired waypoint is displayed. Wpt Info
1.12.1 FastFind With Waypoint Info Map
1. Use the alphanumeric keypad to begin selecting characters

Traffic
for the desired waypoint.
Selected Wpt Terrain
Characters Predicted Wpt
Weather
Figure 1-26 Select Characters for FastFind to Predict a Waypoint - KP Selected
Selected Wpt Nearest

Services/
Music
Figure 1-27 Select Characters for FastFind to Predict a Waypoint - KPA Selected
Utilities
2. After selecting the desired waypoint, touch the FastFind key.
System
Complete Touch to Select
Wpt Selection Displayed Wpt
Messages
Figure 1-28 Select Characters for FastFind to Predict a Waypoint - KPAE Selected
Symbols
Appendix
Index

Foreword 1.12.2 FastFind With A Flight Plan
When creating a new flight plan or searching for a waypoint, the GTN
Getting
Started will search for waypoints closest to the current GPS position. When adding
Audio &
waypoints in the middle of the flight plan, the GTN will search halfway between
Xpdr Ctrl the previous and next waypoints. When adding waypoints at the end of the
flight plan, the GTN will search for waypoints closest to the last waypoint in the
Com/Nav
flight plan.
FPL 1. When the aircraft is located in KSLE, and the last waypoint in
the flight plan is "DRK," the GTN will search for waypoints
Direct-To nearest "DRK."
2. Typing K, will result in "KPRC" being displayed as the FastFind
Proc prediction because it is the nearest waypoint to "DRK" that
starts with "K."
Wpt Info
Selected Wpt
Map
Traffic Figure 1-29 Using FastFind to Predict a Waypoint in a Flight Plan
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

2 AUDIO AND TRANSPONDER CONTROLS Foreword
(OPTIONAL) Getting
Started
The GTN 6XX can perform as the control and display for a transponder Audio &
(such as one of the GTX family of transponders) or display marker beacon Xpdr Ctrl
annunciations from an audio panel (such as the GMA 35 or GMA 350). See your
Com/Nav
dealer for more information.
2.1 Transponder Operation FPL
The GTN 6XX will operate as a control head for remotely connected optional, Direct-To
compatible transponders.
Proc
NOTE: The transponder control panel on the GTN will only contain the
Ground key when the GTN is interfaced with a GTX 33/330 with software
versions prior to 8.00. Wpt Info
NOTE: Starting the GTN with a Flight Stream 510 wireless datacard in the Map
slot may cause the control panel to be temporarily unavailable on the
start-up screens during unit power up. Traffic
Squawk Code Squawk Code Terrain

Window Backspace
Key VFR Squawk
Active
Code (1200) Key Weather
Transponder
Selection Reply
Annunciation Nearest
Active XPDR, Services/

Code and Mode Music
Display
Enter Key Utilities
Context Sensitive
Mode Key Instructions For System
Rotary Knob
Messages
Figure 2-1 XPDR Control Display
Symbols
Appendix
Index

Foreword Active XPDR Mode Ident VFR
Getting
Started XPDR 1 Standby 1200
Audio & XPDR 2 Ground
Xpdr Ctrl On
Com/Nav
Altitude Reporting
FPL
Figure 2-2 XPDR Functional Diagram
Direct-To
2.1.1 Select Transponder
1. Touch the XPDR window and then touch the XPDR key to
Proc select the desired transponder.
Wpt Info
Map
Selected Transponder
Traffic
Terrain
Figure 2-3 Select the Active Transponder
Weather 2. Touch the XPDR 2 selection to activate Transponder 2. Touch

the XPDR 1 selection to activate Transponder 1.
Nearest Active Transponder Active Transponder
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Figure 2-4 Active Transponder Indication
Symbols
Appendix
Index

2.1.2 IDENT Foreword
1. Touch the IDENT key once to reply with an identifying squawk
code. Getting
Started
2. The IDENT key will show a green “ID” in the bottom right
Audio &
corner of the key to indicate active Ident. Xpdr Ctrl
2.1.3 Transponder Mode Com/Nav
1. Touch the Mode key to allow selection of the transponder

FPL
mode.
Selected Transponder
Direct-To
Proc
Wpt Info
Touch To Select
Transponder Mode Map
Figure 2-5 Transponder Mode Selection Traffic

2. Touch the Up/Down keys or touch the display and drag the
display up or down to view the available selections. Terrain
Transponder Modes
Weather
Nearest
Selected
Transponder Mode
Services/
Touch The Up/Down Music
Keys Or Drag Display
To View Modes Utilities
Standby Mode Selection Not Shown
Figure 2-6 Transponder Mode Choices System
3. Touch the desired Transponder mode to select it and then

touch the Enter key. Messages
2.1.3.1 Standby Symbols
1. Touch the Mode key and select Standby and then touch the
Appendix
Enter key to place the transponder into Standby mode.
Index

Foreword
Getting
Started Active XPDR and IDENT Disabled
Audio & Mode Key. Transponder
Xpdr Ctrl Operation "Standby" Mode.
Com/Nav Figure 2-7 Transponder Mode "Standby" Indication

2. The transponder will still be powered, but will not transmit
FPL information. The active transponder indication and Ident
annunciation will be grayed to show they are disabled.
Direct-To
2.1.3.2 Ground
Proc
1. Touch the Mode key and select Ground and then touch the
Enter key to place the transponder into Ground mode.
Wpt Info
Map
Traffic Active XPDR and IDENT Enabled

Transponder Operation
Terrain "Ground" Mode
Figure 2-8 Transponder Mode "Ground" Indication

Weather
2. Mode S replies will be allowed in Ground mode.
Nearest
Services/
NOTE: The transponder control panel on the GTN will only contain the
Music Ground key when the GTN is interfaced with a GTX 33/330 with software
versions prior to 8.00. With all other GTX software versions, the transponder
Utilities will automatically transition out of airborne mode.
System 2.1.3.3 On
1. Touch the Mode key and select On and then touch the Enter
Messages
key for Mode A operation.
Symbols
Appendix
Index

Foreword
Getting
Active XPDR and IDENT Enabled Started
Transponder Operation Audio &

"ON" Mode Xpdr Ctrl
Figure 2-9 Transponder Mode "ON" Indication Com/Nav
2. The transponder is "On" and will transmit its squawk code FPL
when interrogated.
Direct-To
2.1.3.4 Altitude Reporting
1. Touch the Mode key and select Altitude Reporting and then Proc
touch the Enter key for Mode C operation.
Wpt Info
Map
Traffic
Active XPDR and IDENT Enabled
Transponder Operation Terrain
"Altitude Reporting" Mode
Figure 2-10 Transponder Mode "Altitude Reporting" Indication Weather
2. The transponder will be "On" and will transmit its squawk Nearest
code and altitude when interrogated. An "ALT" annunciation Services/

will appear when the squawk code is transmitted. Music
2.1.4 VFR Utilities
Touch the VFR key to set the VFR squawk code (1200). System
Messages
VFR (1200) Transponder Squawk Code
Figure 2-11 Transponder VFR Squawk Code Symbols
Appendix
Index

Foreword
2.1.5 Selecting a Squawk Code
The selected squawk code will always be in use. As you change a squawk
Getting
Started code, the original code will be used until you are finished selecting the new
code.
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Squawk Code Description
Com/Nav 1200 Default VFR code in the USA
7500 Hijacking
FPL
7600 Loss of Communications
Direct-To 7700 Emergency
Table 2-1 XPDR Special Squawk Codes
Proc 1. Touch the transponder squawk code window at the right side
of the display.
Wpt Info
2. The XPDR page will be displayed. The Squawk Code value will
Map
be active for selection for use by the active Transponder.
3. Touch the numeric keypad, or use the rotary knobs, to select
Traffic the desired Squawk Code.
4. Then, touch Enter.
Terrain
Squawk Code Squawk Code
Window Backspace
Weather Key
Active XPDR
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities Numeric Keypad

Enter Key
System
Figure 2-12 XPDR Squawk Code Selection Display
Messages
5. The selected Squawk Code will be shown in the XPDR window
on the right side of the display.
Symbols
Appendix
Index

2.1.6 GDL 88 ADS-B Reporting Foreword
The GDL 88 is a remote-mount ADS-B transceiver that sends ADS-B out
Getting
messages to ATC and other aircraft and communicates ADS-B In data to Started
panel-mounted avionics for the display of traffic and weather. Reference the
Audio &
GDL 88 Pilot Guide for a full description of GDL 88 functions. When a GTN is Xpdr Ctrl
interfaced to a GDL88 transceiver for ADS-B Out functions the GTN can control
Com/Nav
some aspects of the ADS-B Out message and the GTN may provide position
information to the GDL88. The display and control of the information sent
FPL
depends on the equipment installed and how it is configured by the installer.
Some installations allow control by the pilot of the information sent, while Direct-To
others do not.
The Anonymous Mode, when armed, will replace the identifying information Proc
in the ADS-B Out message with a temporary randomized number for privacy
while the position information will still be provided. The call sign will be sent as Wpt Info
"VFR." To enable Anonymous Mode, the Squawk Code must be set to the VFR
Map
code (based on the GDL 88 configuration) and the Anonymous key must be
selected.
Traffic
Viewing the ADS-B Control Panel Without Integrated Transponder Control Terrain
1. Touch the Transponder window to view the ADS-B control

Weather
panel.
Nearest
Altitude Services/
Music
Reporting
Status
Utilities
Touch To View ADS-B
Control Panel
System
Current Flight ID
Messages
Figure 2-13 ADS-B Control Panel
Symbols
2. Touch the ADS-B window again to return to the previous
display.
Appendix
Index

Viewing the ADS-B Control Panel With Integrated Transponder Control
Foreword
1. Touch the Transponder window and then the MENU key to
Getting view the ADS-B control panel.
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Touch To Toggle Touch To Select
Anonymous Mode Flight ID
Com/Nav
FPL
Figure 2-14 ADS-B/Transponder Control Panel

Direct-To
2. Touch the Anonymous Mode key to toggle arming the
Proc Anonymous mode.
Wpt Info 3. Touch the Flight ID key to manually set the Flight ID. Use the
key pad to select the desired Flight ID and then touch Enter.
Map
Traffic
Terrain
Weather
Figure 2-15 Flight ID Entry
Nearest NOTE: Changing the flight ID while in anonymous mode wouldn't actually
change the flight ID because a randomized ID is being broadcast. If the
Services/ ANONYMOUS key is armed, change the squawk code to the VFR code to
Music
activate Anonymous mode.
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

2.1.7 Extended Squitter Transmission Foreword
When interfaced with a compatible transponder, the GTN can act as a control
for the Extended Squitter functions. When “Enable ES” is selected, the GTX Getting
Started
turns on Extended Squitter (ES) transmissions.
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Touch To Enter Com/Nav

Touch To Toggle
Extended Squitter Flight ID
FPL
Figure 2-16 Transponder Menu With Extended Squitter Capability Direct-To
1. While viewing the Transponder (XPDR) page, touch the Menu Proc
key and then the Enable ES key to toggle Extended Squitter
Off and On. Wpt Info
2. Touch the Flight ID key and use the keypad to select a Flight Map
ID and then touch Enter.
3. After selecting a Flight ID, the selected value will be shown in Traffic
the Flight ID key.
Terrain
2.1.8 TCAS II Transponder Mode Controls
Weather
NOTE: This feature is available in software v6.30 and later.
The GTN can control the modes of a TCAS II system through a GTX 3000. Nearest
The TA Only and TA/RA modes are added to the transponder control panel.
Services/
Selecting TA Only or TA/RA will command the TCAS into the selected mode. Music
Depending on the aircraft configuration (e.g., on ground), the TCAS may stay
Utilities
in a different mode.
System
Messages
Symbols
Touch To Select
TCAS II Mode Appendix
Figure 2-17 TCAS II Transponder Control Panel
Index

Foreword NOTE: The XPDR/TCAS Mode on the Transponder Control Panel always
shows the pilot-selected mode and does not necessarily correspond with
Getting the traffic system if it is in a lower mode due to other constraints. The active
Started
mode is shown in the radio bar next to the transponder squawk code.
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl XPDR/TCAS Mode Transponder Available TCAS II
Com/Nav
Selection Mode Modes
TA/RA Altitude Reporting TA/RA or TA Only
FPL TA Only Altitude Reporting TA Only
Altitude Reporting Altitude Reporting Standby
Direct-To
On On Standby
Proc Standby Standby Standby
Table 2-2 Transponder and TCAS II Modes
Wpt Info
2.2 Marker Beacon Annunciations
Map When connected to a compatible audio panel, a visual annunciation of
marker beacons will be shown on the display when the aircraft flies over a
Traffic marker beacon. The annunciation will appear in the lower left of the display.
Terrain Current Beacon Icon (Standard) Icon (Blink) Blink Interval
Inner Marker 250 ms
Weather
Middle Marker 333 ms
Nearest Outer Marker 750 ms
Services/ The marker beacon alternates between the standard icon and the blink icon at
Music the blink interval corresponding to the current beacon.
Table 2-3 Marker Beacons
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

2.3 TelligenceTM Voice Command Foreword
Garmin's Telligence Voice Command voice recognition feature allows
Getting
the pilot (and optionally copilot) to control the GTN 6XX connected to a Started
GMA 350 using spoken commands. To activate Voice Recognition, push and
Audio &
hold the Push-to-Command (PTC) switch while speaking a command. When Xpdr Ctrl
the Push-to-Command switch is released, the GTN 6XX and/or the audio panel
Com/Nav
will respond.
If a command is understood by the GMA, a positive acknowledgement FPL
chime will be played, and the relevant information will be displayed to reflect
the change (if applicable). The pilot should verify that the correct response has Direct-To
occurred.
Proc
If a command is not understood by the GMA or the GTN is unable to
complete the requested action, a negative acknowledge tone will be played. The Wpt Info
pilot should repeat the command by using the Push-to-Command switch, or by
manually using the GTN 6XX touch screen. In the event of any abnormal Voice Map
Recognition operation, the front panel controls and touch screen may be used to
override Voice Recognition and manually control the GTN 6XX. Traffic
NOTE: If Telligence Voice Command malfunctions and needs to be disabled, Terrain

remove power to the GMA 350 audio panel. This will force the audio panel
into the fail-safe mode. The pilot will be able to communicate using the
Weather
COM 2 radio only.
The available voice recognition commands are listed in Nearest
GTN 6XX/7XX Telligence Voice Command Guide, P/N 190-01007-50. Services/

Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

Foreword
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
FPL
Direct-To
Proc
Wpt Info
Map
Traffic
This page intentionally left blank
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

3 NAV/COM Foreword
(GTN 650 NAV/COM AND GTN 635 COM ONLY) Getting

Started
The GTN 650 features a digitally-tuned VHF Com radio and digitally-tuned
Nav/localizer and glideslope receivers. The GTN 635 has a Com radio only. The Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com radio operates in the aviation voice band, from 118.000 to 136.975 MHz,
in 25 kHz steps (default). For European operations, a Com radio configuration Com/Nav
of 8.33 kHz steps is also available.
FPL
Com Standby Backspace Key
Volume and Editing Window Active Com Frequency
Squelch Frequency Direct-To
On/Off Knob Monitor Key Standby Com Frequency
Frequency Proc
Transfer
(Flip/Flop) Frequency Monitor Wpt Info
Key Annunciation
Find Large and Small Knobs Map
Frequency (Frequency Adjust).
Key Press to Toggle Com
Numeric Keypad Enter Key and Nav Functions. Traffic
Figure 3-1 Nav/Com Controls Terrain
Weather
Find Xfer Monitor Keypad
Nearest
Recent
Nearest - Filter - Com - Nav Services/
Music
Airport Utilities
VOR
Flight Plan System
User Airport
FSS Messages
ARTCC
Symbols
Figure 3-2 Nav/Com Functional Diagram
Appendix
Index

Foreword
3.1 Volume
Com radio volume is adjusted using the Volume knob. Turn the Volume
Getting knob clockwise to increase volume, or counterclockwise to decrease volume.
Started
The level will be maintained until changed.
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl 1. Turn the Volume knob to set the Com volume.
Com/Nav
FPL Percent Of Maximum Volume Graphic Scale Showing Volume

Figure 3-3 Com Volume Setting
Direct-To
2. A bar graph showing the relative volume level will indicate the
Proc
selected level and will disappear a few seconds after releasing
the Volume knob.
Wpt Info 3.2 Squelch
The Com radio features an automatic squelch to reject many localized noise
Map
sources. You may override the squelch function by pressing the Volume knob.
Traffic
This facilitates listening to a distant station or setting the desired volume level.
To override the automatic squelch, press the Volume knob momentarily.
Terrain Press the Volume knob again to return to automatic squelch operation. A “SQ”
indication appears above the active Com frequency window in the upper left
Weather
corner of the display when automatic squelch is overridden.
Com Volume and Receive Annunciation
Nearest Squelch Control Com Control Text
Squelch Annunciation
Services/
Music
Active Com Frequency
(Touch to Flip/Flop)
Utilities
Standby Com
Frequency
System
Messages
Turn To Select MHz
Turn To Select kHz
Symbols
Figure 3-4 Com Controls
Appendix
While receiving a transmission, an “RX” indication appears in the Com
frequency window to the immediate right of “Com.” A “TX” indication appears
Index
at this location while you are transmitting.
3.3 Com and Nav Frequency Window and Tuning Foreword
Communication frequencies are selected by using the large and small right
Getting
knobs or by touching the value in the standby Com or Nav frequency field and Started
using the displayed keypad. The standby frequency always appears below the Audio &
active frequency. The active frequency is the frequency currently in use for Xpdr Ctrl
transmit and receive operations.
Com/Nav
Once a frequency is selected in the standby field, it may be transferred to the
active frequency by touching the active frequency field. FPL
NOTE: The Com window is normally active for adjustment, unless the NAV Direct-To
window is made active by pressing the small right knob. The active state
automatically returns to the Com window after 30 seconds of inactivity.
Proc
To select a Com or Nav frequency using the small and large right knobs:
Wpt Info
1. If the tuning cursor is not currently in the frequency window,
press the small right knob momentarily. The Standby Map
frequency will be highlighted to indicate that it is active for
editing. Traffic
2. Turn the large right knob to select the desired megahertz

(MHz) value. For example, the “118” portion of the frequency Terrain
“118.30.”
Weather
3. Turn the small right knob to select the desired kilohertz
(kHz) value. For example, the “.30” portion of the frequency Nearest
“118.30.”
Services/
To select a Com or Nav frequency using the numeric keypad: Music
1. Touch the Standby window. Utilities

2. A keypad will appear with the current Standby frequency
highlighted. System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

Com Standby Backspace -
Foreword Editing Window Frequency Clear Key
Frequency
Getting Frequency Monitor Key
Started Transfer
(Flip/Flop)
Audio & Key
Xpdr Ctrl Frequency Monitor
Annunciation
Com/Nav Find
Frequency
FPL Key
Direct-To
Numeric Keypad Enter Key
Proc Figure 3-5 Com Standby Frequency Numeric Keypad

Nav Standby Editing Backspace - Frequency
Wpt Info Frequency Window Clear Key
Transfer (Flip/
Map Flop) Key
Traffic
Find
Terrain
Frequency
Key
Weather
Numeric Keypad Enter Key
Nearest Figure 3-6 Nav Standby Frequency Numeric Keypad
Services/ 3. Touch the numeric keys to add the desired values and touch
Music
Enter to accept the displayed value and place it into the
Utilities
Standby frequency window.
4. Touching the XFER key will place the selected frequency directly
System into the Active frequency window.
Messages To make the standby frequency the active frequency:

1. Touch the active frequency (top) window.
Symbols
Appendix
2. The Active (top) and Standby frequencies will flip/flop.
Index

3.3.1 Com and Nav Frequency Finding Foreword
The GTN 635 (Com) and 650 (Com and Nav) frequency finding feature
Getting
allows you to quickly select any displayed database Com or Nav frequency Started
as your standby frequency. The following are some examples of selecting
Audio &
frequencies from some of the main GPS pages. Xpdr Ctrl
To select a Com or Nav frequency for a User created frequency, Recent Com/Nav
selected frequency, Nearest airport, or from your Flight Plan:
1. While viewing the numeric keypad touch the Find key. FPL
Categories for User, Recent, Nearest, and Flight Plan are
available. Direct-To
Proc
Touch to Select Touch to Select
Recent Freq List Nearest Freq List
Wpt Info
Fpl Freq List User Freq List
Map
Figure 3-7 Com Nearest Frequencies Traffic

2. Touch Recent, Nearest, Flight Plan, or User. A list of the
selected frequency types will be displayed. Terrain
Weather
3. Touch the desired frequency to select it and place it into the
Standby window. Nearest
3.3.1.1 Find Recent Frequencies Services/

Music
1. While viewing the Find results, touch the Recent key. A list
of the recently selected frequencies will be displayed. Utilities
Selected
System
Frequency Touch Frequency
Category From Recent List
To Select Standby Messages
Frequency
Symbols
Figure 3-8 Recent Com Frequency List Appendix

Index
Standby window.
3.3.1.2 Find Nearest Frequencies
Foreword
1. While viewing the Find results, touch the Nearest key. A list
Getting of the nearest airport Com frequencies will be displayed.
Started
Select A Frequencies
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl Frequency for Nearest
Category Airport
Com/Nav
Range And
Bearing To
FPL Airport
Figure 3-9 Com Nearest Airport Frequency

Direct-To
2. Touch the Multiple FREQ key to show the available
Proc frequencies.
Wpt Info
Touch A Frequency Key
Map To Place It In The Standby
Window
Traffic
Terrain
Figure 3-10 Nearest Airport Multiple Frequency List

Weather
3. Touch the Filter key to filter the Nearest List by Airports, FSS,
Nearest
or ARTCC.
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Figure 3-11 Nearest Com Frequency List

Messages
4. Touch the desired Frequency List. Then, touch the desired

Symbols
frequency to load it into the Standby window.
Appendix
Index

5. Some frequencies will have more information detail available.
Foreword
Touch the key that shows "More Information."
Getting
Started
Touch Audio &

For More Xpdr Ctrl
Information
Com/Nav
FPL
Figure 3-12 More Information Is Available For Some Frequencies
6. More detailed information is shown on the display. Touch the Direct-To
frequency key to load it into the Standby window.
Proc
Touch To Insert
Into Standby
Window Wpt Info
Map
Traffic
Figure 3-13 More Frequency Detail
Terrain
3.3.1.3 Find Flight Plan Frequencies
1. While viewing the Find results, touch the Flight Plan key. Weather
A list of Com or Nav frequencies associated with the active
flight plan will be displayed. Nearest
Services/
Music
Flight Plan Touch To Select
Airport From List Of Utilities
Information Frequencies
System
Figure 3-14 Flight Plan Frequency List Messages

2. Touch the Multiple FREQ key to show the available
frequencies, if present. Symbols

Appendix
Standby window.
Index

3.3.1.4 Find User Frequencies
Foreword
1. While viewing the Find results, touch the User key. A list of
Getting User-created frequencies will be displayed.
Started
2. Touch the desired frequency to load it into the Standby window.
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
3.3.2 Simple Frequency Entry
Com/Nav
Frequencies can now be entered on the GTN without the leading one
and/or trailing zero(s). As a result, the pilot can now touch “2,” “1,” and “5” for
FPL
121.50. If a number is pressed that is not valid for the cursor location, the pilot
is presented with a confirmation pop-up upon selecting the typed frequency.
Direct-To
Frequency entry can be accomplished by typing every digit in the frequency or
Proc by leaving off the leading one and/or trailing zero(s). The frequency that will be
entered is always displayed in the cursor window.
Wpt Info 1. Touch the Standby frequency field and then touch the 2 key.
Map
Figure 3-15 Simplified Frequency Entry Without Leading Number

Traffic
2. Touch the 7 key.
Terrain
Weather
Figure 3-16 Second Frequency Number
Nearest
3. Touch the 2 key.
Services/
Music
Figure 3-17 Final Frequency Without Trailing Number
Utilities
4. Touch Enter.
System
Messages Entered Frequency Value
Symbols Figure 3-18 Completed Frequency Entry
Appendix
Index

3.3.3 Adding a New User Frequency Foreword
1. While viewing the numeric keypad touch the Find key on the
left side of the display. Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
2. Touch the User key.
3. Touch the Add User Frequency key. Com/Nav
FPL
Add User Frequency
Direct-To
User Frequency List When Proc

Present
Wpt Info
Figure 3-19 Add New User Frequency
4. The Add New User Frequency information window will now Map
be displayed. Touch the Name key to select a name for the
User frequency. Traffic
Terrain
User Frequency Name Weather

User Frequency Value
Nearest
Services/
Music
Figure 3-20 Add New User Frequency Detail Window Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

5. Touch the lower part of the display to select the desired
Foreword
range of characters. Select the characters from the selected
Getting alphanumeric range for the desired name. Touch the Enter
Started key to accept the displayed Name.
Audio & User Frequency
Xpdr Ctrl Backspace
Name
Com/Nav Alphanumeric
Keypad Selected
FPL
Range Alphanumeric
Keypad Overview
Direct-To
Figure 3-21 Select a Name for the New User Frequency
Proc 6. Touch the Frequency key and select the characters from
the keypad for the desired frequency. Touch the Enter key to
Wpt Info accept the displayed frequency.
Map User Frequency Value
Traffic
Terrain
Weather Figure 3-22 Select a Frequency Value for the New User Frequency
Nearest 7. Touch the Enter key to accept the displayed name and
frequency. The new User Frequency will be added to the list.
Services/
Music The list can store up to 15 user frequencies.
User Frequency Name User Frequency Value
Utilities
System
Touch To Edit
Messages User Name and/or
Frequency Value
Symbols
Figure 3-23 Completed New User Frequency
Appendix
Index

8. Touch the Name or Frequency keys to edit the displayed
Foreword
name or frequency, if desired.
Touch To Edit User Getting
Touch To Edit User Started
Frequency Name Frequency Value
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
Touch To Delete FPL

User Frequency
Direct-To
Figure 3-24 Edit The User Frequency
3.3.4 Emergency Frequency Proc
The GTN 635 or 650 emergency frequency select provides a quick method Wpt Info
of selecting 121.50 MHz as the active frequency in the event of an in-flight
emergency. The emergency frequency select is available whenever the unit is on, Map
regardless of GPS or cursor status, or loss of the display.
To quickly tune and activate 121.50, press and hold Traffic
volume knob or the external remote Com flip-flop key for

Terrain
approximately two seconds.
Weather
NOTE: Pressing and holding the remote Com FLIP/FLOP key for
approximately two seconds, on units so configured, will lock the COM
Nearest
board, preventing further changes in Com frequency until the Com board is
unlocked, by pressing the remote Com FLIP/FLOP key again for two seconds. Services/
The following message will notify the pilot that the Com board has been Music
locked: “COM LOCKED TO 121.5 MHZ. HOLD REMOTE COM TRANSFER
KEY TO EXIT.” Utilities
NOTE: Under some circumstances if the Com system loses communication System
with the main system, the radio will automatically tune to 121.50 MHz for
transmit and receive regardless of the displayed frequency. Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

Foreword
3.3.5 Stuck Microphone
Whenever the GTN 635 or 650 is transmitting, a “TX” indication appears
Getting in the Com window. If the push-to-talk key on the microphone is stuck or
Started
accidentally left in the keyed position, or continues to transmit after the
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
key is released, the Com transmitter automatically times out (or ceases to
transmit) after 30 seconds of continuous broadcasting. You will also receive a
Com/Nav “Com push-to-talk key stuck” message as long as the stuck condition exists.
FPL
3.3.6 Remote Frequency Selection Control
On units configured for remote Com frequency Recall, pressing the remote
Direct-To recall switch will load the next preset Com frequency into the unit’s Standby
frequency box. The remote recall switch can be pressed multiple times to scroll
Proc the entire preset frequency list through the Standby frequency box (the list will
“wrap” from the bottom of the list back up to the top, skipping any empty preset
Wpt Info positions).
The standby frequency isn’t activated until a Com flip-flop switch (either
Map remote- or bezel-mounted) is pressed. Remote Frequency Selection only
functions on units configured for a remote Com Frequency recall switch.
Traffic
NOTE: For software prior to v5.00, frequencies must be stored in the User
Terrain Frequency List prior to utilizing the remote channel select switch.
Weather 3.3.7 Reverse Frequency Look-Up

When the Reverse Frequency Look-Up feature is enabled in System-Setup,
Nearest
the identifier and frequency type will be shown for the selected Com and Nav
Services/
frequencies for the nearest stations that are in the aviation database when the
Music unit is receiving a valid position input. Station Identifiers with a “+” sign will
have more stations associated with this frequency than just the type displayed.
Utilities
Identifier and Type Shown for
System the Selected Frequency
The “+” Sign Indicates More
Messages Stations Associated With This
Frequency
Symbols
Figure 3-25 Reverse Frequency Look-Up
Appendix
NOTE: It can take up to 2 minutes for the RFL frequency to change after
crossing the half way point when flying from one airport to another that
Index
both use the same frequency.
3.4 Com Frequency Monitoring Foreword
The Frequency Monitoring function allows you to listen to the Standby
Getting
frequency in the Com radio, while monitoring the Active frequency for activity. Started
1. Touch the MON key to listen to the standby frequency. A small Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
“MON” annunciation is displayed to the right of the Standby
frequency. A green bar will show on the MON key. When Com/Nav
the Active frequency receives a signal, the unit will switch
automatically to the Active frequency and then switch back FPL
to the standby frequency when activity ceases.
Direct-To
Frequency Com Standby Frequency Monitor
Monitor Key Editing Window Annunciation
Proc
Frequency Transfer
(Flip-Flop) Key Wpt Info
Map
Traffic
Figure 3-26 Com Frequency Monitoring
Terrain
2. The Monitor function is deactivated when you touch the MON
key again and the green bar is extinguished. Weather
NOTE: The Com radio Monitoring function is different than the Monitor Nearest
function of the Audio Panel.
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

Foreword
3.5 Nav (VOR/Localizer/Glideslope) Receiver
Getting
Operations
Started The GTN 650 includes digitally-tuned Nav/localizer and glideslope receivers
Audio & with the desired frequency selected on the Nav window, along the top right-hand
Xpdr Ctrl
side of the display. Frequency selection is performed by pressing the small right
Com/Nav knob to activate Nav Standby frequency editing and then turning the small and
large right knobs or keypad to select the desired frequency.
FPL Standby Nav
Active Nav
Nav Control Text Frequency Frequency
Direct-To
Proc
Wpt Info
Figure 3-27 Nav Frequency Window
Map
3.5.1 Ident Audio and Volume
Traffic Nav ident is enabled by pressing the Volume knob when the Nav window is
active. When Nav ident is enabled, the ID annunciation will appear in the active
Terrain
Nav window and Morse code tones will be heard. When the Nav function is
enabled, the Nav Standby channel window will highlight briefly and then turn
Weather
to blue text. The Nav Standby frequency will be active for editing for about 30
Nearest
seconds before the Com Standby frequency becomes active for editing.
Nav Ident Is Active
Services/
Music Nav Standby Channel Highlighted To
Indicate It Is Active for Frequency Selection
Utilities
Figure 3-28 Nav Standby Frequency Window is Active
System Nav audio volume is adjusted using the Volume knob. Turn the Volume
knob clockwise to increase volume, or counterclockwise to decrease volume.
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

3.5.2 Nav Tuning Window Foreword
Nav frequencies are selected with the tuning cursor in the standby Nav
Getting
frequency field, and using the small and large right knobs to dial in the desired Started
frequency. The keypad may also be used for frequency entry after touching
Audio &
the Standby window. The standby frequency always appears below the active Xpdr Ctrl
frequency. The active frequency is the frequency currently in use. The GTN will
Com/Nav
automatically decode Morse code and display the Ident for the active frequency
above it. The RFL (reverse frequency lookup) Identifier is displayed below the
FPL
frequency and is only dependent on GPS position and database information.
Direct-To
NOTE: Tuning is normally active in the Com window, unless placed in the
Nav window by pressing the small right knob. When the tuning cursor is
in the Nav window, it automatically returns to the Com window after 30 Proc
seconds of inactivity. The active frequency in either window cannot be
accessed directly — only the standby frequency is active for editing. Wpt Info
To select a VOR/localizer/ILS frequency: Map
1. Touch the small right knob momentarily to make the Nav

Traffic
Standby frequency value active for editing. The window will
be highlighted momentarily.
Terrain
2. Turn the large right knob to select the desired megaHertz
(MHz) value. For example, the “117” portion of the frequency Weather
“117.80.”
3. Turn the small right knob to select the desired kiloHertz Nearest
(kHz) value. For example, the “.80” portion of the frequency
Services/
“117.80.” Music
4. Touch the Nav active (top) frequency to make the standby

Utilities
frequency.
System
5. The Active (top) and Standby frequencies will switch.
Messages
Nav Frequencies Will
Automatically Decode Morse
Nav Frequencies In The Database Code And Display The Ident Symbols
Will Display The Ident Based on
GPS Position Appendix
Figure 3-29 Automatic Nav Frequency Ident Decoding

Index

Foreword
3.5.3 Nav Frequency Finding
The GTN 650’s frequency finding feature allows you to quickly select any
Getting
Started displayed database Nav frequency as your standby frequency.
Audio &
To select a Nav frequency for a User created frequency, Recent selected
Xpdr Ctrl frequency, Nearest airport, or from your Flight Plan:
Com/Nav 1. While viewing the numeric keypad touch the Find key at the
bottom of the display. Categories for User, Recent, Nearest,
FPL and Flight Plan are available.
2. Touch the User, Recent, Nearest, or Flight Plan key.
Direct-To
Proc Touch to Select Touch to Select

Recent Freq List Nearest Freq List
Wpt Info
Fpl Freq List User Freq List
Map
Figure 3-30 Find Nav Frequency Group

Traffic
3. Touch the desired Nav frequency to select it and place it into

Terrain the Nav Standby window.
Active Nav
Weather Frequency Key
Nearest Touch to Filter Touch Freq Key

Nearest List To Select For
Services/ Standby Nav
Music Nearest Nav Frequency
Frequency List
Utilities Touch Up/Down
Keys OR Drag
Slider To Scroll
System Frequency List
Figure 3-31 Nearest Airport Nav Frequency List
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

OR
Foreword
4. Touch the Filter key to narrow the list by category, such as
Getting
Airport and VOR, and then select a given frequency. Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
FPL
Figure 3-32 Nearest Nav Frequency List Direct-To
Proc
Wpt Info
Map
Traffic
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

Foreword
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
FPL
Direct-To
Proc
Wpt Info
Map
Traffic
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

4 FLIGHT PLANS Foreword
The GTN 6XX lets you create up to 99 different flight plans, with up to 100 Getting
Started
waypoints in each flight plan. The Flight Plan function is accessed by touching
the Flight Plan key on the Home page. The Flight Plan function allows you to Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
create, store, edit, and copy flight plans.
Com/Nav
FPL
Active FPL Menu Add Waypoint

Direct-To
Waypoint Activate Leg Catalog Select Waypoint
Options Insert Before Store Find
Proc
Insert After Delete Recent
Load Procedures* Preview Nearest
Wpt Info
Load SAR** Parallel Track Flight Plan
Hold at Waypoint Invert User
Load Airway*** VNAV Search by Name Map
Waypoint Info Temperature Search by City
Remove Compensation Traffic
Edit Data Fields
* "Load Procedures" is shown for airports Terrain
** "Load SAR" is only shown when the Search and Rescue feature is enabled by the installer
*** "Load Airway" is shown for waypoints on a published airway
Weather
Figure 4-1 Flight Plan Functional Diagram

Nearest
Services/
NOTE: Navigation is provided for fixed wing aircraft above 30 kts and for Music
rotorcraft above 10 kts.
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

Foreword
4.1 Creating a New Flight Plan
NOTE: If a flight plan that includes a procedure that has been modified
Getting
Started by the pilot is saved into the flight plan catalog, the GTN cannot check the
accuracy of that procedure when that flight plan is used on a later flight. It
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl is recommended that flight plans with modified procedures not be saved
in the flight plan catalog.
Com/Nav
1. From the Home page, touch Flight Plan.
FPL
Touch To Remove
Waypoint
Direct-To
Touch To Add
Waypoint
Proc
Wpt Info Figure 4-2 Create New Flight Plan
Map 2. If there is already an Active Flight Plan, touch Menu and then
the Delete and OK keys to delete the existing active flight
Traffic plan.
Terrain Touch To Delete

Flight Plan
Weather
Nearest
Services/ Figure 4-3 Delete Existing Flight Plan

Music
A single waypoint may be deleted by touching the waypoint
Utilities
and then touching the Remove key.
System Selected Waypoint
Messages
Symbols Touch To Remove

Waypoint
Appendix Figure 4-4 Remove Single Existing Waypoint
Index

3. Touch the Add Waypoint key and select a waypoint identifier
Foreword
with the alphanumeric keypad. Then, touch Enter.
Getting
Started
Touch To Display Selected Waypoint
Waypoint Identifier Audio &
Categories Xpdr Ctrl
Selected Character Com/Nav

Range
Touch To Select FPL

Character Range
Direct-To
Figure 4-5 Select a Waypoint for the New Flight Plan
Proc
4. Touch the Add Waypoint key and select the waypoint
identifier with the keypad for the next waypoint. Touch Enter.
Wpt Info
5. Or, touch Find, select a category, and then select the waypoint Map
identifier with the keypad. Touch Enter.
Traffic
Terrain
Touch To Select
Waypoint Category Weather
Nearest
Figure 4-6 Select a Waypoint Category for Selecting Flight Plan Waypoints Services/
Music
6. Continue adding waypoints as needed. Utilities
7. Touch Menu and then touch Store to store the flight plan
System
in the Catalog. The screen will now display the Flight Plan
Catalog and show the new flight plan. Flight plans are listed
Messages
by the Departure and Destination waypoints.
Symbols
Appendix
Index

Foreword
4.2 Active Flight Plan Page
The Active Flight Plan Page provides information and editing functions for
Getting
Started the flight plan currently in use for navigation. Once you have activated a flight
plan, the Active Flight Plan Page shows each waypoint for the flight plan, along
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl with the Desired Track (DTK), Distance (DIST) for each leg and Cumulative
Distance (CUM). The data fields are user-selectable and may be changed to
Com/Nav
display Cumulative Distance (CUM), Distance (DIST), Desired Track (DTK),
FPL
En Route Safe Altitude (ESA), or Estimated Time of Arrival (ETA).
DTK Between Legs *
Direct-To DIST Between Legs *
Origin and Destination Waypoints
Proc
Flight Plan Menu Options
Active Leg Navigation
Wpt Info
Parallel Track Active

Map
Up/Down Keys to Scroll FPL

Traffic
Figure 4-7 Active Flight Plan Page
Terrain * The field types may be changed using the Edit Data Fields function in the
Flight Plan page Menu.
Weather
4.2.1 Waypoint Options
Nearest
1. While viewing the Active Flight Plan page, touch the desired
Services/ flight plan waypoint. The Waypoint Options menu opens.
Music
Waypoint Options
For KLAX
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols Figure 4-8 Active Flight Plan Wpt Options
Appendix
2. Touch one of the options to perform the selected action. Cancel
the option selection by touching the Back key.
Index

4.2.1.1 Activate Leg
Foreword
The Activate Leg option allows you to change the active leg of a flight plan.
Getting
1. On the Waypoint Options menu, touch the desired TO waypoint Started
and then the Activate Leg key to select the TO waypoint as Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
the active leg for navigation.
Com/Nav
Current Leg
FPL
Current TO Wpt
Touch to Select As Direct-To
New TO Wpt and
To Activate Leg
Proc
Figure 4-9 Active Flight Plan Activate Leg Option
Wpt Info
2. Touch the OK key to set the selected leg as the Active Leg, or
Cancel to not select it. Map
Traffic
Touch Cancel To Terrain

Cancel The Operation Touch OK To
And Return To the Activate Leg
Flight Plan View Weather
Figure 4-10 Active Flight Plan Activate Leg Option Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

4.2.1.2 Insert Before
Foreword
The Insert Before option allows you to insert a new waypoint into the active
Getting flight plan before the selected waypoint.
Started
Audio & 1. On the Active Flight Plan page, touch the desired waypoint in
Xpdr Ctrl
the flight plan. The Waypoint Options list will be displayed.
Com/Nav Option Will Insert
New Waypoint
Before This
FPL
Selected Flight
Plan Waypoint
Insert Before
Direct-To Option Was
Selected
Proc
Wpt Info Figure 4-11 Active Flight Plan Insert Waypoint Before Option
Map
2. Touch the Insert Before key to select a new waypoint before
the selected waypoint.
Traffic 3. Select a waypoint identifier with the alphanumeric keypad.
Choose New Waypoint
Terrain To Insert Before
Selected Flight Plan
Weather Waypoint
Nearest
Services/ Figure 4-12 Use the Alphanumeric Keypad to Select Waypoint to Insert Before
Music
4. Then, touch Enter to confirm the selection or touch Cancel
Utilities to cancel any changes. The new flight plan will be shown.
System
Messages New Waypoint

Inserted Before
Selected Flight
Symbols
Plan Waypoint
Appendix Figure 4-13 New Waypoint Is Inserted Before the Selected Waypoint
Index

Selected Flight New Flight
Plan Waypoint Plan Waypoint Foreword
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
Figure 4-14 Flight Plan Before and After New Waypoint Inserted
4.2.1.3 Insert After FPL
The Insert After option allows you to insert a new waypoint into the active Direct-To
flight plan after the selected waypoint.
1. On the Active Flight Plan page, touch the desired waypoint in Proc
the flight plan. The Waypoint Options list will be displayed.
Wpt Info
2. Touch the Insert After key to select a new waypoint after the
selected waypoint.
Map
3. Select a waypoint identifier with the alphanumeric keypad.
Then, touch Enter to confirm the selection, or touch the Traffic
Cancel key to cancel the operation and return to the Waypoint
Options window. Terrain
4.2.1.4 Along Track Offsets Weather

Nearest
An along track (ATK) represents a temporary lateral position (or checkpoint)
Services/
relative to an existing waypoint in the flight plan. Offset distance values range Music
between 1 nm and 200 nm, and may be specified in 1 nm increments.
Utilities
Unlike database waypoints, ATKs indicate a temporary route fix in the flight
plan. Once created, their position remains fixed until deleted by the pilot. System
Subsequent changes to the flight plan do not update the ATK's position.
ATKs appear in flight plan route depictions on the Active Flight Plan and Messages
Map pages.
Symbols
Appendix
Index

Foreword
Getting
Started
ATK Identifier
Audio & And Distance From
Xpdr Ctrl Reference Waypoint
Com/Nav
Reference Waypoint
FPL Figure 4-15 ATK Inserted Before Reference Waypoint

Inserting the ATK before the selected waypoint results in a negative offset
Direct-To
value. Inserting it after the selected waypoint results in a positive value. The
flight plan allows multiple entries.
Proc
Selecting Before
Automatically
Wpt Info
Assigns A
Negative Value
Map
Traffic
Terrain Figure 4-16 Along Track Offset Keypad

Once entered, offset distances are not editable. If the offset requires
Weather
adjustment, delete the existing ATK from the flight plan, and then create a new
Nearest
ATK with the correct offset distance.
Services/
Map indications include a dedicated icon and an identifier label.
Music The identifier label denotes the adjacent waypoint's ID and offset
distance from the specified ATK.
Utilities
System
ATK Icon Offset Identifier

Label
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Figure 4-17 ATK Indications on Map Page

Index

To create an ATK:
Foreword
1. While viewing the Active Flight Plan page, select a waypoint.
The Waypoint Options menu opens. Getting
Started
2. Touch the Along Track key.
Audio &
3. Specify an offset distance using the controls on the keypad. Xpdr Ctrl
4. Select Before or After to place the ATK before or after the Com/Nav
reference waypoint.
FPL
5. Touch Enter.
Direct-To
To create an ATK for an altitude constraint:
Proc
1. While viewing the Active Flight Plan page, select an altitude
constraint. The VNAV Options menu opens.
Wpt Info
2. Touch the Along Track key.
3. Specify an offset distance using the controls on the keypad. Map
4. Select Before or After to place the ATK before or after the Traffic
reference waypoint.
5. Touch Enter and then Save. Terrain
Weather
Nearest
4.2.1.5 Remove
The Remove option allows you to remove the selected waypoint from the Services/
Music
active flight plan.
1. On the Active Flight Plan page, touch the desired waypoint in Utilities
the flight plan. The Waypoint Options menu opens.
System
2. Touch Remove and then OK.
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

4.2.1.6 Load Procedures
Foreword
The Load Procedure selection from the Waypoint Options will start the
Getting Procedures function. See the Procedures section for complete information.
Started
1. On the Active Flight Plan page, touch the desired waypoint in
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl the flight plan. The Waypoint Options menu opens.
Com/Nav
2. Touch the Load Procedures key to go to the Procedure
function for adding procedures to the selected flight plan.
FPL
Touch to Select a Departure

Direct-To
Touch to Select an Arrival

Proc
Touch to Select an Approach

Wpt Info
Figure 4-18 Load Procedures Wpt Option

Map
NOTE: In software v5.13 and earlier, for some procedures, due to very
Traffic small position differences in the database, consecutive flight plan legs do
not match up. The total effect on navigational guidance is negligible. The
Terrain LOC BC 13 at KSLE via UBG shown below is an example of this.
Weather
Nearest
Procedure Flight Plan
Services/ Leg Discrepancy
Music
Utilities
Figure 4-19 Procedure Flight Plan Leg Position Difference
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

4.2.1.7 Waypoint Info
Foreword
The Waypoint Info option allows you to view information about the selected
waypoint. See the Waypoint Info section for complete information. Getting
Started
Audio &
the flight plan. The Waypoint Options menu opens. Xpdr Ctrl
2. Touch the WPT Info key to view information about the selected Com/Nav
waypoint.
Distance & Bearing To Airport FPL
From Current Position
Airport Direct-To
Identifier, City,
& Type
Proc
Airport
Information Wpt Info
Map
Figure 4-20 Active Flight Plan Wpt Info

Traffic
3. Touch the Back key to return to the Active Flight Plan page.
Terrain
4.2.2 Airways Weather
Airways may be added as legs in flight plans with any waypoint that is part
Nearest
of an airway, such as a VOR.
1. On the Active Flight Plan page, touch the desired Airway entry Services/
Music
waypoint in the flight plan. The Waypoint Options menu opens.
Utilities
Touch VOR System

Entry Wpt To
Insert Airway
Messages
Figure 4-21 Active Flight Plan with VOR Entry Wpt Symbols
Appendix
Index

2. Touch the Load Airway key to select an airway for the selected
Foreword
entry waypoint.
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
Touch To
Insert Airway
FPL
Figure 4-22 Select Load Airway from the Waypoint Options

Direct-To
3. Touch the desired airway to select it.
Proc
Touch To Insert
Wpt Info Selected Airway
Map
Traffic Figure 4-23 Select an Airway from the List
Terrain 4. Scroll through the list and touch the desired exit point from
the airway.
Weather
Nearest
Touch To Select
Services/
Exit Waypoint
Music
Utilities
Figure 4-24 Select an Exit Waypoint for the Airway
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

5. Confirm the airway information and then touch Load to insert
Foreword
the selected airway into the flight plan. If changes are desired,
touch the Airway or Exit Waypoint keys to select alternate Getting
choices. Started
Touch to Change Audio &

Selected Airway Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
Touch to Change
Entry Waypoint Selected Exit
Waypoint FPL
Touch For
Map Preview Touch To Load Direct-To
Of Airway Airway Into FPL
Waypoints
Figure 4-25 Airway Information Proc
6. Touch the Preview key to view the airway waypoints and map
Wpt Info
preview of the airway.
Map
Map Preview
Of Airway
Airway Waypoints Traffic
Waypoint List
Touch To Load
Airway Into FPL Terrain
Figure 4-26 Airway Preview

Weather
7. After loading the airway, it is inserted into the flight plan. The
airway waypoints are shown below the Airway key on the Nearest
display. Touch the airway to make any changes.
Services/
Music
Entry Waypoint
Utilities
Touch to Edit
Selected Airway
System
Selected Airway
Waypoints
Messages
Figure 4-27 Airway Waypoints in the Flight Plan
Symbols
Appendix
Index

8. Touch the Airway key to display the Airway Options. Make
Foreword
the desired choice or touch Back.
Getting Touch To Collapse
Started Airway Waypoint View
Audio & Touch To Select New Or
Xpdr Ctrl Change Current Airway
Com/Nav Touch To Remove
Airway From Flight Plan
FPL Figure 4-28 Airway Options
9. Touch the Collapse All Airways key to collapse the list of
Direct-To
points along the airway. Touch the Collapse All Airways key
again to toggle the display of airway detail back on.
Proc
4.2.3 Load Hold at Waypoint
Wpt Info
Map
4.2.3.1 Hold at Waypoint
Traffic Holding patterns may be added to existing waypoints within the flight plan.
Terrain
Waypoint Options
Weather For Selected Wpt
Nearest Hold AT
Option Will Hold
At Selected Wpt Wpt Option
Services/ Selected
Music
Utilities
Figure 4-29 Active Flight Plan with Hold At Waypoint Option
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

2. Touch the Hold at WPT key to open the Hold at Waypoint
Foreword
dialog window.
Touch To Select Touch To Select Getting
Course Direction Turn Direction Started
Audio &
Touch To Select Xpdr Ctrl
Hold Course
Touch To Select Touch To Use Com/Nav
Leg Length Type Selections To
Create Hold At
Touch To Preview The Selected Wpt FPL
Selected Hold
Touch To Select Leg Length Touch To Select EFC Time
Direct-To
Figure 4-30 Creating a User-Defined Hold
3. Touch the Course key to open the keypad. Use the keypad Proc
and the Enter key to select the inbound or outbound course.

Wpt Info
4. Touch the Direction key to select between Inbound or
Outbound for the course direction. Map
5. Touch the Turn key to select between Left or Right for the turn
direction. Traffic
6. Touch the Leg Type key to select between Time or Distance

Terrain
for the leg type.
7. Touch the Leg Time or Leg Distance key to display the Weather
keypad. Use the keypad and the Enter key to select the length
of the leg. Nearest
8. Touch the Expect Further Clearance (EFC) key to display the Services/
keypad. Use the keypad and the Enter key to select the Expect Music
Further Clearance time for a reminder.
Utilities
9. Touch the Load Hold key to add the hold into the flight plan.
System
4.2.3.2 Removing a Hold
1. On the Active Flight Plan page, touch the Hold to be removed. Messages
The Hold Options window is displayed.
2. Touch the Remove key. Symbols
Appendix
3. Touch the OK key in response to “Remove Holding Pattern?” The holding
pattern is removed. To cancel the request, touch the Cancel key. Index

Foreword
4.2.4 Load Search and Rescue Pattern (Optional)
NOTE: This optional feature is available in software v6.00 and later.
Getting
Started
NOTE: Turn smoothing may result in SAR coverage being different than
Audio & intended. The flight crew should always verify that the SAR pattern created
Xpdr Ctrl
conforms to the specific mission requirements.
Com/Nav
Search and Rescue Patterns may be added to existing waypoints within
FPL
the active flight plan. Only one SAR pattern can exist in the active flight plan.
Loading another SAR pattern into the active flight plan when one already exists
Direct-To will remove the first SAR pattern.
Each pattern has a default initial track. When the pilot changes the initial
Proc track on a SAR pattern, that change becomes the default initial track the next
time the SAR pattern is accessed within the GTN. The pilot can always change
Wpt Info
the initial track when creating a SAR pattern in the flight plan.
Map NOTE: Flight plans cannot be stored in the catalog if they contain a SAR
pattern.
Traffic
Terrain
Waypoint
Options List
Weather For USR002
Option Will Initiate

Nearest
SAR Pattern From
This Wpt
Services/ SAR Option Is
Music Selected
Utilities Figure 4-31 Active Flight Plan with Load SAR Option
2. Touch the Load SAR key to open the Search and Rescue
System
Patterns page.
Messages 3. Touch the SAR Pattern key to select between Parallel Track,
Sector Search, Expanding Square, or Orbit for the SAR pattern
Symbols type. The available patterns can be configured by the installer
and all of the listed pattern types may not be available.
Appendix 4. Touch the Preview key to open a preview of the selected
pattern.
Index

5. Confirm the SAR pattern information and then touch the Load
Foreword
Pattern key to load selected pattern to the active flight plan
or touch the Load Pattern & Activate key to load selected Getting
pattern to the active flight plan and go direct-to the initial Started
waypoint. Audio &

Xpdr Ctrl
6. The SAR pattern waypoints are shown below the SAR key on
the display. Touch the SAR Pattern key to make any changes. Com/Nav
Selected Pattern. FPL

Touch To Edit.
Direct-To
Selected SAR
Pattern Wpts Proc
Figure 4-32 SAR Pattern Waypoints in the Flight Plan Wpt Info
7. Touch the SAR key to display the Search & Rescue Options. Map
Make the desired choice or touch the Back key.
Traffic
SAR Key Touch To Collapse
SAR Pattern
Terrain
SAR Pattern Detail Touch To Insert Wpt
Shown Before SAR Wpts
Weather
Touch To Edit SAR Touch To Remove SAR
Pattern Parameters Pattern
Nearest
Figure 4-33 Search & Rescue Options
8. Touch the Collapse Search Pattern key to collapse the list of Services/
Music
the points along the SAR pattern. Touch the Collapse Search
Pattern key again to toggle the display of SAR pattern detail Utilities
back on.
System
Messages
SAR Pattern
Collapsed Symbols
Appendix
Figure 4-34 SAR Pattern Collapsed in Flight Plan

Index

4.2.4.1 Creating a Parallel Track Pattern
Foreword
The Parallel Track SAR pattern starts at the initial waypoint and follows the
Getting initial track for the length of the first parallel track leg. A 90° turn in the initial
Started
turn direction leads to the spacing leg with a length equal to the track spacing.
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl Another 90° turn leads to the second parallel track leg. The turns at the end
of the second parallel track leg are in the opposite direction as the previous
Com/Nav parallel track leg. The parallel track pattern terminates once the desired number
of parallel track legs have been flown. The default initial track for the Parallel
FPL
Track Pattern is True North.
Touch To Select Touch To Select Track
Direct-To Leg Length Spacing Distance
Proc
Selected Initial Wpt Touch To Select
Touch To Select SAR Initial Track
Wpt Info Pattern Type Touch To Select
Touch To Select Number Of Legs
Map Initial Turn Direction Touch To Load
Touch To Preview Selected Pattern To
Traffic Selected Pattern The Active FPL And
Touch To Load Selected Pattern Go Direct-To The First
To The Active Flight Plan Wpt In The Pattern
Terrain
Figure 4-35 Search and Rescue Parallel Track Pattern Page
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
Figure 4-36 Parallel Track Search Pattern
System 1. Touch the SAR Pattern key and select Parallel Track as the
pattern type.
Messages
2. Touch the INIT TRK key to open the keypad. Use the keypad
Symbols
and Enter to select the initial course.
3. Touch the INIT Turn key to select between Left or Right as
Appendix the initial turn direction.
4. Touch the Leg Length key to open the keypad. Use the keypad
Index
and Enter to select the length of the parallel track legs.
5. Touch the TRK SPCNG key to open the keypad. Use the keypad
Foreword
and Enter to select the desired spacing between the parallel
track legs. Getting
Started
6. Touch the Leg Count key to open the keypad. Use the keypad
and Enter to select the desired number of parallel track legs. Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
7. Touch the Preview key to open a preview of the selected
pattern. Com/Nav
8. Touch the Load Pattern key to load selected pattern to the

FPL
active flight plan.
Or Direct-To
9. Touch the Load PTRN & Activate key to load selected pattern
to the active flight plan and go direct-to the initial waypoint. Proc
4.2.4.2 Creating a Sector Search Pattern Wpt Info
The Sector Search SAR pattern starts at the initial waypoint and follows the
Map
initial track for the desired leg length. A 60° turn in the initial turn direction is
followed by another leg with the desired leg length, another 60° turn, and then
Traffic
a leg back to the initiating waypoint. The next sector starts with a leg continuing
on the same course outbound from the initiating waypoint and is followed by Terrain
the same sequence of legs and turns. The third sector follows the same pattern.
The default initial track for the Sector Search Pattern is True North. Weather
Touch To Select
Leg Length Nearest
Selected Initial Wpt Touch To Select Services/

Music
Pattern Type Utilities
Touch To Select
Initial Turn Direction Touch To Load System
Selected Pattern The Active FPL And
Touch To Load Selected Pattern Go Direct-To The First Messages
Figure 4-37 Search and Rescue Sector Search Pattern Page Symbols
Appendix
Index

Foreword
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
Figure 4-38 Sector Search Pattern
FPL
1. Touch the SAR Pattern key and select Sector Search as the
pattern type.
Direct-To 2. Touch the INIT TRK key to open the keypad. Use the keypad
Proc
3. Touch the INIT Turn key to select between Left or Right as
the initial turn direction.
Wpt Info
4. Touch the Leg Length key to open the keypad. Use the keypad
Map and Enter to select the length of the parallel track legs.
Traffic pattern.
Terrain
active flight plan.
Weather 7. Or, touch the Load PTRN & Activate key to load selected
pattern to the active flight plan and go direct-to the initial
Nearest waypoint.
Services/ 4.2.4.3 Creating an Expanding Square Pattern

Music
The Expanding Square SAR pattern starts at the initial waypoint and follows
Utilities
the initial track for a distance equal to the track spacing. All turns in the expanding
square pattern are in the initial turn direction. All legs in the expanding square
System pattern are separated by the track spacing distance. The default initial track for
the Expanding Square Pattern is 090°T.
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

Touch To Select Track
Spacing Distance Foreword
Getting
Selected Initial Wpt Touch To Select Started
Audio &
Pattern Type Touch To Select Xpdr Ctrl
Touch To Select Number Of Legs
Initial Turn Direction Touch To Load Com/Nav
Selected Pattern The Active FPL And FPL
Figure 4-39 Search and Rescue Expanding Square Pattern Page Direct-To
Proc
Wpt Info
Map
Figure 4-40 Expanding Square Search Pattern Traffic
1. Touch the SAR Pattern key and select Expanding Square as

Terrain
the pattern type.
2. Touch the INIT TRK key to open the keypad. Use the keypad Weather
3. Touch the INIT Turn key to select between Left or Right as Nearest
the initial turn direction.
Services/
4. Touch the TRK SPCNG key to open the keypad. Use the keypad Music
and Enter to select the desired spacing between the parallel
track legs. Utilities
5. Touch the Leg Count key to open the keypad. Use the keypad
System
and Enter to select the desired number of legs.
6. Touch the Preview key to open a preview of the selected Messages
pattern.
7. Touch the Load Pattern key to load selected pattern to the Symbols
active flight plan.
8. Or, touch the Load PTRN & Activate key to load selected Appendix
pattern to the active flight plan and go direct-to the initial
waypoint. Index

4.2.4.4 Creating an Orbit Pattern
Foreword
The Orbit SAR pattern is a fixed radius turn around the specified center
Getting waypoint. Automatic waypoint sequencing will be suspended while flying the
Started
orbit pattern.
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl Touch To Select Radius
Com/Nav Selected Initial Wpt

Touch To Select SAR
FPL Pattern Type
Touch To Select
Direct-To Initial Turn Direction Touch To Load
Proc Selected Pattern The Active FPL And
Wpt Info
Figure 4-41 Search and Rescue Orbit Pattern Page
Map
Traffic
Terrain
Weather
Figure 4-42 Orbit Search Pattern
Nearest 1. Touch the SAR Pattern key and select Orbit as the pattern
type.
Services/
Music 2. Touch the INIT Turn key to select between Left or Right as
the turn direction.
Utilities
3. Touch the Radius key to open the keypad. Use the keypad
and Enter to select the radius of the orbit pattern.
System
Messages pattern.
Symbols active flight plan.
6. Or touch the Load PTRN & Activate key to load selected
Appendix
pattern to the active flight plan and go direct-to the first
waypoint in the pattern.
Index

4.3 Flight Plan Menu Foreword
The Flight Plan menu provides access to functions to manage your flight
plans. The functions included are: View Catalog, Store Flight Plan, Delete Flight Getting
Started
Plan, Preview Flight Plan, Parallel Track, Invert Flight Plan, and Edit Data Fields.
Audio &
Touch the Menu key to access Flight Plan menu options. Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
Touch To Store Touch To Delete The
The Active Active Flight Plan
Flight Plan FPL
Touch To Edit The
Touch To View Active Flight Plan
List Of Stored Information Fields Direct-To
Flight Plans Touch To Invert
The Active Proc
Touch To View A Flight Plan
Map And A List Of Touch To
Waypoints For The Wpt Info
Adjust Altitude
Active Flight Plan Temperature
Compensation Map
Touch To View Touch To Add Parallel
VNAV Profile Page Track Course Offsets
Traffic
Figure 4-43 Flight Plan Menu
Terrain
Weather
Menu
Nearest
Catalog Store Delete Preview Parallel Invert Edit
Track Data
Route Options Services/
Fields Music
Activate Direction
Offset Column 1 Utilities
Invert & Activate Column 2
Preview Activate
Column 3
Edit Restore System
Copy VNAV Destination Defaults
Delete Temperature Messages
VS Target
Flight Path Angle Temperature
VNAV Enabled Compensation Symbols
TEMP at DEST
Appendix
Figure 4-44 Flight Plan Menu Functional Diagram
Index

Foreword
4.3.1 Store Flight Plan
A flight plan must be saved to the Catalog to be used in future flights. The
Getting
Started Store Flight Plan function will save the Active Flight Plan to the Catalog.
Audio & NOTE: If a flight plan that includes a procedure that has been modified
Xpdr Ctrl by the pilot is saved into the flight plan catalog, the GTN cannot check the
accuracy of that procedure when that flight plan is used on a later flight. It
Com/Nav
is recommended that flight plans with modified procedures not be saved
in the flight plan catalog.
FPL
1. While viewing the Active Flight Plan page, touch the Menu
Direct-To key. The Flight Plan menu opens.
2. Touch the Store key to store the current Active Flight Plan into
Proc
the Catalog. The flight plan will be named by the beginning
and ending waypoints.
Wpt Info
3. When a duplicate flight plan is created, the Store key will not
Map be available and the flight plan will be saved with a numeral
at the end of the destination waypoint.
Traffic
Terrain
Original Flight Plan
Weather
Duplicate Flight Plan
Nearest
Services/
Music
Figure 4-45 Duplicate Flight Plan Naming
Utilities
4.3.2 Invert Flight Plan
System
NOTE: Inverting a flight plan removes all ATKs.
Messages This option allows you to reverse the active flight plan and use it for navigation
guidance back to your original departure point. The original flight plan stored in
Symbols
the catalog is not affected.
Appendix 1. While viewing the Active Flight Plan page, touch the Menu
key. The Flight Plan menu opens.
Index 2. Touch Invert.

4.3.3 En Route Vertical Navigation Foreword

Getting
Started
The vertical navigation (VNAV) feature provides vertical profile
Audio &
guidance during the descent phase of flight. Guidance is based on altitude Xpdr Ctrl
constraints associated with lateral waypoints in the active flight plan.
Functions: Com/Nav
• Presents vertical path guidance to the descending path as either a line FPL
joining two waypoints with specified altitudes or a linear deviation from the
desired path (i.e., the vertical angle from the specified waypoint or altitude) Direct-To
• Integrate vertical waypoints into the active flight plan
Proc
• Support both manual and autopilot coupling
Wpt Info
4.3.3.1 VNAV Requirements
• Enablement by the installer Map
• A baro-corrected altitude source
Traffic
If en route vertical navigation is not enabled, the GTN provides a single
waypoint vertical calculator. For more information, refer to section 14.1. Terrain
For installation details related to en route vertical navigation, consult the
AFMS. Weather
4.3.3.2 VNAV Limitations Nearest
The GTN allows you to create a vertical navigation path with multiple altitude Services/
constraints in the flight plan. These altitudes are removed when the flight plan Music
is stored in the flight plan catalog.
Utilities
Most flight plan waypoints may be assigned an altitude constraint for use in
vertical navigation. Exceptions include: System
• Flight plan legs containing headings

Messages
• Flight plan legs that terminate at an altitude (e.g., a climb to 1,800 ft before
making a turn and proceeding direct to fix) Symbols
Appendix
Index

4.3.3.3 VNAV Profile Page
Foreword
Active vertical navigation profile information displays on the VNAV Profile
Getting page. This page is accessible from both the Flight Plan menu and the Utilities
Started
page.
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
FPL Touch to Touch to

Toggle VNAV Select Flight
On or Off Path Angle
Direct-To
Proc
Touch to Select
Target Vertical Speed
Wpt Info
Figure 4-46 VNAV Profile Page
Map To enable VNAV guidance:
1. While viewing the Active Flight Plan page, touch Menu.
Traffic
Terrain 2. Select VNAV. The VNAV Profile page opens.
Weather 3. Touch VNAV Enabled.

Nearest
To disable VNAV guidance, touch VNAV Enabled again.
Services/
Music Disabling vertical navigation:
Utilities • Invalidates required vertical speed, time to Top of Descent (TOD)/Bottom of
Descent (BOD), and vertical deviation data
System • Removes vertical deviation and required vertical speed indications from the
PFD
Messages
VS Required,Time to TOD/BOD,
and Vertical Deviation fields
Symbols display dashes when VNAV is off
Appendix VNAV automatically re-enables when the pilot initiates a Direct-To.
Index

4.3.3.4 Altitude Constraints
Foreword
NOTE: Altitude constraints loaded from the database are jet altitudes.
Getting
Some adjustment may be necessary for other types of aircraft. For the Started
adjustment procedure, refer to the published chart.
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Depending on the specific instance, altitude constraints are either manually
entered into the Active Flight Plan page, or automatically retrieved from the Com/Nav
published altitudes in the navigation database.
FPL
Constraint values display in MSL or flight level (FL). Constraints at airports
may be specified as MSL or AGL.
Direct-To
White Text Only Proc

(No Constraint)
Cyan Text with Restriction Wpt Info

Bars and Pencil Icon
(Modified Constraint)
Map
Cyan Text with Snowflake Icon
(Constraint with Temperature
Compensated) Traffic
Figure 4-47 Waypoint Altitude Constraints

Terrain
The system automatically uses altitudes loaded with arrival and approach
procedures (up to and including the FAF) for computing vertical deviation Weather
guidance. These values, accompanied by an altitude restriction bar(s), display
in cyan. The position of the value (above or below the bar, or between two Nearest
bars) denotes the required aircraft altitude relative to that constraint. Dual values
Services/
annunciate when the aircraft needs to cross between two altitudes. Music
Utilities
Cross At or Above Cross At or Below System

5,000 ft 5,000 ft
Messages
Symbols
Cross At 5,000 ft Cross Between

5,000 ft and 6,000 ft Appendix
Figure 4-48 Altitude Constraint Examples

Index

Foreword
Indication Color Description
Getting • Altitude calculated by system
Started
• Estimate of aircraft altitude as it passes over the
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl navigation point
Com/Nav
• Absence of bar(s) indicates it is not a potential
constraint
White
FPL • Altitude retrieved from navigation database
• Bar above and/or below the value indicates
Direct-To
constraint type
Proc • Altitude is for reference only. Not for use in
determining vertical guidance
Wpt Info • Altitude designated for use in determining vertical
guidance
Map
• Pencil icon indicates manual designation or manual
Traffic Cyan data entry
• Constraint invalid
Terrain
• System cannot use altitude to determine vertical
guidance
Weather
Table 4-1 Altitude Constraint Color Conventions

Nearest
An altitude constraint is invalid if:
Services/
Music • Meeting the constraint requires the aircraft to climb
• Meeting the constraint requires the aircraft to exceed the maximum flight
Utilities
path angle (6° downward) or maximum vertical speed (-4,000 fpm)
System • It results in a TOD behind the aircraft's current position
• It is within a leg type that does not support altitude constraints
Messages
• It is added to a waypoint past the FAF
Symbols
Appendix
Index

The altitude restriction from the database displays when the following three
Foreword
conditions are present.
1. A pilot-specified altitude constraint is deleted Getting
Started
2. Navigation database contains an altitude restriction for the lateral Audio &
waypoint Xpdr Ctrl
3. A predicted altitude is not available Com/Nav
Once added to the flight plan, an altitude constraint may be modified or

FPL
deleted using the controls in the VNAV Options menu. Select a value in the ALT
column to display available options.
Direct-To
Selection Function
• Opens a list of available constraint types Proc
Type
• Options: At, At or Above, At or Below, and Between Wpt Info
• Opens a keypad. Specify an altitude value for the selected
Altitude constraint type Map
Data Entry
• Unit options: MSL, AGL, and Flight Level
Traffic
Revert • Returns a modified altitude constraint to its original published
Constraint value Terrain
• Removes the VNAV designation from the altitude
Weather
• Value remains displayed for reference purposes. It is no longer
Remove used to compute vertical guidance
Nearest
Constraint • Removing the VNAV designation from an altitude may
invalidate other displayed altitudes or cause them to change Services/
Music
after recalculation
Table 4-2 Altitude Constraint Options Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

To designate a waypoint altitude for use with vertical guidance:
Foreword
1. Select a waypoint altitude constraint.
Getting
Started
2. Touch Save.
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
The altitude color changes to cyan, indicating it is usable for vertical guidance.
Com/Nav To enter or modify an altitude constraint:
1. Select an altitude constraint.
FPL
2. Touch Type and select the constraint type.
Direct-To
3. Select the altitude data key. Enter an altitude constraint value

Proc
using the keypad. Touching Flight Level enters the value as
a flight level.
Wpt Info
Map 4. Touch Enter to accept the altitude.
Traffic
5. Touch Save.
Terrain
To delete an altitude constraint:

Weather
1. Select an altitude constraint.
Nearest 2. Touch Remove Constraint.
3. Confirm the request by selecting OK.
Services/
Music
Utilities To return a modified altitude constraint to its original database value:

1. Select an altitude constraint containing the pencil icon.
System 2. Touch Revert Constraint.
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

4.3.3.5 VNAV Direct-To
Foreword
The VNAV Direct-To function creates a vertical navigation path from the
aircraft's current position and altitude to a selected waypoint's location and Getting
Started
altitude. By removing any VNAV constraints between the aircraft and the selected
Audio &
waypoint, it allows the pilot to fly the lateral flight plan in a continuous descent Xpdr Ctrl
and reach the waypoint at the specified altitude.
Com/Nav
To initiate a VNAV Direct-To:
1. Select an altitude constraint. FPL
2. Touch VNAV Direct-To.
Direct-To
4.3.3.6 Transition to Approach Proc
Function availability dependent on installer configuration. For more

Wpt Info
information, refer to the AFMS.
Approach Type VNAV Response Map
• Vertical path attempts a smooth transition from

Traffic
Transition to Approach en route to approach vertical guidance
Enabled • Aircraft intercepts with approach guidance from Terrain
below the glidepath/glideslope
• En route VNAV terminates at the waypoint prior Weather
Transition to Approach to the FAF on approaches with vertical guidance
Not Enabled Nearest
• En route VNAV terminates at the FAF (LNAV only)
Table 4-3 VNAV Approach Response Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

Foreword
4.3.4 Temperature Compensated Altitude
NOTE: GTNs and TXi displays use only one destination airport temperature
Getting
Started for calculating compensated altitudes. Changing the temperature on one
of these units automatically recalculates the value across all connected
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl GTNs and GDUs.
Com/Nav A temperature compensation function calculates loaded approach altitudes

based on the pilot-specified destination temperature. Once the pilot enters a
FPL destination temperature, the system increases the approach altitudes accordingly.
Direct-To 4.3.4.1 Temperature Compensation Requirements

• A destination airport is present in the active flight plan
Proc
• GDU 700( )/1060 for access via PFD Minimums menu
Wpt Info
4.3.4.2 Setting Temperature Compensated Altitude
Map Temperature compensation controls are accessible from two locations:
• Destination Temperature Compensation window
Traffic
• Minimums menu (PFD only)
Terrain
Snowflake
Uncompensated Icon Indicates
Weather FAF Altitude Temperature
Compensated
Nearest Touch to FAF Altitude.
Enable/Disable Touch to Enter
Services/ Temperature Destination
Music Compensation Temperature
Figure 4-49 Destination Temperature Compensation Window
Utilities
To activate temperature compensated altitude:
System 1. While viewing the Active Flight Plan page, touch Menu.
Messages
2. Touch TEMP COMP. The Destination Temperature
Symbols Compensation pop-up opens.
3. Touch Temperature Compensation.
Appendix 4. Touch TEMP at DEST and specify the destination airport
temperature.
Index
The temperature compensated FAF altitude displays in magenta.
4.3.5 Parallel Track Foreword
NOTE: En route vertical navigation is unavailable while the parallel track

Getting
function is active. Started
Audio &
Parallel track allows you to create a parallel course offset of 1 to 99 NM to Xpdr Ctrl
the left or right of your current flight plan. After setting a parallel track to your
current flight plan, a magenta parallel track line will be drawn offset from the Com/Nav
original by the selected distance. The original course line will be drawn in gray.
FPL
The aircraft will navigate to the parallel track course line and external CDI/HSI
guidance will be driven from the parallel track.
Direct-To
When you reach the end of the flight plan, a message will state, “Parallel
offset terminating in X seconds.” The message will be given when the aircraft Proc
reaches the offset distance from the end of the parallel track. This will give the
pilot sufficient time to intercept the original course. Wpt Info
Map
Traffic
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Figure 4-50 Parallel Track Description Symbols
NOTE: In software v6.21 and earlier, graphically editing a flight plan cancels Appendix
the parallel track function.

Index

Foreword NOTE: Certain leg types (such as approach) or leg geometries (changes in
desire track greater than 120 degrees), combined with large offset values
Getting do not support parallel track. Default direction and offset values may result
Started
in the status indicating that parallel track is not supported. The user must
Audio & enter the desired parallel track offset and distance to determine whether
Xpdr Ctrl that flight plan, combined with the offset and distance, support parallel
track.
Com/Nav
1. While viewing the Flight Plan page, touch the Menu key, and
FPL then the Parallel Track key.
Direct-To
Touch To Touch To
Proc Set PTK Set PTK
Direction Distance
Wpt Info PTK Status Touch To
Activate PTK
Map
Settings
Figure 4-51 Parallel Track Selection
Traffic
2. Touch the Direction key to toggle the Parallel Track to be Left
or Right of the current Flight Plan.
Terrain
3. Touch the Offset key to select the Parallel Offset from the
Weather current Flight Plan. Select the desired distance on the numeric
keypad. Touch Enter when finished.
Nearest
4. Touch the Activate key. A magenta "-P" indication will appear
Services/
to the right of the waypoint name on the Active Flight Plan
Music page.
Utilities
Active FPL Leg

System
Messages PTK Active Symbol
Symbols Figure 4-52 Parallel Track Shown in the Active Flight Plan Page
5. To deactivate Parallel Track, while viewing the Active Flight
Appendix
Plan touch the Menu key. With the Flight Plan Menu displayed,
touch the Deactivate PTK key.
Index

4.3.6 Edit Data Fields Foreword
The Active Flight Plan Page shows each waypoint for the flight plan, along
Getting
with the Desired Track (DTK), Distance (DIS) for each leg, and Cumulative Started
Distance (CUM). Data fields are user-selectable and may be changed to display:
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
ALT - Altitude ESA - En Route Safe Altitude
CUM - Cumulative Distance ETA - Estimated Time of Arrival Com/Nav
DIS - Distance ETE - Estimated Time En route FPL

DTK - Desired Track FPA - Flight Path Angle
Direct-To
When configured for VNAV, the GTN automatically selects the altitude data
field for the first column. Proc
DIS Between Legs

Wpt Info
DTK Between Legs
Origin and Destination Waypoints Map
Current Flight Plan Leg

Traffic
Terrain
Figure 4-53 Flight Plan Data Fields Weather
Nearest
then the Edit Data Fields key.
Services/
Touch To Select Music
Field Types
Utilities
Current Field System

Types
Touch To Messages
Restore Original
Default Types
Symbols
Figure 4-54 Flight Plan Edit Data Fields Page

Appendix
2. Touch one of the field keys to select from the list.
Index

Foreword
Getting Selected Field Type

Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Figure 4-55 Flight Plan Data Fields List
Com/Nav
3. Touch the Up or Down keys, or touch and drag the list, as
FPL needed to scroll through the list. Touch the desired Field Type
to set it for the selected field.
Direct-To 4. Continue as desired for the other fields.
Proc
4.3.7 Flight Plan Catalog Route Options
The Flight Plan Catalog allows you to create, edit, activate, delete and copy
Wpt Info flight plans. The catalog can hold up to 99 flight plans of up to 100 waypoints
each. Flight plans are named by the Departure and Destination waypoint.
Map Any time you activate a flight plan, a copy of the flight plan is automatically
transferred to Active Flight Plan page and overwrites any previously active flight
Traffic
plan.
Terrain 1. While viewing the Flight Plan page, touch the Menu key, and
then the Catalog key. The list of currently stored flight plans
Weather will be displayed.
Nearest Flight Plan

Flight Plan Name Catalog Total
Services/
Music
Flight Plan Touch
Utilities Comment Up/Down
Keys To Scroll
List
System
Touch To Create
New Catalog
Messages Route
(Flight Plan)
Symbols Figure 4-56 Flight Plan Catalog
Appendix 2. Touch a flight plan to display the Route Options.
Index

Foreword
Flight Plan
Selected Route Options Getting
Flight Plan Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Figure 4-57 Flight Plan Catalog Route Options
Com/Nav
3. Touch the Route Option key for the desired option to act on
the selected flight plan. FPL
4.3.7.1 Catalog Route Option - Activate Direct-To
1. While viewing the Flight Plan Catalog page, touch the desired
flight plan to select it. The Route Options menu will be Proc
displayed.
Wpt Info
2. Touch the Activate key and then touch OK. The selected flight
plan will be activated. Map
Traffic
Terrain
Weather
Figure 4-58 Touch OK to Replace the Existing Active Flight Plan Nearest
3. The Active Flight Plan page will now be displayed. Services/

Music
4.3.7.2 Catalog Route Option - Invert & Activate
Utilities
NOTE: Inverting a flight plan removes all ATKs.
System
flight plan to select it. The Route Options menu will be
Messages
displayed.
2. Touch the Invert & Activate key and then touch OK. The Symbols
selected flight plan will be inverted and activated.
Appendix
Index

Foreword
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav Figure 4-59 Touch OK to Invert and Activate the Selected Flight Plan
FPL
3. The Active Flight Plan page will now be displayed.
4.3.7.3 Catalog Route Option - Preview

Direct-To
Proc flight plan to select it. The Route Options menu will be
displayed.
Wpt Info 2. Touch the Preview key. A map view of the flight plan and
list of the waypoints will be displayed.
Map
Flight Plan
Traffic Waypoint List
Flight Plan
Map Preview
Terrain
Weather
Figure 4-60 Flight Plan Preview
Nearest 3. Touch the Back key to return to the Flight Plan Catalog.
Services/
Music
4.3.7.4 Catalog Route Option - Edit
Utilities
System
displayed.
Messages 2. Touch the Edit key. The flight plan will be displayed. Make
any changes necessary by touching the desired waypoint and
Symbols using the Waypoint Options.
Appendix
Index

Foreword
Selected Waypoint
Touch To Edit Getting
Flight Plan Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Figure 4-61 Use Waypoint Options to Edit the Selected Flight Plan
Com/Nav
3. Touch the Back key to return to the Flight Plan Catalog.
FPL
4.3.7.5 Catalog Route Option - Copy Direct-To
Proc
displayed. Wpt Info
2. Touch the Copy key. You will be prompted to copy the selected
flight plan. Touch OK to create the flight plan copy. Map
Traffic
Terrain
Weather
Figure 4-62 Flight Plan Catalog Route Copy Option Nearest
3. A copy of the selected flight plan will now be listed. If any Services/
Music
changes are required for the copy, it can be used as a starting
point for a similar flight plan. Use the Edit Route option to Utilities
make the desired changes.
System
Messages
Duplicate Copy Of
Selected Flight Plan Symbols
Appendix
Figure 4-63 Copied Flight Plan
Index
4. Touch the Back key to return to the Active Flight Plan.
4.3.7.6 Catalog Route Option - Delete
Foreword
Getting flight plan to select it. The Route Options menu will be
Started
displayed.
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
Selected Waypoint
FPL Touch To Delete
Flight Plan
Direct-To
Figure 4-64 Select Flight Plan from the Catalog to Delete
Proc 2. Touch the Delete key and then touch OK.
Wpt Info
Map
Traffic
Terrain
Figure 4-65 Delete the Selected Flight Plan from the Catalog
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

4.3.8 Delete Flight Plan Foreword
There are three ways to delete a flight plan.
Getting
1. Remove a selected flight plan from the catalog. Started
Audio &
2. Remove all flight plans from the catalog. Xpdr Ctrl
3. Remove all waypoints from the active flight plan.
Com/Nav
4.3.8.1 Delete Flight Plan from Catalog
FPL
then the View Catalog key. The list of currently stored flight
Direct-To
plans will be displayed.
Proc
Wpt Info
2. Touch one of the flight plans to select it.
Map
Traffic
Touch Delete
Selected Waypoint To Remove
The Waypoint Terrain
From The
Catalog
Weather
Figure 4-66 Select a Flight Plan from the Catalog
Nearest
3. Touch Delete and then the OK key. The selected flight plan
will be removed from the Catalog. Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Figure 4-67 Delete a Flight Plan from the Catalog Symbols
Appendix
Index

Foreword
4.3.8.2 Delete All Flight Plans from Catalog
Getting NOTE: This feature is available in software v6.20 or later.

Started
1. While viewing the Flight Plan Catalog, touch the Menu key
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl to open the Flight Plan Catalog Menu.
Com/Nav
FPL
Direct-To
Touch to
Delete All
Proc Flight Plans
Pending
Wpt Info Touch to Delete All
Catalog Flight Plans
Map Figure 4-68 Flight Plan Catalog Menu
Traffic
2. Touch Delete All to remove all flight plans in the catalog.
Terrain 3. Touch Delete Pending to remove all flight plans pending

preview in the catalog.
Weather
4.3.8.3 Delete Active Flight Plan
Nearest 1. While viewing the Active Flight Plan page, touch the Menu
key, and then the Delete Flight Plan key.
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Figure 4-69 Delete a Flight Plan from the Active Flight Plan
Appendix 2. Touch OK to clear the waypoints from the Active Flight Plan.
The flight plan will not be removed from the Catalog.
Index

4.3.9 Preview Flight Plan Foreword
The Preview Flight Plan function provides a summary of a flight plan. A
preview of the Active Flight Plan can be selected from the Flight Plan Menu's Getting
Started
Preview Flight Plan key or selecting a flight plan from the catalog and choosing
Audio &
Preview from the Route Options menu. Xpdr Ctrl
4.3.9.1 Previewing the Active Flight Plan Com/Nav

then the Preview key. A preview of the Active Flight Plan FPL
will be shown.
Direct-To
Flight Plan Current Aircraft

Waypoint List Position On Proc
Current Leg of
Current Dest Active Flight Plan
Wpt Info
Waypoint
Map View
of Flight Map
Plan Legs
Figure 4-70 Active Flight Plan Preview Traffic
2. Touch the Back key to return to the Active Flight Plan page.
Terrain
4.3.9.2 Previewing a Flight Plan in the Catalog Weather
Nearest
then the Catalog key. The list of currently stored flight plans
will be displayed. Services/
Music
2. Touch the desired flight plan. The Route Options will now be Utilities
displayed.
3. Touch the Preview key to display a preview of the selected System
flight plan.
Messages
4. Touch the Back key to return to the Flight Plan Catalog.
Symbols
Appendix
Index

Foreword 4.4 Graphically Editing a Flight Plan
Getting
The Active Flight Plan may be edited graphically on the Map page. See
Started section 8.3.3 for details.
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl 4.5 Import Flight Plans with Connext
Com/Nav
When the GTN is interfaced with a compatible Flight Stream device, flight
plans can be wirelessly imported into the GTN from supported Apps (i.e.,
FPL Garmin Pilot). The imported flight plans can then be activated or stored to the
flight plan catalog once they are previewed by the pilot.
Direct-To
NOTE: Flight plans over 99 waypoints long are truncated at 99 waypoints
and the last waypoint in the imported/uploaded flight plan may not be the
Proc destination airport.
Wpt Info NOTE: Flight plan information and user waypoints included as part of a
flight plan will not necessarily retain their names when the flight plan is
Map
transferred from the portable device to the GTN via a Flight Stream device.
Whenever a User Waypoint is imported, it is compared to the existing User
Traffic
Waypoint catalog. If it matches locations with an existing User Waypoint, the
Terrain
waypoint will utilize the name saved in the GTN for that waypoint. If there is
not a location match, the waypoint is imported but without the name label
Weather that the import software may have used. Therefore all new User Waypoints
will come in as USR### where the number is the lowest open User Waypoint
Nearest slot in the catalog.
Services/
Music
Utilities 4.5.1 Operation

On the portable device, select the option to send a flight plan to the GTN.
System
The GTN MSG key will appear and begin to flash.
Messages 1. Pressing the MSG key will open the message page with a
message regarding the flight plan import and a key showing
Symbols how many flight plans are ready to preview.
Appendix Touch To Preview

Flight Plan
Index
Figure 4-71 Flight Plan Import Message
2. Touch the New FPL key to open the flight plan preview page Foreword
when only one flight plan is imported, or the flight plan catalog
when more than one flight plan is imported. Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
FPL
Figure 4-72 Preview for Single Flight Plan Import

Direct-To
Proc
Wpt Info
Map
Figure 4-73 Catalog for Multiple Flight Plan Import
3. Selecting a flight plan in the catalog that is "Pending Preview" Traffic
will slide out a menu to preview or delete the flight plan.
Once the flight plan has been previewed and then stored Terrain
or activated, the other Route Options in the menu will be

available. Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
Figure 4-74 Route Options by Selecting Flight Plan with Pending Review System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

Foreword 4.5.2 Potential Errors
If the GTN is unable to import a flight plan due to errors in the flight plan or
Getting
Started a full catalog, the pilot will be alerted with a system message.
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Figure 4-75 Flight Plan Import Error Messages
Com/Nav
If an imported flight plan contains any errors, pop-up messages will be
FPL displayed alerting the pilot of the issues and the resulting changes to the flight
plan.
Direct-To
When the imported flight plan is too long, the GTN will truncate the flight
plan to the correct length. The pilot should be aware that waypoints are missing
Proc
from the end of the flight plan, including the destination waypoint.
Wpt Info
Map
Traffic
Terrain Figure 4-76 Pop-Up Message Reporting Flight Plan Errors

When the imported flight plan contains waypoints (non-user waypoints),
Weather
procedures, or airways that are not found in navigation database, the GTN will
replace those waypoints with locked (lockd) waypoints. These locked waypoints
Nearest
must be resolved prior to activating the flight plan to provide navigation along
Services/ the flight plan.
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

When more than one error occurs during the flight plan import, the pilot Foreword
will need to cycle through the errors by touching the Next key on the pop-up.
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
Figure 4-77 Pop-Up Message Reporting Unknown Waypoints FPL
Direct-To
Proc
Wpt Info
Figure 4-78 Pop-Up Message Reporting Unknown Procedure

Map
Traffic
Terrain
Weather
Figure 4-79 Pop-Up Message Reporting Unknown Airway
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

Foreword
4.6 Import Flight Plans with a Datacard
Flight plans can be created on a computer using compatible flight planning
Getting software and saved to the datacard to be imported into the GTN. The imported
Started
flight plans can then be activated or stored to the flight plan catalog once they
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl are previewed by the pilot.
NOTE: Flight plans over 99 waypoints long are truncated at 99 waypoints
Com/Nav
and the last waypoint in the imported/uploaded flight plan may not be the
destination airport.
FPL

Direct-To
NOTE: The flight plan file format used by the GTN is different than the file
Proc
format used by the GNS 400W/500W Series navigators.
Wpt Info 1. While viewing the Flight Plan page, touch the Menu key and
then the Catalog key to display the Flight Plan Catalog.
Map
Traffic
Terrain
Weather Touch To Import

Flight Plan
Nearest
Figure 4-80 Catalog for Datacard Flight Plan Import

Services/
Music 2. An Import key will be present in the menu bar when flight
plans are present on the datacard. Touch the Import key to
Utilities
open a pop-up with a list of the file names of the flight plans
on the datacard.
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

Touch To Import Foreword
Flight Plan From
Datacard Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Figure 4-81 Flight Plan To Import From Datacard

Com/Nav
3. Select the desired flight plan to import.
4. Press Store to save the flight plan to the catalog. Press FPL
Activate to make the imported flight plan the active route.
Direct-To
Touch To Make Proc

Touch To Store To The Imported
Save Flight Plan Flight Plan The Wpt Info
To The Catalog Active Route
Figure 4-82 Route Options For Datacard Flight Plan Import Map
Traffic
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

Foreword 4.6.1 Potential Errors
If the GTN is unable to import a flight plan due to errors in the flight plan or
Getting
Started a full catalog, the pilot will immediately be alerted with a pop-up.
Audio & 1. Touch OK at the prompt to continue.
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
FPL
Direct-To
Figure 4-83 Flight Plan Import Fault

Proc
Wpt Info
Map
Traffic
Terrain Figure 4-84 Flight Plan Import Fault - Catalog Full

2. If an imported flight plan contains any errors, pop-up
Weather
messages will be displayed alerting the pilot of the issues
and the resulting changes to the flight plan. These pop-ups
Nearest
are presented the first time that the flight plan is viewed on
Services/ the Flight Plan Preview page.
Music
When the imported flight plan is too long, the GTN will truncate
Utilities the flight plan to the correct length. The pilot should be aware
that waypoints are missing from the end of the flight plan.
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Figure 4-85 Flight Plan Import Issue - Flight Plan Too Long
Index

3. When the imported flight plan contains waypoints (non-user Foreword
waypoints), procedures, or airways that are not found in
navigation database, the GTN will replace those waypoints Getting
Started
with locked waypoints. These locked waypoints must be
resolved prior to activating the flight plan. Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
When more than one error occurs during the flight plan import,
the pilot will need to cycle through the errors by touching the Com/Nav
Next key on the pop-up.
FPL
Direct-To
Proc
Wpt Info
Figure 4-86 Flight Plan Import Issue - Flight Plan Contains Unknown Waypoints
Map
Traffic
Terrain
Weather
Figure 4-87 Flight Plan Import Issue - Unknown Procedure Removed From Flight Plan
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Figure 4-88 Flight Plan Import Issue - Unknown Airway Removed From Flight Plan
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

Foreword
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
FPL
Direct-To
Proc
Wpt Info
Map
Traffic
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

5 DIRECT-TO Foreword
The GTN 6XX Direct-To function can quickly set a course to any waypoint. Getting
Started
If the pilot selects Direct-To to a waypoint that is in the flight plan, waypoint
sequencing in the flight plan will resume upon reaching that waypoint. If the Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
pilot selects Direct-To for a waypoint that is not in the flight plan, the flight
plan will no longer be active but remains available. There are some fixes within Com/Nav
procedures for which if a Direct-To is selected then the approach will not be
active. For example, if you activate a Direct-To course to a waypoint between FPL
the FAF and the MAP and go Direct-To to that waypoint then approach guidance
Direct-To
will not become active.
5.1 Direct-To Navigation Proc
1. Press the Direct-To key on the right side of the unit.

Wpt Info
Map
Traffic
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Figure 5-1 Direct-To Wpt Page
Utilities
2. Select Waypoint, FPL, or NRST APT from the Direct-To
window by touching the desired tab. System
Messages
Symbols
3. If a specific course is necessary, touch the Course To key.
Appendix
Index

4. Use the numeric keypad to select the course and then touch
Foreword
the Enter key.
Getting
Started Selected Backspace
Course Key
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Numeric
Keypad
Com/Nav
FPL
Figure 5-2 Direct-To Course Selection
Direct-To 5. Touch the desired waypoint and touch the Activate key or
press the small right knob.
Proc
Wpt Info
Waypoint Touch To Select
Map Tab A Specific Course
Waypoint
Traffic Detail
Activate Direct-To Course
Terrain Press Small Knob To
Activate Direct-To Wpt
Weather Figure 5-3 Direct-To Selection
6. The Map page will now be displayed with the new Direct-To
Nearest
course.
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

5.2 Direct-To a Flight Plan Waypoint Foreword
The Direct-To selection is not available for all flight plan entries. Some
Getting
flight plans entries including holds and course reversals cannot be selected for Started
Direct-To. Instead, select the associated waypoint for the Direct-To function.
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
2. Touch the FPL tab on the left side of the Direct-To window.
FPL
Flight Plan Direct-To

Waypoint List
Flight Plan Tab
Touch Waypoint Proc
Key To Select
Wpt Info
Figure 5-4 Direct-To Flight Plan Leg Selection
Map
3. Touch the leg of your flight plan you want to use. The Direct-To
Waypoint page will display information about the selected flight plan
Traffic
waypoint.
Terrain
Waypoint Tab
Touch To Select Weather
Waypoint Detail A Specific Course
Touch To Activate Nearest
Direct-To Nav To
This Waypoint Services/
Music
Figure 5-5 Selected Direct-To Flight Plan Leg
Utilities
4. Touch the Activate key or press the small right knob to
activate the selection. System
Messages
5. The Map page will now be displayed with the new Direct-To Symbols
course.
Appendix
Index

Foreword
5.3 Direct-To a Nearest Airport
1. Press the Direct-To key on the lower right side of the unit.
Getting
Started
Audio & 2. Touch the NRST APT tab on the left side of the Direct-To
Xpdr Ctrl
window. The nearest 25 airports within 200 NM will be listed.
Com/Nav
The airport at the top of the list is the nearest airport. To review
the other nearest airports, touch the Up and Down keys to
FPL scroll through the list.
Direct-To Touch List And Drag

Finger To Scroll List
Proc Nearest Airport List
Nearest Tab Arrows Indicate More
Wpt Info Items On The List
Figure 5-6 Direct-To Nearest Airport Selection
Map
3. Touch the desired airport to select it. The selected airport will
Traffic be displayed in the Waypoint page.
Terrain Direct-To Waypoint
Weather
Nearest Activate Direct-To Course

Press Small Knob To
Services/ Activate Direct-To Wpt
Music
Figure 5-7 Selected Direct-To Nearest Airport
Utilities
4. Touch the Activate key or press the small right knob to
System activate the selection.
Messages
Symbols
5. The Map page will now be displayed with the new Direct-To
course.
Appendix
Index

5.4 Removing a Direct-To Course Foreword
When a Direct-To course is cancelled, the previously active flight plan will be
Getting
reactivated and the nearest leg to the aircraft position will become the active leg. Started
If there was no active flight plan, after cancelling the Direct-To course the aircraft
Audio &
will continue with the current heading. Xpdr Ctrl
1. Press the Direct-To key to display the Direct-To page. Com/Nav
FPL
Touch To
Remove The Direct-To Waypoint
Direct-To Direct-To
Course
Proc
Wpt Info
Figure 5-8 Remove the Direct-To Course
2. Touch the Remove key. Map
3. Navigation will now return to the active flight plan. Traffic
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

Foreword
5.5 Direct-To Map Waypoint
A Direct-To course may be set to any waypoint selected on the Map page. The
Getting
Started waypoint is selected by touching an item such as an airport, VOR, or NDB or
any other location. Touching the map page at any place not having an existing
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl location name will create a waypoint with the name “MAPWPT.” Touching the
Direct-To key will automatically insert the selected waypoint as the Direct-To
Com/Nav
waypoint.
FPL 1. On the Map page, touch the map at the location intended to
be the Direct-To waypoint.
Direct-To
Proc
Waypoint Tab Direct-To Waypoint Name
Wpt Info Touch To

Remove The
Direct-To
Map Course
Touch To
Activate The
Traffic
Direct-To
Course
Terrain
Figure 5-9 Touch the Map to Create a MAPWPT as the Direct-To Course Destination
Weather 3. Touch the Activate key or press the small right knob to
activate the selection.
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

5.6 Off-Route Direct-To Course Foreword
An off-route Direct-To course may be selected by using the Waypoint
Getting
tab, Nrst Apt tab, or selecting a waypoint on the map. When an off-route Started
Direct-To course is activated, the existing active flight plan will be deactivated.
Audio &
The original active flight plan and waypoint sequencing is reactivated when the Xpdr Ctrl
Direct-To course is removed.
Com/Nav
Direct-To Waypoint
FPL
Flight Plan Data
Flight Plan Is Cleared
Direct-To
Waypoint List
Proc
Figure 5-10 Active Flight Data is Removed When a Direct-To Course is Activated
Wpt Info
5.7 Graphically Editing a Direct-To Route

Map
Direct-To routes may be edited graphically on the Map page the same as a
regular flight plan. See section 8.3.3 for details. Traffic
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

Foreword
5.8 Direct-To a User-Defined Hold
Getting
Started
NOTE: Any time a user hold is changed with the Direct-To key, upon pressing
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl the "Activate the Direct-To Hold" key, navigation guidance will be given back
to the holding fix and the new hold re-initiated.
Com/Nav
A user-defined hold can be created as part of a Direct-To to any waypoint.
FPL Automatic waypoint sequencing will be suspended during the hold.
1. Press the Direct-To key to display the Direct-To page.
Direct-To
Direct-To Wpt
Proc
Touch To Select
Specific Course
Wpt Info Touch To Create Hold
At Direct-To Wpt
Map
Figure 5-11 Create Hold at Direct-To Waypoint
2. Touch the Hold key. The Direct-To Hold page is displayed.
Traffic
Touch To Select Direction
Terrain Touch To Select Touch To Select

Specific Course Turn Direction
Weather Touch To Select Touch To Select
Leg Length Type EFC Time
Touch To Accept
Nearest Hold Parameters
Services/ Touch To Preview Selected Hold Touch To Select Leg Length

Music
Figure 5-12 Entering Direct-To Hold Parameters
Utilities 3. Touch the Course key to open the keypad. Use the keypad
and the Enter key to select the inbound or outbound course.
System 4. Touch the Direction key to select between Inbound or
Outbound for the course direction.
Messages
5. Touch the Turn key to select between Left or Right for the turn
direction.
Symbols
6. Touch the Leg Type key to select between Time or Distance
for the leg type.
Appendix
7. Touch the Leg Time or Leg Distance key to display the
Index keypad. Use the keypad and the Enter key to select the length
of the leg.
8. Touch the EFC key to display the keypad. Use the keypad and
Foreword
the Enter key to select the Expect Further Clearance time for
a reminder. Getting
Started
9. Touch the Load Hold key to accept the hold parameters and
Audio &
return to the Direct-To page. Xpdr Ctrl
Direct-To Wpt Com/Nav
Specified Course
To Direct-To Wpt FPL
Touch To Activate Direct-

To Course and Hold Direct-To
Hold Pattern Course

Proc
Figure 5-13 Direct-To Page with Hold Selected
10. Touch the Hold Activate key or press the small right knob Wpt Info
to activate the selection.
5.9 Direct-To a Search and Rescue Pattern Map
NOTE: This feature is available in software v6.00 and later. Traffic
A search and rescue pattern can be created as part of a Direct-To to a flight Terrain
plan, off-route, or map waypoint. Creating a SAR pattern as part of an off-route
Direct-To will insert the SAR pattern waypoints at the end of the En Route Weather
portion of the active flight plan.

Nearest
1. Press the Direct-To key to display the Direct-To page.
Direct-To Wpt Services/
Music
Touch To Selectic
Specific Course Utilities
Touch To Load Selected System

SAR Pattern To Direct-To
Messages
Figure 5-14 Create SAR Pattern at Direct-To Waypoint
2. Touch the SAR key. The Direct-To Search and Rescue Patterns Symbols
page is displayed.
Appendix
Index

Touch To Select SAR Pattern Type
Foreword
Getting Selected Initial Wpt Touch To Select

Started Initial Track
Touch To Select Touch To Select
Audio & Initial Turn Direction Number Of Legs
Xpdr Ctrl
Touch To Preview
Com/Nav Selected Pattern
Touch To Select Leg Length Touch To Select Track Spacing Distance
FPL Touch to Load Selected SAR Pattern to Direct-To
Figure 5-15 Direct-To Search and Rescue Pattern Page
Direct-To
Proc
Wpt Info
Map Figure 5-16 Direct-To Search and Rescue Preview

3. Touch the SAR Pattern key to select between Parallel Track,
Traffic
Sector Search, Expanding Square, or Orbit for the SAR pattern
type. The available patterns can be configured by the installer
Terrain
and all of the listed pattern types may not be available. See
section 4.2.4 for more details on configuring each pattern type.
Weather
Nearest
pattern.
5. Confirm the SAR pattern information and then touch the Load
Services/
Music
Pattern key to accept the SAR parameters and return to the
Direct-To page.
Utilities
Direct-To Wpt Specified Course
System
To Direct-To Wpt
Touch To
Messages Activate Direct-
To Course And
SAR Pattern
Symbols Selected SAR Pattern Type
Figure 5-17 Direct-To Page with SAR Pattern Selected
Appendix
6. Touch the SAR Activate key or press the small right knob
to activate the selection.
Index

6 PROCEDURES Foreword
The GTN 6XX allows you to fly non-precision and precision approaches to Getting
Started
airports with published instrument approach procedures. The system can also
provide visual approach guidance to most airports. Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
The Procedures Page is displayed by touching the PROC key on the Home
Com/Nav
page. The Procedures Page provides access to approaches, departures and
arrivals. Selections are also shown to: Activate Approach, Vectors to Final, and
FPL
Activate Missed Approach.
Direct-To
NOTE: Baro-corrected altitude is not required by the GTN unit to
meet the requirements of TSO-C146c; however, to take full advantage
of the GTN unit's capabilities, an optional baro-corrected altitude Proc
source is recommended for (1) automatic sequencing of altitude leg

types, and (2) en route vertical navigation. If the GTN does not receive Wpt Info
baro-corrected altitude data, altitude leg types require manual sequencing,
and en route vertical navigation is not available. Map
Traffic
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

Foreword
6.1 Basic Approach Operations
The GTN 6XX provides lateral and, when appropriate, vertical guidance for
Getting
Started visual and GPS/RNAV approaches. The moving map pages can also be used
as an aid to situational awareness for ILS, VOR, and NDB approaches (and
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl non-precision localizer-based approaches), but the appropriate radio
navigational aid MUST be used for primary approach course guidance for
Com/Nav
non-GPS approaches.
FPL Approaches designed specifically for GPS are often very simple and don’t
require overflying a VOR or NDB. Currently, many non-precision approaches
Direct-To have “GPS overlays” to let you fly an existing procedure (VOR, VOR/DME, NDB,
etc.) more accurately using GPS.
Proc
Many overlay approaches are more complex (in comparison to GPS-only
Wpt Info
approaches). The GTN 6XX displays and guides you through each leg of the
approach — automatically sequencing through each of these legs, up to the
Map missed approach point (MAP). Approaches may be flown “as published” with
the full transition — using any published feeder route or initial approach fix
Traffic (IAF) — or may be flown with a vectors-to-final transition.
Phase of flight annunciations are provided on the bottom of the display
Terrain
indicating the current mode of flight.
Weather Procedures are arranged around the existing flight plan in the following
order: Departure, En Route, Arrival, and Approach. For example, Departure
Nearest waypoints are inserted before the En Route waypoints in the flight plan and
Arrival waypoints are inserted between the En Route waypoints and the
Services/
Music approach waypoints. Always verify that the transition waypoints between each
phase are correct.
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

Foreword
Getting
Departure Arrival Approach Started
Airport Airport Airport Audio &

Xpdr Ctrl
Departure Arrival Approach
Runway Transition Transition
Com/Nav
Transition Runway Channel/ID
Preview Preview Preview
Load Departure Load Arrival Load Approach FPL
Activate Approach
Direct-To
Figure 6-1 Procedures Functional Diagram
Annunciation Description Proc
LPV Localizer Performance with Vertical guidance (LPV) approach. Fly to LPV
minimums. Wpt Info
LP +V Localizer Performance using published LP minima. Advisory vertical guidance is

provided. Fly to LP minimums. Map
LP Localizer Performance with no vertical guidance. Fly to LP minimums.

Traffic
VISUAL Advisory visual approach with vertical guidance based on advisory terrain
avoidance calculations. CDI scaling is identical to LPV approaches.
Terrain
L/VNAV Lateral Navigation and Vertical Navigation (LNAV/VNAV) approach. Fly to
LNAV/VNAV minimums.
Weather
LNAV+V GPS approach using published LNAV minima. Advisory vertical guidance is
provided. Fly to LNAV minimums.
Nearest
LNAV Lateral Navigation approach. Fly to LNAV minimums.
MAPR Missed Approach indicates the system is providing missed approach integrity and Services/
CDI full-scale deflection ±0.3 NM. Music
ENR En route, CDI full-scale deflection is 2.0 NM or current CDI scale selection,
whichever is smaller. Utilities
TERM Terminal, CDI full-scale deflection is 1.0 NM or current CDI scale selection,
whichever is smaller. System
DPRT Departure, indicates the system is using non-precision approach integrity. Messages
CDI full-scale deflection is 0.3 NM.
OCN Oceanic, CDI full-scale deflection is 2.0 NM. Symbols
LOW ALT For LNAV+V, LNAV/VNAV, or LPV approaches, the LOW ALT annunciation
(lower window) indicates the aircraft’s estimated height is lower than the Final Approach Appendix
Waypoint height by approximately 50 meters. This annunciation will not be active
when TAWS is operational.
Index
Table 6-1 Phase of Flight Annunciations
Foreword
6.2 Selecting a Departure
A Departure Procedure (DP) is loaded at the departure airport in the flight
Getting
Started plan. Only one departure can be loaded at a time in a flight plan. If a departure
is loaded when another departure is already in the active flight plan, the new
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl departure replaces the previous departure. The route is defined by selection of a
departure, the transition waypoint, and a runway.
Com/Nav
NOTE: Vector-only departures are not available in the Procedures database
FPL as the GTN 6XX cannot provide navigational guidance on vectored legs.
Direct-To 1. Touch the PROC key on the Home page and then touch the
Departure key to display the Departure list.
Proc
Touch To Show
Wpt Info Departure List
Map
Traffic
Figure 6-2 Select Departure
Terrain 2. If necessary, touch the Airport key and enter the departure
airport. Touch the key for the desired Departure.
Weather
NOTE: Advisory climb altitudes for SIDs may not match charted altitudes.
Nearest Do not rely solely on GTN advisory altitudes.
Services/ 3. Touch the key for the desired Transition.

Music
Utilities Touch To Select

Desired Departure
Transition
System
Messages
Figure 6-3 Selecting a Departure Transition
Symbols
Appendix
Index

4. Touch the key for the desired Runway, if necessary.
Foreword
Touch To Select Getting

Desired Departure Started
Runway
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
Figure 6-4 Selecting a Departure Runway
NOTE: If the selected runway is depicted as RW10B, for instance, this FPL
means both runways 10L and 10R.

Direct-To
5. After selecting the runway, the Departure page will be

Proc
displayed.
Touch To Select Touch To Select Wpt Info

Airport Departure
Touch To Select Touch To Select Map
Runway Transition
Touch To Preview Touch To Load Traffic
Departure Departure
Figure 6-5 Result of Selecting a Departure Terrain
6. Touch the Preview key to view the Departure. Weather
Nearest
Sequence List
For The Selected Departure
Diagram Services/
Departure Music
Touch To Load
Departure Utilities
Figure 6-6 Previewing a Departure

System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

7. Touch the Load Departure key. The Active Flight Plan page
Foreword
will be displayed.
Getting Touch To Change
Started Or Remove
Departure
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl Touch To Edit
Waypoint Scroll To View
Com/Nav Touch To Edit Flight Plan
Waypoint With Departure
Waypoints
FPL
Figure 6-7 Flight Plan View of the Selected Departure
Direct-To 8. Remove a departure or select a new one by touching the
Departure key and selecting the desired choice.
Proc
Wpt Info 6.3 Selecting an Arrival

Map
A Standard Terminal Arrival (STAR) can be loaded at any airport with
a published arrival procedure. Only one arrival can be loaded at a time in a
Traffic flight plan. If an arrival is loaded when another arrival is already in the active
flight plan, the new arrival replaces the previous arrival. The route is defined by
Terrain selection of an arrival, the transition waypoint, and a runway.
Weather
1. Touch the PROC key on the Home page to display the
Procedures page and then touch the Arrival key to display
Nearest
the Arrival page.
Services/
Music
Utilities Touch To Display

Arrival Page
System
Messages Figure 6-8 Procedure Page
Symbols
Appendix
Index

2. If necessary, touch the Airport key to select a new airport.
Foreword
Touch the Arrival key to display the Arrival list for the selected
airport. Getting
Started
Touch To Select Touch To Display Audio &

Airport Arrival List For The Xpdr Ctrl
Selected Airport
Com/Nav
FPL
Figure 6-9 Arrival Page Direct-To

3. Touch the desired Arrival from the Arrival list for the selected
airport. Proc
Wpt Info
Map
Touch To Select
Arrival Traffic
Figure 6-10 Select from Arrival List

Terrain
4. Touch the Transition key and then touch the key for the
desired transition. Weather
Nearest
Touch To Select
Transition
Services/
Music
Utilities
Figure 6-11 Select from Transition List System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

5. Touch the key for the desired Runway, if necessary. The
Foreword
completed Arrival page will be displayed.
Getting
Started Touch To Display
Touch To Select Arrival List For The
Audio & Airport Selected Airport
Xpdr Ctrl
Touch To Select Touch To Display
Com/Nav Transition Runway List For The
Selected Arrival
FPL
Touch To Preview Arrival Touch To Load Arrival Into
Wpt List And Map The Active Flight Plan
Direct-To
Figure 6-12 Completed Arrival Page
Proc
NOTE: If the selected runway is depicted as RW10B, for instance, this
means both runways 10L and 10R.
Wpt Info
6. Touch the Preview key. A preview of the Arrival and the
Map Sequence List will be displayed.
Traffic
Sequence List
For The Selected Arrival
Terrain Arrival Diagram
Weather
Touch To Load
Arrival
Nearest Figure 6-13 Arrival Map Preview and Sequence List
Services/ 7. Touch the Load Arrival key to insert the arrival into the flight
Music plan. The Active Flight Plan page will be displayed.
Utilities Touch To Select
Or Remove
Arrival
System Scroll To View
Flight Plan
Touch To Edit With Departure
Messages
Waypoint Waypoints
Symbols Figure 6-14 Flight Plan With Arrival Loaded

NOTE: If using Descent VNAV, verify that the altitudes for the selected
Appendix procedure match the charted altitudes and are appropriate for the airframe
type.
Index

6.4 Selecting an Approach Foreword
Only one approach can be loaded at a time in a flight plan. If an approach
Getting
is loaded when another approach is already in the active flight plan, the new Started
approach replaces the previous approach. The route is defined by selection of an
Audio &
approach, the transition waypoint, and a runway. Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
NOTE: In software v6.21 and later, the pilot may load an alternate
approach during a missed approach procedure. The GTN retains all FPL
missed approaches in the flight plan.
Direct-To
1. Touch the PROC key on the Home page. The Approach, Arrival,
and Departure fields will be dashed until a selection is made. Proc
Wpt Info
Touch To Select Departure
Map
Touch To Select Arrival
Traffic
Touch To Select Approach
Terrain
Figure 6-15 Procedures Selection Window
2. Touch the Approach key on the Procedures page to select Weather
an approach for the destination airport. Confirm that the
intended airport is shown or touch the Airport key and select Nearest
the desired airport.
Services/
NOTE: If using Descent VNAV, verify that the altitudes for the selected Music
procedure match the charted or ATC cleared altitudes and are appropriate
Utilities
for the airframe type.
Touch To Select Airport System
Touch To Select Approach Messages
Touch To Select Channel ID Symbols
Appendix
Figure 6-16 Selecting an Approach Index

3. Touch the Approach key on the Procedures-Approach page
Foreword
and then touch the key for the desired approach. Selections
Getting are listed according to approach type: instrument first, visual
Started second.
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
Touch To Select Approach

FPL
Direct-To
Proc Figure 6-17 Selecting an Approach from the List

4. After selecting the approach for the destination airport, the
Wpt Info
approach overview will be displayed.
Map
Traffic
Airport Approach
Terrain Touch To Select Touch To Select
Transition Channel/ID
Weather Touch To Preview Touch To Activate
Approach Approach
Nearest
Touch To Load Approach
Services/ Figure 6-18 Selected Approach Overview
Music
5. Touch the Transition key and then touch the key for the desired
Utilities
transition. The selected Transition will be shown in white on
the Procedure page Approach diagram. Unselected Transitions
System
will be shown in gray.
Drag Finger On
Messages
Selected List To View List Or
Transition Touch Up/Down
Keys To Scroll List
Symbols
Appendix
Index Figure 6-19 Select Approach Transition

6. If desired, touch the Channel/ID key, then use the numeric
Foreword
keypad to select the channel number, and then touch the Enter
key. The Channel and ID are typically loaded automatically if Getting
they are present. Started
Audio &
NOTE: As an alternate means of loading an approach, the Channel ID key Xpdr Ctrl
allows you to select the channel ID for a SBAS approach for the current
destination. The channel ID for the SBAS approach is available from an Com/Nav
approved approach chart. If duplicate numbers are available for a channel,
a list will be available where you may select the desired approach. FPL
7. Touch the Preview key.

Direct-To
Unselected
Sequence List Transition Proc
For The Selected
Transition Selected Wpt Info
Transition
Approach Touch To
Diagram Activate Map
Approach
Figure 6-20 Selected Approach Preview Traffic
8. Touch the Load Approach key. The Active Flight Plan page Terrain
will be displayed. The approach waypoints are placed at the
end of the flight plan and the unit will automatically sequence Weather
to them after the en route waypoints.
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

Foreword v5.13 and Earlier or v6.50 and Later v6.00 Through v6.41
If you build your flight plan with the If you build your flight plan with the
Getting
Started destination airport at the end and then destination airport at the end and
load an approach procedure, you will then load an approach procedure, the
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl navigate all the way to the destination destination airport will be removed from
airport before joining the procedure. the end of the flight plan. If the leg to
Com/Nav
Be sure when LOADING and not the destination airport is the active leg
ACTIVATING an approach procedure when loading an approach procedure,
FPL
that the route to be flown is correct. you will navigate all the way to the
Direct-To
destination airport before joining the
procedure. Be sure when LOADING and
Proc not ACTIVATING an approach procedure
that the route to be flown is correct.
Wpt Info Table 6-2 Loading and Activating an Approach
9. Touch the Load APPR & Activate key, which makes the active
Map leg Direct-To the selected transition waypoint, or for Vector
approaches to activate a leg that is an extended final approach
Traffic course. You can also "activate" the selected procedure on the
Procedures page, if the approach is not activated on this page.
Terrain
NOTE: When re-activating an approach, the decision as to whether a hold
Weather is inserted at the IAF or not is assumed to be the same as the first time
the approach was activated, regardless of current aircraft position. If the
Nearest pilot wishes to have the hold inserted or removed from the procedure, the
procedure must be re-loaded or activated from the PROC-Approach page.
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

6.5 Approaches with Procedure Turns Foreword
The procedure turn portion of an approach is stored as one of the legs of
Getting
the approach. For this reason, the GTN 6XX unit requires no special operations Started
from the pilot — other than flying the procedure turn itself — beyond what is
Audio &
required for any other type of approach. Roll steering is provided to aircraft with Xpdr Ctrl
compatible autopilots.
Com/Nav
NOTE: The steering provided for the procedure turn does not guarantee
that the aircraft will stay within charted procedure turn boundaries. As FPL
such the crew will need to ensure that the approach is flown within the
confines of the charted procedure. Direct-To
6.6 Flying the Missed Approach Proc
Upon reaching the Missed Approach Point, the GTN 6XX unit continues to
Wpt Info
give guidance along an extension of the final course segment (FAF to MAP) until
you manually initiate the missed approach procedure (as mentioned in reference Map
to the “SUSP” advisory).
Traffic
NOTE: If the unit is not configured for a CDI key, then the “activate GPS missed
approach” will only resume automatic waypoint sequencing. The user must
switch to GPS navigation, if desired, by using their external source selection Terrain
method (this is typical an EFIS system).
Weather
1. When the MAP is reached, a pop-up will appear.
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Figure 6-21 Pop-Up Upon Reaching the MAP
Messages
2. Touch the Remain Suspended key to continue with

Symbols
sequencing suspended or touch Activate GPS Missed
Approach for guidance to the Missed Approach Hold Point.
Appendix
Index

The Activate GPS Missed Approach function is the same for the on screen
Foreword
controls or a remote switch. Activating the missed approach prior to the MAP
Getting can be accomplished on either the Flight Plan or Procedures pages. If using the
Started
Flight Plan page, the approach banner must be touched to display the Approach
Audio & Options where Activate Missed Approach can be selected.
Xpdr Ctrl
Touch the Approach

Com/Nav
Banner to Display the
Approach Options
Touch the
FPL
Desired Option
Direct-To
Proc Figure 6-22 Approach Option Selection on the Flight Plan Page
Wpt Info
Map
Touch the Approach Touch the

Traffic Banner to Display the Desired Option
Approach Options
Terrain
Figure 6-23 Approach Option Selection on the Procedures Page
Weather Once an option is selected, the GTN will continue to provide guidance along
the final approach course. Upon reaching the MAP, the unit will automatically
Nearest sequence to the first leg of the missed approach. This is used when a pilot needs
to execute the missed approach prior to reaching the MAP.
Services/
Music
6.7 Flying an Approach with a Hold
Utilities Upon activating an RNAV GPS approach, you are given the option to skip
any non-required holding patterns during the initial transitions of the approach.
System
The Default NAV Page and Flight Plan Page displays a timer or distance, as
Messages appropriate, during the holding pattern. Use this timer or distance to fly the
outbound portion of the holding pattern. (The holding pattern is displayed on
Symbols the Map Page and indicated as the active leg on the Default NAV and Active
Flight Plan pages.)
Appendix
Index

NOTE: If you need to lose extra altitude or speed by going around the holding Foreword
pattern again, touch SUSP to manually suspend waypoint sequencing BEFORE
crossing the holding waypoint the second time. If you’ve already passed this Getting
waypoint, re-activate the holding pattern. Started
Audio &
As you cross the MAP, a “SUSP” annunciation will appear, indicating that Xpdr Ctrl
automatic sequencing of approach waypoints is suspended at the MAP. A “from”
Com/Nav
indication is displayed on the CDI and Default NAV Page, but course guidance
along the final approach course continues.
FPL
6.8 Flying a DME Arc Approach

Direct-To
Approaches that contain DME arcs are supported by the GTN. The GTN will
provide guidance (left / right) relative to the arc. If you wish to activate the DME Proc
arc leg manually, the aircraft must be near the arc, as shown in the shaded area
below. Wpt Info
Map
Traffic
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Figure 6-24 DME Arc Example
Symbols
Appendix
Index

Foreword
6.9 Radius-to-Fix (RF) Approaches
RF legs associated with RNAV RNP 1.0 non-AR (Approval Required)
Getting
Started approaches are supported by the GTN in v6.00, or later, when approved by the
installation.
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
• AC 90-101A defines RF leg as “a constant radius circular path, around a
Com/Nav defined turn center, that starts and terminates at a fix. An RF leg may be
published as part of a procedure.”
FPL • Flying the RF leg of an approach is similar to flying a DME arc approach.
All GTN annunciations and indications are identical whether flying DME
Direct-To
arcs or RF legs with the GTN.
Proc • RF legs may have a larger or smaller radius than DME arcs.
• Unlike DME arcs, RF legs are not based on a VOR.
Wpt Info
• Refer to the aircraft AFMS for specific details regarding RF legs for a
Map
specific aircraft.
Traffic
6.10 Vectors to Final
With “Vectors-To-Final” (VTF) selected, the CDI needle remains off center
Terrain until you’re established on the final approach course. With the approach
activated, the Map Page displays an extension of the final approach course in
Weather magenta (remember, magenta is used to depict the active leg of the flight plan)
and “vtf” appears as part of the active leg on the Map page (as a reminder that
Nearest the approach was activated with vectors-to-final).
Services/ NOTE: In software v5.13 and earlier, once VTF is activated all waypoints in
Music
the approach prior to the FAF are removed.
Utilities
NOTE: In software v6.00 and later, all waypoints along the final approach
System course, including waypoints before the FAF, are included in the flight plan and
the final approach course to the FAF is activated.
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

6.11 ILS Approaches (GTN 650 Only) Foreword
Precision ILS approaches can be performed with the built-in VLOC (VOR/
Getting
localizer/glideslope) receivers. The GPS receiver can be used for guidance prior Started
to reaching the final approach fix, but once there, the proper frequency must
Audio &
be selected on the VLOC window (right side of screen) and the CDI output set Xpdr Ctrl
to “VLOC.”
1.2NM 1.2NM
Com/Nav
15NM
The GTN 6XX can be set to automatically
switch the external CDI output from GPS to FPL
VLOC as you intercept the final approach
course (if used with a KAP140/KFC225 Direct-To
GPS
VLOC
autopilot, you will need to manually enable
outputs. See instructions in the "Enabling Proc
OC
Autopilot Outputs for the King KAP140/
VL Wpt Info
h
to rea
a
KFC225" section). When the ILS approach
itc his
t o Sw n t
i
is activated and the correct ILS frequency is
Au with GPS Map
VLOC
active in the VLOC window, the GTN 6XX
automatically switches to VLOC within 1.2 Traffic
NM left or right of the final approach course.
This switch can take place anywhere from Terrain
2NM 2.0 to 15.0 NM from the FAF.
The illustration shows multiple locations Weather
MANUAL
FAF
along the approach path and the CDI
Nearest
selection that you can expect: GPS or VLOC.
Within the area of the shaded box, the Services/
Music
automatic switch from GPS to VLOC should
occur. Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
NOTE: If you attempt to intercept the approach course at a distance less
than 2.0 NM from the FAF, the GTN 6XX does not automatically switch Appendix
the CDI to VLOC. In this case, touch the CDI key to manually switch from
GPS to VLOC. Index

The automatic switch from GPS to VLOC is not immediate, but instead occurs
Foreword
gradually to prevent abrupt CDI changes when coupled to an autopilot. The CDI
Getting selection can also be changed manually by touching the CDI key.
Started
Audio &
6.12 RNAV Approach Procedures
Xpdr Ctrl
The GTN 6XX allows for flying LNAV/VNAV, LNAV, LNAV +V, LPV, LP, and
Com/Nav LP +V approaches according to the published chart.
Phase of flight Description Minimums
FPL
Annunciation
Direct-To
L/VNAV Lateral Navigation/Vertical Navigation. RNAV non- Published LNAV/
precision approach with vertical guidance. VNAV minimums.
Proc LNAV Lateral Navigation. RNAV non-precision approach. Published LNAV
minimums.
Wpt Info LNAV + V Lateral Navigation with Advisory Vertical Published LNAV
Guidance. RNAV non-precision LNAV approach minimums.
Map with advisory vertical guidance. The glidepath
is typically denoted by a light dashed line on
Traffic the vertical profile (Jeppeson only) with an
associated glidepath angle (usually in the 3.00
Terrain degree range) and is provided to assist the pilot
in maintaining a constant vertical glidepath,
Weather
similar to an ILS glideslope.
LPV Localizer Performance with Vertical guidance Published LPV
Nearest (LPV) approach. minimums.
RNAV precision approach.
Services/
Music LP LP indicates Localizer Performance with no Published LP
vertical guidance. minimums.
Utilities
LP +V LP +V indicates Localizer Performance with Published LP
System
advisory vertical guidance. This annunciation minimums.
is available in software v6.00 and later. This
advisory guidance follows the same nature as
Messages
set by the LNAV +V as shown above.
Table 6-3 RNAV Approach Annunciations
Symbols
Appendix
Index

6.12.1 Flying the LPV Approach Foreword
1. Within 31 NM of the destination, the GTN switches from en
route mode to terminal mode and the CDI scale transitions Getting
Started
from 2.0 to 1.0 NM, full scale deflection.
Audio &
2. As you approach the IAF, a waypoint message appears on the Xpdr Ctrl
bottom of the screen.
Com/Nav
3. As the distance (DIST) to the IAF approaches zero, the message
is replaced by a turn advisory that counts down 10 seconds FPL
prior to the turn.
4. As you approach the FAF, the GTN will begin to automatically Direct-To
rescale in an angular fashion. This will allow the LPV approach
to be flown in an identical fashion to a standard ILS. At Proc
2.0 NM from the FAF, CDI scaling is tightened from 1.0 NM to
the angular full scale deflection (typically the angular full-scale Wpt Info
deflection is 2.0°, but will be as defined for the approach).
Map
5. Sixty seconds prior to reaching the FAF, the unit will check the
required Horizontal Alarm Limit (HAL) and Vertical Alarm Limit
Traffic
(VAL) to ensure the GPS position integrity is within limits to
complete the LPV precision approach. In the event the HAL
Terrain
or VAL limits are exceeded, the approach will be downgraded
to a non-precision approach indicated by “LNAV” on the Weather
moving map, a message that the approach is downgraded
(“APPROACH DOWNGRADE - GPS approach downgraded. Use Nearest
LNAV minima.”), and the glideslope indicator will be flagged.
You may continue the approach using LNAV non-precision Services/
Music
minimums if there are LNAV minimums for this approach. In
the rare event the GPS integrity cannot meet the non-precision Utilities
HAL limits, the unit will send a message to the pilot to abort
the approach (“ABORT APPROACH - GPS approach no longer System
available.”). The unit will revert to terminal limits to support
navigation to the missed approach when the message is Messages
acknowledged. After the aircraft has passed the FAF, a loss of
WAAS integrity will cause the approach to abort instead of Symbols
downgrade.
Appendix
6. Capture the glideslope as you would an ILS glideslope.
Index

7. As you cross the FAF, the destination sequences to the MAP
Foreword
(e.g., “RW31,” the runway threshold). With the needle on the
Getting
external CDI (or HSI) centered, fly toward the MAP, observing
Started the altitude minimums published on the approach plate.
Audio & 8. When viewing the Map Page, you’ll note that the final course
Xpdr Ctrl segment is displayed in magenta (the active leg of the flight
plan always appears in magenta).
Com/Nav
9. As you approach the MAP, a waypoint message appears on
FPL the bottom of the screen.
10. Once the unit crosses the MAP (defined as the runway end
Direct-To waypoint), sequencing will be suspended. Prepare the aircraft
for missed approach operation. Touch the Unsuspend key to
Proc sequence to the Missed Approach procedure.
11. Fly the guidance provided by the unit to the MAHP and hold.
Wpt Info
6.12.2 Flying the LP Approach
Map An LP approach is flown similarly to an LNAV approach, except the precision
is greater as it utilizes the SBAS accuracy. It has similar lateral accuracy as an LPV
Traffic approach. Angular scaling is similar to a localizer approach. Most LP approaches
have step down altitudes associated with them. The approach still results in an
Terrain MDA and missed approach point.
If the approach is indicated as LP +V, advisory vertical guidance will be
Weather
provided. This does not change how the approach should be flown, and the
Nearest
pilot is still responsible for descending to the correct altitude at each step down.
The approach still results in an MDA and missed approach point.
Services/
Music 1. Within 30 NM of the destination, the GTN switches from en
route mode to terminal mode and the CDI scale transitions
Utilities from 2.0 to 1.0 NM, full scale deflection.
2. As you approach the IAF, a turn direction message appears on
System the bottom of the screen.
3. As the distance (DIST) to the IAF approaches zero, the message
Messages
is replaced by a time to turn advisory that counts down 10
seconds prior to the turn.
Symbols
4. As you approach the FAF, the GTN will begin to automatically
Appendix
rescale in an angular fashion. This will allow the LP approach to
be flown in the same fashion as a standard localizer approach.
At 2.0 NM from the FAF, CDI scaling is tightened from up to
Index
either 2° or 0.3 NM, full scale deflection, whichever is smaller.
5. Sixty seconds prior to reaching the FAF, the GTN will check
Foreword
the required Horizontal Alarm Limit (HAL) to ensure the
GPS position integrity is within limits to complete the LP Getting
non-precision approach. In the event the HAL limits are Started
exceeded, the approach will be downgraded, when available, Audio &

Xpdr Ctrl
indicated by “LNAV” on the moving map, otherwise the
approach will be aborted. A message will note that the Com/Nav
approach is downgraded and the NAV indicator will be
flagged until the message is viewed. You may continue the FPL
approach using LNAV non-precision minimums if there are
LNAV minimums for this approach. In the rare event the GPS Direct-To
HAL limits cannot meet non-precision limits, the GTN will notify
the pilot with a message to abort the approach. The GTN will Proc
revert to terminal limits of 1.0 NM to support navigation to the
missed approach. If the approach is indicating an LP +V, it is Wpt Info
possible that the advisory vertical guidance could be removed
without annunciation due to the vertical guidance not being Map
within tolerances. This does not constitute a downgrade, and
the approach can still be flown to LP minimums. Traffic
6. As you cross the FAF, the destination sequences to the MAP.

Terrain
With the needle on the external CDI (or HSI) centered, fly
toward the MAP, observing the altitude minimums dictated
Weather
by the approach plate.
7. When viewing the Map Page, you’ll note that the final course Nearest
segment is displayed in magenta (the active leg of the flight
plan always appears in magenta). Services/
Music
8. As you approach the MAP, a waypoint message (“Arriving at
Waypoint”) appears on the bottom of the screen. Utilities
9. At the MAP initiate the missed approach, if necessary. Once

System
the GTN crosses the MAP, sequencing will be suspended.
Prepare the aircraft for missed approach operation. Touch Messages
the Unsuspend key to sequence to the Missed Approach
procedure. Symbols
NOTE: For missed approaches with heading legs, fly manually until the
first active course leg is reached. Appendix
10. Fly the guidance provided by the GTN to the MAHP and hold. Index

Foreword
6.13 Visual Approach Procedures
Getting
NOTE: This feature is available in software v6.30 and later. Not all airports
Started in the database support visual approaches.
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl The GTN generates visual approaches, providing advisory horizontal and
optional vertical guidance for the selected runway. Advisory guidance aids in
Com/Nav the performance of a stabilized approach and ensures the aircraft is in line with
the destination runway.
FPL
There are three different methods for loading and activating visual approaches.
Direct-To Method 1: Select the Visual key on the map. When the aircraft is within 10
NM of the destination airport the Visual key displays. For information about
Proc key configuration, refer to "Visual Approach Selector".
Wpt Info Destination
Airport
Map
Traffic Touch To
Load Visual
Approach For
Terrain Destination
Airport
Weather Figure 6-25 Visual Approach Key Flying Near Destination
Nearest
Method 2: Select the Visual key located on the left edge of the screen. This
key appears when a visual approach supported airport is selected on the map
Services/ during pan mode.
Music
Touch To
Utilities Load Visual
Approach Selected
For Selected Airport
System Airport
Messages
Symbols Figure 6-26 Visual Approach Key When Selecting Airport
Appendix
Index

For both methods, pressing the Visual key prompts a list of available visual
Foreword
approaches. Once selected, the visual approach immediately loads and becomes
active. Getting
Started
Method 3: Visual approaches load from the PROC – Approach page or the
Audio &
Airport Info - Procedures tab (similar to published instrument approaches). For Xpdr Ctrl
information on how to use this page, see section 6.4.
Com/Nav
After a visual approach loads, a confirmation pop-up prompts, detailing
the glidepath angle (GPA) and threshold crossing height (TCH) when vertical FPL
guidance is available. When unavailable it reads, “NO VERTICAL GUIDANCE."
Direct-To
Proc
Wpt Info
Vertical Guidance Available Vertical Guidance Unavailable Map
Figure 6-27 Visual Approach Configuration Pop-up Traffic

The availability of vertical guidance advisories for visual approaches is
dependent on terrain and obstacle obstructions along the approach path. Terrain
If no known obstructions are within the approach path, vertical guidance is

Weather
provided to a maximum distance of 28 NM from the runway. If there are known
obstructions further than 3 NM, but within the 28 NM maximum distance from
Nearest
the runway along the approach, vertical guidance is limited to the approach path
portion after crossing the known obstructions. This is indicated by the shortened Services/
Music
magenta line on the map after loading the approach. If obstructions are within
3 NM to the runway, along the approach path, advisory vertical guidance is not Utilities
provided. Lateral guidance is always provided for visual approaches.
Published data is used to determine the visual approach GPA and TCH for System
the selected runway. If no published data is available, the default is 3° GPA and
Messages
50 FT TCH.
NOTE: If the GTN does not have a valid terrain database, advisory vertical Symbols
guidance is not available for visual approaches.
Appendix
NOTE: Only external CDI/VDI displays provide vertical deviation indications.
Index

Foreword
6.14 Points to Remember for All Procedures
• The GTN 6XX Map page is designed to complement your printed approach
Getting plates and vastly improve situational awareness throughout the approach.
Started
However, you must always fly an approach as it appears on the approach plate.
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl • The active leg (or the portion of the approach currently in use) is depicted
in magenta on the Map Page. As you fly the approach, the GTN 6XX
Com/Nav
automatically sequences through each leg of the approach unless “SUSP”
appears at the annunciation bar at the bottom of the display. “SUSP”
FPL
indicates that automatic sequencing of approach waypoints is suspended on
Direct-To
the current leg and normally appears at holding patterns and upon crossing
the missed approach point (MAP), for Climb to Altitude legs, and for Hold
Proc to Altitude legs.
• For roll steering autopilots: roll steering is terminated when approach mode
Wpt Info is selected on the autopilot and is available once the missed approach is
initiated.
Map
• If Vectors-to-Final is activated while on the “FROM” side of the FAF, automatic
Traffic
waypoint sequencing is suspended and the SUSP annunciation will appear.
Automatic waypoint sequencing will resume once the aircraft is on the “TO”
Terrain side of the FAF and within full-scale deflection.
• For all procedures, make sure to check the runway, transition, and all
Weather waypoints.
• Most legs are “TO” legs on which the TO/FROM flag on the CDI indicates
Nearest
“TO” and the Distance field on the flight plan decreases as you navigate
Services/ along the leg. However, some procedures include legs which are “FROM”
Music
legs. On these legs, the TO/FROM flag on the CDI indicates “FROM” and the
Utilities Distance field on the flight plan increases as you navigate the leg. “FROM”
legs are typically found on procedure turns and on some missed approach
System procedures.
Messages CAUTION: Not all autopilots will follow guidance when on a heading leg
using NAV, GPSS, or APR mode on the autopilot. Heading legs for procedures
can be identified by “HDG XXX°” in white on the Flight Plan page, as well
Symbols
as the procedure chart indicating that the aircraft must fly a particular
heading. Certain autopilots will revert to a “Roll Only” or “Wings Level”
Appendix
mode on these leg types and the pilot must engage the heading (HDG)
mode of the autopilot and set the heading bug appropriately in order to
Index
use the autopilot on these legs.

6.15 Points to Remember for Localizer or Foreword
VOR-based Approaches Getting
• The default factory setting allows the CDI output to automatically switch Started
from the GPS receiver to the LOC receiver. This may be changed to manual Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
in some installations. If the “ILS CDI Selection” setting is changed to
“Manual,” you must determine when to select “GPS” or “VLOC” guidance Com/Nav
during the approach. Remember, “VLOC” is required for the final course
segment from the Final Approach Fix (FAF) to the MAP. FPL
NOTE: Installations with certain autopilots, such as the KAP 140 and
Direct-To
KFC225, do not allow automatic ILS CDI switching.
Proc
NOTE: GPS phase of flight annunciations (LPV, ENR, etc.) are not applicable
to the external CDI (or HSI) when VLOC is active.
Wpt Info
• If the CDI output has not automatically switched from GPS to ILS upon
reaching the FAF, you must manually switch to the VLOC receiver by Map
touching the CDI key. Verify that “VLOC” is displayed.

Traffic
• Automatic switching of CDI output is available for ILS, localizer, SDF and
LDA approaches. Automatic CDI switching is not available for backcourse Terrain
approaches or VOR approaches.
• When flying an approach with the autopilot-coupled, you must monitor Weather
system functions at all times and verify that the autopilot and external CDI
Nearest
(or HSI) switch to the VLOC receiver with sufficient time to capture and
track the approach course. Switching to “VLOC” late in the approach may Services/
Music
not provide the autopilot enough time to respond and intercept the approach
course prior to the FAF (depending upon the performance characteristics of Utilities
your autopilot and aircraft).
• When an ILS or VOR approach is first selected or executed, the frequency System
is automatically checked. If the frequency is incorrect, you will receive a

Messages
message and you must place the correct ILS or VLOC frequency in the
active frequency field.
Symbols
Appendix
Index

• When flying a localizer-based approach (other than backcourse) with
Foreword
automatic CDI switching enabled:
Getting 1. “GPS” guidance may be used while flying outbound and on
Started
the initial portion of the procedure turn.
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl 2. “VLOC” guidance is used on the remainder of the approach
from the time you turn inbound on the procedure turn.
Com/Nav
3. The localizer frequency must be active to use “VLOC” guidance
FPL
at the MAP.
• When flying a localizer-based approach with automatic CDI switching

Direct-To
disabled:
Proc 1. You may select “VLOC” guidance at any point on the approach
prior to reaching the FAF.
Wpt Info 2. The localizer frequency must be active to use “VLOC” guidance.
Map 6.16 Enabling Autopilot Outputs for the

King KAP140/KFC225
Traffic
Autopilot outputs for the King KAP140/KFC225 autopilots are activated
Terrain manually by the pilot after being prompted during the approach procedure. After
enabling outputs, the GTN 6XX will provide guidance information consistent
Weather with what the autopilot expects (i.e., angular CDI scaling and glideslope capture
for an LPV or other vertically guided GPS approach).
Nearest
Touch To Activate
Services/ Autopilot Outputs
Music
Prompt To Activate
Utilities Autopilot Outputs
System
Figure 6-28 Prompt To Activate Autopilot Outputs
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

7 WAYPOINT INFO Foreword
The Waypoint Info function allows you to view information about the selected Getting
Started
waypoint. The Waypoint Info page can be reached from the Home page, selected
from a flight plan, or selected from the Nearest page. Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
FPL
Touch The Key To Display

Waypoint Type Direct-To
Proc
Figure 7-1 Waypoint Info Page Wpt Info
Map
Traffic
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

FPL
Proc
Map
Index
Music
Traffic
Terrain
System
Started
Getting
Utilities
Nearest
Symbols
Audio &
Weather
Services/
Wpt Info
Direct-To
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
Foreword
Appendix
Messages
7-2
Info Select INT Select VOR Select VRP Select NDB Name Name User Wpt Import
Preview Preview Preview Preview Preview View All Preview
Procedures Frequency
Edit Comment
Runways
Delete Position Type
Runway
PCL Lat/Lon
Frequencies Lat/Lon
GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide

Radial/Radial
Wx Data
Ref Wpt - Rad
Metars
Radial/Dist
Figure 7-2 Waypoint Info Functional Diagram

Forecast
TAF Ref Wpt - Rad - Dis
Temporary?
NOTAMs Create
190-01004-03 Rev. N
7.1 Waypoint Selection Foreword
1. Touch the Waypoint Info key and then touch the desired
Getting
waypoint type (Airport, INT, VOR, etc). Started
2. Touch the waypoint identifier. Audio &

Xpdr Ctrl
3. The waypoint identifier selection page will be shown and the
Com/Nav
waypoint identifier field will be active for selection. Touch the
required keys on the alphanumeric keypad to select the desired
FPL
waypoint identifier and then touch the Enter key.
Backspace Direct-To
Airport Identifier Key Clears
Find Key Displays Wpt Ident
Proc
Waypoint Search Active Keypad
Range
Wpt Info
Touch Enter
After Selecting
Ident Map
Selected
Keypad Range
Traffic
Figure 7-3 Waypoint Ident Selection
Terrain
4. The selected waypoint will be the selected Airport Identifier.
Bearing and Weather
Selected Airport Distance To
Identifier Selected Wpt
From Present Nearest
Position
Services/
Music
Utilities
Figure 7-4 Waypoint Ident Selection Result
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

Foreword
7.2 Airport
The Airport page of the Waypoint Info function provides a variety of detailed
Getting
Started information about the airport.
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
7.2.1 Info
The upper part of the page shows the airport identifier and type, name, city
Com/Nav
and region, the lat/lon coordinates of the airport, and the bearing (and direction
arrow) and distance to the airport from your present position. The center area
FPL
shows the airport elevation, fuel availability, and time zone.
Direct-To
1. While viewing the Waypoint Info page, touch the Airport
key.
Proc
2. Touch the Info key to display available information for the airport.
Wpt Info
Airport
Map Identifier, City,
& Type
Traffic
Airport Airport
Terrain
Information Lat/Lon
Figure 7-5 Waypoint Info Airport Page

Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

7.2.2 Preview Foreword
The Waypoint Info Airport Preview page provides detailed information about
Getting
the selected airport. Started
1. Touch the Preview key to view a map of the airport and Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
surrounding area.
2. Use the In and Out keys to zoom in and out on the Preview Com/Nav
map.
FPL
Touch & Move
Finger While
Pressing To Pan Map Direct-To
Airport Preview
Area Map Proc
Touch
To Zoom
Wpt Info
Figure 7-6 Waypoint Info Airport Map Page
Map
3. You may touch the map window and while pressing the display
drag your finger to move the map view.
Traffic
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

Foreword
7.2.3 Procedures
1. Touch the Procedures key to view details about procedures
Getting
Started
for the selected airport.
Airport
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl Identifier Touch, Hold,
& Drag Up Or
Com/Nav Down To Scroll
Touch To Return Approach

FPL Name & Type
To Previous Page
Direct-To Figure 7-7 Waypoint Info Airport Procedures Page
2. Touch the Up and Down keys to view additional procedures,

Proc
as needed.
Wpt Info 3. Touch one of the procedure keys to select it for the Procedures
function.
Map
Airport Identifier
Traffic
(Touch To Change) Approach Name
Terrain Touch To Select

Transition Channel And ID
Touch To Cancel
Weather Approach
Selection
Nearest
Touch To Preview Touch To Load Touch To Activate
Services/
Approach Approach Approach
Music
Figure 7-8 Waypoint Info Airport Arrival Information
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

7.2.4 Runways Foreword
Airport Identifier
Getting
Started
Runway Number.
Touch To Select Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Runway Detail
Runway Map Com/Nav
FPL
Pilot-Controlled
Lighting Freq. Touch Direct-To
To Place In Standby.
Figure 7-9 Waypoint Info Airport Runway Information Page Proc
1. Touch the Runways key to view information about the Wpt Info
available runways for the selected airport. The runway
identifiers, surface type, lighting with Pilot Controlled Lighting Map
(PCL) frequency, runway size, and traffic pattern direction are
shown. Traffic
2. Touch the Runway key to select a runway from the list. Touch
Terrain
the desired runway to select it.
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Figure 7-10 Waypoint Info Airport Runway Selection
3. Touch the PCL key to load the PCL frequency into the Com Messages
Standby location.
Symbols
Appendix
Index

Foreword
7.2.5 Frequencies
1. Touch the FREQ key to view details about available frequencies
Getting
Started
for the selected airport.
2. Touch the Up and Down keys to view additional frequencies,
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl as needed. A "c" symbol in a white circle will appear next to
frequencies that also function as the Common Traffic Advisory
Com/Nav
Frequency (CTAF).
FPL "c" Indicates

CTAF
Direct-To
Airport
Identifier, City,
& Airport Type
Proc
Frequency Name Touch And Drag
To Scroll
Wpt Info Touch For More Touch
Information To Scroll
Map
Touch Frequency
Key To Load Into
Traffic Com Standby
Figure 7-11 Waypoint Info Airport Frequency List Page
Terrain
3. Touch the Frequency key next to the frequency name to
Weather
load it as the Com or Nav standby frequency, depending on
frequency type.
Nearest 4. Some frequencies have more information available and will
indicate that below the frequency name.
Services/
Music
Touch Frequency
Utilities Key To Load Into
Com Standby
Additional
System Frequency
Information
Messages
Symbols
Figure 7-12 Waypoint Info Airport Frequency More Information
Appendix
Index

7.2.6 Weather (WX) Data Foreword
1. Touch the WX Data key on the Airport Waypoint Info page
to view textual METARs, City Forecast, and TAF weather Getting
Started
information available for the selected airport.
Audio &
Airport Identifier Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
Touch And Drag
Weather To Scroll
Information Touch To Scroll FPL
Pages
Direct-To
Figure 7-13 Waypoint Info Airport Weather Page
2. Touch the Up and Down keys to scroll through the Weather Proc
page information.
Wpt Info
7.2.7 NOTAM Pages
Map
1. Touch the NOTAMs key on the Airport Waypoint Info page to
view NOTAMS available for the selected airport. Traffic
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Figure 7-14 Waypoint Info Airport NOTAMs Page
2. Touch the Up and Down keys to view additional information, Services/
Music
as needed.
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

Foreword
7.2.8 Helipads
1. Touch the Helipads key on the Airport Waypoint Info page
Getting to view any information available for the selected helipad.
Started
Helipad information may not be complete or consistent due
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl to the data available from the 3rd party sources.
Com/Nav
FPL
Helipad
Direct-To Information
Proc
Wpt Info
Figure 7-15 Helipad Waypoint Info
Map 7.2.9 Nearest VRPs

1. Touch the NRST VRPs tab on the Airport Waypoint Info page
Traffic
to view a list of the visual reporting points that are located
near the selected airport.
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
Figure 7-16 Waypoint Info Airport NRST VRPs Page
System
2. Touch the Up and Down keys to view additional information,
as needed.
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

7.3 Intersection (INT) Foreword
The Intersection page of the Waypoint Info function provides a variety
Getting
of detailed information about the intersection. The top left area of the page Started
displays the Intersection identifier and region. The top center area shows the
Audio &
lat/lon coordinates of the Intersection and the bearing (with direction arrow) Xpdr Ctrl
and distance to the Intersection from your present position.
Com/Nav
Select another Waypoint by touching the Waypoint Identifier key, entering
the characters for the desired name with the alphanumeric keypad, and then FPL
touching the Enter key. You may also search through the list by touching the
Find key and then choosing from the existing list of waypoints by touching the Direct-To
desired waypoint from the list.
Proc
The center area of the page shows a map with the Intersection in the center.
1. While viewing the Waypoint Info page, touch the Intersection Wpt Info
key.
Map
Distance & Bearing To Intersection
From Current Position
Traffic
Intersection
Identifier
Terrain
Touch & Move Finger Intersection
While Pressing To Lat/Lon
Pan Map Weather
Touch To View Nearest VOR

Intersection Area Information Nearest
Map
Figure 7-17 Waypoint Info - Intersections Services/
Music
2. Touch Preview and then use the In and Out keys to zoom Utilities
in and out on the map. You may touch the map window and
while lightly pressing the display, drag your finger to move the System
map view.
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

Foreword
7.4 VOR
The VOR page of the Waypoint Info function provides a variety of detailed
Getting
Started information about the VOR. The top left area of the page displays the VOR
identifier, name, city and state, and region. The top center area shows the
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl lat/lon coordinates of the VOR and the bearing (with direction arrow) and distance
to the VOR from your present position. The top right area shows the frequency
Com/Nav
in a key. Select another Waypoint by touching the Waypoint Identifier key,
FPL
entering the characters for the desired name with the alphanumeric keypad, and
then touching the Enter key. You may also search through the list by touching
Direct-To the Find key and then choosing from the existing list of waypoints by touching
the desired waypoint from the list.
Proc The center area of the page shows a map with the VOR in the center.
Wpt Info 1. While viewing the Waypoint Info page, touch the VOR key.
VOR Identifier, Distance & Bearing To VOR
Map Symbol, & Name From Current Position
Traffic
VOR Location
Terrain & Region VOR Lat/Lon
VOR Class
Weather Magnetic Nearest Airport
Variation Information
Nearest Touch To View VOR Area Map VOR Frequency - Touch To
Insert Into Nav Standby
Services/
Music Figure 7-18 Waypoint Info - VORs
Utilities
2. Touch Preview and then use the In and Out keys to zoom
System
while lightly pressing the display, drag your finger to move the
Messages
map view.
3. Touch the Frequency key next to load it as the Nav standby
Symbols frequency.
Appendix
Index

7.5 VRP Foreword
NOTE: This feature is available in software v6.20 or later.

Getting
Started
NOTE: Visual Reporting Point database coverage is not available in all
Audio &
regions. Xpdr Ctrl
The VRP (Visual Reporting Point) page of the Waypoint Info function provides Com/Nav
information about the VRP. The top area shows the Lat/Lon coordinates of the
VRP and the bearing (with direction arrow) and distance to the VRP from your FPL
present position. Select another Waypoint by touching the Waypoint Identifier
key, entering the characters for the desired name with the alphanumeric keypad, Direct-To
and then touching the Enter key. You may also search through the list by
Proc
touching the Find key and then choosing from the existing list of waypoints by
touching the desired waypoint from the list. The center area of the page shows a
Wpt Info
map with the VRP in the center.
1. While viewing the Waypoint Info page, touch the VRP key. Map
Distance & Bearing From
Current Position Traffic
VRP Identifier,
Symbol, & Name Terrain
VRP Location & VRP Lat/Lon

Region Weather
Nearest Airport
Information Nearest
Services/
Map Scale Music
Figure 7-19 Waypoint Info - Visual Reporting Point Utilities
2. Use the In and Out keys to zoom in and out on the map. You
System
can touch the map window and while lightly pressing the
display, drag your finger to move the map view.
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

Foreword
7.6 NDB
The NDB page of the Waypoint Info function provides a variety of detailed
Getting
Started information about the NDB. The top left area of the page displays the NDB
identifier, name, city and state, and region. The top center area shows the
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl lat/lon coordinates of the NDB and the bearing (with direction arrow) and
distance to the NDB from your present position. The top right area shows the
Com/Nav
frequency in a key.
FPL Select another Waypoint by touching the Waypoint Identifier key, entering
the characters for the desired name with the alphanumeric keypad, and then
Direct-To touching the Enter key. You may also search through the list by touching the
Find key and then choosing from the existing list of waypoints by touching the
Proc desired waypoint from the list.
Wpt Info
The center area of the page shows a map with the NDB in the center.
1. While viewing the Waypoint Info page, touch the NDB key.
Map
NDB Identifier, Distance & Bearing To NDB
Symbol, & Name From Current Position
Traffic
Terrain
NDB Location &
Region NDB Lat/Lon
Weather Marker
Description Nearest Airport
Nearest Information
Services/
Touch To View NDB Area Map VOR Frequency - Touch To
Music Insert Into Nav Standby
Figure 7-20 Waypoint Info for NDBs
Utilities
2. Touch Preview and then use the In and Out keys to zoom
System
while pressing the display lightly drag your finger to move the
Messages
map view.
Symbols
Appendix
Index

7.7 User Waypoints Foreword
NOTE: User airport feature is available in software v6.50 and later. Getting
Started
In addition to the airport, VOR, NDB and intersection information contained
Audio &
in the navigation database, the GTN 6XX allows you to store up to 1,000 Xpdr Ctrl
user-defined waypoints. The User Waypoint Page displays the waypoint name
Com/Nav
(up to six characters long), location, and elevation (user airports only).
To minimize nuisance terrain alerting when landing at airports not in the FPL
navigation database, user waypoints may be configured as user airports. User
airports display on both the Waypoint Info and Nearest Airport pages. Direct-To
Delete Wpt
Proc
Distance & Bearing
Identifier, Symbol, To Wpt From
& References Current Position Wpt Info
Distance & Bearing

Edit Wpt To Wpt From Map
Reference Wpt
Touch To View
Area Map View All Wpts Traffic
Wpts Used Terrain
Figure 7-21 Waypoint Info for a User Waypoint

Weather
7.7.1 Select User Waypoint by Name
Nearest
1. While viewing the User Waypoint page, touch the User
Waypoint Name. Services/
Music
2. Use the keypad to select the characters for the name and then
touch Enter. Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

Foreword
7.7.2 Select User Waypoint from a List
1. While viewing the Waypoint Info page, touch the User WPT
Getting
Started
key.
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl 2. Touch the View List key and then use the Up and Down
keys to view the waypoints on the list.
Com/Nav
FPL User
Waypoint
List Name User
Direct-To Waypoint
List
User
Proc Waypoint
Name
Wpt Info Figure 7-22 Waypoint Info User Waypoint List
Map
7.7.3 Edit User Waypoint
1. Select the desired User Waypoint and touch the Edit key.
Traffic 2. Touch the key for the desired information and make changes
as needed.
Terrain
7.7.4 Delete User Waypoint
Weather
1. Select the desired User Waypoint and touch the Delete key.
Nearest 2. Touch the OK key to confirm deleting the selected waypoint.
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

7.7.5 Delete All User Waypoints Foreword
1. While viewing the Wapoint Info page, touch the User
Waypoint Key. Getting
Started
2. Touch the View List key and then touch the Menu key to
Audio &
open the User Waypoints Menu. Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
FPL
Direct-To
Touch To Filter Touch To Delete All User
Waypoints to Delete Waypoints
Proc
Figure 7-23 User Waypoints Menu
3. Touch the Filter key to select which type of user waypoints Wpt Info
to delete: All, Basic, or Mark On Target.

Map
4. Touch the Delete All key to delete all of the user waypoints.
Traffic
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

Foreword
7.8 Create Waypoint
User waypoints are created from the Create User Waypoint page. To create a
Getting
Started new user waypoint, simply enter its name (identifier) and position, or reference
another waypoint by radial and distance.
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl Touch To Set
As User Airport
Com/Nav
Touch To View
Waypoint Name Area Map
FPL
Waypoint Temporary
Direct-To Comment Waypoint
Touch To Setup Touch To Set User
Proc Ref Wpt Airport Elevation
Wpt Info
Figure 7-24 Waypoint Info - Create User Waypoint
1. From the Waypoint Info page, touch the Create Wpt key.
Map
2. Touch the User Identifier key.
Traffic 3. Use the keypad to type the waypoint name (up to six characters)
and then touch Enter.
Terrain
User Waypoint Backspace
Name Key Clears
Weather Wpt Name
Alphanumeric
Nearest Keypad For
Selected Range Touch Enter
After Creating
Services/ Name
Music
Selected
Utilities Character Range
Figure 7-25 Waypoint Info - Create User Waypoint Name
System
4. If desired, touch the Airport key to make the waypoint a user
Messages airport.
5. Touch the Comment key to add a short comment for the new
Symbols waypoint.
6. Touch the Position key and then Lat/Lon, Radial/Radial,
Appendix
or Radial/Distance to assign the type. See the following
Index
instructions for more detail.

Touch to Select the Foreword
Desired Waypoint
Reference Type Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Figure 7-26 Waypoint Info - Create User Waypoint Type
Com/Nav
7. If desired, touch the Temporary? key to create the waypoint
for only temporary use. Temporary waypoints will be removed
FPL
when the power is cycled.
8. For user airports, touch the Elevation key and specify airport Direct-To
elevation.
9. When finished with all selections, touch the Create key to Proc
create the new waypoint.

Wpt Info
7.8.1 Mark On Target
Map
Traffic
If an external Mark On Target (MOT) switch is installed, pressing that switch
will result in the creation of a User waypoint called MOTxxx at the point in space
Terrain
where the MOT switch was pushed. The waypoints are created in increasing
numeric order up to number 999, at which point they will start replacing Weather
existing waypoints at the beginning of the list.
When a Mark on Target waypoint is created, it may not be immediately Nearest
visible on the moving map page because the ownship icon will be directly on
Services/
top of the waypoint. Creation of the waypoint can be verified by changing zoom Music
scales on the map or viewing the User Waypoints page.
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

Foreword
7.8.2 Waypoint Location Based on LAT/LON
1. From the Create User Waypoint page, touch the Position
Getting key and then the LAT/LON key. Next, touch the
Started
Latitude/Longitude value key.
Audio & Touch to Select
Xpdr Ctrl Lat/Lon Waypoint
Reference Type
Com/Nav
Touch to Select
FPL Lat/Lon Values
Direct-To Figure 7-27 Waypoint Info - Create User Waypoint Type - LAT/LON
2. The Lat/Lon coordinate values will be highlighted. Touch the
Proc
Lat or Lon key to toggle selection of the hemisphere values
and highlight the selected value. The Large knob may also be
Wpt Info
used for cursor movement and characters selected with the
Small knob. Use the Large knob to backspace or move the
Map
cursor to the left.
Touch to Select Touching The Lat Key Activates The Latitude
Traffic Hemisphere Value Hemisphere Value for The Selection
Touch to Select Touch to Toggle
Terrain Lat/Lon Selection
LAT/LON Format
Touch to Select
Weather Numeric Values
Nearest
Figure 7-28 Waypoint Info - Set Lat/Lon Coordinates
Services/ 3. Touch the desired hemisphere keys to select the desired values.
Music
After selecting the hemisphere value, the cursor will advance to
Utilities the first character of the adjacent numeric value for selection.
Even when the hemisphere values are highlighted, touching
System a valid numeric key will always place the cursor at the first
numeric value.
Messages 4. When finished with the Lat/Long selections, touch the Enter
key.
Symbols
5. When finished with all selections, touch the Create key to
Appendix
Index

7.8.3 Waypoint Location Based on Two Radials Foreword
1. From the Create User Waypoint page, touch the Position key
and then the Radial/Radial key. Getting
Started
Touch to Select
Audio &
Radial/Radial Waypoint Xpdr Ctrl
Reference Type
Com/Nav
Reference Wpts Radial Values
FPL
Figure 7-29 Waypoint Info - Create User Waypoint Type - Radial/Radial
Direct-To
2. Touch a Ref Wpt key and use the alphanumeric keypad to
select the desired identifier. Proc
3. Touch the upper Radial key and use the numeric keypad to
select the desired value. Wpt Info
4. Touch the Enter key. Map
5. When finished with all selections, touch the Create key to

Traffic
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

Foreword
7.8.4 Waypoint Location Based on Radial and Distance
1. From the Create User Waypoint page, touch the Position key
Getting
Started
and then the Radial/Distance key.
Audio & Touch to Select

Xpdr Ctrl Radial/Distance Waypoint
Reference Type
Com/Nav
Reference Wpts Distance Values
FPL
Touch to Select
Direct-To Radial Values
Figure 7-30 Waypoint Info - Create User Waypoint Type - Radial/Distance
Proc
2. From the Create User Waypoint page, touch the Ref Wpt
Wpt Info key and use the alphanumeric keypad to select the desired
identifier.
Map
3. Touch the Radial key and use the numeric keypad to select
the desired value.
Traffic
4. Touch the Distance key and use the numeric keypad to select
Terrain the desired value.
5. Touch the Enter key.
Weather
Nearest 6. Touch the Create WPT key to save the new waypoint.
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

7.9 Import User Waypoints (Datacard) Foreword

Getting
Started
The GTN can import user generated waypoints from a file on the datacard.
Audio &
The created waypoints will be at the latitude and longitude specified in the file Xpdr Ctrl
with the specified name and comment. This function overwrites any existing
user waypoints with the same name. Com/Nav
When a user waypoint file is on the datacard, a key will be available on the FPL
Waypoint Info page for importing user waypoints.
1. Insert a datacard with the User waypoints into the GTN. Direct-To
2. From the Waypoint Info page, touch the Import Waypoints

Proc
key.
3. Touch OK to acknowledge the pop-up to import all of the user
Wpt Info
waypoints in the file.
Map
Traffic
Terrain
Weather
Figure 7-31 Start User Waypoint Import
4. The pilot is informed of the status of the user waypoint import
Nearest
via one of the following system messages.
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

Foreword Message Description
USER WAYPOINT IMPORT - User All user waypoints were imported
Getting
Started waypoints were imported successfully. successfully.
Audio &
USER WAYPOINT IMPORT - User User waypoint import failed due to
Xpdr Ctrl waypoint import failed. improper file format.
Com/Nav
USER WAYPOINT IMPORT - User User waypoint catalog is full and the
waypoint import failed. User waypoint requested user waypoints could not be
FPL
database is full. imported.
USER WAYPOINT IMPORT - User User waypoints imported and existing
Direct-To waypoints imported waypoints are used instead of creating
successfully - existing waypoints reused. duplicate waypoints. This occurs when
Proc a waypoint to be imported is within
0.001° latitude and longitude of an
Wpt Info existing user waypoint (roughly a few
hundred feet, depending on latitude).
Map
Table 7-1 User Waypoint Import Messages
Traffic For more detail on importing user waypoints, visit flyGarmin.com.
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

8 MAP Foreword
The Map page is used to provide situational awareness in flight. The Map
page can display the following information: Getting
Started
• Airports, NAVAIDs, airspace, • Flight plan legs
Audio &
airways, land data (highways, cities, • Topography scale Xpdr Ctrl
lakes, rivers, borders, etc.) with
names • Topography data Com/Nav
• Wind direction and speed • NEXRAD (or Precip) Weather (Opt.)

• Terrain Overlay FPL
• Icons for enabled map features
• Aircraft icon (with the nose • Traffic Overlay Direct-To
representing present position) • Fuel range ring (SW v6.00 or later)
• Nav range ring • Track vector (SW v6.20 or later) Proc
Wpt Info
Map Menu Active Flight
Options Plan Leg
Map
North Indicator
Map Orientation Aircraft Symbol
(Present Position) Traffic
Back to Range Keys
Previous Page Touch to Zoom Terrain
In and Out
Nav Range Ring Map Scale
Weather
Figure 8-1 Map Page Description
Nearest
NOTE: The electronic map is an aid to navigation and is designed to
facilitate the use of authorized government charts, not replace them. Services/
Land and water data is provided only as a general reference. The accuracy Music
of the land and water data is not suitable for use as a primary source of
Utilities
navigation and should only be used to supplement official government
charts and notices.
System
The following information describes the ownship symbol Messages
behavior in a helicopter that does not have a source of magnetic

Symbols
heading information connected to the GTN.
Appendix
Index

When greater than 15 knots groundspeed the map is oriented either north
Foreword
up with ownship oriented to its current track or track up. When less than 15 kts
Getting
groundspeed, the directional ownship icon is replaced with a non-directional
Started icon because it can't be determined if the rotorcraft is going sideways or
Audio &
backwards. The map will continue to orient to the current track if the map
Xpdr Ctrl is selected for Track Up. If the map is oriented to track up, then below 5 kts
groundspeed the map orientation will "latch" to the last valid track prior to the
Com/Nav groudspeed going below 5 kts. The map will reorient when the groundspeed
again exceeds 5 kts. The position of the ownship icon over the map is always the
FPL
current GPS position of the aircraft.
Direct-To
Proc
Wpt Info
Map Overlays Topo Graphically Edit FPL
Map Airways Map Pointer - Create Wpt
Terrain
NEXRAD (or PRECIP)*
Traffic
StormScope*
Traffic*
Terrain
Map Setup Map
Aviation
Weather
Land
Airspace
Nearest Traffic*
Weather*
Services/
Music Map User Fields Change User Fields
Restore Defaults
Utilities
Map Detail
System
* Optional
Messages Figure 8-2 Map Page Functional Diagram
Symbols
Appendix
Index

8.1 Map Menu Foreword
The Map Menu provides the ability to modify and control the information
displayed on the Map page. Getting
Started
• Map Overlays are selected to overlay various types of information over the
Audio &
base map. Xpdr Ctrl
• Map Setup modifies the display of other map features. Com/Nav

• Map User Fields determines whether or not the fields in the corners of the
Map page are displayed and the data shown in each corner. FPL
• Map Detail lets you control the amount of information displayed at different Direct-To
map ranges.
• Restore Defaults lets you start all over again with the default values for Map Proc
User Fields.
Wpt Info
NOTE: Changes made in the Map Menu take effect immediately on the
map display. Map
1. From the Home page, touch Map to reach the Map page, and
Traffic
then touch the Menu key.
Terrain
Map Overlay
Selections Weather
Nearest
Touch To Edit Map Setup
Touch and Drag Finger To Services/
Adjust Map Detail Level Music
Touch To Edit Map Utilities

User Fields (Corners)
Return Map User Fields To
Default Values System
Figure 8-3 Map Menu

Messages
2. Touch the key for the desired option to access its settings.
3. Touch the Back key to return to the Map page. Any changes Symbols
made will be retained until changed.
Appendix
Index

Foreword
8.1.1 Map Overlays
Map Overlays are layers of information that are referenced to geographic
Getting location and are overlayed on the base map. A green bar will appear below
Started
the Map Overlay key text when the overlay is selected, except for Airways and
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
NEXRAD.
NOTE: Map overlay keys do not turn on or activate equipment necessary
Com/Nav
for the overlay to function. Map overlay keys may remain available even
if the information necessary for the overlay is not available. For example:
FPL
the Radar overlay key is available even if the radar is turned off.
Direct-To NOTE: Map overlays for StormScope or Traffic are prevented from
being overlaid on the main map without a heading source or while User
Proc Navigation Angles are selected.
Wpt Info 8.1.1.1 Overlay Priority

The data overlayed on the map is displayed according the following priorities
Map (from highest to lowest):
Traffic
1 - Traffic 10 - Cell Movement 19 - AIREPS 28 - NEXRAD
2 - Ownship 11 - Lightning 20 - City Forecast 29- Cloud Tops
Terrain 3 - Flight Plan 12 - METARs 21 - Surface 30 - IR Satellite
Analysis
Weather 4 - TAWS Alerts 13 - Winds Aloft 22 - Airspace 31 - SafeTaxi
5 - Stormscope 14 - SIGMETs 23 - Waypoints 32 - Terrain
Nearest
6 - Obstacles 15 - AIRMETs 24 - Airways 33 - Base Map
Services/ 7 - Fuel Range Ring 16 - Cyclone 25 - Turbulence 34 - Topo
Music
Warning
Utilities 8 - TFRs 17 - County 26 - Icing Potential
Warning
System
9 - Freezing Levels 18 - PIREPs 27 - Echo Tops
Messages
Table 8-1 Data Overlay Priority
Symbols
Appendix
Index

8.1.1.2 Topo
Foreword
The Topo Data option selects whether the colored topographical features are
displayed. Traffic, Land Data, Terrain, and Obstacles will still be displayed even Getting
Started
with Topo Data turned off.
1. While viewing the Map Menu, touch Map Overlays key, and Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
then the TOPO Map Overlay key to toggle the Topo setting.
Com/Nav
FPL
Direct-To
Topo Map Overlay Off Topo Map Overlay On
Figure 8-4 Topo Map Overlay Selections Proc
2. When the Topo Map Overlay is toggled off, all topographic

color features are removed. Wpt Info
8.1.1.3 Airways Map

The Airways option allows you to select the airways that are shown on the
Map page. All, Low only, and High only Airways may be selected. When Off is Traffic
selected, airways will not be shown.
1. While viewing the Map Menu, touch Map Overlays key, Terrain
and then the Airways Map Overlay key to select the Airways
Weather
viewed. Selections are: Off, Low, High, and All.
Nearest
Low Airway Services/

Music
High Airway Utilities
System
Figure 8-5 Airways Map Overlay Messages

2. Low Airways are shown as gray lines. High Airways are shown
as green lines. Symbols
Appendix
Index

8.1.1.4 Terrain
Foreword
The Terrain Data option selects whether Terrain Data is shown on the Map
Getting page. Terrain and NEXRAD weather may not be displayed at the same time.
Started
Selecting one will disable the other. A Terrain icon will indicate that the Terrain
Audio & overlay has been selected. Terrain overlay colors may or may not be shown
Xpdr Ctrl
depending on the altitude of the aircraft.
Com/Nav 1. While viewing the Map Menu, touch Map Overlays key, and
then the Terrain Map Overlay key to toggle the view of Terrain
FPL data.
Red Terrain - At or
Direct-To Within 100 ft below
Aircraft Altitude
Proc Yellow Terrain - Between
100 ft and 1000 ft below
current aircraft altitude
Wpt Info
Map Icon Shows Terrain Overlay

Is Active
Traffic Figure 8-6 Terrain Map Overlay
2. The colors of the terrain are referenced to your aircraft altitude.
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

8.1.1.5 NEXRAD (Optional)
Foreword
The NEXRAD menu option allows the display of NEXRAD Precip weather
information overlayed on the Map page. Terrain and NEXRAD Precip weather Getting
Started
may not be displayed at the same time. Selecting one will disable the other.
NEXRAD Precip weather is an optional feature that requires the installation of Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
a GDL 69/69A, GDL 88, GTX 345, or GSR 56 and an appropriate Weather
subscription. Only one weather source can be displayed at a time (i.e., FIS-B and Com/Nav
XM cannot be displayed on the map simultaneously. See the Weather section for
more detail. FPL
While viewing the Map Menu, touch the NEXRAD Map Overlay
Direct-To
key to toggle the view of NEXRAD weather data.
Proc
NEXRAD
Product Age Wpt Info
NEXRAD
Weather Map
Figure 8-7 NEXRAD Map Overlay Traffic
8.1.1.6 StormScope® (Optional) Terrain

The WX-500 StormScope Weather Mapping Sensor is a passive weather
avoidance system that detects electrical discharges associated with thunderstorms Weather
within a 200 NM radius of the aircraft. The StormScope measures relative
bearing and distance of thunderstorm-related electrical activity and reports the Nearest
information to the display. Stormscope and XM Lightning are mutually exclusive. Services/
Music
NOTE: The StormScope map overlay is only displayed if valid aircraft
heading information is available. Refer to the WX-500 Pilot’s Guide for a Utilities
detailed description of the WX-500 StormScope.
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

1. While viewing the Map Menu, touch the StormScope Map
Foreword
Overlay key to show the menu for selecting a StormScope radar
Getting
weather data display mode: Cell, Strike, Off, or Clear Strikes.
Started Touch the desired function.
Audio & 2. StormScope data displays on the Map page. See section 11.2
Xpdr Ctrl for more details.
Com/Nav
FPL
Direct-To Icon Shows StormScope

Overlay Is Active
Proc Figure 8-8 StormScope Map Overlay
Wpt Info
8.1.1.7 Traffic (Optional)
The Traffic Map Overlay option selects whether Traffic data is shown on the
Map Map page. A Traffic icon will indicate that the Traffic overlay has been selected.
Traffic may or may not be shown depending on the other aircraft's location and
Traffic equipment. See section 9 for more detail.
While viewing the Map Menu, touch the Traffic Map Overlay key
Terrain to toggle the view of Traffic data.
Weather
Icon Shows Traffic Overlay
Is Active
Nearest
Non-Threat Traffic Indication.
Currently 1200 Ft Above And
Services/ Rising
Music
Icon Shows Aircraft Is
Receiving TIS Traffic From
Utilities
Ground Stations When A
GDL 88 Is Connected
System (GTN software v5.11 or
earlier)
Messages Figure 8-9 Traffic Map Overlay
Symbols
Appendix
Index

8.1.2
190-01004-03 Rev. N
Orientation Airport Range Road Detail Smart Airspace Range Weather Source
Map Setup
North Up Above SafeTaxi Diagrams City Detail Show Airspaces Type Cell Movement
Visual APPR Sel Runway Extensions State/Province Names Class B/TMA Range Restore Defaults METAR
Auto Zoom Intersection Range River/Lake Detail Class C/TCA Range Cloud Tops
Auto Zoom Min NDB Range Restore Defaults Class D Range Echo Tops
Auto Zoom Max VOR Range Restricted Range Lightning
Track Vector Length VRP Range MOA (Military) Range Restore Defaults
Altitude Constraints User Waypoint Range Other/ADIZ Range

Nav Range Ring Airway Range Restore Defaults
Fuel Range Ring TFRs
Fuel Reserve Time Restore Defaults
Figure 8-10 Map Setup Functional Diagram

Topo Scale
Point Obstacle Rng
Wire Obstacle Rng
Chart Color
Restore Defaults
8-9
FPL
Proc
Map
Index
Music
Traffic
Terrain
System
Started
Getting
Utilities
Nearest
Symbols
Audio &
Weather
Services/
Wpt Info
Direct-To
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
Foreword
Appendix
Messages
The Map page is customized by selecting groups from the Map Menu. The
Foreword
Map Menu groups include choices for Map, Aviation, Land, Airspace, Traffic,
Getting and Weather groups depending on the installed equipment of a given aircraft.
Started
Each group has a list of options that vary with the group.
Audio & 1. While viewing the Map page, touch the Menu key. Then, touch
Xpdr Ctrl
the Map Setup key. The Map Setup page will be displayed.
Com/Nav
Map Group
Setup Options
FPL Group
Direct-To
Group
Proc
Option
Details
Wpt Info
Figure 8-11 Map Setup Page

Map
2. Touch the desired Map Setup Group tab (Map, Aviation, Land,
Traffic Airspace, Traffic, or Weather) to display the set of group options.
3. Touch the desired group key. A list of options for the selected
Terrain
group will be shown. (i.e., Map - Orientation, North Up Above,
Auto Zoom, etc.) Touch the Up or Down keys as needed to
Weather
scroll through the list.
Nearest 4. Touch the key for the selected option.
5. Touch the Restore Defaults key to return to the original
Services/
Music default values for the selected option.
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

8.1.2.1 Map
Foreword
The Map option defines the behavior and display of information on the Map
page such as: Orientation, North Up Above, Auto Zoom, Nav Range Ring, Topo Getting
Started
Scale, Obstacle Range, and Restore Defaults. The default values are shown in
bold type. Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Feature Selection
Com/Nav
Orientation North Up, Track Up, Heading Up
Off, 10 NM, 15 NM, 25 NM, 40 NM, 50 NM, 75 NM, FPL
North Up Above
100 NM, 150 NM, 250 NM
Off, 2.5 NM, 4 NM, 5 NM, 7.5 NM,10 NM, Direct-To
Visual APPR Selector
15 NM,25 NM
Proc
Auto Zoom Off, On
250 ft, 400 ft, 500 ft, 750 ft, 1000 ft, 1500 ft, 2500 ft, Wpt Info
0.5 NM, 0.75 NM, 1 NM, 1.5 NM, 2.5 NM, 4 NM, 5
Auto Zoom Min
NM, 7.5 NM, 10 NM, 15 NM, 25 NM, 40 NM, 50 NM, Map
75 NM, 100 NM, 150 NM, 250 NM, 400 NM
250 ft, 400 ft, 500 ft, 750 ft, 1000 ft, 1500 ft, 2500 ft, Traffic
0.5 NM, 0.75 NM, 1 NM, 1.5 NM, 2.5 NM, 4 NM, 5 NM,
Auto Zoom Max
7.5 NM, 10 NM, 15 NM, 25 NM, 40 NM, 50 NM, Terrain
75 NM, 100 NM, 150 NM, 250 NM, 400 NM

Weather
Track Vector Length OFF, 30 SEC, 60 SEC, 2 MIN, 5 MIN, 10 MIN, 20 MIN
Altitude Constraints Off, Selected Only, Selected & Active, All Nearest
Nav Range Ring Off, On
Services/
Fuel Range Ring Off, On Music
Fuel Reserve Time 30 MIN, 45 MIN, 60 MIN, 90 MIN
Utilities
Topo Scale Off, On
Point Obstacle Range Off, 4 NM, 5 NM, 7.5 NM, 10 NM, 15 NM System
Wire Obstacle Range Off, 1 NM, 1.5 NM, 2.5 NM

Messages
Restore Defaults Returns values to original factory settings
Table 8-2 Map Setup Map Options
Symbols
Appendix
Index

Map Orientation
Foreword
The Map Orientation selection sets the orientation of the Map page. Selections
Getting are North Up, Track Up, and Heading Up. A Map Orientation label is shown below
Started
the North indicator (reference to True North) in the top left corner of the Map page.
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
Selected Orientation
FPL
Direct-To
Figure 8-12 Map Setup Map Orientation

Proc
North Up Above
Wpt Info The North Up Above option allows you to select the map range where at
and above the selected value the Map Orientation will automatically change
Map to North Up as a default. For example, with the 500 NM value selected in the
figure below, when the map range is 500 NM or more, the map orientation will
Traffic
automatically become North Up.
Terrain
Weather Selected North Up

Range
Nearest
Services/ Figure 8-13 North Up Above Range Selection

Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

Visual Approach Selector
Foreword
This option allows you to select the range at which the Visual Approach
Selector becomes active. When the aircraft is within a specified distance of the Getting
Started
destination airport, the Visual key automatically appears in the bottom left
Audio &
corner of the map. Any values displaying in this area are obscured while the key Xpdr Ctrl
is active. To disable this feature, select OFF.
Com/Nav
For visual approach procedures, refer to section 6.13.
FPL
Direct-To
Touch to Select Proc

Visual Approach for
Destination
Wpt Info
Figure 8-14 Visual Approach Key
Auto Zoom Map
With a valid flight plan, the Auto Zoom feature will automatically change the
Map page range depending on the distance to the next waypoint in the flight Traffic
plan. If enabled, it will also automatically zoom to the SafeTaxi zoom range
when the aircraft is on the ground. Auto Zoom can be overridden at any time by Terrain
manually zooming with the In and Out keys. The Auto Zoom Min selection sets
the minimum range that the display will Zoom in. The Auto Zoom Max value sets Weather
the maximum range the display will Zoom out.
Auto Zoom is re-enabled once one of the following conditions is met: Nearest
• A waypoint is sequenced Services/

Music
• The aircraft transitions from “on ground” to “in air”
• A point is reached where the Auto Zoom range matches the manual override Utilities
range (known as auto-sync) and will be noted as “Auto” above the map
range value on the map page System
• Auto Zoom is toggled off and back on in the Map Setup page
Messages
1. While viewing the Map Setup - Map selection, touch the Auto
Zoom key to toggle it On or Off.
Symbols
2. When Auto Zoom is On the Auto Zoom Min and Max values
will be used. Appendix
NOTE: Rotorcraft use a Local Auto Zoom function where Auto Zoom will remain
at the 1500 ft zoom scale until the rotorcraft is above 400 ft GSL or 40 kts. Index

Auto Zoom Min
Foreword
Set the limit that the display will zoom in automatically.
Getting
Started
Audio & Selected Minimum

Xpdr Ctrl
Auto Zoom Range
Com/Nav
FPL Figure 8-15 Map Setup Minimum Auto Zoom Range

Auto Zoom Max
Direct-To Set the limit that the display will zoom out automatically.
Proc
Selected Maximum
Wpt Info Auto Zoom Range
Map
Figure 8-16 Map Setup Maximum Auto Zoom Range

Traffic
Track Vector
Terrain NOTE: This feature is available in software v6.20 and later.
Weather
When turned on, the track vector is depicted as a cyan line extending
from the nose of the aircraft in the direction of movement. The length of
the track vector represents the path the aircraft will follow if the present
Nearest speed and direction are maintained for the time configured in the Track
Vector Length setting.
Services/
Music
Utilities Track Vector
System
Messages
Figure 8-17 Track Vector
Symbols
Appendix
Index

Altitude Constraints
Foreword
Getting
Started
Enabling this feature displays altitude constraints from the flight plan. The
active constraint is the altitude to which VNAV is currently providing guidance. Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
For more information about altitude constraints, refer to section 4.3.3.
Com/Nav
Active
Altitude
Constraint FPL
To view a
constraint Direct-To
value, select
the associated Proc
waypoint
Wpt Info
Figure 8-18 Altitude Constraints Map
Traffic
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

Nav Range Ring
Foreword
When turned on, the Nav Range Ring option will show a ring with a compass
Getting rose oriented to magnetic north around your present position on the Map page.
Started
Audio & Nav Range Ring

Xpdr Ctrl
Current Position
Com/Nav
Nav Range Ring Range
FPL
Figure 8-19 Nav Range Ring
Direct-To Fuel Range Ring
Proc NOTE: This feature is available in software v6.00 and later.
When interfaced with a fuel computer, the GTN can display a fuel range ring
Wpt Info
which shows an estimate of the remaining flight distance at the current fuel
Map
consumption rate and groundspeed. If either fuel quantity or fuel flow sensor
data is not received, the GTN will use the Fuel on Board or Fuel Flow values
Traffic on the Utilities – Fuel Planning page. If both fuel quantity and fuel flow are not
received by the GTN, the Fuel Range Ring will be removed. A dashed green
Terrain circle indicates the selected range to reserve fuel. A solid yellow circle indicates
the total endurance range.
Weather
Total Endurance Range
Nearest Total Endurance Time

Time To Reserve Fuel
Services/
Music
Range To Reserve Fuel
Utilities
System
Figure 8-20 Fuel Range Ring
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

TOPO Scale
Foreword
The Topo Scale option selects whether the elevation scale for topographical
features on the Map page is displayed. The scale will be located on the left side Getting
Started
of the display.
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
FPL
Direct-To
Proc
Wpt Info
Map
Figure 8-21 Map Page Topo Scale
Traffic
Point Obstacle Range
The Point Obstacle Range option selects whether the Point Obstacle Data is Terrain
shown on the Map page at and below the selected Point Obstacle range. Map
Weather
ranges above this value will not show the Point Obstacle Data. An obstacle with
an asterisk indicates a group of the same obstacle type.
Nearest
Unlighted Obstacle Lighted Obstacle Unlighted Obstacle Lighted Obstacle
(Height is less than (Height is less (Height is greater (Height is greater than Services/
Music
1000 ft AGL) than 1000 ft AGL) than 1000 ft AGL) 1000 ft AGL)
Utilities
System
Table 8-3 Navigation Map Point Obstacle Icons by Elevation
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

Foreword Tower Windmill Windmill in Group Power Line
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl Table 8-4 Obstacle Icon Types
Com/Nav
Color Description
FPL
None Lines are removed when they are more than 2000 ft below the
aircraft.
Direct-To White Lines are white when they are within 2000 ft below the aircraft.
Amber Lines are amber when they are within 1000 ft below the aircraft.
Proc
Red Lines are red when they are within 100 ft below or above the
altitude of the airplane.
Wpt Info
Table 8-5 Fixed Wing Color Scheme for Obstacles and Wires
Map
Color Description
Traffic
None Lines are removed when they are more than 500 ft below the
rotorcraft.
Terrain White Lines are white when they are within 500 ft below the rotorcraft.
Amber Lines are amber when they are within 250 ft below the rotorcraft.
Weather
Red Lines are red when they are at or above the altitude of the
rotorcraft.
Nearest
Table 8-6 Rotorcraft Color Scheme for Obstacles and Wires
Services/
Music Grouped obstacles are shown with an asterisk. The color of the asterisks
is tied to the relative altitude of the highest obstacle in the group, not other
Utilities obstacles within that group. Obstacles are grouped when they would otherwise
overlap.
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

1. While viewing the Map function, touch the Menu key.
Foreword
Getting
2. Touch the Map Setup key and then with the Map tab Started
highlighted drag the list down or use the Down key to show
Audio &
the Obstacle Range. Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
FPL
Touch To Select
Obstacle Range Direct-To
Figure 8-22 Map Setup For Obstacle Range Proc
3. Touch the Point Obstacle Range key and select the maximum Wpt Info
range where obstacles will be displayed.
Map
Traffic
Selected Obstacle Range
Terrain
Weather
Figure 8-23 Select Obstacle Display Range
Nearest
Lighted Obstacle
Services/
Unlighted Obstacle Music
Grouped Obstacles
Utilities
Current Position
System
Active Obstacle
Overlay Types *
Messages
Figure 8-24 Navigation Map Point Obstacles
* The icon on the left shows that the point obstacle overlay is Symbols
active. The icon on the right shows that the wire obstacle overlay
is active. These icons are available in software v5.12 or later. Appendix
Index

4. Touch an obstacle on the map and the elevation will be shown.
Foreword
If there are nearby or overlayed objects (obstacle, airspace,
Getting airport, etc), touch the Next key to step through the nearby
Started objects.
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl Detail at Cursor
Point
Com/Nav Selected Obstacle
Info and Type
FPL Touch To Step To
Next Nearby Obstacle Selected
Direct-To
Obstacle
Proc
Figure 8-25 Point Obstacle Detail
Wpt Info 5. Touch the Back key to return to the normal map view.
Map
Wire Obstacle Range
Traffic The Wire Obstacle Range option selects whether the power lines are shown
on the Map page at and below the selected Wire Obstacle range. Map ranges
Terrain above this value will not show the Wire Obstacle Data.
Weather NOTE: This feature is available in software v5.10 and later and requires
the use of obstacle databases that contain wire obstacle data.
Nearest
TAWS Alert
Services/ Selected
Music Detail at Obstacle
Cursor Point
Utilities
Wire
Obstacle
System
Messages
Figure 8-26 Wire Obstacles

Symbols
Restore Defaults
Appendix Returns values to the original factory settings.
Index

8.1.2.2 Aviation
Foreword
The Aviation group selection from the Map Setup Page Menu allows you
to customize the display of Active Flight Plan, Active Flight Plan Waypoints, Getting
Started
Airport size range, SafeTaxi information, Runway Extensions, Intersection/NDB
locations, VOR locations, Airspace Detail, and TFR icons on the Map page. The Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
feature will be shown at map ranges of the selected value and lower. The options
for each feature are shown in the following table. The default values are shown Com/Nav
in bold type.
FPL
Feature Selection
Off, 7.5 NM, 10 NM, 15 NM, 25 NM, 40 NM, 50 NM, 75 NM, Direct-To
Airport Range
100 NM, 150 NM
Proc
Heliports (Optional) Off, On
Off, 1000 ft, 1500 ft, 2500 ft, 0.5 NM, 0.75 NM, 1 NM, Wpt Info
SafeTaxi Diagrams
1.5 NM
Runway Extensions Off, 1 NM, 1.5 NM, 2.5 NM, 4 NM, 5 NM Map
Off, 0.75 NM, 1 NM, 1.5 NM, 2.5 NM, 4 NM, 5 NM, 7.5 NM,
Intersection Range Traffic
10 NM
Off, 0.75 NM, 1 NM, 1.5 NM, 2.5 NM, 4 NM, 5 NM,
NDB Range Terrain
7.5 NM, 10 NM
Off, 10 NM, 15 NM, 25 NM, 40 NM, 50 NM, 75 NM, Weather
VOR Range
100 NM
Off, 0.75 NM, 1 NM, 1.5 NM, 2.5 NM, 4 NM, 5 NM, 7.5 NM, Nearest
VRP Range
10 NM
Services/
Off, 0.75 NM, 1 NM, 1.5 NM, 2.5 NM, 4 NM, 5 NM, 7.5 NM, Music
User Wpt Range
10 NM, 15 NM, 25 NM, 40 NM, 50 NM, 75 NM, 100 NM
Utilities
Airspace Detail None, Least, Less, Normal, More, Most
Airway Range 2.5 NM, 4 NM, 5 NM, 7.5 NM, 10 NM, 15 NM, 25 NM System
TFR Off, On
Messages
Table 8-7 Map Setup Aviation Options
Symbols
NOTE: The term “intersection range” means any GPS waypoint included
in the navigation database, and includes waypoints that may not be Appendix
intersections of two VOR radials.
Index

Foreword Airport Size Size Criteria Display Criteria
Longest runway length
Getting Small airports and heliports are displayed
Started is less than 5000 feet,
on the map when the Map Range is less
Small unless it has a tower
Audio & than or equal to 1/4 times the Airport
Xpdr Ctrl frequency, in which case
Range Setting.
it is a Medium Airport.
Com/Nav
Longest runway length
is less than 8100 feet Medium airports are displayed on the
FPL
but greater than or map when the Map Range is less than
Medium
equal to 5000 feet or or equal to 1/2 times the Airport Range
Direct-To
less than 8100 feet and Setting.
Proc
has a tower frequency.
Longest runway length Large airports are displayed on the map
Wpt Info Large is greater than or equal when the Map Range is less than or
to 8100 feet. equal to the Airport Range Setting.
Map Table 8-8 Airport Display Range Setting
Traffic NOTE: The Airport Range Setting of "Off" means airports are never displayed.
Heliports are displayed on the map page if the Heliport Display Setting is
Terrain
"On" and the Map Range is less than or equal to 1/4 times the Airport
Range Setting.
Weather
8.1.2.3 Land
Nearest The Land Data option selects whether detailed land features, such as Freeways,
National Highways, Local Roads, Cities, States/Provinces, and Rivers/Lakes are
Services/ displayed. Topo features, traffic, terrain, and obstacles will still be displayed,
Music
even with Land Data turned off. The options for each feature are shown in the
Utilities following table. The default values are shown in bold type.
Feature Selection
System
Road Detail None, Least, Less, Normal, More, Most
Messages
City Detail None, Least, Less, Normal, More, Most
State/Province Names Off, On
Symbols River/Lake Detail None, Least, Less, Normal, More, Most
Appendix
Table 8-9 Map Setup Land Options
Index

8.1.2.4 Airspace
Foreword
The Airspace viewing range options select whether the Airspaces are shown
on the Map and at and below the selected map ranges. Smart Airspace selection Getting
Started
filters the display of airspace appropriate for aircraft altitude. The following
table depicts airspace features and map ranges. Default values are shown in Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
bold type.
Com/Nav
Feature Selection
Airspace Label Range Off, 7.5 NM, 10 NM, 15 NM, 25 NM, 40 NM, 50 NM FPL
Smart Airspace Off, On
Direct-To
All, Below 18000 ft, Below 15000 ft, Below 12000 ft,
Show Airspaces
Below 9000 ft, Below 6000 ft, Below 3000 ft Proc
Off, 5 NM, 7.5 NM, 10 NM, 15 NM, 25 NM, 40 NM, 50 NM,
Class B/TMA Range
75 NM, 100 NM Wpt Info
Off, 5 NM, 7.5 NM, 10 NM, 15 NM, 25 NM, 40 NM, 50

Class C/TCA Range Map
NM, 75 NM, 100 NM
Class A/D Range Traffic
NM, 75 NM, 100 NM
Off, 5 NM, 7.5 NM, 10 NM, 15 NM, 25 NM, 40 NM, 50 NM, Terrain
Restricted Range
75 NM, 100 NM
Weather
MOA (Military) Range
NM, 75 NM, 100 NM Nearest
Off, 5 NM, 7.5 NM, 10 NM, 15 NM, 25 NM, 40 NM, 50 NM, Services/
Other/ADIZ Range
75 NM, 100 NM Music
Restore Defaults Returns values to original factory settings Utilities

Table 8-10 Map Setup Airspace Options
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

Airspace Labels
Foreword
The Airspace Label feature shows the United States airspace system altitude
Getting limits up to a selected range.
Started
NOTE: This feature is available in software v5.10 and later when configured
Audio & by the installer.
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
FPL
Airspace Labels - On
Direct-To Airspace Labels - On
Proc
Figure 8-27 Display of Airspace Labels
Wpt Info Smart Airspaces

Garmin’s Smart Airspace™ feature aids visual clarity on-screen by
Map de-emphasizing airspace that’s well above or below the aircraft’s current altitude.
The vertical separation is 1,000 feet at sea level and the vertical separation will
Traffic
gradually increase to 2,000 feet until the aircraft reaches 10,000 feet. Anything
above 10,000 feet keeps the 2,000 feet vertical separation.
Terrain
NOTE: Smart Airspace only changes the depiction of the airspace on the
Weather moving map display. It does not alter the Airspace Alerts that can be set
on the System-Alerts portion of the system.
Nearest
Smart Airspaces - Off Smart Airspaces - On
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Figure 8-28 Display of Smart Airspaces (Airspace Borders Grayed

Symbols
Appendix
Index

To control the display of European airway airspaces:
Foreword
1. While viewing the Map Setup Airspaces option, touch the
Other/ADIZ Range key and select a value. Getting
Started
2. Select Off for the Other/ADIZ Range to turn off the display of
Audio &
airway airspaces. Xpdr Ctrl
Airway Airspaces - On
Com/Nav
FPL
Direct-To
Proc
Airway Airspaces - Off Airway Airspaces - On Wpt Info

Figure 8-29 Selecting the Display of European Airway Airspaces
Map
Traffic
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

8.1.2.5 Airway Range
Foreword
The Airways viewing range option selects whether the Airways are shown on
Getting the Map and at and below the selected map ranges for Low and High Airways.
Started
When Off is selected, the information will not be shown.
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
1. While viewing the Map function, touch the Menu key.
Com/Nav
2. Touch the Map Setup key and then with the Aviation tab
FPL
highlighted drag the list down or use the Down key to show
the Airway Range.
Direct-To
Proc
Wpt Info Touch To Select

Airway Range
Map
Traffic Figure 8-30 Map Setup For Airway Range
Terrain 3. Touch the Airway Range key and select a range.
Weather
Nearest Selected Airway Display Range
Services/
Music
Figure 8-31 Select Airway Display Range
Utilities
4. Touch the Airways key to select the desired Airways (Off, Low,
System High, or All).
Messages
Low Airway (Gray)

Symbols
High Airway (Green)

Appendix
Index Figure 8-32 Navigation Map Airways

8.1.2.6 Traffic (Optional)
Foreword
The Traffic group selection from the Map Setup Page Menu allows you to
customize the display of traffic on the Map page. The Traffic function requires Getting
Started
the installation of the appropriate traffic device. Only one traffic source can be
Audio &
configured for the GTN and this traffic source will be overlaid on the main map. Xpdr Ctrl
Coverage follows the airplane. In the Navigation Map page setup you can select
the maximum range at which traffic symbols are shown. Once outside of the Com/Nav
selected range, traffic will be decluttered. The default values are shown in bold
FPL
type.
Traffic Selection Display Result Direct-To
Range 1 NM, 1.5 NM, 2.5 NM, 4 NM, 5 NM, 7.5 NM, 10 NM,
Proc
15 NM, 25 NM
Traffic All Traffic, Alerts & Advisories, Alerts Only Wpt Info
Table 8-11 Map Page Traffic Display Options Map
8.1.2.7 Weather (Optional) Traffic

The Weather group selection from the Map Setup Page Menu allows you to
customize the overlay of the available weather information on the Map page. Terrain
Weather is an optional feature that requires an external weather source, which
must be selected to allow the overlay. Weather
Feature Selection Nearest

Weather Source SiriusXM, Connext, or FIS-B
Services/
Cell Movement Off, On Music
METAR Off, On Utilities

Cloud Tops Off, On
Echo Tops Off, On System
Lightning Off, On
Messages
Table 8-12 Map Setup SiriusXM Weather Options Symbols
NOTE: Map overlay keys may remain available even if the information
Appendix
necessary for the overlay is not available. For example: the Radar overlay
key is available even if the radar is turned off.
Index

Foreword Feature Selection
Getting
Started METAR Off, On
Audio & IR Satellite Off, On
Xpdr Ctrl
Lightning Off, On
Com/Nav Restore Defaults Returns values to original factory settings
Connext Settings Selectable Connext Settings
FPL
Table 8-13 Map Setup Connext Weather Options
Direct-To Feature Selection

Proc
METAR Off, On
Wpt Info Restore Defaults Returns values to original factory settings
Table 8-14 Map Setup FIS-B Weather Options
Map
8.1.3 Change User Fields
Traffic The Change User Fields selection allows you to configure the Data, Function,
and Page field type shown in each of the four corners of the Map page. The
Terrain information shown in each field may be selected from a list after Change User
Fields is selected.
Weather
1. While viewing the Map page, touch the Menu key.
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Figure 8-33 Map Menu
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

2. From the Map Menu screen, touch the Change User Fields
Foreword
key.
Getting
Touch To Select Data Field Started
(TRK Currently Shown)
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Touch To Select Data Field Com/Nav

(DIS Currently Shown)
Touch To Save Any Changes FPL
Figure 8-34 Map Data Fields Selection

Direct-To
NOTE: Map Data Field Types that use the term "Destination" refer to the
missed approach point (if an approach is loaded) or the final airport in the Proc
flight plan.
Wpt Info
NOTE: In software v5.13 and earlier, ETE to Destination is not available
when a procedure is loaded and there are waypoints in the En Route section Map
of the flight plan.
Traffic
NOTE: Only the bottom right corner data field on the map page can be
configured for a Page or Function. The other three corner data fields are Terrain
for Data items only.
Weather
3. Touch the corner data field key you want to select. Touch the
Data, Function, or Page keys to select the User Field type.
Nearest
A list of information types will be displayed.
Services/
Touch To Select Field Type List. Touch To Music
Data, Function, Select Data Field
or Page Utilities
Selections Available. Press
Finger and Slide To View System
More Selections.
Messages
4. Touch the Up or Down keys or touch the display and drag Symbols
Appendix
Index

Foreword
Map Data Field Type
Getting
Started B/D APT - BRG/DIS from Dest APT 1 NAV/COM - Active NAV/COM FREQ
Audio &
BRG - Bearing to Current Waypoint OAT (static) - Static Air Temperature
Xpdr Ctrl DIS - Distance to Current Waypoint OAT (total) - Total Air Temperature
Com/Nav DIS to Dest - Distance to Destination 2 RAD ALT - Radar Altimeter
FPL ESA - Enroute Safe Altitude Time to TOD - Time to Top of Descent
ETA - Estimated Time of Arrival TKE - Track Angle Error
Direct-To
Proc ETE - Estimated Time Enroute Trip Timer - Timer Display
ETE to Dest - ETE to Destination VOR/LOC - Tuned VOR/LOC Info
Wpt Info
GS - GPS Ground Speed Wind - Wind Speed and Direction
Map
Traffic Generic Timer - Timer Display OFF - Do Not Display Data Field
Table 8-15 Map Data Field Types of Information
Terrain
Weather Note 2: Dist to DEST is the distance along the flight plan.
Nearest Function Field Type

Services/
Music Flap Override - Flap Override 1 On Scene - "On Scene" Mode Toggle
Utilities
System HTAWS RP Mode - HTAWS RP Mode 2 OFF - Do Not Display Data Field
Table 8-16 Map Function Field Types of Information
Messages
Symbols
Note 2: With HTAWS enabled
Appendix
Index

Map Page Field Type Foreword
Blackout Mode Utilities - Utilities Page
Getting
DFLT NAV - Default Navigation Checklist - Checklist Page Started
Flight Plan - Flight Plan Page Fuel PLAN - Fuel Planning Page Audio &
Map - Map Page SCHED MSG - Scheduled Messages Xpdr Ctrl
Nearest - Nearest Page Trip PLAN - Trip Planning Page Com/Nav

NEAR APT - Nearest Airport Page VCALC - VCALC Page
PROC - Procedures Page User FREQ - User Frequencies FPL
Approach - Approach Page WPT INFO - Waypoint Information

Direct-To
Departure - Departure Page CNXT WX - Connext WX Page Proc
Backlight - Backlight Page FIS-B WX - FIS-B Weather Page
Wpt Info
Services - Services Page Stormscope - Stormscope Page
Traffic - Traffic Page SiriusXM WX - Sirius XM WX Page
Map
Terrain - Terrain Page OFF - Do Not Display Page Field
Table 8-17 Map Page Field Types of Information Traffic
8.1.4 Map Detail Terrain

The Map Detail feature allows four levels of decluttering to remove map
information. Level 0 shows the most detail and level 3 shows the least detail. Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
0 1 2 3 Messages
Figure 8-36 Map Detail (Declutter) Levels
Symbols
Appendix
Index

1. While viewing the Map page, touch the Menu key.
Foreword
2. While viewing the Map Menu, touch the Map Detail scale
Getting and slide your finger to adjust the level. Features marked with
Started
a • are shown at the indicated Map Detail (Declutter) Level.
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl Feature 0 1 2 3 Feature 0 1 2 3
River/Lake Names • TRSA • •
Com/Nav
Land/Country Text • ADIZ • •
FPL Large City • Alert Areas • •
Medium City • Caution Areas • •
Direct-To Small City • Danger Areas • •
Small Town • Warning Areas • •
Proc
Freeways • Large Airports • • •
Wpt Info
Highways • Medium Airports • • •
Roads • Restricted Areas • • •
Map Railroads • Prohibited Areas • • •
Political Boundaries • MOAs • • •
Traffic User Waypoints • • Runway Labels • • •
VORs • • Lightning Strike Data • • •
Terrain
NDBs • • NEXRAD Data • • •
Weather Intersections • • Traffic Symbols • • •
Class B Airspace • • Traffic Labels • • •
Nearest Class C Airspace • • Water Detail • • • •
Class D Airspace • • Active FPL Legs • • • •
Services/
Music Tower • • Airways • • • •
Table 8-18 Features Shown at Each Map Detail Level
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

8.2 Map Panning Foreword
In the Map Page function, panning allows you to move the map beyond its
current limits without adjusting the map scale. The panning function is selected Getting
Started
by simply touching the Map display. The In and Out keys at the lower right
corner of the page control the map range. Touching the display momentarily Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
switches the display to Map Pan Mode. While in Map Pan Mode, touch the
display gently and drag your finger to pan around the map. Com/Nav
1. Touch the Map page display.

FPL
Pan Mode Annunciation
and Coordinates Of Map
Direct-To
Center
Selected Selected Proc

Waypoint Or Airspace Or Wpt
Item Info Highlighted
Wpt Info
Touch To Aircraft Present
Display Next Position
Item Map
Traffic
Touch To Edit
Flight Plan
Terrain
Figure 8-37 Map Panning With Airspace Highlighted
2. If you touch an item on the display (waypoint, airspace, Weather
obstacle) there may be other items very close that are difficult
to see at a given zoom level. Touch the Next key to annunciate Nearest
and highlight the next item. Each touch of the Next key steps
Services/
to another item near the Map Pointer. Music
Next Utilities
Nearest
Item
Touch To Display System
Nearest Next Item
Item
Highlighted Messages
Figure 8-38 Map Panning With Next Airspace Shown Symbols
NOTE: It is possible that multiple airspaces can be stacked vertically and be

Appendix
difficult to visually identify them. Touching the Next key will step through
the airspaces.
Index

3. Touch the Airspace Info (Item) key for more information
Foreword
about the selected item. Touch the Back key to return to the
Getting Map Panning display.
Started
4. While pressing your finger gently against the display, drag your
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl finger across the display to scroll the display in the direction
of your finger movement. The Map Pointer cross hair location
Com/Nav
is based on where your finger touches the display, but after
dragging your finger the Map Pointer will be centered on the
FPL
map when your finger is lifted from the display.
Direct-To Pan Mode
Annunciation Map Pointer
Coordinates Of
Proc Map Pointer
Wpt Info
Map Figure 8-39 Map Panning With Map Pointer
NOTE: Pressing the Direct-To key will use the Map Pointer location as the
Traffic
destination.
Terrain
5. Touch the Back key to return to the normal map display.
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

8.3 Map Controls Foreword
While in the Map page function, several controls are available to manage the
Getting
view and display of information. The In and Out keys at the lower right corner Started
of the page control the map range. Touching the display momentarily switches
Audio &
the display to Map Pan Mode. Xpdr Ctrl
While in any of the Map function pages, touching the display starts Pan Com/Nav
Mode. Options are available to Create a waypoint at the Map Pointer position
and to Graphically Edit Flight Plan. FPL
8.3.1 Pan Map Mode Direct-To

The Pan Map mode allows you to move the map display to view the
surrounding area. Proc
1. Touch the Map page display.

Wpt Info
2. See the description in section 8.2 for details on using this
feature. Touch the Back key to return to the normal Map Map
display.
Traffic
8.3.2 Create Waypoint
The Create Waypoint function will create a User Waypoint at the Map Pointer Terrain
location when that location is not an already named object, such as an airport
or airspace. Weather
1. In Pan Mode, touch the Create Waypoint key.

Nearest
2. Follow the directions in section 7.8 for Creating User Waypoints. Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Figure 8-40 Create User Waypoint While Map Panning
Appendix
Index

Foreword
8.3.3 Graphically Edit Flight Plan Mode
The Edit Flight Plan Mode allows making quick changes to the active flight
Getting plan directly on the display. The process is simply touching the display to start
Started
Map Pan Mode, touching the Graphically Edit FPL key, dragging the desired
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
leg to a new waypoint or airway, and touching the Done key. When graphically
editing the active flight plan leg, the active leg course and TO Waypoint will be
Com/Nav added to the flight plan as a Direct-To. At any point, a step may be removed by
touching the Undo key or the whole process ended by touching the Cancel key.
FPL The Undo key will remove up to nine steps.
Direct-To NOTE: It is not possible to graphically add an intermediate waypoint

between the current position and a direct-to waypoint unless that waypoint
Proc is in the flight plan. Garmin recommends deleting any flight plan prior to
graphically editing a Direct-To waypoint.
Wpt Info
8.3.3.1 Adding a Waypoint Within an Existing Flight Plan
Map
1. Touch the Map page display. The Map Mode selection keys
will appear. Touch the Graphically Edit FPL key.
Traffic
Current Active Flight Plan
Terrain
Weather
Map Pointer Where
Display Was Touched
Nearest Touch To Change FPL
Services/ Touch Back To Return

Music To Map Display
Utilities
Figure 8-41 Edit Flight Plan Mode
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

2. Touch and hold the desired leg of the flight plan and drag the
Foreword
flight plan leg to a new waypoint to add a waypoint to the
active flight plan. The leg may also be dragged to an airway. Getting
The leg being edited will turn cyan. Started
Current Active Audio &

Xpdr Ctrl
FPL Waypoints
Intended New Waypoint Com/Nav
Active Flight Plan Leg FPL

Touch To Return To
Map Display
Direct-To
Figure 8-42 Drag Selected Leg to New Waypoint
3. Touch the Done key to accept the new flight plan leg or Undo Proc
to maintain the existing flight plan.
Wpt Info
New Active FPL Waypoint Map

New FPL Waypoint
Traffic
Active Flight Plan Leg
Touch To Accept Terrain
Changes To FPL
Touch To Undo Last Step Weather
Figure 8-43 Completed Flight Plan with New Waypoint

Nearest
4. The aircraft will now navigate according to the new flight plan.
Services/
Music
Utilities
New Active FPL Waypoint System
Messages
Aircraft Position Active Flight Plan Leg
Figure 8-44 Aircraft Navigates on Edited Flight Plan to New Waypoint Symbols
NOTE: In software v6.21 and earlier, graphically editing a flight plan Appendix
cancels the parallel track function.
Index

8.3.3.2 Adding a Waypoint to the End of an Existing Flight Plan
Foreword
Getting will appear. Touch the Graphically Edit FPL key.
Started
2. Touch a waypoint that you want to add to the end of the flight
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl plan.
3. Touch the Done key to accept the changes and return to the
Com/Nav
Map page.
FPL 8.3.3.3 Removing a Waypoint from an Existing Flight Plan
Direct-To
will appear. Touch the Graphically Edit FPL key.
Proc 2. Touch waypoint, or airway, on the flight plan that you want
to remove.
Wpt Info 3. Drag the flight plan line away from the waypoint, or airway,
and release the line. The waypoint will be removed from the
Map flight plan.
Traffic
Map page.
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

8.3.3.4 Creating a Flight Plan Without an Existing Flight Plan
Foreword
will appear. Touch the Graphically Edit FPL key. Getting
Started
2. Touch a waypoint on the map to set the first waypoint in the
Audio &
flight plan. If there are several nearby waypoints, touch the Xpdr Ctrl
desired waypoint to select it.
Com/Nav
FPL
Touch Desired
Waypoint
Direct-To
Figure 8-45 Select the Desired Waypoint From Multiple Waypoints Proc
3. Touch a waypoint, or airway, on the map for the next waypoint,
or airway, in the flight plan. Continue adding waypoints, or Wpt Info
airways, as needed.
Map
Map page. Traffic
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

Foreword
8.4 CDI (GTN 650 only)
The GTN 650's CDI key is used to select data that is sent from the GPS or
Getting
Started VLOC receiver to the external CDI (or HSI). CDI selection is available on the
Default Navigation page. When the external CDI (or HSI) is connected to the
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl GPS receiver, “GPS” is shown on the annunciation bar. When the external CDI
(or HSI) is being driven by the VLOC receiver, “VLOC” appears instead.
Com/Nav
NOTE: The VLOC receiver must be selected for display on the external
FPL CDI/HSI for approaches which are not approved for GPS. See the ILS
example "ILS Approaches (GTN 650 Only)" for more information.
Direct-To
NOTE: GPS phase of flight annunciations (LPV, ENR, etc.) are not applicable
Proc to the external CDI (or HSI) when VLOC is active.
Wpt Info NOTE: The internal on-screen CDI information is based on GPS data and
cannot be used for primary navigation.
Map
NOTE: If the unit is not configured for a CDI key, then the “activate GPS missed
Traffic approach” will only resume automatic waypoint sequencing. The user must
switch to GPS navigation, if desired, by using their external source selection
Terrain
method (this is typical an EFIS system).
Weather 1. The navigation source is shown in the center of the annunciation

bar at the lower part of the display.
Nearest CDI Display
Services/
Music
Utilities
Touch CDI Touch To Edit FPL
Key To Toggle
System Navigation Touch To Access
Source Map Page
Messages
GPS Level Navigation Touch OBS
Of Service Source Key To Toggle
Symbols Annunciation OBS Mode
Appendix
Figure 8-46 Navigation Source Selection
2. Touch the CDI key to toggle between sources.
Index

8.5 OBS Foreword
The OBS key is used to select manual or automatic sequencing of waypoints.
Getting
OBS selection is available on the Default Navigation page. Touching this key Started
selects OBS mode, which retains the current “active to” waypoint as your
Audio &
navigation reference even after passing the waypoint (i.e., prevents sequencing Xpdr Ctrl
to the next waypoint). Touching the OBS key again returns to normal operation,
Com/Nav
with automatic sequencing of waypoints. Whenever OBS mode is selected, you
may set the desired course To/From a waypoint using the pop-up window on the
FPL
GTN 6XX or with the external OBS selector on your HSI or CDI.
For leg types that do not support OBS, this key will be shown as a SUSP key. Direct-To
This key will then also function as an Unsuspend key for legs that auto-suspend,
such as holds, missed approaches, etc. Proc
NOTE: In dual GTN installations with crossfill on, the OBS course will only Wpt Info
be updated real time on the GTN that is receiving the new OBS course. The
course will be transferred to the other GTN when OBS is exited. Map
1. Touch the OBS key to enable the OBS function. Traffic
Terrain
Weather
OBS Heading Touch the OBS
Key To Enable
GPS Level OBS Function Nearest
Of Service
Services/
Active FPL Leg OBS Function Music
Annunciation
Utilities
Figure 8-47 OBS Course Selection
System
2. Enter the desired OBS heading using the keypad and touch
Enter.
Messages
3. The OBS heading will be shown in the flight plan annunciation

above the CDI in the lower portion of the display. The OBS Symbols
function annunciation will show.

Appendix
Index

Foreword
8.6 Map Symbols
Various symbols are used to distinguish between waypoint types. The identifiers
Getting for any on-screen waypoints can also be displayed. Special-use and controlled
Started
airspace boundaries appear on the map, showing the individual sectors in the case
Audio & of Class B, Class C, or Class D airspace. The following symbols are used to depict
Xpdr Ctrl
the various airports and navaids on the Map Page.
Com/Nav
Symbol Description Symbol Description
FPL Airport with hard surface Airport with hard surface
runway(s); Non-Serviced, runway(s); Serviced, Primary
Direct-To Primary runway shown runway shown
Airport with soft surface Airport with soft surface
Proc
runway(s) only, Non-Serviced runway(s) only, Serviced
Wpt Info Restricted (Private) Airfield Unknown Airport
Map
Heliport NDB
Traffic
Intersection Locator Outer Marker
VOR VOR/DME
Terrain
VORTAC DME
Weather
TACAN TOD/BOD
Nearest
User Waypoint User Airport
Services/ ATK VRP
Music
Table 8-19 Map Symbols
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

8.7 SafeTaxi® Foreword
SafeTaxi is an enhanced feature that gives greater map detail when zooming
®
Getting
in on airports. The airport display on the map reveals runways with numbers, Started
taxiways with identifying letters/numbers, airport Hot Spots, and airport Audio &
landmarks including ramps, buildings, control towers, and other prominent Xpdr Ctrl
features. Resolution is greater at lower map ranges (zooming in). When the
Com/Nav
aircraft location is within the screen boundary, including within SafeTaxi ranges,
an airplane symbol is shown on any of the navigation map views for enhanced FPL
position awareness.
Designated Hot Spots are recognized at airports with many intersecting Direct-To
taxiways and runways, and/or complex ramp areas. Airport Hot Spots are
outlined to caution pilots of areas on an airport surface where positional Proc
awareness confusion or runway incursions happen most often. Hot Spots are
Wpt Info
defined with a magenta circle or outline around the region of possible confusion.
Taxiway Detail Map
Taxiway Identification
Traffic
Aircraft Position
Terrain
Figure 8-48 SafeTaxi Depiction on the Navigation Map Page Weather
8.7.1 Using SafeTaxi® Nearest

Any map page that displays the navigation view can also show the SafeTaxi®
airport layout within the maximum configured range. Services/
Music
During ground operations the aircraft’s position is displayed in reference to
taxiways, runways, and airport features. The nose of the ownship symbol, not Utilities
the center, depicts the current location of the aircraft.

System
NOTE: Do not use SafeTaxi functions as the basis for ground
maneuvering. SafeTaxi adoes not comply with the requirements of Messages
AC 120-76C and is not qualified to be used as an airport moving map
display (AMMD). SafeTaxi is to be used by the flight crew to orient Symbols
themselves on the airport surface to improve pilot situational awareness
during ground operations. Appendix
Index

Foreword
8.7.2 Hot Spot Information
Hot Spots can contain more information about the area that can be displayed
Getting
Started when shown. To view more information touch the Hot Spot on the moving map.
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl Touch to View
Hot Spot Info
Hot Spot
Com/Nav Location
FPL
Figure 8-49 SafeTaxi Hot Spot Detail and Outline

Direct-To
8.7.3 SafeTaxi® Cycle Number and Revision
Proc
The SafeTaxi database is revised every 56 days. SafeTaxi is always available
for use after the expiration date. When turning on the GTN 6XX, the Power-up
Wpt Info
Page indicates whether the databases are current, out of date, or not available.
Map
The Power-up Page shows the SafeTaxi database is current when the “SafeTaxi
Expires” date is shown in white. When the SafeTaxi cycle has expired, the
Traffic “SafeTaxi Expires” date appears in yellow. The message “unknown” appears in
white if no SafeTaxi data is available on the database card.
Terrain
The SafeTaxi Region, Version, Cycle, Effective date and Expires date of the
database cycle can also be found on the System - System Status page. SafeTaxi
Weather
information appears in white and yellow text. The EFFECTIVE date appears in
Nearest
white when data is current and in yellow when the current date is before the
effective date. The EXPIRES date appears in white when data is current and in
Services/ yellow when expired. SafeTaxi REGION NOT AVAILABLE appears in white if
Music
SafeTaxi data is not available on the database card.
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

8.8 Flight Plan Depiction Foreword
When a flight plan is present, it will be depicted on the GTN maps.
Getting
Flight plan leg colors are used to indicate past, active, or future flight plan Started
segments. A thin light gray line indicates a previous flight plan segment. A bold Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
magenta line indicates an active flight plan segment for which the navigator is
providing guidance. A bold white line indicates future flight plan segments. Com/Nav
Missed approach procedures are depicted with a thin white line to indicate that
they are an upcoming segment of the flight plan, but will not become navigable FPL
without the pilot specifically activating the missed approach procedure.
Direct-To
Flight plan labels are white boxes with black borders and black text to
indicate they are fixes in the flight plan. If the waypoint is the ative waypoint in
Proc
the flight plan, the border and text are magenta.
All holding patterns and procedure turns are depicted with the same Wpt Info
coloration as all other flight plan segments. Entries are depicted with segmented
arrows to indicate which direction in which the course guidance will be given. Map
This is used for both hold entry and procedure turn course reversals. Once a
hold becomes active the entry guidance is removed from the map and only the Traffic
active hold is depicted.

Terrain
Headings to fly are depicted as directional arrows with spaces between
them and the label "Vectors" or "MANSEQ" to indicate what the pilot might Weather
expect while flying the heading depicted. "MANSEQ" is "Manual Sequencing"
abbreviated and denotes that the procedure is complete upon reaching that Nearest
heading and that no other guidance will be given from the navigator without
Services/
pilot interaction. Music
The following illustrates the flight plan segments as presented on the GTN Utilities
maps.
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

GTN provides guidance in the hold at WIGAN intersection.
Foreword
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
FPL
Direct-To
Proc
Wpt Info
Map
Figure 8-50 Active Hold
Traffic In this case the teardrop entry for the hold at WIGAN is being depicted.
Upon reaching the holding fix inbound, the entry arrows will be removed from
Terrain the map and the dotted holding pattern will become active with magenta arrows.
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Figure 8-51 Holding Pattern Entry
Index

The active flight plan leg is WARIC to WHATE as indicated by the magenta Foreword
line to the magenta labeled waypoint.
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
FPL
Direct-To
Proc
Wpt Info
Figure 8-52 Active and Future Flight Plan Segments Map
The active leg is the course to OCITY intersection. After OCITY the flight
Traffic
plan depicts a turn to 100° for vectors.
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Figure 8-53 Active Leg to Vectors

Symbols
Appendix
Index

Previous legs are light gray, active leg is magenta.
Foreword
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
FPL
Direct-To
Proc
Wpt Info
Figure 8-54 Exiting the Hold
Map The leg outbound from LOS is active and indicates a procedure turn. When
inbound from the procedure turn the inbound segment will become active and
Traffic LSO will still be the active waypoint.
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols Figure 8-55 Active Procedure Turn
Appendix
Index

A flight plan along T295 with previous, the active leg, and the future legs Foreword
depicted.
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
FPL
Direct-To
Proc
Wpt Info
Map
Figure 8-56 Past, Active, and Future Flight Plan Segments
Active Heading Leg Traffic
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Figure 8-57 Active Heading Leg (Vectors)

Symbols
Appendix
Index

Foreword
Active Flight Plan Leg
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
FPL
Direct-To
Proc
Wpt Info
Figure 8-58 Active Flight Plan Leg

Map
The active flight plan leg inbound to a holding pattern at WIGAN intersection.
Traffic
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Figure 8-59 Active Flight Plan Leg Prior to Holding Pattern
Symbols
Appendix
Index

9 TRAFFIC Foreword
The Traffic function displays available traffic information depending on Getting

Started
your installed equipment to assist in situational awareness. The features and
operation depend on the capabilities and options of each type of traffic system. Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
NOTE: The reference point for the ownship is the nose of the ownship
Com/Nav
aircraft symbol (either miniature aircraft or triangle). The reference point
for all traffic icons is the center of the depicted traffic.
FPL
1. From the Home page, touch the Traffic key.
Direct-To
2. Use the active areas on the display and the Menu options to Proc
set up the Traffic display.
9.1 Traffic Pop-Up Wpt Info
When the GTN 6XX is displaying any page (other than the Traffic page) and Map
a traffic alert becomes active, the Traffic Warning pop-up will be displayed.
Traffic
NOTE: The traffic pop-up will not appear when your aircraft is on the
ground.
Terrain
1. The traffic pop-up will appear on pages other than the Traffic
page when a traffic alert occurs. Weather
Touch To Go To
Traffic Page Nearest
Traffic Location Traffic Alert Services/

Annunciation Music
Ownship Position
Touch To Close Utilities
Pop-Up
Traffic Alert
Annunciation System
Figure 9-1 Traffic Pop-Up On the Map Page
Messages
2. Touch the Go to Traffic key to view the Traffic page.
OR Symbols
3. Touch the Close key to close the pop-up. The pop-up will
return if the traffic alert persists. Appendix
Index

Foreword
9.2 Traffic Test
The Traffic Test function is only available on some traffic systems. The aircraft
Getting
Started must be on the ground and Traffic Status must be in Standby.
Audio & 1. Touch the Test key to activate the test function in the Traffic
Xpdr Ctrl equipment.
Com/Nav
Touch For Traffic Test
While In Standby Traffic
FPL Status
Direct-To
Test Traffic Status
Proc
Figure 9-2 Traffic Test Mode
Wpt Info 2. The unit will return to normal operation mode after the test
process is successfully completed.
Map
Traffic
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

9.3 TIS (Optional) Foreword
WARNING: The Traffic Information Service (TIS) is intended for advisory Getting
Started
use only. TIS is intended to help the pilot locate traffic visually. It is the
responsibility of the pilot to see and maneuver to avoid traffic. Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
NOTE: TIS is available only when the aircraft is within the service volume of
Com/Nav
a TIS-capable terminal radar site. Aircraft without an operating transponder
are invisible to both Traffic Advisory Systems (TAS) and TIS. Aircraft without
FPL
altitude reporting capability are shown without altitude separation data
or climb descent indication.
Direct-To
NOTE: TIS and Traffic Advisory System (TAS) may not both be configured
Proc
at the same time.
NOTE: GDL 88 equipped aircraft only: When the radio tower symbol is Wpt Info
crossed out, the aircraft is not a participant in the TIS-B system – i. e. not
visible to other TIS-B clients. The GDL 88 will, however, continue to receive Map
available TIS-B and FIS-B ground station up-links and continue to display
TIS-B and FIS-B data along with available ADS-B and ADS-R data. Traffic
NOTE: Except for GDL 88 or GTX 345 equipped aircraft, TIS, and Traffic Terrain
Advisory System (TAS) may not both be displayed at the same time.
Weather
NOTE: For more information about the GDL 88, refer to the
"GDL 88 ADS-B Transceiver Pilot’s Guide." For information about the Nearest
GTX 345, refer to the "GTX 335/345 Pilot's Guide."
Services/
Traffic Information Service (TIS) is designed to help in detection and Music
avoidance of other aircraft. TIS uses the Mode S transponder for the traffic data
Utilities
link. TIS receives traffic information from ground stations, and is updated every
five seconds. The GTN 6XX displays up to eight traffic targets within a 7.5 NM
System
radius, from 3000 feet below to 3500 feet above the requesting aircraft.
7.0 NM
3,500 ft
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
3,000 ft
Index
Figure 9-3 TIS Coverage Volume (not to scale)
Foreword
9.3.1 TIS Symbology
Traffic is displayed according to TCAS symbology using three different
Getting symbols.
Started
TIS Symbol Description
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Non-Threat Traffic
Com/Nav
FPL Traffic Advisory (TA)
Direct-To
Traffic Advisory Off Scale
Proc
Table 9-1 TIS Traffic Symbols
Wpt Info Traffic Advisories (TA) alert the crew to intruding aircraft. When traffic meets
the advisory criteria for the TA, a solid yellow circle symbol is generated. A
Map Non-threat Advisory, shown as an open white diamond, indicates that an
intruding aircraft is at greater than ±1200 feet relative altitude or the distance is
Traffic beyond five NM. A Traffic Advisory that is beyond the selected display range is
indicated by a half TA symbol at the edge of the screen at the relative bearing of
Terrain
the intruder.
Weather TIS also provides a vector line showing the direction in which the traffic
is moving, to the nearest 45°. Traffic information for which TIS is unable to
Nearest determine the bearing (non-bearing traffic) is displayed in the center of the
Traffic Page or in a banner on maps other than the Traffic Map Page on which
Services/
Music traffic can be displayed.
The altitude difference between the requesting aircraft and other intruder
Utilities
aircraft is displayed above/below the traffic symbol in hundreds of feet. If the
System
other aircraft is above the requesting aircraft, the altitude separation appears
above the traffic symbol with a "+" sign; if below, the altitude separation appears
Messages below. Altitude trend is displayed as an up/down arrow (for speeds greater than
500 fpm in either direction) to the right of the target symbol. Traffic symbols for
Symbols aircraft without altitude reporting capability appear without altitude separation
or climb/descent information.
Appendix
Always remember that TIS cannot alert you to the presence of aircraft that
are not equipped with transponders, nor can it alert you to aircraft that may be
Index
nearby, but obscured from the ground surveillance radar by interfering terrain.
9.3.2 Traffic Page Foreword
The Traffic Map Page is configured to show surrounding TIS traffic data in
Getting
relation to the aircraft’s current position and altitude, without clutter from the Started
basemap. Aircraft orientation on this map is always heading up unless there is
Audio &
no valid heading. Xpdr Ctrl
The traffic mode is annunciated in the upper left corner of the Traffic Map Com/Nav
Page. When the aircraft is on the ground, TIS automatically enters Standby
Mode. Once the aircraft is airborne, TIS switches from Standby to Operating FPL
Mode and the GTN 6XX begins to display traffic information.
Direct-To
Proc
Wpt Info
Altitude Filter TRF Status

Map
Normal Operate
Above Standby Traffic
Below
Unrestricted
Terrain
Figure 9-4 Traffic Page Functional Diagram
Weather
Non-Threat Traffic Proximity

Traffic Advisory Nearest
Heading Services/
Annunciation Music
Ownship Range Rings Utilities

Position
Traffic Mode Key Altitude Filter System
(Operate/Standby)
Traffic Direction Proximity Advisory, 1200 ft Messages
Of Travel Above and Climbing
Figure 9-5 Traffic Page Symbols
Appendix
Index

Foreword
9.3.3 Displaying Traffic on the Traffic Page
1. From the Home page, touch the Traffic key.
Getting
Started
Audio & 2. Confirm TIS is in Operating Mode.

Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav 3. Touch the Traffic Status key to toggle between Operate and
Standby mode.
FPL
9.3.4 Altitude Display
Direct-To 1. While viewing the Traffic page, touch the Operate key to begin
displaying traffic. “Operate” is displayed in the Traffic Status
Proc
field.
Wpt Info
2. The Altitude Filter limits the traffic displayed to the Below,
Normal, Above or Unrestricted altitude block as listed in the
Map
“Displayed Traffic Range” table. The filter altitudes are relative
to ownship altitude. Touch the Altitude Filter key to change
Traffic the altitude filter value. Select the desired altitude filter by
touching the BELOW, NORMAL, ABOVE, or UNRESTRICTED
Terrain keys. The selection is displayed in the Altitude mode field.
Weather
Selected
Nearest
Altitude Filter Slider Indicates
More Selections
Are Available
Services/
Music
Utilities
System Figure 9-6 Traffic Altitude Filter Page
Messages Altitude Mode Displayed Traffic Range

Below -9900 ft to 2700 ft
Symbols
Normal -2700 ft to 2700 ft
Appendix Above -2700 ft to 9900 ft
Unrestricted All Traffic Shown
Index Table 9-2 Displayed Traffic Range

9.3.5 TIS Limitations Foreword
NOTE: This section on TIS Limitations is not comprehensive. Garmin

Getting
recommends the user review the TIS Limitations section of the Aeronautical Started
Information Manual, Section 1-3-5.
Audio &
TIS is NOT intended to be used as a collision avoidance system and does not Xpdr Ctrl
relieve the pilot of responsibility to “see and avoid” other aircraft. TIS should not Com/Nav
be used for avoidance maneuvers during IMC or other times when there is no
visual contact with the intruder aircraft. TIS is intended only to assist in visual FPL
acquisition of other aircraft in VMC. No recommended avoidance maneuvers
are provided for, nor authorized, as a direct result of a TIS intruder display or Direct-To
TIS advisory.
While TIS is a useful aid to visual traffic avoidance, it has some system Proc
limitations that must be fully understood to ensure proper use. Many of these
limitations are inherent in secondary radar surveillance. In other words, the Wpt Info
information provided by TIS will be no better than that provided to ATC. TIS
Map
will only display aircraft with operating transponders installed.
TIS relies on surveillance of the Mode S radar, which is a “secondary
Traffic
surveillance” radar similar to the Air Traffic Control Radar Beacon System
(ATCRBS). TIS operation may be intermittent during turns or other maneuvering. Terrain
TIS is dependent on two-way, “line-of-sight” communication between the
aircraft and the Mode S radar. Whenever the structure of the client aircraft Weather
comes between the transponder antenna (usually located on the underside of
the aircraft) and the ground-based radar antenna, the signal may be temporarily Nearest
interrupted. Other limitations and anomalies associated with TIS are described
Services/
in the AIM, Section 4-5-6. Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Garmin is not responsible for Mode S Symbols

geographical coverage. Operation of the
ground stations is the responsibility of the
FAA. Refer to the Aeronautical Information Appendix
Manual for a Terminal Mode S Radar Site Map
covering the U.S. Index

Foreword
NOTE: TIS will be unavailable at low altitudes in many areas of the U.S.,
particularly in mountainous regions. Also, when flying near the “floor” of
Getting radar coverage in a particular area, intruders below the client aircraft may
Started not be detected by TIS.
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl TIS information is collected one radar scan prior to the scan during which
the uplink occurs. Therefore, the surveillance information is approximately
Com/Nav
five seconds old. In order to present the intruders in a “real time” position,
the TIS ground station uses a “predictive algorithm” in its tracking software.
FPL
This algorithm uses track history data to extrapolate intruders to their expected
Direct-To
positions consistent with the time of display in the cockpit. Occasionally, aircraft
maneuvering will cause this algorithm to induce errors in the display. These
Proc errors primarily affect relative bearing information and traffic target track vector
(it will lag); intruder distance and altitude will remain relatively accurate and
Wpt Info may be used to assist in “see and avoid.” Some of the more common examples
of these errors follow:
Map
• When client or intruder aircraft maneuvers excessively or abruptly, the
Traffic
tracking algorithm may report incorrect horizontal position until the
maneuvering aircraft stabilizes.
Terrain • When a rapidly closing intruder is on a course that crosses the client aircraft
course at a shallow angle (either overtaking or head on) and either aircraft
Weather abruptly changes course within 0.25 NM, TIS may display the intruder on
the opposite side of the client than it actually is.
Nearest
These are relatively rare occurrences and will be corrected in a few
Services/ radar scans once the course has stabilized.
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

9.3.6 TIS Alerts Foreword
When the number of Traffic Advisories (TAs) on the Traffic Map Page
Getting
increases from one scan to the next, the following occur: Started
• A single “Traffic” voice alert is generated. Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
• A TRAFFIC Annunciation appears at the bottom of the display, flashing for
5 seconds and remaining displayed until no TAs are detected in the area. Com/Nav
To reduce the number of nuisance alerts due to proximate aircraft,

FPL
the “Traffic” voice alert is generated only when the number of TAs
increases. For example, when the first TA is displayed, a voice and visual
Direct-To
annunciation are generated. As long as a single TA remains on the display,
no additional voice alerts are generated. If a second TA appears on the Proc
display or if the number of TAs initially decreases and then subsequently
increases, another voice alert is generated. Wpt Info
A “Traffic Not Available” (TNA) voice alert is generated when the TIS service
Map
becomes unavailable or is out of range.
Traffic may not be displayed in the radar coverage area due to the following: Traffic
• Radar site TIS Mode S sensor is not operational or is out of service.

Terrain
• Traffic or requesting aircraft is beyond the maximum range of the
TIS-capable Mode S radar site. Weather
• Traffic or requesting aircraft is above the radar site in the cone of silence and
out of range of an adjacent site. Nearest
• Traffic or requesting aircraft is below radar coverage. In flat terrain, the Services/
Music
coverage extends from about 3000 feet upward at 55 miles. Terrain and
obstacles around the radar site can further decrease radar coverage in all Utilities
directions.
• Traffic does not have an operating transponder. System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

Foreword
9.3.7 TIS System Status
The GTN 6XX performs an automatic test of TIS during power-up. If
Getting TIS passes the test, TIS enters Standby Mode on the ground or Operating
Started
Mode in the air. If TIS fails the power up test, an annunciation is shown
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl in the center of the Traffic Map Page. Contact a service center or Garmin
dealer for corrective action for a failure message.
Com/Nav
Traffic Page
Description
FPL Annunciation
No Data Data is not being received from the transponder
Direct-To
Failed The transponder has failed

Proc
Unavailable TIS is unavailable or out of range
Wpt Info
Table 9-3 TIS Failure Annunciations
Map
The Traffic mode is annunciated in the bottom left corner of the Traffic Page.
When the aircraft is on the ground, TIS automatically enters Standby Mode.
Traffic
Once the aircraft is airborne, TIS switches to Operating Mode and traffic
Terrain
information is displayed. The mode can be changed manually using the
Traffic Status key.
Weather
Traffic Display
Traffic Traffic Mode Annunciation
Enabled Icon
Nearest Status (Traffic On Map Page)
(Other Maps)
Services/
Music TIS Operating Operate
Utilities
TIS Standby Standby
System
Messages
TIS Failed* TIS Fail
Symbols * Contact a service center or Garmin dealer for corrective action

Table 9-4 TIS Modes Shown on the Map Page
Appendix
Index

The annunciations that indicate the status of traffic information appear in a
Foreword
banner at the bottom center of maps on which traffic can be displayed.
Getting
Traffic Status Started
Banner Description
Annunciation Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
The displayed data is not current (6 to 12 seconds since last
message). Com/Nav
Traffic Coast 9 SEC
The quality of displayed traffic information is reduced when
this message is displayed. FPL
Traffic is removed because it is too old for coasting (12 to 60

Direct-To
seconds since last message).
Traffic Removed
Traffic may exist within the selected display range, but it is Proc
not displayed.
Table 9-5 TIS Traffic Status Annunciations Wpt Info
Map
Traffic
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

Foreword
9.4 TAS (Optional)
Getting NOTE: TIS and Traffic Advisory System (TAS) may not both be configured
Started at the same time.
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl TAS data comes from a TAS unit such as a Garmin GTS 800 or 820, Skywatch
497, KTA 810, or other unit.
Com/Nav
Refer to the appropriate Traffic Advisory System’s Pilot’s Guides for a detailed
FPL
discussion of the respective traffic advisory system.
The type of traffic systems that is installed is described by the Traffic Page
Direct-To keys. If a Traffic Advisory System (TAS) is configured, a TRF Status and ALT
Filter key will be displayed.
Proc
NOTE: Pilots should be aware of TAS system limitations. TAS systems
Wpt Info require transponders of other aircraft to respond to system interrogations.
If the transponders do not respond to interrogations due to phenomena
Map such as antenna shading or marginal transponder performance, traffic may
be displayed intermittently, or not at all. Aircraft without altitude reporting
Traffic
capability are shown without altitude separation data or climb descent
indication. Pilots should remain vigilant for traffic at all times.
Terrain
WARNING: The Traffic Advisory System (TAS) is intended for advisory use
only to aid the pilot in visually acquiring traffic. No avoidance maneuvers
Weather
should be based solely upon TAS traffic information. It is the responsibility
of the pilot in command to see and maneuver to avoid traffic.
Nearest
A Traffic Advisory System (TAS) enhances flight crew situational awareness
Services/
Music by displaying traffic information for transponder-equipped aircraft. The TAS
also provides visual and aural traffic alerts including voice announcements to
Utilities
assist in visually acquiring traffic.
System When the TAS is in Operating Mode, the unit interrogates the transponders
of intruding aircraft while monitoring transponder replies. The TAS uses this
Messages information to derive the distance, relative bearing, and if reported, the altitude
and vertical trend for each aircraft within its surveillance range. The TAS then
Symbols calculates a closure rate to each intruder based on the projected Closest Point of
Approach (CPA). If the closure rate meets the threat criteria for a Traffic Advisory
Appendix (TA), visual and aural alerting is provided.
Index

9.4.1 TAS Symbology Foreword
Traffic Advisory System (TAS) is designed to help in detection and avoidance
Getting
of other aircraft. TAS uses an on-board interrogator-processor to detect traffic. Started
Only aircraft with operating transponders will be detected. Traffic is displayed
Audio &
according to TCAS symbology using four different symbols. Xpdr Ctrl
TAS Symbol Description Com/Nav
Non-Threat Traffic
FPL
(intruder is beyond 5 NM and greater than 1200 ft vertical
separation) Direct-To
Proximity Advisory (PA)
(intruder is within 5 NM and less than 1200 ft vertical separation) Proc
Traffic Advisory (TA)

Wpt Info
(closing rate, distance, and vertical separation meet TA criteria)
Traffic Advisory Off Scale Map
Table 9-6 TAS Intruder Symbol Description Traffic
Terrain
Relative Altitude (1200 ft Above)
Non-Threat Traffic Vertical Trend Arrow (Climbing) Weather
Figure 9-7 Intruder Type, Altitude, and Vertical Trend Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

Foreword
9.4.2 Displaying and Operating Traffic
(TAS Systems)
Getting
Started
The unit must be in operating mode for traffic to be displayed. The ability
to switch from standby to operating mode on the ground is especially useful for
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl scanning the airspace around the airport before takeoff.
Non-Threat Traffic Proximity
Com/Nav Traffic Advisory
FPL Heading
Annunciation
Direct-To Range Rings
Proc Traffic Status Key Altitude Filter

(Operate/Standby)
Wpt Info Ownship
Position
Map Figure 9-8 Traffic Page
Traffic 9.4.2.1 Switching from Standby Mode to Operating Mode

The Traffic Page shows surrounding TAS traffic data in relation to the aircraft’s
Terrain
current position and altitude without basemap clutter. Aircraft orientation is
always heading up unless no valid heading is received. The Traffic Status is
Weather
shown in the lower left corner and the Altitude Filter is shown in the lower right
Nearest
corner.
1. While viewing the Traffic Page, touch the Traffic Status key
Services/
Music to select Operate.
2. To switch to Standby Mode from the Traffic Page, touch the
Utilities
Traffic Status key to select Standby.
System
3. The Altitude Filter limits the traffic displayed to the Below,
Messages “Displayed Traffic Range” table. The filter altitudes are relative
Symbols the altitude filter value.
4. Touch the Traffic Status key to place the system in the Standby
Appendix mode. Standby is displayed in the Traffic mode field.
Index NOTE: Not all TAS systems can be set to “Standby” mode while in the air.

9.4.2.2 Range Ring
Foreword
Touching the In and Out keys will zoom in and out in preset steps depending
on the installed equipment as shown in the following table. Getting
Started
Traffic Device Map Ranges Audio &

Xpdr Ctrl
Garmin GTS 800, Skywatch (SKY497 2 NM, 6 NM, 12 NM
/SKY889) Com/Nav
Garmin GTS 820 and 850, Honeywell 2 NM, 6 NM, 12 NM, 24 NM, 40 NM
KTA 810 TAS, KTA 910 TAS, KMH 820 FPL
IHAS, KMH 920 IHAS, and Avidyne TAS
620 (Ryan 9900BX) Direct-To
Table 9-7 Available Traffic Range Ring Steps

Proc
9.4.3 Altitude Display
Wpt Info
Changing the altitude display mode
1. While viewing the Traffic page, touch the Traffic Status key Map
to begin displaying traffic. “TAS OPERATING” is displayed in
the Traffic Status field. Traffic
2. Touch the Altitude Filter key to change the altitude filter

Terrain
value. The filter altitudes are relative to ownship altitude. Select
the desired altitude filter by touching the BELOW, NORMAL,
Weather
ABOVE, or UNREST (unrestricted) keys. The selection is
displayed in the Altitude mode field. Nearest
Services/
Music
Selected
Altitude Filter Slider Indicates
More Selections Utilities
Are Available
System
Messages
Figure 9-9 Traffic Altitude Filter Page Symbols
Appendix
Index

Foreword Altitude Mode Displayed Traffic Range
Getting
Started Normal -2700 ft to 2700 ft
Audio & Above -2700 ft to 9900 ft
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav Table 9-8 Displayed Traffic Range
FPL 9.4.4 Traffic System Status

NOTE: Refer to the equipment documentation for information on the
Direct-To
self-test and operating modes.
Proc The Traffic Status is indicated in the upper right corner of the Traffic Page.
Traffic Display
Wpt Info Traffic Mode Annunciation
Mode Enabled Icon
(Traffic Page)
Map (Other Maps)
Traffic
TAS Self-test Initiated Test
Terrain TAS Operating Operate
Weather
TAS Standby Standby
Nearest
Services/
TAS Failed TAS Fail
Music
Table 9-9 TAS Modes
Utilities
If the unit fails, an annunciation as to the cause of the failure is shown in the
System
center of the Traffic Page.
Traffic Page
Description
Messages Annunciation
No Data Data is not being received from the TAS unit
Symbols
Data is being received from the TAS unit, but the unit is
Data Failed
Appendix self-reporting a failure
Failed Incorrect data format received from the TAS unit
Index
Table 9-10 TAS Failure Annunciations

9.5 ADS-B Traffic Foreword
ADS-B technology is an important part of the FAA’s Next Generation Air
Getting
Transportation System (NextGen), allowing for enhanced safety, efficiency, and Started
the ability of the system to handle greater numbers of aircraft. ADS-B In allows
Audio &
a properly-equipped aircraft to access FAA broadcast services such as TIS-B and Xpdr Ctrl
FIS-B. With ADS-B Out, the avionics transmit an aircraft’s precise location, as
Com/Nav
well as specific information about that aircraft, to ground stations and other
aircraft. FPL
If more than one target is occupying the same area of the screen, the GTN
will combine the two traffic targets into one traffic group. The group symbol Direct-To
maintains the iconology of the highest priority traffic target in the group and
indicates a grouped symbol by the presence of an asterisk to the left of the Proc
grouped traffic target.

Wpt Info
Traffic targets displayed on the dedicated traffic page may be selected in
order to obtain additional information about a traffic target or to view all targets Map
in a grouped target. When a grouped target is selected, the Next key on the
dedicated traffic page will cycle through all targets located in close proximity to Traffic
where the screen has been touched.
Terrain
ADS-B and TCAS Proximity Advisory,
Status and Altitude 1200 ft Above and
Filter Climbing Weather
Map
Orientation
Touch To View Nearest
Traffic Menu Selected
Traffic Info
Range Rings Services/
Music
Selected Vector Touch For
Motion and Duration Next Target
Utilities
Range Ring
Radius Traffic Direction
Ownship Of Travel System
Icon
Figure 9-10 ADS-B Traffic Page Messages
NOTE: The “Next” key on the dedicated traffic page will cycle through
all targets located in close proximity to where the pilot has touched the Symbols
screen.
Appendix
Index

Foreword Symbol Description
Basic Non-Directional Traffic
Getting
Started
Basic Directional Traffic
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Basic Off-scale Selected Traffic
Com/Nav
Proximate Non-Directional Traffic
FPL
Proximate Directional Traffic
Direct-To
Proximate Off-scale Selected Traffic

Proc
Non-Directional Alerted Traffic
Wpt Info
Off-Scale Non-Directional Alerted Traffic
Map
Directional Alerted Traffic
Traffic
Off-Scale Directional Alerted Traffic
Terrain
Non-Directional Surface Vehicle
Weather
Directional Surface Vehicle
Nearest
Table 9-11 ADS-B Traffic Symbols
Services/
Music
NOTE: Color of basic and proximate traffic is dependent on configuration
Utilities (cyan or white) and airborne/on-ground status of target (target is brown
when on the ground, see the surface vehicles).
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

9.5.1 Traffic Applications - SURF, AIRB, etc. Foreword
The GTN ADS-B traffic display is capable of running in two “modes:”
Getting
Airborne Situational Awareness (AIRB) and Surface Situation Awareness (SURF). Started
AIRB is in operation in the en route environment, outside of five NM from Audio &
and 1,500 feet above the nearest airport. Xpdr Ctrl
SURF is in operation within the terminal environment (within five NM and Com/Nav
less than 1,500 feet above field elevation). When SURF is running, and the
zoom scale on the traffic display is less than two NM, the airport environment FPL
(including taxiways and runways) is displayed in addition to traffic. This is to
aid in situational awareness of runway occupancy/availability, etc. Direct-To
Due to the varying precision of the data received via ADS-B, ADS-R, and Proc
TIS-B, all traffic targets may not be depicted on the traffic display. Because higher
data precision is required for display in the SURF environment, some targets Wpt Info
eligible for AIRB will not be displayed while SURF is active. Individual eligibility
for AIRB and SURF is depicted in the selected traffic data on the traffic page. Map
9.5.2 ADS-B Traffic Menu Traffic
The Traffic Menu allows control of the traffic information display.

Select TCAS Status: Terrain
Operate and Standby
Weather
Toggle ADS-B Touch To Perform
Traffic Display Traffic Test
Nearest
Select Motion Vector: Select Altitude Filter:
Absolute, Relative, Normal, Above,
Services/
Off Below, Unrestricted Music
Select Vector Duration:
30 sec, 1 min, 2 min, 5 min Utilities
Figure 9-11 ADS-B Traffic Menu

System
9.5.2.1 ADS-B Display
Messages
Touching ADS-B Display toggles the display of ADS-B traffic and
ADS-B traffic alerting.
Symbols
Appendix
Index

9.5.2.2 TCAS Status
Foreword
This shows the current status of the TCAS system. The modes reported by
Getting the traffic device are “Operate” while in the air and “Standby” while on the
Started
ground. This control allows the pilot to manually select the TCAS Status.
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl Touch the TCAS Status key to toggle the TCAS Status.
Com/Nav 9.5.2.3 Test
The Traffic Test function is only available on some TAS traffic systems. The
FPL aircraft must be on the ground and traffic system must be in Standby.
1. Touch the Test key to activate the test function in the Traffic
Direct-To
equipment.
Proc 2. The unit will return to normal operation mode after the test
process is successfully completed.
Wpt Info
9.5.2.4 Motion Vector
Map When Absolute Motion Vectors are selected, the vectors extending from the
traffic targets depict the target reported track and speed over the ground. When
Traffic Relative Motion Vectors are selected, the vectors extending from the traffic targets
display how the traffic target is moving relative to your aircraft. These vectors are
Terrain calculated using the traffic targets track and ground speed and your aircraft’s track
and ground speed. These two values are combined to depict where the traffic target
Weather is moving purely with respect to your aircraft and give a forecast of where the traffic
target will be, relative to your aircraft, in the near future.
Nearest
Services/ Selected Vector Type

Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols Figure 9-12 Traffic Motion Vector Type Selection
Appendix
NOTE: Absolute motion vectors are colored either white or cyan. Relative
motion vectors are always green. The annunciation on the bottom of the
dedicated traffic page indicates which vector type is selected and their
Index
length.
ADS-B and TCAS Status
and Altitude Filter Foreword
Map
Touch To View Orientation Getting
Traffic Menu Started
Traffic Motion Selected
Vector (White) Traffic Info Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Motion and Next Target Com/Nav
Duration
Figure 9-13 Absolute Motion (White Vectors)
FPL
ADS-B and TCAS Status Traffic Motion
and Altitude Filter Vector (Green)
Direct-To
Map
Orientation
Touch To View Proc
Traffic Menu Selected
Traffic Info
Wpt Info
Motion and Next Target
Duration Map
Figure 9-14 Relative Motion (Green Vectors)
Motion Vector Target Traffic
Motion Vector Target
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Ownship Icon Ownship Icon

Services/
Figure 9-15 Comparison of Absolute and Relative Motion Vectors With a Single Target Music
Target Motion Vector Motion Vector Target Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Target Motion Ownship Icon Target Motion Ownship Icon

Vector Vector Appendix
Figure 9-16 Comparison of Absolute and Relative Motion Vectors With a Two Targets
Index

9.5.2.5 Vector Duration
Foreword
The Vector Duration selection sets the time that the vector will show the
Getting calculated distance and direction of the traffic target. A longer duration will
Started
result in a longer vector.
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav Selected Vector Duration
FPL
Direct-To
Proc
Figure 9-17 Traffic Motion Vector Duration Selection
Wpt Info
9.5.2.6 Altitude Filter
Map 1. The Altitude Filter limits the traffic displayed to the Below,
Traffic “Displayed Traffic Range” table. The filter altitudes are relative
Terrain the altitude filter value.
2. Select the desired altitude filter by touching the BELOW,
Weather
NORMAL, ABOVE, or UNRESTRICTED keys. The selection
is displayed in the Altitude mode field.
Nearest
Services/
Music Selected Altitude Filter
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Figure 9-18 Traffic Altitude Filter Page

Appendix
Index

Altitude Mode Displayed Traffic Range Foreword
Getting
Normal -2700 ft to 2700 ft Started
Above -2700 ft to 9900 ft Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Table 9-12 Displayed Traffic Range Com/Nav
9.5.2.7 On Scene Mode FPL

When a GDL 88 (with software v3.00, or later) or GTX 345 is installed with
a GTN in a helicopter, the GTN provides controls for enabling/disabling “On Direct-To
Scene” mode. “On Scene” mode decreases traffic alerts when operating near
Proc
other helicopters (e.g., news reporting).
1. While viewing the Traffic page, touch the Menu key. Wpt Info
2. Touch the On Scene key to enable/disable On Scene mode. Map
9.5.3 Rotorcraft Traffic Page Orientation Traffic
NOTE: Rotorcraft Traffic Page Orientation functionality is available in

Terrain
software v5.12 or later.
When flying at low speeds in a helicopter, heading may not always be closely Weather
aligned with track (it could easily be up to 180 degrees different). If the GTN is
Nearest
interfaced with a heading source, the ADS-B traffic page will remain fixed with
the ownship heading pointed up. However, if heading is not being received by Services/
the GTN, the display of ADS-B traffic will be unavailable. Music
When one of the following conditions is true, the ADS-B traffic page will be Utilities
unavailable and a "Display Unavailable" banner will be displayed.
System
• Ownship directionality is invalid (no valid heading or track)
• GPS ground speed is less than 15 knots and ownship heading is not
Messages
available
While the traffic display is unavailable due to these conditions, traffic alerts Symbols
will be provided in a non-bearing textual form at the top of the traffic page.
Appendix
Index

Foreword
9.6 RYAN TCAD 9900BX with the GDL 88
Getting
NOTE: When a TCAD is connected to a GTX 345, the available controls
Started will appear as described for TCAS in "ADS-B Traffic Menu"
Audio & Ryan TCAD is a system that provides audio and visual alerts for traffic near
Xpdr Ctrl
your aircraft. The information from this system can be interfaced through the
Com/Nav GTN series. Operating instructions and details on the modes of operation are
described in the Ryan TCAD operator’s handbooks.
FPL
• TCAS-like symbols are used in the 9900BX.
Direct-To • Altitude modes are available (normal, look up, look down, unrestricted).
• Ranges are manually controlled for the current shield.
Proc
• Traffic display range selections:
Wpt Info - Ryan 9900BX — 1 NM, 2 NM, 2 and 6 NM, 6 and
12 NM, and 12 and 24 NM.
Map
9.6.1 Ryan TCAD Description
Traffic
NOTE: Refer to the Ryan TCAD Pilot’s Guide for a detailed description of
the Ryan TCAD System.
Terrain
The Ryan TCAD (Traffic and Collision Alert Device) is an on-board air traf-
Weather fic display used to identify potential collision threats. TCAD computes rela-
tive altitude and range of threats from nearby Mode C and Mode S-equipped
Nearest
aircraft. TCAD will not detect aircraft without operating transponders or those
Services/ that are beyond radar coverage. TCAD, within defined limits, creates a “shield”
Music of airspace around the aircraft that detected traffic cannot penetrate without
Utilities
triggering an alert.
TA: Traffic Advisory. This is traffic with 500 feet, or less, of altitude separation
System that is converging or maintaining altitude separation.
PA: Proximity Advisory. This is traffic with 500 feet of altitude separation that
Messages
is not a TA.
Symbols TRFC: Other traffic.
Appendix
Index

Touch To View
Traffic Menu Foreword
Touch Icon For Info
ADS-B and TCAD Map
Status and Altitude Orientation Getting
Started
Filter
Alerted Target, Selected Audio &
1200 ft Above and Traffic Info Xpdr Ctrl
Climbing
Touch For Com/Nav
Range Ring Next Target
Radius
FPL
Traffic Traffic Motion Selected Vector
Annunciation Vector Motion and Duration
Direct-To
Figure 9-19 Traffic Page for Ryan TCAD with GDL 88
9.6.2 Altitude Mode Proc

The GDL 88 has four altitude display modes: Normal (±2,700 feet, Above
(-2,700 feet to +9,000 feet), Below (-9,000 feet to +2,700 feet), and Unrestricted Wpt Info
(±9,900 feet). The GDL 88 continues to track up to 30 intruder aircraft within its
Map
maximum surveillance range, regardless of the altitude display mode selected.
The selected altitude display mode is displayed in the upper left-hand corner Traffic
of the Traffic page.
The Altitude Filter limits the traffic displayed to the Below, Terrain

“Displayed Traffic Range” table. The filter altitudes are relative Weather
to ownship altitude. While viewing the Traffic page, touch the

Nearest
Altitude Filter key to change the altitude filter value. Select
the desired altitude filter by touching the BELOW, NORMAL, Services/
ABOVE, or UNRESTRICTED keys. The selection is displayed Music
in the Altitude mode field.
Utilities
Selected Altitude Filter System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Figure 9-20 Traffic Altitude Filter Selection

Index

Foreword Altitude Mode Displayed Traffic Range
Getting
Started Normal -2700 ft to 2700 ft
Audio & Above -2700 ft to 9900 ft
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav Table 9-13 Displayed Traffic Range
FPL 9.6.3 TCAD Control Menu

The TCAD Control Menu allows control over the settings for the TCAD
Direct-To
Traffic display.
Proc
Select TCAD Control Menu
Wpt Info
Map
Traffic Figure 9-21 TCAD Traffic Menu

1. While viewing the Traffic menu, touch the TCAD Control key.
Terrain
Select Field Elevation
Weather
Set Traffic Audio Select Local Baro

Nearest Volume
Activate Select Approach
Services/ Operation Mode: Set,
Music
Armed, or Active
Utilities Select Ground Mode
Figure 9-22 TCAD Control Menu
System
2. Touch the desired key from the menu to make any settings.
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

9.6.3.1 Traffic Audio
Foreword
1. While viewing the TCAD Control menu, touch the Traffic
Audio key. Getting
Started
Audio &
Touch To Lower Touch To Raise Xpdr Ctrl
The Volume The Volume
Com/Nav
Bar Graph Showing Volume Level

FPL
Figure 9-23 TCAD Traffic
2. Touch the arrow keys to raise or lower the TCAD Traffic Audio Direct-To
level. The selected volume will be shown as a percentage value
and graphically with a bar graph. Proc
3. Touch the Back key to return to the TCAD Control menu.

Wpt Info
9.6.3.2 Field Elevation Map

1. While viewing the TCAD Control menu, touch the Field
Elevation key. Traffic
Terrain
Touch To Manually Touch To Automatically
Set Field Elevation Select The Destination
Airport Field Elevation Weather
Figure 9-24 TCAD Traffic Field Elevation Selection Nearest
2. With the Use DEST APT key deactivated (no green bar), touch Services/
the Field Elevation key to manually select the Field Elevation Music
for traffic reporting. Use the keypad to select the elevation
Utilities
value.
3. Touch the Enter key to accept the selected value. The selected System
value will be shown in the Field Elevation key.
4. Touch the Use DEST APT key to automatically use the field Messages
elevation of the destination airport of the active flight plan for
traffic reporting. Symbols
NOTE: Activating the Use DEST APT feature automatically uses the
Appendix
elevation for the current destination airport for the TCAD. If no destination
airport is present in the GTN system, the TCAD will not receive a field
Index
elevation and therefore not automatically enter approach mode.

9.6.3.3 Baro
Foreword
1. While viewing the TCAD Control menu, touch the BARO key
Getting to manually select the barometric pressure.
Started
2. Use the keypad to select the barometric pressure value.
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl 3. Touch the Enter key to accept the selected value. The selected
value will be shown in the BARO key.
Com/Nav
9.6.3.4 Operate
FPL
1. While viewing the TCAD Control menu, touch the Operate
key to activate TCAD traffic.
Direct-To
2. Touching the Operate key toggles TCAD traffic operation on
Proc and off.
Wpt Info
9.6.3.5 Ground Mode
1. While viewing the TCAD Control menu, touch the Ground
Map key to activate Ground Mode TCAD traffic.
2. Touching the Ground key toggles Ground Mode on and off.
Traffic
9.6.3.6 Approach Mode
Terrain
1. While viewing the TCAD Control menu, touch the Approach
key to activate Approach Mode TCAD traffic.
Weather
2. Touching the Approach key toggles Approach Mode on and
Nearest off.
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

9.7 TCAD 9900B Operation Foreword
The TCAD 9900B provides a passive system that uses transponder replies
from other aircraft to acquire traffic information. Getting
Started
Map Orientation
Traffic Advisory Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Touch To View Altitude Separation
Traffic Menu 0 Feet, Steady
Altitude Separation Com/Nav
Altitude Separation
300 Feet Below, FPL
Touch To Select Closing
Barometric Touch To Select Direct-To
Pressure Active Shield
Proc
Traffic Traffic, Separation
Annunciation 500 Feet, Opening
Wpt Info
Figure 9-25 Traffic Page for Ryan TCAD 9900B
Map
Symbol Description
Imminent Traffic Non-Imminent Traffic
(Traffic within ±500 feet Traffic
AND 1.0 NM; OR no altitude Terrain
AND within 1.0 NM)
Traffic Closing Vertically Weather
Traffic Diverging Vertically Nearest
Traffic not Closing or Diverging Services/

Music
Vertically
Table 9-14 9900B TCAD Symbols Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

Foreword
9.7.1 Select Local Barometric Pressure
1. While viewing the TCAD display, touch the Baro key to select
Getting
Started
the local barometric pressure.
2. Use the keypad to select the values and touch Enter to save
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl the values.
Com/Nav 9.7.2 Select Active Shield

1. While viewing the TCAD display, touch the Active Shield
FPL
key to select the Active Shield values (Departure, Enroute, or
Ground).
Direct-To
2. Touch the desired setting to save the values.
Proc
Wpt Info 9.7.3 TCAD 9900B Traffic Menu

The TCAD 9900B Menu allows control over the settings for the TCAD Traffic
Map
display.
Traffic
1. While viewing the Traffic page, touch the Menu key.
Select Approach
Set Traffic Audio Mode: Set,
Terrain
Volume Armed, or Active
Weather Select Shield Setup
Figure 9-26 TCAD 9900B Traffic Menu
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities Audio key.
System
Touch To Lower Touch To Raise
Messages
Symbols Bar Graph Showing Volume Level

Figure 9-27 TCAD Traffic Audio
Appendix
2. Touch the arrow keys to raise or lower the TCAD Traffic Audio
Index
and graphically with a bar graph.
Foreword
Getting
9.7.3.2 Shield Setup Started
The Shield Setup function allows you to select the Shield Type (mode of Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
operation) and the size of the shield volume that will provide alerts when
entered by aircraft. Com/Nav
Approach Shield Type

FPL
1. While viewing the TCAD Control menu, touch the Shield Type
key and touch the Approach Shield Type. Direct-To
Touch To Select Proc

Shield Type:
Approach or
Standard Wpt Info
Airport Field Elevation Map
Figure 9-28 TCAD 9900B Shield Setup for Approach Traffic
2. Touch the Field Elevation key.

Terrain
3. With the Use DEST APT key deactivated (no green bar), touch
the Field Elevation key to manually select the Field Elevation Weather
value. Nearest
4. Touch the Enter key to accept the selected value. The selected
Services/
value will be shown in the Field Elevation key. Music
5. Touch the Use DEST APT key to automatically use the field Utilities
traffic reporting. System
elevation for the current destination airport for the TCAD. If no destination Messages
elevation and therefore not automatically enter approach mode. Symbols
Appendix
Index

En Route, Standard, or Terminal Shield Type
Foreword
Getting key and touch the desired Shield Type: Enroute, Standard, or
Started
Terminal.
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Touch To Select
Shield Type:
Com/Nav Approach or
Standard
FPL Touch To Manually Touch To Shield Range
Set Shield Height
Direct-To
Figure 9-29 TCAD 9900B Shield Setup for En Route, Standard, and Terminal
Proc
2. Touch the Shield Height key and use the keypad to select
Wpt Info
the Shield Height value. The selected value will be shown in
the Shield Range key.
Map 3. Touch the Shield Range key and use the keypad to select
the Shield Range value. The selected value will be shown in
Traffic the Shield Range key.
Terrain 9.7.3.3 Approach Mode

1. While viewing the TCAD Control menu, touch the Approach
Weather key to activate Approach Mode TCAD traffic.
2. Touching the Approach key toggles Approach Mode between
Nearest
Set, Armed, or Active.
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

9.8 TCAD 9900BX Operation Foreword
The TCAD 9900BX provides an active system that interrogates other aircraft
to acquire traffic information. Getting
Traffic Advisory Started
Out Of Range Traffic Altitude Separation
Audio &
Altitude Separation 0 Feet 200 Feet Xpdr Ctrl
Map
Orientation
Com/Nav
Other Traffic Proximate Traffic,
Altitude Separation 500 FPL
Separation 700 Feet Below,
Feet Above, Descending
Ascending Direct-To

Barometric Altitude Filter Proc
Pressure
Figure 9-30 Traffic Page for Ryan TCAD 9900BX Wpt Info
Symbol Description Map

Traffic Advisory
Traffic
Proximity Advisory
(color may be configured as cyan) Terrain
Other Traffic
Weather
(color may be configured as cyan)
Out-of-Range Traffic Advisory Nearest
Table 9-15 9900BX (TCAS) Symbols Services/

Music
9.8.1 Select Local Barometric Pressure Utilities

1. While viewing the TCAD display, touch the Baro key to select
the local barometric pressure. System
2. Use the keypad to select the values and touch Enter to save
the values. Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

Foreword
9.8.2 Select Altitude Filter
The Altitude Filter limits the traffic displayed to the Below,
Getting Normal, Above or Unrestricted altitude block as listed in the
Started
“Displayed Traffic Range” table. The filter altitudes are relative
Audio & to ownship altitude. While viewing the Traffic page, touch the
Xpdr Ctrl
Altitude Filter key to change the altitude filter value. Select
Com/Nav the desired altitude filter by touching the Normal, Above,
Below, or Unrestricted keys. The selection is displayed in
FPL the Altitude Filter field.
Direct-To
Selected Altitude Filter
Proc
Wpt Info
Map
Traffic Figure 9-31 Traffic Altitude Filter Selection

Altitude Mode Displayed Traffic Range
Terrain
Weather
Normal -2700 ft to 2700 ft
Above -2700 ft to 9900 ft
Nearest Unrestricted All Traffic Shown
Services/
Table 9-16 Displayed Traffic Range
Music
9.8.3 TCAD 9900BX Traffic Menu
Utilities
The TCAD 9900BX Menu allows control over the settings for the TCAD
Traffic display.
System 1. While viewing the Traffic page, touch the Menu key.
Select Shield Setup
Messages Select Approach
Set Traffic Audio Mode: Set,
Symbols Volume Armed, or Active
Toggle Ground
Appendix Mode On or Off
Figure 9-32 TCAD 9900BX Traffic Menu
Index
Foreword
Audio key. Getting
Started
Audio &
Touch To Lower Touch To Raise Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav

FPL
Figure 9-33 TCAD Traffic Audio
2. Touch the arrow keys to raise or lower the TCAD Traffic Audio Direct-To
and graphically with a bar graph. Proc

Wpt Info
Map
9.8.3.2 Shield Setup
The Shield Setup function allows you to select the Shield Type (mode of Traffic
operation) and the size of the shield volume that will provide alerts when
entered by aircraft. Terrain
Approach Shield Type

Weather
key and touch the Approach Shield Type. Nearest
Touch To Select Services/

Shield Type: Music
Approach or
Standard Utilities
Airport Field Elevation System
Figure 9-34 TCAD 9900BX Shield Setup for Approach Messages
2. Touch the Field Elevation key.

Symbols
3. With the Use DEST APT key deactivated (no green bar), touch
the Field Elevation key to manually select the Field Elevation Appendix
value. Index

4. Touch the Enter key to accept the selected value. The selected
Foreword
value will be shown in the Field Elevation key.
Getting 5. Touch the Use DEST APT key to automatically use the field
Started
Audio & traffic reporting.
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav elevation for the current destination airport for the TCAD. If no destination
FPL elevation and therefore not automatically enter approach mode.
En Route, Standard, or Terminal Shield Type
Direct-To
key and touch the desired Shield Type: Enroute, Standard, or
Proc
Terminal.
Wpt Info Touch To Select
Shield Type:
Approach or
Map
Standard
Touch To Manually Touch To Shield Range
Traffic Set Shield Height
Terrain
Figure 9-35 TCAD 9900BX Shield Setup for En Route, Standard, and Terminal
Weather 2. Touch the Shield Height key and use the keypad to select
the Shield Height value. The selected value will be shown in
Nearest the Shield Range key.
Services/
3. Touch the Shield Range key and use the keypad to select
Music the Shield Range value. The selected value will be shown in
the Shield Range key.
Utilities
9.8.3.3 Approach Mode
1. While viewing the Traffic menu, touch the Approach key to
System
activate Approach Mode TCAD traffic.
Messages 2. Touching the Approach key toggles Approach Mode between
Set, Armed, or Active.
Symbols 9.8.3.4 Ground Mode
1. While viewing the Traffic menu, touch the Ground key to
Appendix activate Ground Mode TCAD traffic.
2. Touching the Ground key toggles Ground Mode between On
Index and Off.

9.9 TCAS II Foreword
NOTE: This feature is available with software v6.30 and later. Getting
Started
WARNING: Traffic information shown on system displays is provided as an Audio &

Xpdr Ctrl
aid in visually acquiring traffic. Traffic avoidance maneuvers are based upon
TCAS II Resolution Advisories, ATC guidance, or positive visual acquisition Com/Nav
of conflicting traffic.
FPL
WARNING: Do not rely solely upon the display of traffic information to
accurately depict all of the traffic information within range of the aircraft.
Due to lack of equipment, poor signal reception, and/or inaccurate Direct-To
information from other aircraft, traffic may be present but not represented
on the displays. Proc
Wpt Info
NOTE: If the installed TCAS II traffic system is not a GTS 8000, refer to
the applicable documentation for system-specific information.
Map
A Traffic Alert and Collision Avoidance System II (TCAS II), such as the
Traffic
GTS 8000, improves flight safety by monitoring nearby airspace for aircraft flying
with operating transponders. The TCAS II system provides traffic information to Terrain
the displays. If separation from other aircraft is within certain limits, the system
issues Traffic Advisories (TAs) assisting the flight crew in the visual acquisition Weather
of traffic, or Resolution Advisories (RAs) providing recommended vertical
guidance maneuvers to resolve traffic conflicts. Nearest
9.9.1 TCAS II Theory of Operation Services/

Music
When the TCAS II system is operating in TA/RA or TA Only Mode, the system
interrogates the transponders of other aircraft in the vicinity, and monitors for Utilities
their replies. Based on successive replies, the system tracks the range, bearing,
System
and (if reported) the altitudes of other aircraft. For each detected aircraft
transponder, the system calculates time to, and separation at, the closest point
Messages
of approach (CPA) around the potential collision area surrounding own aircraft.
Based on CPA time, own aircraft altitude, and selected TCAS II system mode, Symbols
the system determines if a TA or RA should be issued for a detected intruder.
Appendix
Index

Foreword Altitude TA Time to CPA RA Time to CPA
(Feet*) (Seconds) (Seconds)
Getting
Started 0 - 1,000 20 RA not issued below
1,000 feet
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl 1,000 - 2,350 25 15
2,350 - 5,000 30 20
Com/Nav
5,000 - 10,000 40 25
FPL 10,000 - 20,000 45 30
20,000 and above 48 35
Direct-To
* System uses pressure altitude except when Radar Altitude is available. Radar Altitude takes precedence over pressure altitude
reporting.
Proc Table 9-17 Altitude-based TCAS II TA/RA Alert Thresholds
Wpt Info
The TCAS II system categorizes detected traffic into four groups of increasing
collision threat potential:
Map • Other Traffic (OT), displayed as a hollow white diamond, is not currently
a threat.
Traffic
• Proximate Traffic (PT), displayed as a filled white diamond, is not
Terrain
currently a threat, but is within 6 nm and ±1,200 feet of the own-aircraft
altitude.
Weather • Traffic Advisory (TA), displayed as a filled yellow circle, indicates traffic is
within 20-48 seconds of a potential collision area. If a Traffic Map is shown,
Nearest and the TA traffic is beyond the selected map range, the system displays a
Services/
half-TA symbol at the edge of the map at the approximate relative bearing
Music of the TA traffic. If TA traffic subsequently meets the criteria for an RA, the
system will issue an RA.
Utilities
• Resolution Advisory (RA), displayed as a filled red square, indicates
System traffic is within 15-35 seconds of a potential collision area. If a Traffic
Map is shown, and the RA traffic is beyond the selected map range, the
Messages system displays a half-RA symbol at the edge of the map positioned at the
approximate relative bearing to the RA traffic.
Symbols
Appendix
Index

Symbol Description Foreword
Other Non-threat Traffic
Getting
Proximity Advisory Started
Audio &
Traffic Advisory (TA) Xpdr Ctrl
Off-scale Traffic Advisory Com/Nav
Resolution Advisory (RA)

FPL
Off-scale Resolution Advisory
Direct-To
Table 9-18 TCAS II Traffic Symbol Description
Proc
9.9.2 TCAS II with ADS-B
When the GTS 8000 TCAS II is in operating mode, it interrogates Mode-S Wpt Info
transponder data while automatically receiving ADS-B position and velocity
information directly from a comparably equipped aircraft target. The system Map
attempts to match (or “correlate”) the two surveillance data sources to increase
the preciseness of its target location. When a correlation is made, the system Traffic
displays the traffic information for the source determined to be the most
Terrain
accurate. Any traffic that is not correlated (i.e., only detected by one system but
not the other) is also displayed for the flight crew. This may occur, for example,
Weather
if another aircraft is beyond the surveillance range of the TCAS II, but the
GTS 8000 is still receiving position and velocity information from other ADS-B Nearest
equipped aircraft. The traffic correlation feature improves the accuracy of the
traffic displayed, while reducing the occurrence of displaying a single target Services/
Music
twice.
Utilities
NOTE: Aircraft that are surveilled by ADS-B In only will not trigger a TCAS
resolution advisory.
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

Foreword
9.9.3 TCAS II Alerts
When the TCAS II unit issues a TA or RA, the following occur:
Getting
Started • A ‘TRAFFIC’ annunciation appears in the annunciator bar of the GTN,
Audio & flashes for 5 seconds and remains displayed until no TAs or RAs are detected
Xpdr Ctrl in the surveillance area.
Com/Nav - RA ‘TRAFFIC’ annunciations are white text with red backgrounds.
- TA ‘TRAFFIC’ annunciations are black text with yellow backgrounds.
FPL
- If a TA and RA occur simultaneously, only the red and white RA
Direct-To ‘TRAFFIC’ annunciation is shown.
• If the GTN is not displaying the traffic page, the system displays a traffic
Proc
alert pop-up.
Wpt Info • During a TA event, the system issues a single “Traffic, Traffic” voice alert
each time the system detects a new TA threat.
Map • During an RA event, voice alert(s) provide vertical guidance to resolve the
traffic conflict.
Traffic
- The Vertical Speed Indicator displays a range of vertical speeds to fly
Terrain to or avoid as applicable.
- Additional voice alerts occur if the RA status changes and when the
Weather aircraft is clear of the conflict.
Nearest
If the traffic system cannot determine the bearing of a Traffic or Resolution
Advisory, the alert will be displayed as a traffic alert banner outlined in the
Services/ following table:
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

Traffic Alert Banner Description Foreword
• Warning banner displayed when system
Getting
unable to determine bearing of Resolution Started
Advisory (RA) and extreme pilot vigilance
Audio &
is required. Xpdr Ctrl
• Banner indicates distance in nm and
RA X.X ± XX <UP> or <DN> Com/Nav
altitude separation in hundreds of feet.
• If altitude trend is available, banner
FPL
indicates altitude trend up <UP> for
climbing and down <DN> for descending
Direct-To
traffic.
• Caution banner displayed when Proc
system unable to determine bearing of
Traffic Advisory (TA) and pilot vigilance is Wpt Info
required.
• Banner indicates distance in nm and Map
TA X.X ± XX <UP> or <DN>
altitude separation in hundreds of feet.
Traffic
• If altitude trend is available, banner
indicates altitude trend up <UP> for
Terrain
climbing and down <DN> for descending
traffic.
Weather
Table 9-19 TCAS II No-Bearing Alert Banners
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

9.9.3.1 Resolution Advisories
Foreword
Resolution Advisories (RAs) are TCAS II recommended vertical guidance
Getting maneuvers to be flown to resolve a traffic conflict. If the targeted threat
Started
aircraft is also TCAS II equipped, the two traffic systems use Mode S data
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl link interrogations to generate complimentary responses to the RAs. During
an RA event, the system monitors the performance and status of the aircraft
Com/Nav response. It may command an increase/decrease vertical speed, and/or reverse
climb/descend commands until the aircraft is clear of the conflict.
FPL
RAs are categorized in two resolution types, preventive and corrective:
Direct-To Preventive Resolutions
Proc
Preventive RAs are issued when the aircraft's present vertical speed will
resolve a traffic conflict. The system displays a range of vertical speed avoidance
Wpt Info limits. These limits are displayed to help the pilot from climbing or descending
into conflicting traffic.
Map Corrective Resolutions
Traffic
Corrective RAs are issued when the aircraft's present vertical speed will
not resolve a traffic conflict. The VSI indicates a range of vertical speeds to be
Terrain avoided,while the current vertical speed appears in white with a red background.
For advisory, the VSI indicates a green “fly to” vertical speed range that needs
Weather to be flown to resolve the RA conflict. In some cases, the TCAS II system logic
determines it will be necessary to cross through the intruder aircraft’s altitude to
Nearest resolve the traffic conflict.
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

The following tables illustrate Preventive Advisories, Corrective Advisories,
Foreword
and TCAS II Voice Alerts:
Getting
Preventive RA Type Required Vertical Speed (fpm) Started
Do Not Climb <0 Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Do Not Climb > 500 fpm < 500
Do Not Climb > 1,000 fpm < 1,000 Com/Nav
Do Not Climb > 2,000 fpm < 2,000
FPL
Do Not Descend >0
Do Not Descend > 500 fpm > -500 Direct-To
Do Not Descend > 1,000 fpm > -1,000
Do Not Descend > 2,000 fpm > -2,000 Proc
Table 9-20 Preventative RA Types with Required Vertical Speeds

Wpt Info
Corrective RA Type Required Vertical Speed (fpm)
Climb 1,500 to 2,000 Map
Crossing Climb
Traffic
Crossing Maintain Climb 1,500 to 4,400
Maintain Climb Terrain
Reduce Descent 0
Descend - 1,500 to - 2,000 Weather
Crossing Descend
Nearest
Crossing Maintain Descend -1,500 to -4,400
Services/
Maintain Descend Music
Reduce Climb 0
Utilities
Table 9-21 Corrective RA Types with Required Vertical Speeds
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

Foreword Alert Type Voice Alert
TA "Traffic, Traffic"
Getting
Started Climb RA "Climb, Climb"
Audio & Descend RA "Descend, Descend"
Xpdr Ctrl
Altitude Crossing Climb RA "Climb, Crossing Climb, Climb, Crossing
Com/Nav Climb"
Altitude Crossing Descend RA “Descend, Crossing Descend, Descend,
FPL Crossing Descend"
Reduce Climb RA "Level Off, Level Off"
Direct-To
Reduce Descend RA "Level Off, Level Off"
Proc RA Reversal to Climb RA "Climb - Climb NOW, Climb - Climb
NOW"
Wpt Info RA Reversal to Descend RA "Descend - Descend NOW,
Descend - Descend NOW"
Map
Increase Climb RA "Increase Climb, Increase Climb"
Traffic
Increase Descent RA "Increase Descent, Increase Descent"
Maintain Rate RA "Maintain Vertical Speed, Maintain"
Terrain Altitude Crossing, Maintain Rate RA "Maintain Vertical Speed, Crossing
(Climb and Descend) Maintain"
Weather
Preventive RA "Monitor Vertical Speed"
Nearest
RA Removed "Clear of Conflict"
Table 9-22 TCAS II Voice Alerts
Services/
Music 9.9.4 TCAS II System Test
Utilities The TCAS II system test is initiated from the traffic menu. During a TCAS
II system test, the system displays a traffic test pattern on the Traffic Page. A
System Resolution Advisory (RA) alert annunciation will be displayed with the vertical
speed indicator indicating not to descend nor climb greater than 2,000 feet per
Messages minute. The system test takes approximately eight seconds to complete.
Symbols Condition Voice Alert
System Test Passed "TCAS Two System Passed"
Appendix
System Test Failed "TCAS Two System Failed"
Table 9-23 GTS 8000 System Test Voice Alerts
Index

9.9.5 TCAS II Operation Foreword
To display TCAS II traffic, the system must be in TA ONLY or TA/RA Mode.
Getting
These modes can be accessed from the transponder control panel or the Traffic Started
Page Menu.
Audio &
The Traffic Map is the principal map page for viewing TCAS II traffic data. Xpdr Ctrl
Traffic data is displayed in relation to the aircraft’s current position and altitude, Com/Nav
without basemap clutter. Aircraft orientation is always heading up unless there
is no valid heading. The map range is adjustable from 2 to 40 nm. Its scale is FPL
indicated by the map range rings.
Direct-To
The traffic operating mode and altitude display mode are annunciated in the
upper left corner of the Traffic Map Page.
Proc
Wpt Info
Map
Traffic
Terrain
Figure 9-36 TCAS II Traffic Map Page
Weather
NOTE: The GTS 8000 TCAS II system automatically selects TA ONLY Mode
when the aircraft is below 1,000’ AGL. After landing, the GTS 8000
automatically selects STANDBY Mode. If the installed TCAS II traffic system Nearest
is not a GTS 8000, refer to the applicable documentation for system-specific

Services/
automatic traffic mode selections. Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

9.9.5.1 Altitude Display
Foreword
The flight crew can select the volume of airspace in which Other Non-Threat
Getting
Started and proximity traffic is displayed. TAs and RAs outside of these limits will always
be shown. This airspace can be selected by pressing the Altitude Filter button
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl on the traffic page.
Com/Nav Altitude Mode Displayed Traffic Range (feet)

Below -9,900 to 2,700
FPL Normal -2,700 to 2,700
Above -2,700 to 9,900
Direct-To
Unrestricted -9,900 to 9,900
Proc Table 9-24 Displayed Traffic Range
Wpt Info
9.9.5.2 Traffic System Status
The traffic mode is annunciated in the upper left corner of the Traffic Map
Map pane. If the traffic system fails, or is in test mode, an annunciation is shown in
the center of the Traffic Map.
Traffic
Operating Mode Traffic Page Traffic Page
Terrain Annunciation Banner
TCAS II Self-Test Initiated Test Test Mode
Weather (TEST)
Traffic and Resolution TA/RA N/A
Nearest
Advisory ( TA/RA)
Services/ Traffic Advisory Only TA Only N/A
Music
TCAS II System Standby STBY N/A
Utilities TCAS II System Failed Fail Failed or No Data
Table 9-25 TCAS II Modes
System
9.9.5.3 External Display
Messages
If an external traffic display is being controlled by the GTN, it will be
commanded to match the display settings on the GTN (traffic range and altitude
Symbols
filter). In a dual GTN installation, GTN #1 will control the external display.
Appendix
The traffic range on the external display will be set to the nearest range to the
selected range on the GTN.
Index

10 TERRAIN Foreword
10.1 Terrain Configurations Getting

Started
NOTE: Obstacles are removed from the Terrain and TAWS pages at ranges Audio &
greater than 10 NM. Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
During power-up of the GTN 6XX, the terrain/obstacle database versions are
displayed along with a disclaimer. At the same time, the Terrain system self-test
FPL
begins. A failure message is issued if the terrain test fails.
Garmin provides the following terrain awareness solutions within the GTN Direct-To
6XX environment.
Proc
Alerting functions are designed to increase situational awareness
and help reduce controlled flight into terrain (CFIT).
Wpt Info
Terrain Type Features
• Standard terrain function displaying relative elevations on Map
(H)Terrain moving map
Proximity Traffic
• Does not provide aural or visual alerts
• Basic terrain alerting function Terrain
(H)Terrain • Provides aural and visual alerts

Weather
Alerting • Does not meet TSO-C151c or TSO-C194 requirements for
certification Nearest
• Optional terrain alerting function for rotorcraft
HTAWS Services/
Music
• Satisfies TSO-C194 requirements for certification
• Optional TSO-C151c Class A terrain alerting system Utilities
TAWS-A • Provides aural and visual alerts when terrain and obstacles are
System
within a given altitude threshold from the aircraft
• Optional TSO-C151c Class B terrain alerting system Messages
TAWS-B
• Provides aural and visual alerts
Symbols
Table 10-1 Terrain Configurations
Appendix
Index

Foreword
10.2 GPS Altitude for Terrain
GPS altitude is derived from satellite measurements. To require an accurate
Getting
Started 3-D fix (latitude, longitude, altitude), a minimum of four operating satellites
must be in view of the GPS receiver antenna.
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
The terrain system uses GPS altitude and position data to:
Com/Nav • Create a 2-D image of surrounding terrain and obstacles relative to the
aircraft's position and altitude
FPL
• Calculate the aircraft's flight path in relation to surrounding terrain and
Direct-To
obstacles
• Predict hazardous terrain conditions and issue alerts
Proc
10.2.1 GSL Altitude & Indicated Altitude
Wpt Info The GTN converts GPS altitude data to GSL altitude (i.e., the geometric
altitude relative to MSL) for use in terrain functions. All Terrain page depictions
Map
and elevation indications are in GSL.
Traffic Variations between GSL altitude and the aircraft's corrected barometric
altitude (or indicated altitude) are common. As a result, Terrain page altitude
Terrain data may differ from current altimeter readings. Both GSL altitude and indicated
altitude represent height above MSL, but differ in accuracy and reliability.
Weather
Altitude Type Features
Nearest • Highly accurate and reliable geometric altitude source
Services/
• Does not require local altimeter settings to determine height
Music GSL above MSL
Utilities • Not subject to pressure and temperature variations
• Affected primarily by satellite geometry
System
• Barometric altitude source corrected for pressure variations
Messages • Requires frequent altimeter setting adjustment to determine
Indicated height above MSL
Symbols
• Subject to local atmospheric conditions
Appendix • Affected by variations in pressure, temperature, and lapse rate
Table 10-2 GSL and Indicated Altitude Features
Index

10.3 General Database Information Foreword
Garmin TAWS and HTAWS use terrain and obstacle information supplied by
government and private sources. The data undergoes verification by Garmin to Getting
Started
confirm accuracy of the content. However, the displayed information should
Audio &
never be understood as being all-inclusive. Pilots must familiarize themselves Xpdr Ctrl
with the appropriate charts for safe flight.
Com/Nav
NOTE: The data contained in the terrain and obstacle databases comes
from government and private agencies. Garmin accurately processes and FPL
cross-validates the data, but cannot guarantee its accuracy or completeness.
Direct-To
10.3.1 Database Versions
The version and area of coverage of each terrain/obstacle database is shown Proc
on the System-System Status page. Databases are checked for integrity at
power-up. If a database is found to be missing and/or deficient, the Wpt Info
TAWS/HTAWS system fails the self-test and displays the TAWS/HTAWS system
failure message. Map
10.3.2 HTAWS Database Requirements Traffic
To function properly, HTAWS requires the use of databases specific to

Terrain
helicopters and HTAWS. The databases required are:
• 2.5 arc-second Terrain Database Weather
• Helicopter Obstacle Database
• Helicopter Navigation Database Nearest
10.3.3 Database Updates Services/

Music
For information on how to update databases, see section 18.2.
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

Foreword
10.3.4 Terrain Database Areas of Coverage
The fixed-wing terrain database provides worldwide coverage. The following
Getting describes the area of coverage available in each helicopter terrain database.
Started
Regional definitions may change without notice.
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl Database Coverage Area
Latitudes: 0° to N90°
Com/Nav Americas - North
Longitudes: W180° to W30°
Latitudes: N30° to S90°
FPL Americas - South
Longitudes: W180° to W30°
Direct-To Latitudes: 0° to N90°
Atlantic - North
Longitudes: W30° to E90°
Proc Latitudes: N30° to S90°
Atlantic - South
Longitudes: W30° to E90°
Wpt Info
Latitudes: 0° to N90°
Pacific - North
Longitudes: E60° to E180°
Map
Latitudes: N30° to S90°
Pacific - South
Longitudes: E60° to E180°
Traffic
Table 10-3 Terrain Database Coverage
Terrain NOTE: Because of higher resolution helicopter terrain data, the world-wide
data won't fit on the terrain database card. Therefore, data is regionalized.
Weather If you have the wrong region database for your present position, then you
get the message that terrain is unavailable for the current location and a
Nearest crosshatched pattern on the terrain display.
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

10.3.5 Obstacle Database Areas of Coverage Foreword
The following describes the area of coverage available in each database.
Regional definitions may change without notice. Getting
Started
Database Coverage Area
Audio &
Limited to the United States plus some areas of Canada, Xpdr Ctrl
United States (US)
Mexico, Caribbean, and the Pacific.
Com/Nav
Alaska, Austria, Belgium, Canada*, Caribbean*, Czech
Republic, Denmark, Estonia, Finland, France, Germany, Greece,
FPL
US/Europe Hawaii, Iceland, Ireland, Italy, Latvia, Lithuania, Mexico*,
Netherlands, Norway, Poland, Portugal, Slovakia, Spain,
Direct-To
Sweden, Switzerland, United Kingdom, United States
* Indicates partial coverage Proc
Table 10-4 Obstacle Database Coverage
Wpt Info
NOTE: It is very important to note that not all obstacles are necessarily
charted and therefore may not be contained in the Obstacle Database.
Map
Obstacle databases created for GTN software v5.10 or later include all power
lines or only HOT lines depending on the type of obstacle database installed. Traffic
Hazardous Obstacle Transmission (HOT) Lines are those power lines that are
Terrain
co-located with other FAA-identified obstacles. The installed obstacle database
type can be verified on the System Status page. Power line data is available for
Weather
the contiguous United States as well as small parts of Canada and Mexico.
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

Foreword
10.4 Terrain Proximity
Garmin Terrain Proximity is a non-TSO-C151c-certified terrain awareness
Getting
Started system provided as a standard feature of GTN 6XX to increase situational
awareness and help reduce controlled flight into terrain (CFIT). Terrain may be
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl displayed on the Map and Terrain pages.
Com/Nav Terrain Proximity uses information provided from the GPS receiver to
provide a horizontal position and altitude. GPS altitude is derived from satellite
FPL measurements. GPS altitude is converted to a Mean Sea Level (MSL)-based
altitude (GSL altitude) and is used to determine Terrain alerts. GSL altitude
Direct-To accuracy is affected by factors such as satellite geometry, but it is not subject
to variations in pressure and temperature that normally affect pressure altitude
Proc devices. GSL altitude does not require local altimeter settings to determine MSL
altitude. Therefore, GPS altitude provides a highly accurate and reliable MSL
Wpt Info
altitude source to calculate terrain and obstacle alerts.
Map Terrain Proximity utilizes terrain and obstacle databases that are referenced
to mean sea level (MSL). Using the GPS position and GSL altitude, Terrain
Traffic Proximity displays a 2-D picture of the surrounding terrain and obstacles relative
to the position and altitude of the aircraft. In this manner, Terrain Proximity can
Terrain provide advanced alerts of predicted dangerous terrain conditions.
Terrain Proximity requires the following to operate properly:
Weather
• The system must have a valid 3-D GPS position solution.
Nearest • The system must have a valid terrain/obstacle database.
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
View 360
Arc
Symbols
Layers Flight Plan
Legend
Appendix
Figure 10-1 Terrain Proximity Page Functional Diagram
Index

10.4.1 Displaying Terrain Proximity Foreword
The Terrain page is in the Terrain function.
Getting
1. Touch the Terrain key on the Home page. Started
Yellow Terrain Is Audio &
Between 100 ft and Xpdr Ctrl
1000 ft Below The
Aircraft Altitude Com/Nav
Terrain Page Title Heading Annunciation
FPL
Obstacles Aircraft GSL Value
(GPS Derived) Direct-To
Range
Rings Red Terrain Is Above Or
Within 100 ft Below The Proc
Aircraft Altitude
Wpt Info
Terrain Scale Active Flight Terrain Type
Plan Leg
Map
Figure 10-2 Terrain Page
Traffic
2. Touch the Menu key for options.
Selected View Flight Plan Selected To Show Terrain
Weather
Touch To Select Display Of
Terrain Or Obstacle Legend Nearest
Services/
Figure 10-3 Terrain Menu Options Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

10.4.1.1 Terrain Page 120° Arc or 360° Rings
Foreword
Select the 120º Arc or 360º rings overlay for the Terrain page with either the
Getting 360 or Arc keys from the Menu.
Started
1. While viewing the Terrain page, touch the Menu key.
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav 2. Touch the 360º or Arc key.

Yellow Terrain Is
FPL Between 100 ft and
1000 ft Below The
Aircraft Altitude
Direct-To
Heading Annunciation
Proc
Aircraft GSL Value
Arc Range (GPS Derived)
Wpt Info
120° Arc Outline
Red Terrain Is
Map Above Or Within
100 ft Below The
Aircraft Altitude
Traffic
Terrain Scale Terrain Type
Terrain Icon shows point Icon shows wire
obstacle overlay obstacle overlay
is active (software is active (software
Weather v5.12, or later) v5.12, or later)
Figure 10-4 Terrain 120° Arc View
Nearest
10.4.1.2 Display Flight Plan on Terrain Page
Services/
Music Select the display of the active flight plan on the Terrain page.
Touch the Flight Plan key to toggle the display of the active
Utilities
flight plan on or off.
System
Messages
10.4.1.3 Display Terrain or Obstacle Legend
Select the display of the Terrain or Obstacle Legend on the Terrain page.
Symbols Touch the Legend key to select the display of the Terrain or
Obstacle Legend.
Appendix
Index

10.4.2 Terrain Limitations Foreword
Terrain Proximity displays terrain and obstructions relative to the altitude of the
Getting
aircraft. The displayed alerts are advisory in nature only. Individual obstructions Started
may be shown if available in the database. However, all obstructions may not
Audio &
be available in the database and data may be inaccurate. Terrain information Xpdr Ctrl
should be used as an aid to situational awareness. Never use this information for
Com/Nav
navigation or to maneuver to avoid obstacles.
Terrain Proximity uses terrain and obstacle information supplied by FPL
government sources. The displayed information should never be understood as
being all-inclusive. Direct-To
NOTE: The data contained in the Terrain Proximity databases comes from
Proc
government agencies. Garmin accurately processes and cross-validates the
data but cannot guarantee its accuracy or completeness.
Wpt Info
NOTE: TERRAIN, TAWS-A, TAWS-B, HTAWS, or HTERRAIN PROXIMITY

Map
functionality will be available via the Terrain page, depending on the
installed hardware and configuration. HTAWS or HTERRAIN PROXIMITY
are available in software v4.00, or later. TAWS-A is available in software Traffic
v5.00, or later.
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

Foreword
10.5 Terrain Alerting
Terrain alerting functions increase situational awareness and help reduce
Getting
Started controlled flight into terrain (CFIT). Visual and aural annunciations alert the
pilot when terrain and obstacles are within the given altitude threshold from
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl the aircraft.
Com/Nav 10.5.1 Terrain Alerting Requirements
• A valid terrain/obstacle database
FPL
• A valid 3-D GPS position solution
Direct-To
10.5.2 Terrain Alerting Limitations
Proc
NOTE: The data contained in the databases comes from government
agencies. Garmin accurately processes and cross-validates the data but
Wpt Info
cannot guarantee its accuracy or completeness.
Map Terrain alerting uses terrain and obstacle information supplied by government
sources. Terrain information is based on terrain elevation information in a
Traffic database that may contain inaccuracies. Individual obstructions may be shown if
available in the database. The data undergoes verification by Garmin to confirm
Terrain
accuracy of the content.
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

10.5.3 Using Terrain Alerting Foreword
During unit power-up, the terrain/obstacle database versions are displayed.
At the same time, the terrain system self-test begins, and one of the following Getting
Started
aural messages is generated:
Audio &
• “Terrain System Test OK” Xpdr Ctrl
• “Terrain System Failure” Com/Nav

On the Map page, terrain and obstacles with heights greater than
200 feet Above Ground Level (AGL) display in yellow and red. The FPL
GTN 6XX adjusts colors automatically as the aircraft altitude changes.
Direct-To
Proc
Wpt Info
Map
View 360
Traffic
Arc
Layers Flight Plan
Terrain
Legend
Terrain Terrain Alerting Inhibit
Alerting Weather
Test Terrain Alerting
Figure 10-5 Terrain Alerting Page Functional Diagram Nearest
10.5.4 Displaying Terrain Alerting Data Services/

Music
Terrain uses yellow (caution) and red (warning) to depict terrain and obstacles
Utilities
alerts relative to aircraft altitude. Colors are adjusted automatically as the aircraft
altitude changes. The colors and symbols shown below are used to represent System
terrain, obstacles, and threat locations. Obstacles are removed when more than
2000 ft below the aircraft. Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

Threat Location
Foreword Projected Flight Path Terrain above or
within 100 ft
100 ft Threshold below the aircraft
Unlighted Obstacle altitude (Red)
Getting
Started
1000 ft
Audio &
Terrain between 100 ft and 1000 ft below the
Xpdr Ctrl aircraft altitude (Yellow)
Com/Nav Terrain more than 1000 ft below the aircraft altitude (Black)
FPL
Figure 10-6 Terrain Altitude/Color Correlation for Terrain Proximity
Unlighted Obstacle Lighted Obstacle Threat
Location Terrain Terrain/
Direct-To Alert
< 1000 ft > 1000 ft < 1000 ft > 1000 ft Indicator Color Obstacle
Level
AGL AGL AGL AGL Location
Proc
Terrain/
Wpt Info Obstacle at or
within 100 ft WARNING
Red
below current (Red)
Map
aircraft
altitude
Traffic Terrain/
Obstacle
Terrain between
Obstacle Symbol
100 ft and CAUTION

Yellow
1000 ft (Yellow)
Weather below current
aircraft
Nearest altitude
Terrain/
Services/ Obstacle
Music
between
1000 ft and
Utilities White
2000 ft
below current
System aircraft
altitude
Messages Table 10-5 Terrain/Obstacle Colors and Symbology
Symbols
Tower Windmill Windmill in Group Power Line
Appendix
Index
Table 10-6 Obstacle Icon Types

Grouped obstacles are shown with an asterisk (as shown in the Windmill in
Foreword
Group example above). The color of the asterisks is tied to the relative altitude
of the highest obstacle in the group, not other obstacles within that group. Getting
Started
Obstacles are grouped when they would otherwise overlap.
Audio &
10.5.5 Terrain Page Xpdr Ctrl
Terrain information is displayed on the Map and Terrain pages. The Terrain Com/Nav
page is specialized to show terrain, obstacle, and threat location data in relation
to the aircraft’s current altitude, without clutter from the basemap. Flight plan FPL
information (airports, VORs, and other NAVAIDs) included in the flight plan are
displayed for reference. If an obstacle and the projected flight path of the aircraft Direct-To
intersect, the display automatically zooms in to the closest threat location on the
Terrain page. Proc
Aircraft orientation on this map is always heading up unless there is no valid

Wpt Info
heading. If orientation is not heading up, it will be track up. Two views are
available relative to the position of the aircraft: the 360° default display and the Map
radar-like ARC (120°) display. Map range is adjustable with the In and Out keys
from 1 to 200 NM, as indicated by the map range rings (or arcs). Traffic
10.5.5.1 Terrain Page Layers

Terrain
Select Terrain View Select Displayed Layer Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Select Terrain Function
Figure 10-7 Terrain Menu Messages
2. Touch the Flight Plan key to toggle the display of the active
Symbols
flight plan.
Appendix
Index

Foreword Obstacles
Terrain Overlay
Getting Flight Plan
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl Terrain
Legend
Com/Nav
Alert
Annunciation
FPL Icon shows point Icon shows wire
obstacle overlay is active obstacle overlay is active
(software v5.12 or later) (software v5.12 or later)
Direct-To
Figure 10-8 Flight Plan and Legend Shown On Terrain Page
Proc
3. Touch the Legend key and select a legend for display on the
Wpt Info Terrain page. Options include terrain, obstacle, and off.
10.5.5.2 Terrain Page View

Map
Select the 120º Arc or 360º rings overlay for the Terrain page with either the
Traffic 360º or Arc keys from the Menu.
Terrain
Weather 2. Touch the 360º or Arc key.
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities 10.5.5.3 Terrain Alerting Selections

An inhibit function allows you to manually inhibit aural terrain alerts. After
System cycling power, terrain alerting functions will no longer be inhibited.
Messages
Symbols 2. Touch the Terrain Inhibit key to toggle the inhibiting of terrain
alerts.
Appendix
3. Touch the Test Terrain key to perform an internal test of the
terrain alerting system. This function is not available when the
Index
aircraft is in the air.
10.5.6 Terrain Alerts Foreword
Alerts are issued when flight conditions meet parameters that are set within
terrain alerting software algorithms. When an alert is issued, visual annunciations Getting
Started
are displayed and aural alerts are simultaneously issued. Alert types are shown
in the Terrain Alerts Summary with corresponding annunciations and aural Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
messages.
Com/Nav
When an alert is issued, annunciations appear on the Terrain page. If the
page is not displayed at the time, a pop-up alert appears over the page being
FPL
viewed.
Direct-To
Blinking Message
Touch To Remove
Pop-Up And Remain Touch To Display Proc
On Current Page Terrain Page
Alert Annunciation Wpt Info
Figure 10-9 Terrain Alert Pop-Up
Map
To acknowledge the pop-up alert:
Touch the Go to Terrain key (accesses the Terrain page) Traffic
Terrain
OR
Weather
Touch the Close key to remove the pop-up alert
Nearest
If the pilot takes no action, the pop-up will be removed when the alert is no Services/
Music
longer active.
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

10.5.6.1 Terrain Alerting Colors and Symbology
Foreword
Color and symbols are also associated with terrain alerts. The three alert
Getting levels and their associated text coloring as well as any associated symbology are
Started
shown in the following table.
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl Alert Level Annunciator Text Threat Location Example Visual Annunciation
Indicator
Com/Nav Warning White text on red
background
FPL
Caution Black text on yellow
background
Direct-To
Informational Black text on white Not Applicable
background
Proc
Table 10-7 Terrain Alert Colors and Symbology
Wpt Info Alert
Alert Type Aural Message
Annunciation
Map
FLTA Terrain Warning “Terrain Ahead, Pull Up; Terrain Ahead,
(RTC-W, ITI-W) Pull Up”*
Traffic
or
“Terrain, Terrain; Pull Up, Pull Up”
Terrain
FLTA Obstacle Warning “Obstacle Ahead, Pull Up; Obstacle Ahead,
Weather (ROC-W, IOI-W) Pull Up”*
or
Nearest “Obstacle, Obstacle; Pull Up, Pull Up”
FLTA Wire Warning "Wire Ahead Pull Up, Wire Ahead Pull
Services/
Music (ILI-W, RLC-W) Up"
FLTA Terrain Caution “Terrain Ahead; Terrain Ahead”*
Utilities
(RTC-C, ITI-C) or
“Caution, Terrain; Caution, Terrain”
System
FLTA Obstacle Caution “Obstacle Ahead; Obstacle Ahead”*
Messages (ROC-C, IOI-C) or
“Caution, Obstacle; Caution, Obstacle”
Symbols FLTA Wire Caution "Wire Ahead"
(ILI-C, RLC-C)
Appendix Premature Descent “Too Low, Terrain”
Alert Caution (PDA)
Index

Alert
Alert Type Aural Message Foreword
Annunciation
Voice Call Out None “Five-Hundred” Getting
Started
(VCO-500)
Audio &
* Alerts with multiple messages are configurable at installation and are Xpdr Ctrl
installation-dependent. Alerts for the default configuration are indicated with
asterisks. Com/Nav
Table 10-8 Alerts Summary
FPL
10.5.6.2 Forward Looking Terrain Avoidance
Reduced Required Terrain Clearance (RTC), Reduced Required Line Direct-To
Clearance (RLC), and Reduced Required Obstacle Clearance (ROC) alerts

Proc
are issued when the aircraft flight path is above terrain, yet is projected to come
within the minimum clearance values in the FLTA Alert Minimum Terrain and
Wpt Info
Obstacle Clearance Values table. When an RTC, RLC, and/or a ROC alert is
issued, a threat location indicator is displayed on the Terrain page. Map
Imminent Terrain Impact (ITI), Imminent Line Impact (ILI), and
Imminent Obstacle Impact (IOI) alerts are issued when the aircraft is below Traffic
the elevation of a terrain or obstacle cell in the aircraft’s projected path. ITI, ILI,
and IOI alerts are accompanied by a threat location indicator displayed on the Terrain
Terrain page. The alert is annunciated when the projected vertical flight path is
Weather
calculated to come within minimum clearance altitudes in the following table.
Nearest
Minimum Clearance Altitude (feet)
Flight Phase
Level Flight Descending Services/
Music
En Route 700 500
Terminal 350 300 Utilities
Approach 150 100

System
Departure 100 100
Table 10-9 FLTA Alert Minimum Terrain and Obstacle Clearance Values Messages
During final approach, FLTA alerts are automatically inhibited when the
Symbols
aircraft is below 200 feet AGL while within 0.5 NM of the approach runway or
below 125 feet AGL while within 1.0 NM of the runway threshold. Appendix
Index

10.5.6.3 Premature Descent Alerting
Foreword
A Premature Descent Alert (PDA) is issued when the system detects that the
Getting aircraft is significantly below the normal approach path to a runway.
Started
Audio &
PDA alerting begins when the aircraft is within 15 NM of the destination
Xpdr Ctrl airport and ends when the aircraft is either 0.5 NM from the runway threshold
or is at an altitude of 125 feet AGL while within 1.0 NM of the threshold. During
Com/Nav
the final descent, algorithms set a threshold for alerting based on speed, distance,
FPL
and other parameters.
700
Direct-To
Height Above Terrain (Feet)
600
500
Proc
400
300
Wpt Info
200 PDA Alerting Area
Map 100
Runway 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Traffic Threshold
Distance From Destination Airport (nm)
Terrain Figure 10-10 PDA Alerting Threshold

PDA and FLTA aural and visual alerts can be manually inhibited. Discretion
Weather
should be used when inhibiting terrain alerts and the system should be enabled
when appropriate. When terrain alerting is inhibited, the alert annunciation
Nearest
“TER INHB” is shown.
Services/
Music 10.5.6.4 Inhibiting/Enabling PDA/FLTA Alerting
Utilities Inhibit mode deactivates the PDA/FLTA aural and visual alerts. Pilots should
use discretion when inhibiting terrain alerts and always remember to enable
System the system when appropriate. Only the PDA and FLTA alerts are disabled in the
inhibit mode. After cycling power, the terrain alerting function will no longer
Messages be inhibited.
Symbols
Appendix
Index

Foreword
Getting
Started
Touch to Toggle Audio &
Terrain Terrain Inhibit Xpdr Ctrl
Inhibited
Annunciation Com/Nav
Figure 10-11 Terrain Alerting Inhibited Annunciation

FPL
Direct-To
2. Touch the Terrain Inhibit key to inhibit or enable terrain

Proc
alerting (choice dependent on current state). A green bar in
the key indicates the inhibit function is active. Wpt Info
10.5.6.5 Altitude Voice Call Out (VCO)

Map
Terrain provides aural advisory alerts as the aircraft descends, beginning at
500 feet above the terrain, as determined by the radar altimeter (if greater than
Traffic
5 NM from the nearest airport) or 500 feet above the nearest runway threshold
elevation (if less than 5 NM from the nearest airport). Upon descent to this Terrain
altitude, the terrain system issues the aural alert message “Five-hundred.”
10.5.6.6 Terrain Not Available Alert Weather
Terrain requires a 3-D GPS position solution along with specific vertical
Nearest
accuracy minimums. Should the position solution become degraded or if
the aircraft is out of the database coverage area, the annunciation “TER N/A” Services/
is generated in the annunciation window and on the Terrain page. The aural Music
message “Terrain Not Available” is generated. When the GPS signal is re- Utilities
established and the aircraft is within the database coverage area, the aural
message “Terrain Available” is generated (when the aircraft is airborne). System
10.5.6.7 Terrain Failure Alert
Terrain continually monitors several system-critical items such as database Messages
validity, hardware status, and GPS status. If the terrain/obstacle database is not
Symbols
available, the aural message “Terrain System Failure” is generated along with a
“TER FAIL” annunciation.
Appendix
Index

Foreword
10.5.7 Terrain System Status
During power-up, the terrain system conducts a self-test of its aural and
Getting visual annunciations. This test can also be manually initiated. An aural alert is
Started
issued at test completion. Terrain system testing is disabled when ground speed
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
exceeds 30 knots.
Alert
Com/Nav Annunciation
Terrain Available None “Terrain Available”
FPL
Terrain System Test in Progress None
Direct-To
Terrain System Test Pass None “Terrain System Test OK”
Proc Terrain N/A Terrain Not Available
Wpt Info
Terrain Alerting is Disabled None
Terrain System Test Fail “Terrain System Failure”
Map
Table 10-10 Terrain System Test Status Annunciations
Traffic
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

10.6 TAWS-B (Optional) Foreword
TAWS (Terrain Awareness and Warning System) is an optional feature to
Getting
increase situational awareness and aid in reducing controlled flight into terrain Started
(CFIT). TAWS provides visual and aural annunciations when terrain and
Audio &
obstacles are within the given altitude threshold from the aircraft. Xpdr Ctrl
TAWS satisfies TSO-C151c Class B requirements for certification. Class B Com/Nav

TAWS is required for all Part 91 turbine aircraft operations with six or more
passenger seats and for Part 135 turbine aircraft operations with six to nine FPL
passenger seats (FAR Parts 91.223, 135.154).
Direct-To
10.6.1 TAWS-B Requirements
• A valid terrain/obstacle database Proc
• A valid 3-D GPS position solution Wpt Info
Map
10.6.2 TAWS-B Limitations
Traffic
NOTE: The data contained in the TAWS databases comes from government
agencies. Garmin accurately processes and cross-validates the data but
Terrain
TAWS displays terrain and obstructions relative to the altitude of the aircraft. Weather
Compliance with TAWS B alerts and warnings is MANDATORY. When a TAWS
B "pull up" annunciation is issued, the pilot is required to pull up. Nearest
TAWS uses terrain and obstacle information supplied by government sources. Services/
Music
Terrain information is based on terrain elevation information in a database that
may contain inaccuracies. Individual obstructions may be shown if available in Utilities
the database. The data undergoes verification by Garmin to confirm accuracy of
the content, per TSO-C151c. System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

Foreword
10.6.3 Using TAWS-B
During unit power-up, the terrain/obstacle database versions are displayed.
Getting At the same time, TAWS self-test begins, and one of the following aural messages
Started
is generated:
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl • “TAWS System Test OK”
Com/Nav
• “TAWS System Failure”
TAWS information can be displayed on the Map page. Terrain and obstacles
FPL with heights greater than 200 feet Above Ground Level (AGL) are displayed
in yellow and red. The GTN 6XX adjusts colors automatically as the aircraft
Direct-To altitude changes.
Proc
Wpt Info
Map
Traffic
View 360
Terrain Arc
Layers Flight Plan
Weather Legend
Layers TAWS Inhibit
Nearest Test TAWS
Services/ Figure 10-12 TAWS-B Page Functional Diagram

Music
Utilities
10.6.4 Displaying TAWS-B Data
TAWS uses yellow (caution) and red (warning) to depict terrain and obstacles
System
alerts relative to aircraft altitude. Colors are adjusted automatically as the aircraft
altitude changes. The colors and symbols shown below are used to represent
Messages terrain, obstacles, and threat locations. Obstacles are removed when more than
2000 ft below the aircraft.
Symbols
Appendix
Index

Threat Location
Projected Flight Path Terrain above or Foreword
within 100 ft
Getting
Started
1000 ft
Audio &
aircraft altitude (Yellow)
Xpdr Ctrl
Terrain more than 1000 ft below the aircraft altitude (Black) Com/Nav
Figure 10-13 Terrain Altitude/Color Correlation for Terrain Proximity FPL

Location Terrain Terrain/
Alert Direct-To
Level
Proc
Terrain/
Obstacle at or Wpt Info
within 100 ft WARNING
Red
below current (Red)
Map
aircraft
altitude
Terrain/ Traffic
Obstacle
between Terrain
Obstacle Symbol
100 ft and CAUTION

Yellow
1000 ft (Yellow)
below current Weather
aircraft
altitude Nearest
Terrain/
Obstacle Services/
Music
between
1000 ft and
White Utilities
2000 ft
below current
aircraft System
altitude
Table 10-11 TAWS-B Terrain/Obstacle Colors and Symbology Messages

Symbols
Appendix
Table 10-12 Obstacle Icon Types Index

Foreword
Getting of the highest obstacle in the group, not other obstacles within that group.
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl 10.6.5 TAWS-B Page
TAWS information is displayed on the Map and Terrain pages. The TAWS
Com/Nav
Page is specialized to show terrain, obstacle, and threat location data in relation
FPL
to the aircraft’s current altitude, without clutter from the basemap. Flight plan
information (airports, VORs, and other NAVAIDs) included in the flight plan are
Direct-To displayed for reference. If an obstacle and the projected flight path of the aircraft
intersect, the display automatically zooms in to the closest threat location on the
Proc TAWS Page.
Aircraft orientation on this map is always heading up unless there is no valid
Wpt Info
heading. If orientation is not heading up, it will be track up. Two views are
available relative to the position of the aircraft: the 360° default display and the
Map
radar-like ARC (120°) display. Map range is adjustable with the In and Out keys
from 1 to 200 NM, as indicated by the map range rings (or arcs).
Traffic
10.6.5.1 Terrain Page Layers

Terrain
Weather Select Terrain View Select Displayed Layer
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Select TAWS Function
Messages Figure 10-14 Terrain Page TAWS-B Menu
Symbols
2. Touch the Flight Plan key to toggle the display of the active
flight plan.
Appendix
Index

Obstacles Foreword
Terrain Overlay
Flight Plan Getting
Started
Terrain Audio &

Legend Xpdr Ctrl
TAWS-B Annunciation
Com/Nav
Icon shows point obstacle Icon shows wire obstacle
overlay is active (software overlay is active (software
v5.12, or later) v5.12, or later) FPL
Figure 10-15 Flight Plan and Legend Shown On TAWS-B Terrain Page
Direct-To
Proc
10.6.5.2 Terrain Page View
Select the 120º Arc or 360º rings overlay for the Terrain page with either the Wpt Info
360º or Arc keys from the Menu.
Map
Traffic
2. Touch the 360º or Arc key.
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
10.6.5.3 Terrain Page TAWS-B Selections
Services/
The TAWS selections allow you to inhibit aural TAWS alerts and to send a Music
request to the TAWS equipment to run its internal tests. After cycling power,
Utilities
TAWS will no longer be inhibited.
1. While viewing the Terrain page, touch the Menu key. System
2. Touch the TAWS Inhibit key to toggle the inhibiting of TAWS Messages
alerts.
Symbols
Appendix
Index

Foreword
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
TAWS Alerts Test TAWS - Only
Inhibited Available on
Com/Nav Ground
Figure 10-16 TAWS-B Alerts Inhibited Selected
FPL
3. Touch the Test TAWS key to test the TAWS system. This function
Direct-To is not available when the aircraft is in the air.
Proc
TAWS Test
Wpt Info Display
Map TAWS Test

Annunciation
Traffic Figure 10-17 TAWS-B Test Selected
10.6.6 TAWS-B Alerts
Terrain
TAWS software algorithms. When an alert is issued, visual annunciations are
Weather
displayed and aural alerts are simultaneously issued. TAWS alert types are
Nearest
shown in the TAWS Alerts Summary with corresponding annunciations and
aural messages.
Services/
Music When an alert is issued, annunciations appear on the TAWS page. If the
TAWS page is not displayed at the time, a pop-up alert appears on the page
Utilities being viewed.
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

Blinking Message Foreword
Touch To Remove
Pop-Up And Remain Touch To Display Getting
On Current Page Started
Terrain Page
TAWS Annunciation Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
To acknowledge the pop-up alert: Com/Nav
Touch the Go to Terrain key (accesses the TAWS Page)

FPL
OR Direct-To
Proc
Touch the Close key to remove the pop-up alert
If the pilot takes no action, the pop-up will be removed when the alert is no Wpt Info
longer active.
Map
10.6.6.1 TAWS-B Alerting Colors and Symbology
Color and symbols are also associated with TAWS alerts. The three TAWS Traffic
alert levels and their associated text coloring as well as any associated symbology
are shown in the following table. Terrain
Alert Level Annunciator Text Threat Location Example Visual Annunciation

Weather
Indicator
Warning White text on red
Nearest
background
Caution Black text on yellow Services/
Music
background
Informational Black text on white Not Applicable Utilities
background
Table 10-13 TAWS-B Alert Colors and Symbology System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

Alert
Foreword Alert Type Aural Message
Annunciation
Getting Excessive Descent Rate “Pull Up”
Started
Warning (EDR-W)
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl FLTA Terrain Warning “Terrain Ahead, Pull Up; Terrain Ahead,
(RTC-W, ITI-W) Pull Up”*
Com/Nav or
“Terrain, Terrain; Pull Up, Pull Up”
FPL
FLTA Obstacle Warning “Obstacle Ahead, Pull Up; Obstacle Ahead,
(ROC-W, IOI-W) Pull Up”*
Direct-To
or
Proc
“Obstacle, Obstacle; Pull Up, Pull Up”
FLTA Wire Warning "Wire Ahead Pull Up, Wire Ahead Pull
Wpt Info (ILI-W, RLC-W) Up"
FLTA Terrain Caution “Terrain Ahead; Terrain Ahead”*
Map (RTC-C, ITI-C) or
“Caution, Terrain; Caution, Terrain”
Traffic
FLTA Obstacle Caution “Obstacle Ahead; Obstacle Ahead”*
(ROC-C, IOI-C) or
Terrain
“Caution, Obstacle; Caution, Obstacle”
Weather FLTA Wire Caution "Wire Ahead"
(ILI-C, RLC-C)
Nearest Premature Descent “Too Low, Terrain”
Alert Caution (PDA)
Services/
Music Excessive Descent Rate “Sink Rate”
Caution (EDR-C)
Utilities
Negative Climb Rate “Don’t Sink”*
System
Caution (NCR-C) or
“Too Low, Terrain”
Messages Voice Call Out None “Five-Hundred”
(VCO-500)
Symbols
* Alerts with multiple messages are configurable at installation and are
installation-dependent. Alerts for the default configuration are indicated with
Appendix
asterisks.
Table 10-14 TAWS-B Alerts Summary
Index

10.6.6.2 Excessive Descent Rate Alert
Foreword
The purpose of the Excessive Descent Rate (EDR) alert is to provide
notification when the aircraft is determined to be descending upon terrain at an Getting
Started
excessive rate. The parameters for the alert as defined by TSO-C151c are shown
below. Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
6000
5500 Com/Nav
5000
FPL
4500
E"
T
4000
RA Direct-To
I NK
3500
"S
Proc
3000
2500 Wpt Info
2000
Map
1500
"PULL UP"
1000 Traffic
500
Terrain
0
2000 4000 6000 8000 10000 12000
Descent Rate
Weather
Figure 10-19 Excessive Descent Rate Alert Criteria

Nearest
Services/
Reduced Required Terrain Clearance (RTC), Reduced Required Line Music
Utilities
are issued when the aircraft flight path is above terrain, yet is projected to come
within the minimum clearance values in the FLTA Alert Minimum Terrain and System
Obstacle Clearance Values table. When an RTC, RLC, and/or a ROC alert is
issued, a threat location indicator is displayed on the TAWS Page. Messages

Symbols
Imminent Obstacle Impact (IOI) alerts are issued when the aircraft is below
Appendix
and IOI alerts are accompanied by a threat location indicator displayed on the
TAWS Page. The alert is annunciated when the projected vertical flight path is Index
calculated to come within minimum clearance altitudes in the following table.
Foreword Minimum Clearance Altitude (feet)
Flight Phase
Level Flight Descending
Getting
Started En Route 700 500
Audio & Terminal 350 300
Xpdr Ctrl
Approach 150 100
Com/Nav Departure 100 100
Table 10-15 FLTA Alert Minimum Terrain and Obstacle Clearance Values
FPL
Direct-To aircraft is below 200 feet AGL while within 0.5 NM of the approach runway or
below 125 feet AGL while within 1.0 NM of the runway threshold.
Proc
Wpt Info A Premature Descent Alert (PDA) is issued when the system detects that the
aircraft is significantly below the normal approach path to a runway.
Map
Traffic airport and ends when the aircraft is either 0.5 NM from the runway threshold
Terrain the final descent, algorithms set a threshold for alerting based on speed, distance,
Weather 700
600
Nearest
500
Services/ 400
Music
300
Utilities 200 PDA Alerting Area

100
System
Runway 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Threshold
Messages
Figure 10-20 PDA Alerting Threshold

Symbols
Appendix should be used when inhibiting TAWS and the system should be enabled when
appropriate. When TAWS is inhibited, the alert annunciation “TAWS INHB” is
Index shown.

10.6.6.5 Inhibiting/Enabling TAWS-B PDA/FLTA Alerting
Foreword
TAWS also has an inhibit mode that deactivates the PDA/FLTA aural and
visual alerts. Pilots should use discretion when inhibiting TAWS and always Getting
Started
remember to enable the system when appropriate. Only the PDA and FLTA
Audio &
alerts are disabled in the inhibit mode. After cycling power, TAWS will no longer Xpdr Ctrl
be inhibited.
Com/Nav
FPL
TAWS Alerts Direct-To

Inhibited
TAWS Inhibited Proc
Annunciation
Figure 10-21 TAWS-B Alerting Disabled (TAWS Inhibited) Annunciation Wpt Info

Map
2. Touch the TAWS Inhibit key to inhibit or enable TAWS (choice Traffic
dependent on current state). A green bar in the key indicates
the TAWS is inhibited. Terrain
10.6.6.6 Negative Climb Rate After Take-Off Alert (NCR) Weather
The Negative Climb Rate (NCR) After Take-Off alert (also referred to as
Nearest
“Altitude Loss After Take-Off”) provides alerts when the system determines the
aircraft is losing altitude (closing upon terrain) after takeoff. The aural message Services/
“Don’t Sink” is given for NCR alerts, accompanied by an annunciation and a Music
pop-up terrain alert on the display. NCR alerting is only active when departing Utilities
from an airport and when the following conditions are met:
System
• Height above the terrain is less than 700 feet
• Distance from the departure airport is 2 NM or less Messages
• Heading change from the departure heading is less than 110º

Symbols
The NCR alerting parameters as defined by TSO-C151c are shown below.
Appendix
Index

Foreword
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
“DON’T SINK”
or
FPL “TOO LOW, TERRAIN”
Direct-To
Proc
Altitude Loss (Feet)

Wpt Info
Figure 10-22 Negative Climb Rate (NCR) Altitude Loss
Map
Traffic
Terrain
Weather “DON’T SINK”

or
Nearest
“TOO LOW, TERRAIN”
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Sink Rate (FPM)
Messages
Figure 10-23 Negative Climb Rate (NCR) Sink Rate
Symbols
Appendix
Index

10.6.6.7 Altitude Voice Call Out (VCO)
Foreword
TAWS-B provides aural advisory alerts as the aircraft descends, beginning at
500 feet above the terrain, as determined by the radar altimeter (if greater than Getting
Started
5 NM from the nearest airport) or 500 feet above the nearest runway threshold
elevation (if less than 5 NM from the nearest airport). Upon descent to this Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
altitude, TAWS-B issues the aural alert message “Five-hundred.”
10.6.6.8 TAWS-B Not Available Alert Com/Nav
TAWS-B requires a 3-D GPS position solution along with specific vertical
FPL
accuracy minimums. Should the position solution become degraded or if the
aircraft is out of the database coverage area, the annunciation “TAWS N/A”
Direct-To
is generated in the annunciation window and on the TAWS-B page. The
aural message “TAWS Not Available” is generated. When the GPS signal is Proc
re-established and the aircraft is within the database coverage area, the aural
message “TAWS Available” is generated (when the aircraft is airborne). Wpt Info
10.6.6.9 TAWS-B Failure Alert

Map
TAWS continually monitors several system-critical items such as database
Traffic
available, the aural message “TAWS System Failure” is generated along with a
“TAWS FAIL” annunciation. Terrain
10.6.7 TAWS-B System Status
During power-up, TAWS-B conducts a self-test of its aural and visual Weather
annunciations. The system test can also be manually initiated. An aural alert is
Nearest
issued at test completion. TAWS System Testing is disabled when ground speed
exceeds 30 knots. Services/
Music
Alert
Annunciation Utilities
TAWS Available None “TAWS Available”
System
TAWS System Test in Progress None
TAWS System Test Pass None “TAWS System Test OK” Messages
TAWS N/A TAWS Not Available Symbols

TAWS Alerting is Disabled None
Appendix
TAWS System Test Fail “TAWS System Failure”
Index
Table 10-16 TAWS-B System Test Status Annunciations
Foreword
10.7 HTAWS (Optional)
Getting
NOTE: TERRAIN, TAWS, HTAWS, or HTERRAIN PROXIMITY functionality will
Started be available via the Terrain page, depending on the installed hardware and
configuration. HTAWS or HTERRAIN PROXIMITY are available in software
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl v4.00, or later.
Com/Nav Garmin’s Helicopter Terrain Awareness Warning System (HTAWS) is an

optional feature to increase situational awareness and aid in reducing controlled
FPL flight into terrain. Garmin HTAWS is TSO-C194 authorized. Units installed in
helicopters that do not have HTAWS installed will display HTerrain Proximity.
Direct-To This is noted by the five color terrain scale which is appropriate to the low
altitude operating environment for helicopters.
Proc
HTAWS provides visual and aural annunciations when terrain and obstacles
are a hazard to the aircraft.
Wpt Info
HTAWS Relative
Map Terrain Depiction
Rotorcraft Ownship
Traffic
Terrain
Figure 10-24 Map Page with Terrain
Weather
NOTE: HTAWS-enabled units can be identified by going to the Terrain
Nearest page and checking the lower right-corner for “HTAWS.”
Services/
Music
10.7.1 HTAWS Requirements
• The system must have a valid 3D GPS position solution
Utilities • The system must have a valid terrain/obstacle database
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

10.7.2 HTAWS Limitations Foreword
NOTE: The data contained in the terrain and obstacle databases

Getting
comes from government agencies. Garmin accurately processes and Started
cross-validates the data, but cannot guarantee its accuracy or completeness.
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
HTAWS displays terrain and obstructions relative to the flight path of the
aircraft. Individual obstructions may be shown if available in the database. Com/Nav
However, all obstructions may not be available in the database and data may be
inaccurate. Never use this information for navigation. FPL
NOTE: Terrain databases do not consistently represent foliage. Some trees Direct-To
may extend above HTAWS protection limits in some operating modes.
Proc
Terrain information is based on terrain elevation data contained in a database
that may contain inaccuracies. Terrain information should be used as an aid Wpt Info
to situational awareness. Never use it for navigation or to maneuver to avoid
terrain. Map
HTAWS uses terrain and obstacle information supplied by government
sources. The data undergoes verification by Garmin to confirm accuracy of the Traffic
content. However, the displayed information should never be understood as

Terrain
being all-inclusive.
10.7.3 Power Up Weather
During power-up of the unit, the terrain/obstacle database versions are Nearest
displayed along with a disclaimer to the pilot. At the same time, HTAWS
self-test begins. HTAWS gives the following aural messages upon test completion: Services/
Music
• “HTAWS System Test, OK,” if the system passes the test
• “HTAWS System Failure,” if the system fails the test Utilities
A test failure is also annunciated visually for HTAWS, as shown in the HTAWS System
Alert Summary table.
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

Foreword
10.7.4 HTAWS Page
HTAWS is shown on the Terrain page when HTAWS is available.
Getting
Started
360º View
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl Rotorcraft
Terrain Legend Ownship
Com/Nav HTAWS Terrain HTAWS
Colorization Overlay Annunciation
FPL
Icon shows point
obstacle overlay is Icon shows wire obstacle
Direct-To active (software v5.12, overlay is active (software
or later) v5.12, or later)
Proc Figure 10-25 Terrain/HTAWS Page
Terrain information, aircraft ground track, and GPS-derived MSL altitude are
Wpt Info
displayed on the page. The “GSL” above altitude display in the top right corner
of the display reminds the pilot that altitude is GPS-derived.
Map
The HTAWS page menu provides options to acknowledge caution alerts,
Traffic
reduce protection, or inhibit alerting.
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Figure 10-26 HTAWS Terrain Menu
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

10.7.4.1 View Selection
Foreword
The HTAWS Page has two selectable view settings:
Getting
Relative Terrain Started
360º View Elevation depiction
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Terrain Legend Rotorcraft Ownship Com/Nav
Figure 10-27 Terrain Page with HTAWS - 120° View FPL

• 360˚ View—View from above aircraft depicting surrounding terrain on
all sides. Direct-To
• Arc (120˚) View—View of terrain ahead of and 60˚ to either side of the
aircraft flight path. Proc
NOTE: If a heading source is available the HTAWS page will be oriented

Wpt Info
heading up. If no heading source is available the HTAWS page will be
oriented track up.
Map
1. While viewing the Terrain/HTAWS Page, touch MENU.
Touch Arc or 360˚. Traffic
Terrain
2. Touch Back to return to the Terrain/HTAWS display. The Weather

HTAWS Page displays the selected view. Repeat step 1 to
select the alternate view, and press Back. Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

10.7.4.2 HTAWS Inhibit
Foreword
HTAWS provides an “inhibit mode.” This mode deactivates aural and
Getting visual alerts when they are deemed unnecessary by the aircrew. Pilots should
Started
use discretion when inhibiting the HTAWS system and always remember to
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl enable the system when appropriate. VCO’s are not inhibited in Inhibit Mode.
See section 10.7.6 for more information on HTAWS alerts. When alerting is
Com/Nav inhibited, all FLTA aural and visual alerting is suppressed. HTAWS should only
be inhibited when in visual contact with terrain and when the pilot can be
FPL
assured of maintaining clearance from terrain and obstacles. When conducting
en route operations and operations from published airports and heliports,
Direct-To
HTAWS should be operated in Normal mode. HTAWS configured units will
Proc
always start up with HTAWS alerts uninhibited.
To inhibit HTAWS alerts:
Wpt Info 1. While viewing the Terrain/HTAWS page, touch MENU.
Map
2. Touch HTAWS Inhibit. The green bar will show when HTAWS
Traffic Inhibit is active.
Terrain
3. Touch Back to return to the Terrain/HTAWS display. The HTAWS
alerts are inhibited. The annunciation is displayed
Weather
in the terrain annunciator field whenever HTAWS is inhibited.
Nearest
NOTE: When the ground speed is less than 30 knots HTAWS
will automatically display the “HTAWS INHB” annunciation.
Services/
Music This indicates that HTAWS is no longer providing protection.
Utilities This automatic “HTAWS INHB” cannot be removed by menu option

selection. Menu selections for INHIBIT HTAWS and RP Mode remain
System available when HTAWS is automatically inhibited due to groundspeed. If the
pilot selects a mode on the menu while HTAWS is auto inhibited because it
Messages
is less than 30 knots then the unit will enter that mode once ground speed
exceeds 30 knots. Hence, the presence of these selections on the Menu.
Symbols
Appendix
Index

10.7.4.3 External HTAWS Inhibit Control
Foreword
An optional installation is allowed for providing an external HTAWS Inhibit
switch. Pressing the external HTAWS Inhibit switch toggles the HTAWS inhibit Getting
Started
on and off in the same manner as using the Terrain Menu selection.
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
10.7.4.4 Reduced Protection Mode
The Reduce Protection (RP) functionality allows operating with a reduction Com/Nav
in the alerting thresholds, and suppresses visual and aural annunciation of

FPL
caution alerts. Reduced protection allows low level operations and landings off
airport with a minimum number of alerts while continuing to provide protection
Direct-To
from terrain and obstacles. Reduced Protection should only be selected when
operating in visual contact with the terrain as alerting times are significantly less Proc
than in normal mode. There is support for an external RP Mode switch and an
external Alert Acknowledge switch. Wpt Info
To toggle protection:
Map
1. While viewing the Terrain/HTAWS Page, touch MENU.
Traffic
2. Touch the RP Mode key to toggle the RP mode on and off.
The green bar will show when RP mode is active. Terrain
Weather
3. Touch Back to return to the Terrain/HTAWS display. The “RP
Mode” annunciation is displayed in the terrain annunciator Nearest
field and in the lower right corner of the terrain page whenever
protection is reduced. Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

10.7.4.5 HTAWS Manual Test
Foreword
Garmin HTAWS provides a manual test capability which verifies the proper
Getting operation of the aural and visual annunciations of the system prior to a flight.
Started
To manually test the HTAWS system:
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl 1. While viewing the Terrain/HTAWS page, touch MENU.
Com/Nav
2. Touch the Test HTAWS key.
FPL
Direct-To 3. Touch Back to return to the Terrain/HTAWS display.
Proc
An aural message is played giving the test results:
Wpt Info • “HTAWS System Test, OK” if the system passes the test
• “HTAWS System Failure” if the system fails the test
Map
NOTE: HTAWS System Testing is disabled when in the air so as not to
impede HTAWS alerting.
Traffic
Terrain
10.7.4.6 HTAWS Legend
1. While viewing the Terrain/HTAWS page, touch MENU.
Weather
2. Touch the Legend key to select the Terrain Legend, Obstacle

Nearest
Legend, or to turn off the legend.
Services/
Music
3. Press Back to return to the Terrain/HTAWS display.
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Figure 10-28 HTAWS Terrain and Obstacle Legends
Index

Color Description Foreword
Red Terrain is more than 250 ft above the aircraft.
Getting
Orange Terrain is between 0 ft and 250 ft above the aircraft. Started
Yellow Terrain is between 250 ft and 0 ft below the aircraft. Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Green Terrain is between 250 ft and 500 ft below the aircraft.
Black Terrain is more than 500 ft below the aircraft. Com/Nav
Table 10-17 HTAWS Terrain Altitude Color Description
FPL
Terrain is more than 250 ft
Red above the aircraft altitude
Aircraft Altitude +250 ft Direct-To
Orange Terrain is between 250 ft and 0 ft
above the aircraft altitude
Aircraft Altitude
Proc
Terrain is between 0 ft and 250 ft
Yellow below the aircraft altitude
Aircraft Altitude -250 ft

Wpt Info
Terrain is between 250 ft and 500 ft
Green
below the aircraft altitude
Aircraft Altitude -500 ft

Black Terrain more than 500 ft Map
below the aircraft altitude
Figure 10-29 HTAWS Terrain Altitude Colors and Symbology

Traffic
10.7.4.7 Flight Plan Overlay

Terrain
1. While viewing the Terrain/HTAWS page, touch MENU.
Weather
2. Touch the Flight Plan key to toggle the overlay of the active
Nearest
flight plan on or off. The green bar will show when the Flight
Plan overlay is shown. Services/
Music
3. Press Back to return to the Terrain/HTAWS display.
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

Foreword
10.7.5 HTAWS Symbols
The symbols and colors in the following figures and table are used to represent
Getting obstacles and the location of terrain threats on the HTAWS Page. Each color is
Started
associated with a height above terrain.
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl Obstacles are ALWAYS shown on the HTAWS page at 10 NM and below.
Com/Nav NOTE: If an obstacle or terrain cell and the projected flight path of the
aircraft intersect, the display automatically zooms in to the closest threat
FPL location on the HTAWS Page.
Direct-To
Proc
Wpt Info
Map Grouped obstacles are shown with an asterisk (as shown in the Windmill in
Traffic
of the highest obstacle in the group, not other obstacles within that group.
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

Unlighted Obstacle Lighted Obstacle Foreword
Obstacle
< 1000 ft > 1000 ft < 1000 ft > 1000 ft Color Obstacle Location
Getting
AGL AGL AGL AGL Started
Obstacle is at or Audio &

Xpdr Ctrl
Red above current
aircraft altitude Com/Nav
Obstacle is between
250 ft and 0 ft
Obstacle Symbol
FPL
Yellow
below current
aircraft altitude Direct-To
Obstacle is 250 ft, or
more, below current Proc
aircraft altitude.
White Obstacles are Wpt Info
removed when more
than 500 ft below Map
the helicopter.
Traffic
Table 10-19 HTAWS Obstacle Colors and Symbology
Terrain
Obstacle is at or above the aircraft altitude (Red)
Weather
250 ft Obstacle is between 250 ft and 0 ft
below the aircraft altitude (Yellow)
Nearest
Obstacle is 250 ft, or more,
below the aircraft altitude (White) Services/
Music
Figure 10-30 HTAWS Obstacle Altitude Colors and Symbology
Utilities
Threat Location Indicator Alert Level
System
WARNING (Red)
Messages
CAUTION (Yellow)
Symbols
Table 10-20 HTAWS Alert Coloring and Symbology
Appendix
Index

Foreword
10.7.6 HTAWS Alerts
Getting HTAWS software algorithms. HTAWS alerts employ either a CAUTION or a
Started
WARNING alert severity level. When an alert is issued, visual annunciations
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
are displayed. Aural alerts are simultaneously issued. Annunciations appear in a
dedicated field in the lower left corner of the display.
Com/Nav
Annunciations are color-coded according to the HTAWS Alert Summary
table. Pop-up terrain alerts occur if an HTAWS alert is activated while not on the
FPL
HTAWS page. There are two options when an alert is active.
Direct-To To acknowledge the pop-up alert and return to the currently viewed
page:
Proc Touch the Close key.
To acknowledge the pop-up alert and quickly access the HTAWS Page:
Wpt Info
Touch the ENT key.
Map NOTE: To further capture the attention of the pilot, HTAWS issues aural
(voice) messages that accompany visual annunciations and pop-up alerts.
Traffic For a summary of aural messages, see the HTAWS Alert Summary table.
NOTE: HTAWS Caution Alerts are displayed as constant black text on a
Terrain
yellow background; HTAWS Warning Alerts are displayed as constant white
text on a red background.
Weather

Nearest
The unit will issue terrain alerts not only when the aircraft altitude is below
Services/ the terrain elevation but also when the aircraft is projected to come within
Music
minimum clearance values of the terrain. This alerting, called Forward Looking
Utilities Terrain Avoidance (FLTA), is also provided for obstacles.
The FLTA functionality looks ahead of the aircraft using GPS position
System
information and the terrain and obstacle databases to provide alerts when
the predicted flight path does not clear the terrain or obstacle by the required
Messages
clearance. The amount of clearance required varies depending on position
Symbols
relative to airports and heliports, in order to reduce the occurrence of nuisance
alerting.
Appendix Any threat locations are depicted on the display. There are 2 levels of severity
for FLTA alerts. They are cautionary (amber) and warning (red) in nature and are
Index
described in further detail below.
FLTA CAUTION—Estimated potential impact in approximately 30 seconds after a caution
pop-up alert and annunciation. FLTA caution alerts are accompanied by the aural message Foreword
“Caution Terrain; Caution Terrain.” Similarly, a “Caution Obstacle; Caution Obstacle” alert
Getting
is also provided. The time to an alert can vary with conditions, therefore there is no guarantee Started
of a 30 second caution alert being issued.
FLTA WARNING— Warning pop-up alerts are issued 15 seconds prior to an estimated Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
potential impact in normal mode and approximately 10 seconds in RP Mode. FLTA warning
alerts are accompanied by the aural message “Warning- Terrain, Terrain” . Similarly, a Com/Nav
“Warning - Obstacle, Obstacle” alert is also provided. The time to an alert can vary with
conditions, therefore there is no guarantee of a 15/10 second warning alert being issued.
FPL
The alerts are annunciated visually through the annunciator status bar, a
pop-up alert box, and the red and yellow areas on the HTAWS page. The alerts Direct-To
are annunciated aurally through a voice message indicating the potential threat,
such as “Caution - Terrain, Terrain” or “Warning - Obstacle, Obstacle.” Proc
10.7.6.2 HTAWS Voice Call Out Aural Alert Wpt Info
The purpose of the Voice Call Out (VCO) aural alert messages are to provide
Map
an advisory alert to the pilot that the aircraft is between 500 feet and 100 feet
above terrain in 100 foot increments. When the aircraft descends within the
Traffic
selected distance from the terrain, the aural message for the selected height
above terrain is generated. There are no display annunciations or pop-up alerts Terrain
that accompany the aural message. HTAWS allows an additional 50 foot VCO
alert with radar altimeter input. Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

10.7.6.3 HTAWS Voice Call Out Selection
Foreword
The Voice Call Out (VCO) selection is available when HTAWS is installed. The
Getting VCO functionality provides a voice annunciation of the aircraft’s height above
Started
terrain or the nearest airport, heliport, runway, or helipad when that threshold
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl is first crossed. The available call outs include “Five Hundred” through “One
Hundred” in one hundred foot intervals. The voice call outs can be enabled and
Com/Nav disabled through the Voice Call Outs Selection option on the System - Audio
page.
FPL
NOTE: VCOs are available down to 100 feet above terrain when HTAWS is
Direct-To installed and use GSL above terrain to generate call outs (no radar altimeter
required). If a radar altimeter is interfaced to the GTN, alerts are available
Proc down to 50 feet and the height above terrain when the radar altimeter is
used to generate the call outs.
Wpt Info
To select the Voice Call Out choices in the System - Audio page, select the
Map
Voice Call Out Selection item and then select the desired value.
1. From the Main page, touch System and then Audio.
Traffic
Terrain
Weather
2. Touch the Voice Callouts key to view the Voice Call Outs
page.
Nearest
Audio Volume Bar Graph
Services/
Music Audio Volume
Numeric Value Touch To Adjust
Utilities Audio Volume
Touch To View
System Touch To Maximum
Select Alert Voice Call Outs
Voice
Messages
Figure 10-31 Select Voice Call Outs from the System Audio Page
Symbols
Appendix
Index

3. Touch the MAX Voice Callout key to select the Voice Call
Foreword
Outs.
Getting
Touch To Set Started
Maximum Voice
Audio &
Call Out Range Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
Maximum Voice
Call Out Range - FPL
None Selected
Figure 10-32 View the Maximum Voice Call Out Range (None Selected) Direct-To
4. The values above the selected value will be disabled (Off). Proc
Touch To Set Wpt Info

Maximum Voice
Call Out Range -
200 ft Selected Map
Maximum Voice Call Traffic

Out Range - 200 feet
Selected
Terrain
Figure 10-33 View the Maximum Voice Call Out Range (200 ft Selected)
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

10.7.6.4 HTAWS Not Available Alert
Foreword
Garmin HTAWS requires a 3-D GPS navigation solution along with
Getting specific vertical accuracy minimums. Should the navigation solution become
Started
degraded, or if the aircraft is out of the database coverage area, the annunciation
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl “HTAWS N/A” is shown in the annunciation window. When the GPS signal is
re-established and the aircraft is within the database coverage area, the “HTAWS
Com/Nav N/A” annunciation is removed.
FPL 10.7.6.5 HTAWS Failure Alert
HTAWS continually monitors several system-critical items, such as database
Direct-To
Proc
available, the aural message “HTAWS System Failure” is issued along with the
“HTAWS FAIL” annunciation.
Wpt Info
10.7.6.6 HTAWS Alert Summary
Map The aural alert voice gender is configurable to be either male or female. See
your Garmin installer for further information on configuring the alert system.
Traffic
HTAWS
Pop-Up Alert Aural Message Description
Annunciation
Terrain
None “HTAWS System Failure” HTAWS has failed
Weather None None HTAWS has been
inhibited by the
Nearest crew, or the
aircraft ground-
Services/ speed is below 30
Music knots (automatic
inhibiting).
Utilities
None “HTAWS Not Available” HTAWS not
available.
System
“Caution - Terrain, Terrain” Forward Looking
Terrain Avoidance
Messages
Caution for
Terrain
Symbols
“Warning - Terrain, Terrain” Forward Looking
Terrain Avoidance
Appendix
Warning for
Terrain
Index

HTAWS Foreword
Pop-Up Alert Aural Message Description
Annunciation
“Caution - Obstacle, Forward Looking Getting
Started
Obstacle” Terrain Avoidance
Caution for Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Obstacle
“Warning - Obstacle, Forward Looking Com/Nav
Obstacle” Terrain Avoidance
Warning for FPL
Obstacle
None None Alerting Direct-To
thresholds
are reduced.
Proc
Visual and aural
annunciation of
caution alerts Wpt Info
are suppressed.
“Wire Ahead” Forward Looking Map
Terrain Avoidance
Caution for Wire. Traffic
"Wire Ahead Pull Up, Wire Forward Looking

Ahead Pull Up" Terrain Avoidance Terrain
Warning for
Power Lines. Weather
None None “Five Hundred” HTAWS provides
“Four Hundred” optional 500 ft Nearest
“Three Hundred” through 100 ft (in
100 ft increments) Services/
“Two Hundred” Music
altitude call
“One Hundred” out alerts.
"Fifty" Utilities
An additional
value of 50 ft
System
is available if a
radar altimeter is
installed. Messages
Table 10-21 HTAWS Alert Summary

Symbols
NOTE: HTAWS Caution Alerts are displayed as constant black text on a
yellow background; HTAWS Warning Alerts are displayed as constant white Appendix
text on a red background.
Index

Foreword
10.7.7 Pilot Actions
If an HTAWS warning and associated aural are received, the pilot should
Getting
Started immediately maneuver the rotorcraft in response to the alert unless the terrain
or obstacle is clearly identified visually and determined by the pilot not to be a
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl factor to the safety of the operation.
Com/Nav
A HTAWS caution alert indicates terrain or obstacle nearby. If possible
visually locate the terrain or obstacle for avoidance. A HTAWS warning alert
FPL may follow a HTAWS caution unless the aircraft’s path towards the terrain or
obstacle is changed.
Direct-To
NOTE: Display of terrain and obstacles on the display is supplemental data
only. Maneuvering solely by reference to the terrain and obstacle data is
Proc
not recommended or authorized.
Wpt Info
Map
Traffic
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

10.8 TAWS-A (Optional) Foreword
NOTE: TERRAIN, TAWS-A, TAWS-B, HTAWS, or HTERRAIN PROXIMITY Getting

functionality will be available via the Terrain page, depending on the Started
installed hardware and configuration. HTAWS or HTERRAIN PROXIMITY
Audio &
are available in software v4.00, or later. TAWS-A is available in software Xpdr Ctrl
v5.00, or later.
Com/Nav
NOTE: The data contained in the TAWS databases comes from government
agencies. Garmin accurately processes and cross-validates the data but FPL
Direct-To
TAWS-A (Terrain Awareness and Warning System - Class A) is an optional
feature to increase situational awareness and aid in reducing controlled flight Proc
into terrain (CFIT). TAWS-A provides visual and aural annunciations when
terrain and obstacles are within the given altitude threshold from the aircraft. Wpt Info
TAWS-A satisfies TSO-C151c Class A and TSO-92c requirements for

Map
certification.
10.8.1 TAWS-A Requirements Traffic
• A valid terrain/obstacle/airport terrain database Terrain

• A valid 3-D GPS position solution
Weather
• Valid flap and landing gear status inputs
• A valid radar altimeter Nearest
10.8.2 TAWS-A Limitations Services/

Music
TAWS-A uses terrain and obstacle information supplied by government
sources. Terrain information is based on terrain elevation information in a Utilities
database that may contain inaccuracies. Individual obstructions may be shown if

available in the database. The data undergoes verification by Garmin to confirm System
accuracy of the content, per TSO-C151c. However, the displayed information

Messages
should never be understood as being all-inclusive and data may be inaccurate.
Class A TAWS incorporates radar altimeter input with the GSL altitude to Symbols
provide a more accurate position reference when at lower altitudes for certain
alert types, and to retain a level of ground proximity warning capability in the Appendix
unlikely event of an airport, terrain or obstacle database failure.
Index

Foreword
10.8.3 Displaying TAWS-A Data
TAWS-A uses yellow (caution) and red (warning) to depict terrain and
Getting obstacle (with a height greater than 200 feet above ground level, AGL) alerts
Started
relative to aircraft altitude. Depictions of obstacles more than 200 feet below the
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
aircraft are removed. Colors are adjusted automatically as the aircraft altitude
changes. The colors and symbols in Figure 10-11 and Tables 10-7 and 11-12 are
Com/Nav used to represent terrain, obstacles, and threat locations.
Threat Location
FPL Projected Flight Path Terrain above or
within 100 ft
Direct-To
1000 ft
Proc Terrain between 100 ft and 1000 ft below the

aircraft altitude (Yellow)
Terrain more than 1000 ft below the aircraft altitude (Black)

Wpt Info
Figure 10-34 Terrain Altitude/Color Correlation for TAWS-A

Map
Alert Level Annunciator Text Threat Location Example Visual Annunciation
Traffic Indicator
Warning White text on red
Terrain background
Caution Black text on yellow
Weather background
Informational Black text on white Not Applicable
Nearest background
Services/
Table 10-22 TAWS-A Alert Colors and Symbology
Music
Utilities
System

Messages
Symbols Group example above). The color of the asterisks is tied to the relative altitude
of the highest obstacle in the group, not other obstacles within that group.
Appendix Obstacles are grouped when they would otherwise overlap.
Index

Terrain/ Foreword
Location Terrain Alert
Level Getting
Started
Terrain/ Audio &

Obstacle Xpdr Ctrl
above or
WARNING Com/Nav
Red within 100 ft
(Red)
below current
aircraft
Obstacle Symbol
FPL
altitude
Terrain/
Direct-To
Obstacle
between
100 ft and CAUTION Proc
Yellow
1000 ft (Yellow)
below current Wpt Info
aircraft
altitude
Map
Table 10-24 TAWS-A Terrain/Obstacle Colors and Symbology
Traffic
10.8.4 TAWS-A Page
The TAWS-A page shows terrain, obstacle, and threat location data in relation Terrain
to the aircraft’s current altitude, without clutter from the basemap. Aviation
data (airports, VORs, and other NAVAIDs) can be displayed for reference. If Weather
an obstacle and the projected flight path of the aircraft intersect, the display
automatically zooms in to the closest potential point of impact on the TAWS-A Nearest
page.
Services/
Aircraft orientation on this map is always heading up unless there is no valid Music
heading. Two views are available relative to the position of the aircraft: the 360° Utilities
default display and the radar-like ARC (120°) display. Map range is adjustable
with the In and Out keys from 1 to 200 NM, as indicated by the map range rings System
(or arcs).
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

Terrain Page Title Heading Annunciation Aircraft GSL Value
Foreword (GPS Derived)
Getting Terrain Yellow Terrain Is Between

Started Menu Key 100 ft and 1000 ft Below
The Aircraft Altitude
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl Range Arc
Com/Nav
TAWS Annunciations
Terrain (all annunciations shown
Scale on Terrain page)
FPL
Alert Annunciation Ownship Position Red Terrain Is Above Or
Direct-To Within 100 ft Below The
Terrain Type Aircraft Altitude
Proc Figure 10-35 TAWS-A Page with Arc View
Wpt Info Terrain Page Title Heading Annunciation Aircraft GSL Value
(GPS Derived)
Map Terrain Yellow Terrain Is Between
Menu Key 100 ft and 1000 ft Below
Traffic An Asterisk The Aircraft Altitude
Indicates Range Arcs
Grouped
Terrain
Obstacles Red Terrain Is Above Or
Within 100 ft Below The
Terrain Aircraft Altitude
Weather Scale
Nearest TAWS Annunciations Ownship Position Terrain Type

(shown on all displays)
Services/ (+ indicates there are
Music more annunciations and
will show each one for
Utilities five seconds)
Figure 10-36 TAWS-A Page with 360° View
System
Messages
2. Selections are grouped by function: the Terrain Menu and Map

Symbols
Setup.
Appendix
Index

Glideslope Alert Inhibit
Foreword
Flap Override Getting

Selection Map Setup Started
Audio &
Ground Proximity Test TAWS - Only Xpdr Ctrl
Warning System Available on
Inhibit Ground Com/Nav
TAWS Alerts Inhibit

FPL
Figure 10-37 TAWS-A Menu

Direct-To
3. Touch the Map Setup key and make the desired selections
for the Terrain map display. Proc
Selected View Flight Plan Selected To Show Wpt Info
Touch To Select Map

Terrain Or
Obstacle Legend
Traffic
Figure 10-38 TAWS-A Map Setup Menu Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Flap Override Utilities

G/S Inhibit
GPWS Inhibit System
TAWS Inhibit
Test TAWS Messages
Map Setup 360
Arc Symbols
Flight Plan
Legend Appendix
Figure 10-39 TAWS-A Page Functional Diagram Index

Foreword
10.8.5 TAWS-A Alerts
Alerts are issued when flight conditions meet parameters that are set
Getting within TAWS-A software algorithms. TAWS-A alerts employ a CAUTION or a
Started
WARNING alert severity level. When an alert is issued, visual annunciations are
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
displayed and aural alerts are simultaneously issued. TAWS-A alert types with
corresponding annunciations and aural messages are shown in Table 10-9.
Com/Nav
When an alert is issued, annunciations appear on the display. The TAWS-A
Alert Annunciation is shown on the lower left part of the display. If the TAWS-A
FPL
Page is not already displayed, a pop-up alert appears while an alert is active.
Direct-To
Blinking Alert
Proc
Touch To Remove
Pop-Up And Remain Touch To Display
On Current Page Terrain Page
Wpt Info TAWS Annunciation
Map
To acknowledge the pop-up alert:
Traffic Touch the Close key (returns to the currently viewed page), or
Terrain Touch the Go to Terrain key (accesses the TAWS-A Page)
Weather
10.8.5.1 TAWS-A Alert Types
Nearest
TAWS-A provides the following alert types:
Services/
Music
• Forward Looking Terrain Avoidance (FLTA) Alerting, which consists of:
- Required Terrain Clearance (RTC) / Required Line Clearance (RLC) /
Utilities
Required Obstacle Clearance (ROC) Alerting
System - Imminent Terrain Impact (ITI) / Imminent Line Impact (ILI) /
Imminent Obstacle Impact (IOI) Alerting
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

Premature Descent Alerting (PDA)
Foreword
• Ground Proximity Warning System (GPWS) Alerting, which consists of:
Getting
- Excessive Descent Rate (EDR) Alerting Started
- Excessive Closure Rate (ECR) to Terrain Alerting Audio &

Xpdr Ctrl
- Flight Into Terrain (FIT) Alerting
Com/Nav
- Negative Climb Rate (NCR) after takeoff Alerting
- Excessive below Glideslope/Glidepath Deviation (GSD) Alerting FPL
- Altitude Voice Call Out (VCO) Alerting

Direct-To
10.8.5.2 TAWS-A Alerts Summary
Proc
Alert Pop-Up Alert Aural
Alert Type Annunciation (Except TAWS-A Page) Message Wpt Info
Reduced Required * “Terrain, Terrain;
Terrain Clearance or Pull Up, Pull Up” * Map
Warning (RTC) or
“Terrain Ahead,
Pull Up; Terrain Traffic
Ahead, Pull Up”
Imminent Terrain “Terrain, Terrain; Terrain
*
Impact Warning (ITI) or Pull Up, Pull Up”*
or Weather
"Terrain Ahead,
Pull Up; Terrain
Nearest
Ahead, Pull Up”
Reduced Required * “Obstacle, Ob- Services/
Obstacle Clearance or stacle; Pull Up, Pull Music
Warning (ROC) Up”*
or Utilities
“Obstacle Ahead,
Pull Up; Obstacle System
Ahead, Pull Up”
Imminent Obstacle * “Obstacle, Ob- Messages
Impact Warning (IOI) or stacle; Pull Up, Pull
Up”*
or Symbols
“Obstacle Ahead,
Pull Up; Obstacle Appendix
Ahead, Pull Up”
Index

Foreword Alert Pop-Up Alert Aural
Alert Type Annunciation (Except TAWS-A Page) Message
Getting
Started Excessive Descent “<whoop>
Rate Warning (EDR) <whoop> Pull Up”
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl Excessive Closure “<whoop>
Rate Warning (ECR) <whoop> Pull Up”
Com/Nav
Imminent Line "Wire Ahead, Pull
Impact Warning Up; Wire Ahead,
FPL (ILI) Pull Up"
or
Direct-To "Wire, Wire; Pull
Up, Pull Up"
Proc Reduced Line "Wire Ahead, Pull
Clearance Warning Up; Wire Ahead,
(RLC) Pull Up"
Wpt Info
or
"Wire, Wire; Pull
Map
Up, Pull Up"
Reduced Required * “Caution, Terrain;
Traffic
Terrain Clearance or Caution, Terrain”*
Caution (RTC) or
Terrain “Terrain Ahead;
Terrain Ahead”
Weather Imminent Terrain * “Caution, Terrain;
Impact Caution (ITI) or Caution, Terrain”
Nearest
or
“Terrain Ahead;
Terrain Ahead”
Services/
Music “Caution,
Obstacle; Caution,
Reduced Required *
Utilities
or Obstacle”*
Obstacle Clearance
or
Caution (ROC)
System “Obstacle Ahead;
Obstacle Ahead”
Messages “Obstacle Ahead;
* Obstacle Ahead”*
Imminent Obstacle or or
Symbols Impact Caution (IOI)
“Caution, Obstacle;
Caution, Obstacle”
Appendix
Index

Alert Pop-Up Alert Aural Foreword
Getting
"Wire Ahead; Wire Started
Ahead"*
Imminent Line Audio &
or Xpdr Ctrl
Impact Caution (ILI)
"Caution, Wire;
Caution, Wire" Com/Nav
"Wire Ahead; Wire
Reduced Line Ahead"* FPL
Clearance Caution or
(RLC) "Caution, Wire;
Caution, Wire" Direct-To
Premature Descent “Too Low, Terrain”

Alert Caution (PDA) Proc
Excessive Descent “Sink Rate”

Rate Caution (EDR) Wpt Info
Excessive Closure “Terrain, Terrain”

Rate Caution (ECR) Map
* “Don’t Sink”*
Negative Climb or or Traffic
Rate Caution (NCR) “Too Low, Terrain”
Terrain
Flight Into Terrain “Too Low, Terrain”
High Speed Caution
(FIT) Weather
Flight Into Terrain “Too Low, Gear”

Gear Caution (FIT) Nearest
Flight Into Terrain “Too Low, Flaps”

Services/
Flaps Caution (FIT) Music
Flight Into Terrain “Too Low, Terrain”
Takeoff Caution (FIT) Utilities
Glide Slope Devia- System

“Glideslope”
tion Caution (GSD)
Messages
“Five-Hundred,”
“Four-Hundred,”*
Altitude Voice Call
None None “Three-Hundred,”* Symbols
Out (VCO)
“Two-Hundred,”*
“One-Hundred”* Appendix
“TAWS Available”
TAWS Available None N/A
Index

Foreword Alert Pop-Up Alert Aural
Getting
Started TAWS System Test None
N/A
in Progress
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl TAWS System Test “TAWS System
Pass None N/A
Test OK”
Com/Nav
TAWS Not
TAWS N/A N/A
Available
FPL
TAWS Alerting is None
N/A
Disabled
Direct-To
TAWS System Test “TAWS System
N/A
Fail Failure”
Proc
Incorrect TAWS “TAWS System
configuration, Failure”
Wpt Info invalid/missing
terrain, airport, or ** N/A
Map
obstacle database,
or TAWS audio
fault.
Traffic
“TAWS Not
No GPS position N/A
Available”
Terrain
GPS position “TAWS Not
unavailable/ Available”
Weather degraded, outside N/A
of terrain database
Nearest coverage
Sufficient GPS “TAWS Available”
Services/ signal reception None N/A (aural message
Music
restored only in flight)
Utilities Incorrect TAWS “GPWS System
configuration, Failure”
radar altimeter
System
unavailable,
* N/A
GPS position
Messages unavailable/
degraded, TAWS
Symbols
audio fault
“GPWS System
GPWS Inhibit N/A
Appendix
Failure”
Index

Alert Pop-Up Alert Aural Foreword
Getting
Started
GPWS Not Audio &

Available. Xpdr Ctrl
Incorrect TAWS
configuration, Com/Nav
radar altimeter
unavailable, N/A None FPL
GPS position
unavailable/
degraded, TAWS Direct-To
audio fault.
Proc
Wpt Info
Glideslope Inhibit N/A None
Map
FLAP Override N/A None
Traffic
* Alerts with multiple messages are configurable. Alerts for the default configuration are indicated with
asterisks.
** VCO alerts are not issued if both TAWS and GPWS systems have failed or are not available Terrain
† GSD alert will be available if a valid ILS is being used for navigation, even in no valid GPS signal is
being received. Weather
Table 10-25 TAWS-A Alerts Summary

Nearest
10.8.5.3 Excessive Descent Rate Alert
Services/
The purpose of the Excessive Descent Rate (EDR) alert is to provide Music
notification when the aircraft is determined to be descending upon terrain at an
Utilities
excessive rate. The parameters for the alert as defined by TSO-C151c are shown
below.
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

6000
Foreword
5500
Getting 5000
Started
4500
E"
Audio & Height Above Terrain (Feet)
Xpdr Ctrl T
4000
RA
K
IN
Com/Nav
3500
"S
3000
FPL 2500
2000
Direct-To
1500
Proc 1000
"PULL UP"
500
Wpt Info
0
2000 4000 6000 8000 10000 12000
Descent Rate
Map
Figure 10-41 Excessive Descent Rate Alert Criteria

Traffic
Terrain
Weather Reduced Required Terrain Clearance (RTC) Reduced Required Line
Nearest are issued when the aircraft flight path is above terrain, yet is projected to come
within the minimum clearance values in the FLTA Alert Minimum Terrain and
Services/
Music Obstacle Clearance Values table. When an RTC, RLC, and/or a ROC alert is
issued, a threat location indicator is displayed on the TAWS Page.
Utilities
System Imminent Obstacle Impact (IOI) alerts are issued when the aircraft is below
Messages and IOI alerts are accompanied by a threat location indicator displayed on the
TAWS Page. The alert is annunciated when the projected vertical flight path is
Symbols calculated to come within minimum clearance altitudes in the following table.
Appendix
Index

Minimum Clearance Altitude (feet) Foreword
Flight Phase
Level Flight Descending
Getting
En Route 700 500 Started
Terminal 350 300 Audio &

Xpdr Ctrl
Approach 150 100
Departure 100 100 Com/Nav
Table 10-26 FLTA Alert Minimum Terrain and Obstacle Clearance Values
FPL
aircraft is below 200 feet AGL while within 0.5 NM of the approach runway or Direct-To
below 125 feet AGL while within 1.0 NM of the runway threshold.
Proc
A Premature Descent Alert (PDA) is issued when the system detects that the Wpt Info
aircraft is significantly below the normal approach path to a runway.
Map
airport and ends when the aircraft is either 0.5 NM from the runway threshold
Traffic
the final descent, algorithms set a threshold for alerting based on speed, distance, Terrain
700 Weather
600
Nearest
500
400 Services/
Music
300
200 PDA Alerting Area Utilities

100
System
Runway 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Threshold
Messages
Figure 10-42 PDA Alerting Threshold
Symbols
should be used when inhibiting TAWS and the system should be enabled when
Appendix
appropriate. When TAWS is inhibited, the alert annunciation “TER INHB” is
shown. Index

Foreword
10.8.5.6 Inhibiting/Enabling TAWS-A PDA/FLTA Alerting
TAWS-A also has an inhibit mode that deactivates the PDA/FLTA aural and
Getting
Started visual alerts. Pilots should use discretion when inhibiting TAWS-A and always
remember to enable the system when appropriate. Only the PDA and FLTA
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl alerts are disabled in the inhibit mode. After cycling power, TAWS-A will no
longer be inhibited.
Com/Nav
FPL
Touch To Toggle TAWS

Direct-To Inhibit. TAWS Inhibited
Terrain (TAWS)
Inhibited shown.
Proc Annunciation
"+" Indicates Multiple Annunciations
Wpt Info
Figure 10-43 TAWS-A Alerting Disabled (TAWS Inhibited) Annunciation
Map 1. While viewing the Terrain page, touch the Menu key.
Traffic
2. Touch the TAWS Inhibit key to inhibit or enable TAWS (choice
Terrain is dependent on current state). A green bar in the key indicates
the TAWS is inhibited.
Weather
10.8.5.7 Excessive Closure Rate Alert
Nearest The Excessive Closure Rate (ECR) alert provides suitable notification
when the aircraft is determined to be closing upon terrain at an excessive speed
Services/
Music for a given aircraft gear and flap configuration.
Utilities
The following figures show the ECR alerting criteria for flaps in the landing
configuration and for all other flight phases respectively.
System ECR alerts are automatically inhibited when the aircraft is 5 NM from the
nearest airport, except when FLTA is not available (causing the TAWS N/A or
Messages TAWS FAIL annunciation to be displayed), in which case ECR alerting will
remain active until landing.
Symbols
Appendix
Index

Foreword
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
FPL
Direct-To
Proc
Wpt Info
Closure Rate (FPM)
Figure 10-44 Excessive Closure Rate Alert Criteria (Flaps Up or Takeoff Configuration) Map
Traffic
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Closure Rate (FPM)

Messages
Figure 10-45 Excessive Closure Rate Alert Criteria (Flaps in Landing Configuration)
Symbols
Appendix
Index

Foreword
10.8.5.8 Flight Into Terrain Alert
Flight Into Terrain (FIT) alerts occur when the aircraft is too low with
Getting
Started respect to terrain based on landing gear status, flap position, and groundspeed.
FIT caution alerts are issued when flight conditions meet the criteria shown
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl below.
Com/Nav
FPL
Direct-To
Proc
Wpt Info
Map
Traffic
Terrain Altitude Change Rate (FPM)

* Flap position will not trigger alert if Flap Override option is enabled; see discussion below.
Weather
Figure 10-46 Flight Into Terrain Caution Alert Criteria
Nearest To reduce nuisance FIT alerts on approaches where flap extension is not
Services/
desired (or is intentionally delayed), the pilot may override FIT alerting based
Music on the flap position, while all other FIT alerting remains in effect.
Utilities
System
Flap Override
Selection
Messages
Flap Override
Annunciation
Symbols
Appendix
Figure 10-47 TAWS-A Page Menu and FIT Flap Override Annunciation
Index

10.8.5.8.1 Overriding Flaps-based FIT alerting Foreword
1. While viewing the TAWS-A Page, touch the MENU key.
Getting
Started
2. Touch the Flap Override key to toggle the override state. Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
When the Flaps Override option is enabled, the annunciation “FLAP O/R” Com/Nav
is annunciated on the TAWS-A Page. If GPWS alerts are also inhibited (which
FPL
include FIT), the “FLAP O/R” annunciation is not shown.
FIT alerts also occur during takeoff or go-around if the aircraft’s height Direct-To
above ground level (as determined by the radar altimeter) is too close to rising
terrain. TAWS-A will issue the aural message “Too Low - Terrain” and visual Proc
annunciations when conditions enter the caution alert area.
Wpt Info
Map
Traffic
Terrain
Weather
“TOO LOW, TERRAIN”

Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
Radio Altitude Loss (Feet) System

Figure 10-48 FIT Alerting After Takeoff
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

Foreword
10.8.5.9 Negative Climb Rate After Take-Off Alert (NCR)
The Negative Climb Rate (NCR) After Take-Off alert (also referred to as
Getting
Started “Altitude Loss After Take-Off”) provides alerts when the system determines the
aircraft is losing altitude (closing upon terrain) after takeoff. The aural message
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl “Don’t Sink” is given for NCR alerts, accompanied by an annunciation and a
pop-up terrain alert on the display. NCR alerting is only active when departing
Com/Nav
from an airport and when the following conditions are met:
FPL • Height above the terrain is less than 700 feet
• Distance from the departure airport is 2 NM or less
Direct-To
• Heading change from the departure heading is less than 110º
Proc The NCR alerting parameters as defined by TSO-C151c are shown below.
Wpt Info
Map
Traffic
Terrain “DON’T SINK”

or
Weather “TOO LOW, TERRAIN”
Nearest
Services/
Music
Altitude Loss (Feet)
Utilities
Figure 10-49 Negative Climb Rate (NCR) Altitude Loss
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

Foreword
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
“DON’T SINK”
Com/Nav
or
“TOO LOW, TERRAIN” FPL
Direct-To
Proc
Wpt Info
Sink Rate (FPM)
Figure 10-50 Negative Climb Rate (NCR) Sink Rate Map
10.8.5.10 Excessive Below Glideslope/Glidepath Deviation Alert Traffic

A Glideslope Deviation or Glidepath Deviation (GSD) caution alert
is issued when the system detects that the aircraft is significantly below the Terrain
glidepath for the selected approach.
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Radio Altitude (Feet)
Utilities
“GLIDESLOPE”
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Number of Dots Below Glideslope/Glidepath
Figure 10-51 Excessive Below Glideslope/Glidepath Deviation Alert Criteria Index

Foreword
GSD alerting is only active after departure and the following conditions are
met:
Getting • An ILS, LPV, LNAV/VNAV, or LNAV+V approach is active and vertical
Started
navigation indications are being displayed.
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
• Aircraft is below 1000 feet AGL.
• Gear is configured for landing.
Com/Nav
When a GSD caution alert occurs on an ILS approach, the aural and visual
annunciation “GLIDESLOPE” is issued. If a GSD caution alert occurs on an
FPL
LPV, LNAV/VNAV, or LNAV+V approach, the aural and visual annunciation
Direct-To
“GLIDESLOPE” is issued.
10.8.5.10.1 Inhibiting Glideslope Deviation (GSD) Alerts
Proc
NOTE: The G/S Inhibit function should be activated when flying a localizer
Wpt Info backcourse approach to prevents nuisance GSD alerts. GSD alerts are
inhibited independent from all other FLTA, PDA, and GPWS alerts.
Map
1. While viewing the TAWS-A Page, touch the MENU key.
Traffic
2. Touch the G/S Inhibit key to inhibit or enable glideslope or
Terrain glidepath alerts (choice dependent on current state).
Weather NOTE: The G/S Inhibit function will only be active for a single approach
and the inhibit function will not remain active for subsequent approaches.
Nearest When G/S alerts are inhibited, they are only inhibited for a single approach.
To inhibit G/S alerts on the next approach, the G/S Inhibit function must
Services/ be activated again between the first and second approaches.
Music
Utilities NOTE: Glideslope Deviation alerts will not be available if the G/S INHB
function is activated.
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

10.8.5.11 Inhibiting GPWS Alerts (EDR, ECR, FIT, and NCR) Foreword
NOTE: The "Inhibit GPWS" function only affects GPWS alerts (EDR, Getting
ECR, NCR, and FIT). Alerting for FLTA, PDA, and GSD is controlled Started
independently from the GPWS alerts listed below. Audio &

Xpdr Ctrl
EDR, ECR, FIT, and NCR aural and visual alerts can be manually inhibited as
Com/Nav
a group. Discretion should be used when inhibiting alerts and the GPWS system
should be enabled when appropriate. When these alerts are inhibited, the alert
FPL
annunciation “GPWS INH” is shown on the TAWS-A Page annunciation window.
1. While viewing the TAWS-A Page, touch the MENU key. Direct-To
Proc
2. Touch the GPWS INH key to inhibit or enable GPWS alerts
(choice dependent on current state).
Wpt Info
Map
GPWS Inhibit Traffic

Selection
GPWS Inhibit Terrain
Annunciation
Weather
Figure 10-52 GPWS Inhibit Annunciation
Nearest
10.8.6 Altitude Voice Call Out (VCO)
TAWS-A provides aural advisory alerts as the aircraft descends, beginning at Services/
Music
500 feet above the terrain, as determined by the radar altimeter (if greater than
5 NM from the nearest airport) or 500 feet above the nearest runway threshold Utilities
elevation (if less than 5 NM from the nearest airport). Upon descent to this
altitude, TAWS-A issues the aural alert message “Five-hundred.” System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

Foreword 10.8.7 TAWS-A System Status
During power-up, TAWS-A conducts a self-test of its aural and visual
Getting
Started annunciations. The system test can also be manually initiated. An aural alert
Audio &
is issued at test completion. TAWS-A System Testing is disabled when ground
Xpdr Ctrl speed exceeds 30 knots.
Com/Nav 10.8.8 TAWS-A Abnormal Operations
FPL
TAWS-A continually monitors several system-critical items such as database
validity, flap and landing gear position, radar altimeter input, and GPS status.
Direct-To If the GTN does not contain Terrain, Airport Terrain, and Obstacle databases
(or the databases are invalid), the aural message “TAWS System Failure” is
Proc generated along with the “TAWS FAIL” alert annunciation.
Wpt Info
TAWS-A requires a 3-D GPS navigation solution along with specific vertical
accuracy minimums. Should the navigation solution become degraded or if
Map the aircraft is out of the database coverage area, the annunciation “TAWS N/A”
is generated in the annunciation window and on the TAWS-A page, the aural
Traffic message “TAWS Not Available” is generated if airborne, some TAWS-A terrain
alerts will not be issued, and GPWS alerting (which are not dependent on GPS
Terrain position) will continue to operate. When the GPS signal is re-established and the
aircraft is within the database coverage area, the aural message “TAWS Available”
Weather is generated.
Nearest
TAWS-A also requires radar altimeter input. Should the radar altimeter input
fail or become degraded, the annunciation “GPWS FAIL” is generated in the
Services/ annunciation window and on the TAWS-A Page. The aural message “GPWS
Music
System Failure” is also generated. The “GPWS FAIL” annunciation will also occur
Utilities if both GPS altitude and barometric altitude are unavailable. If only the GPWS
system has failed, GPWS-based alerts will not be available, while other TAWS-A
System alerting remains unaffected.
Messages
Multiple TAWS or GPWS annunciations cannot be displayed at the same
time. When multiple annunciations exist, an asterisk will be present next to the
Symbols annunciation. The display of each annunciation will alternate with each being
displayed for approximately five seconds.
Appendix
Index

11 WEATHER Foreword
Weather data are displayed by the Weather function when an optional Getting
Started
weather source is installed. The Wx Weather pages may be oriented to Track
Up, Heading Up, or North Up. Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
When more weather products are installed, a key for each product will be
Com/Nav
shown. Touch the key for the desired weather product. When a single weather
product is installed, touching the Weather key will go directly to the Weather
FPL
page.
Direct-To
Touch To Select Desired Proc

Weather Product
Wpt Info
Figure 11-1 Weather Page Map
Traffic
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Figure 11-2 Weather Page Functional Diagram Services/

Music
WARNING: Do not use data link weather information for maneuvering in,
Utilities
near, or around areas of hazardous weather. Information contained within
data link weather products may not accurately depict current weather
conditions. System
NOTE: Do not rely solely upon data link services to provide Temporary Flight Messages
Restriction (TFR) information. Always confirm TFR information through
official sources such as Flight Service Stations or Air Traffic Control. Symbols
NOTE: In data link weather, Temporary Flight Restrictions (TFRs) and Appendix
Notices to Airmen (NOTAMs) that do not have geographical locations
cannot be viewed on the GTN.
Index

Foreword NOTE: Stormscope and XM Lightning are mutually exclusive.
Getting
Started 11.1 SiriusXM Weather Products (Optional)
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
FPL
NEXRAD
Direct-To
Off US Canada
Proc Forecast Period
Current 12 Hour 24 Hour 36 Hour 48 Hour
Wpt Info
City Forecast
Map Surface Analysis
Lightning
Echo Tops
Traffic
Cloud Tops
METAR
Terrain Cell Movement
AIREP/PIREP
Weather County Warnings
Winds Aloft
Nearest Surface 3000 ft ... 45,000 ft
SIGMET/AIRMET
Services/ Freezing Level
Music Icing
Turbulence
Utilities Cyclone
Orientation
System
Track Up Heading Up North Up
Messages Legend
Symbols
Figure 11-3 SiriusXM Weather Page Functional Diagram
Appendix
Index

11.1.1 Displaying SiriusXM Weather Foreword
To display SiriusXM weather touch the following sequence of keys starting
from the Home page. Getting
Started
1. Touch the Weather key on the Home page and then touch Audio &
the Data Link key. Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
Age Of Selected FPL

Weather
Selected Products
Altitude Direct-To
Proc
Touch + or - To
Select Altitude
Wpt Info
Figure 11-4 SiriusXM Weather Page
2. While viewing the Data Link weather page, touch the Menu Map
key to configure the Data Link Weather page.
Traffic
Touch Keys To
Select Weather
Weather Overlay Product. Green Terrain
Map Orientation Bar Indicates
Selected Product.
Touch Legend Key Weather
To Display Legend Touch Keys
To Scroll List
Of Products Nearest
Touch And Drag Menu Services/

To Scroll List Of Products Music
Figure 11-5 Weather Data Link Menu

Utilities
3. Once you have selected what items you want to display, touch
BACK to return to the Data Link Weather page. System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

4. Touch the SiriusXM timestamp to view the age of all selected
Foreword
weather products.
Getting
Started The Timestamp is
Collapsed When All
Audio & Weather Products are
Xpdr Ctrl Current (Software
v6.30 and Later).
Com/Nav
FPL
Direct-To Figure 11-6 Timestamp Display
Proc
11.1.2 Weather Legend
The Legend key displays a pop-up legend of the currently used weather
Wpt Info products.
1. While viewing the Data Link Weather menu, touch the Legend
Map
key.
Traffic Legend Of Touch Legend And
Selected Weather Slide Finger Up And
Products Down To Scroll Legend
Terrain
Touch To Select Touch Up And Down
Close Legend Keys To Scroll Legend
Weather
Figure 11-7 Weather Legend Display
Nearest 2. Touch the Legend area of the display and while maintaining
light pressure against the display, drag your finger up or down
Services/
Music to scroll through the legend display for the selected weather
products, or use the Up/Down keys.
Utilities
3. Touch the Back key to remove the Legend.
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

NEXRAD Surface-Fronts Cloud Tops Echo Tops
Foreword
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
FPL
City Forecast SIGMET/AIRMET Freezing Levels METAR
Direct-To
Proc
Wpt Info
Map
Icing Potential Winds Aloft County Warnings Turbulence
Traffic
Terrain
Weather
Cell Movement AIREPS PIREPS Lightning
Nearest
Services/
Music
Cyclone TFR
Utilities
System
Figure 11-8 Available Weather Legends
11.1.3 Weather Map Orientation Messages
1. While viewing the Weather Data Link function, touch the Menu
Symbols
key.
2. Touch the Orientation key to toggle the map view orientation Appendix
choices of North Up, Track Up, and Heading Up.
Index

Foreword
11.1.4 SiriusXM Product Age
When a weather product is active on the Map function or the Weather Data
Getting
Started Link function is selected, the age of the data is displayed on the screen. The age
of the data may not indicate the time between the current GPS time and the time
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl when the data is assembled, but rather a general indication of the time elapsed
from when the data is received by the GTN.
Com/Nav
Updated weather data may or may not contain new weather data. Weather
FPL data is refreshed at intervals that are defined and controlled by SiriusXM Radio
Inc. and its data vendors.
Direct-To If for any reason, a weather product is not refreshed within the designated
intervals, the data is considered expired and is removed from the display.
Proc This ensures that the displayed data is consistent with what is currently being
broadcast by SiriusXM Radio. If more than half of the designated time has
Wpt Info elapsed from the time the data is received, the color of the product age displayed
changes to yellow.
Map
Traffic determine the age of the weather information shown by the data link
Terrain weather data for data link transmission, the weather information shown by
Weather
The expiration time is an elapsed time after which the data is considered
Nearest
expired and is removed from the display. This ensures that the displayed data
Services/ is consistent with what is currently being broadcast by SiriusXM Radio. If more
Music
than half of the expiration time has elapsed from the time the data is received,
Utilities the color of the product age displayed changes to yellow.
The SiriusXM Weather broadcast interval is the time interval when
System SiriusXM Satellite Radio broadcasts new signals that may or may not contain
new weather data. Weather data is broadcast at intervals that are defined and
Messages
controlled by SiriusXM Radio.
Symbols NOTE: SiriusXM Weather does not provide a timestamp for AIRMETs,
SIGMETs, City Forecasts, County Warnings, Cell Movement and TFR
Appendix products. Therefore, the unit does not display a product age indication
for these products.
Index

NOTE: The unit displays valid times on the weather map in lieu of product Foreword
age indications for SiriusXM Weather Icing Potential, Winds Aloft, and
Turbulence weather products. Getting
Started
NOTE: The unit displays product age for SiriusXM Weather Freezing Level Audio &
and Canada Winds Aloft weather products. The product age indication Xpdr Ctrl
represents the number of minutes that have elapsed since the weather
Com/Nav
product was provided by SiriusXM Weather. The unit does not display the
valid times assigned to the information within these products.
FPL
11.1.5 NEXRAD
Direct-To
WSR-88D, or NEXRAD (NEXt-generation RADar), is a network of 158
high-resolution Doppler radar systems that are operated by the National Weather Proc
Service (NWS). NEXRAD data provides centralized meteorological information
for the continental United States and selected overseas locations. The maximum Wpt Info
range of a single NEXRAD radar site is 250 NM. The NEXRAD network provides
important information about severe weather for air traffic safety. Map
NEXRAD data is not real-time. The lapsed time between collection,

Traffic
processing, and dissemination of NEXRAD images can be significant and may
not reflect the current radar synopsis. Due to the inherent delays and the relative
Terrain
age of the data, it should be used for long-range planning purposes only. Never
use NEXRAD data for maneuvering in, near, or around areas of hazardous Weather
weather. Instead, use it in an early-warning capacity of pre-departure and en
route evaluation. Nearest
Composite data from all the NEXRAD radar sites in the United States is Services/
shown. This data is composed of the maximum reflectivity from the individual Music
radar sweeps. The display of the information is color-coded to indicate the
Utilities
weather severity level.
NOTE: Due to similarities in color schemes, the display of Echo Tops cannot System
be shown with Cloud Tops and NEXRAD.

Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

1. While viewing the SiriusXM Weather menu, touch the NEXRAD
Foreword
key to display the NEXRAD selections.
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
FPL
Figure 11-9 SiriusXM NEXRAD Weather Selection

Direct-To
2. Touch the desired NEXRAD source selection and then the
Proc
Back key to view the weather information.
NEXRAD
Wpt Info Weather Age Of Selected
Weather Products
Map
City Forecast - Touch
To Select Time
Traffic
Figure 11-10 NEXRAD Weather
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Figure 11-11 NEXRAD Weather Legend

Symbols
Appendix
Index

11.1.5.1 Reflectivity
Foreword
Reflectivity is the amount of transmitted power returned to the radar receiver.
Colors on the NEXRAD display directly correlate to the level of detected Getting
Started
reflectivity. Reflectivity as it relates to hazardous weather can be very complex.
Audio &
The role of radar is essentially to detect moisture in the atmosphere. Simply Xpdr Ctrl
put, certain types of weather reflect radar better than others. The intensity of a
Com/Nav
radar reflection is not necessarily an indication of the weather hazard level. For
instance, wet hail returns a strong radar reflection, while dry hail does not. Both FPL
wet and dry hail can be extremely hazardous.
The different NEXRAD echo intensities are measured in decibels (dB) relative Direct-To
to reflectivity (Z). NEXRAD measures the radar reflectivity ratio, or the energy
Proc
reflected back to the radar receiver (designated by the letter Z). The value of Z
increases as the returned signal strength increases.
Wpt Info
11.1.5.2 NEXRAD Limitations
NEXRAD radar images may have certain limitations: Map
• NEXRAD base reflectivity does not provide sufficient information to Traffic

determine cloud layers or precipitation characteristics. For example, it is
not possible to distinguish between wet snow, wet hail, and rain. Terrain
• NEXRAD base reflectivity is sampled at the minimum antenna elevation

angle. An individual NEXRAD site cannot depict high altitude storms at Weather
close ranges. It has no information about storms directly over the site.
Nearest
• In the Cell Movement function, “Base” height is actually the height of
maximum radar reflection and that the “Base” and “Top” heights are based Services/
Music
on radar height and not MSL or AGL.
Utilities
• Each square block on the display represents an area of four square
kilometers (2.15 NM). The intensity level reflected by each square
System
represents the highest level of NEXRAD data sampled within the area.
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

Block Area Is 4 km2
Foreword (2.15 NM2)
Getting Block Area Is 4 km2

Started (2.15 NM2)
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
FPL Figure 11-12 NEXRAD Data Blocks

The following may cause abnormalities in displayed NEXRAD radar images:
Direct-To
• Ground clutter
Proc • Strobes and spurious radar data
Wpt Info
• Sun strobes (when the radar antenna points directly at the sun)
• Interference from buildings or mountains, which may cause shadows
Map
• Metallic dust from military aircraft, which can cause alterations in radar
Traffic
scans
NEXRAD Limitations (Canada)
Terrain • Radar coverage extends to 55ºN.
• Any precipitation displayed between 52ºN and 55ºN is displayed as
Weather
mixed because it is unknown.
Nearest
Services/
Music
Precipitation Above 52°N
Utilities
System
Figure 11-13 NEXRAD Data - Canada
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

11.1.5.3 Animating NEXRAD
Foreword
NOTE: Animated NEXRAD functionality is available in software v6.00 and
Getting
later. Started
Audio &
When US or Canada NEXRAD is enabled for display and more than two Xpdr Ctrl
NEXRAD images have been received by the GTN, the NEXRAD display can be
animated on the SiriusXM Weather page. As new NEXRAD images are received, Com/Nav
the GTN will automatically store them for future animation. The GTN can
FPL
animate up to six NEXRAD images from oldest to newest, showing each for one
second and the newest for two seconds.
Direct-To
Touch To Start Proc

NEXRAD Animation
Wpt Info
Map
Traffic
Touch To Stop
NEXRAD Animation
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Figure 11-14 Animating NEXRAD
1. While viewing the SiriusXM Weather page with NEXRAD Services/
Music
enabled for display, touch Menu and press the Play NXRD
key to start the NEXRAD animation. Utilities
NOTE: Weather Forecast, Cloud Tops, and Cell Movement will automatically
System
be turned off while NEXRAD is animating.
2. Touch Menu and then touch the Stop NXRD key to stop the Messages
NEXRAD animation. The animation will also stop when leaving
the page or turning off NEXRAD on the SiriusXM weather page. Symbols
Appendix
Index

Foreword
11.1.6 Echo Tops
Echo Tops data shows the location, elevation, and direction of the highest
Getting radar echo. The highest radar echo does not indicate the top of a storm or
Started
clouds; rather it indicates the highest altitude at which precipitation is detected.
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
This information is determined from NEXRAD data.
NOTE: Due to similarities in color schemes, the display of Echo Tops cannot
Com/Nav
be shown with Cloud Tops and NEXRAD.
FPL 1. While viewing the Data Link Weather menu, touch the Echo
Tops key.
Direct-To
Product Age
Proc
Present Position
Wpt Info
Echo Tops
Map
Figure 11-15 Echo Tops
Traffic 2. Touch the Echo Tops key again to turn it off.
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities Figure 11-16 Echo Tops Legend
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

11.1.7 Cloud Tops Foreword
NOTE: Due to similarities in color schemes, it is not possible to display
Getting
Echo Tops and Cloud Tops at the same time. Started
Cloud tops data depicts cloud top altitudes as determined from satellite Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
imagery.
Com/Nav
1. While viewing the Data Link Weather menu, touch the Cloud
Tops key. FPL
Product Age
Direct-To
Present Position Proc
Cloud Tops
Wpt Info
Figure 11-17 Cloud Tops
Map
2. Touch the Cloud Tops key again to turn it off.
Traffic
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
Figure 11-18 Cloud Tops Legend
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

Foreword
11.1.8 Cell Movement
Cell Movement data shows the location and movement of storm cells as
Getting
Started identified by a ground-based system. Cells are represented by yellow squares,
with direction of movement indicated with short, orange arrows.
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
NOTE: In the Cell Movement function, “Base” height is actually the height
Com/Nav of maximum radar reflection and that the “Base” and “Top” heights are
based on radar height and not MSL or AGL.
FPL
1. While viewing the Data Link Weather menu, touch the Cell
Direct-To Movement key.
Cell Movement
Proc (Position And Direction
Of Movement)
Product Age
Wpt Info
Present Position
Map
Figure 11-19 Cell Movement

Traffic
2. Touch a Cell Movement icon to view cell details.

Terrain
Top Height Reported
Weather as Maximum Altitude Cell Speed and
of Reflected Precip. Direction
Base Height Reported
Nearest as Altitude of Maximum
Reflectivity
Services/
Music Figure 11-20 Cell Movement Detail
3. Touch the Cell Movement key again to turn it off.
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Figure 11-21 Cell Movement Legend

Appendix
Index

11.1.9 SIGMETs and AIRMETs Foreword
SIGMETs (SIGnificant METerological Information) and AIRMETs (AIRmen's
Getting
METerological Information) are broadcast for potentially hazardous weather Started
considered of importance to aircraft.
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
1. While viewing the Data Link Weather menu, touch the
SIGMET/AIRMET key. Com/Nav
IFR Line
FPL
SIGMET Line
Present Position Direct-To
Turbulence Line
Proc
Figure 11-22 SIGMETs and AIRMETs

Wpt Info
2. Touch the SIGMET/AIRMET key again to turn it off.
Map
Traffic
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Figure 11-23 SIGMET/AIRMET Legend
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

Foreword
11.1.10 County Warnings
County Warnings data provides specific public awareness and protection
Getting
Started weather warnings from the National Weather Service. This can include
information on fires, tornadoes, severe thunderstorms, flood conditions, and
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl other natural disasters.
Com/Nav 1. While viewing the Data Link Weather menu, touch the County
Warnings key.
FPL
County Warning Symbol
Direct-To - Touch To Display Detail
Proc
Wpt Info
County Warning Detail
Map
Traffic
Terrain
Weather
Figure 11-24 County Warnings Data
2. After viewing the County Warning detail, touch the Back key
Nearest to return to the Map view.
Services/ 3. Touch the County Warnings key again to turn it off.
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Figure 11-25 County Warnings Legend
Index

11.1.11 Freezing Level Foreword
Freezing Level data shows the color-coded contour lines for the altitude and
Getting
location at which the Freezing Level is found. When no data is displayed for a Started
given altitude, the data for that altitude has not been received, or is out of date
Audio &
and has been removed from the display. New data appears on the next update. Xpdr Ctrl
1. While viewing the Data Link Weather menu, touch the Com/Nav
Freezing Level key.
FPL
Freezing Level Line
Direct-To
Product Age
Proc
Present Position
Wpt Info
Figure 11-26 Freezing Level
2. Touch the Freezing Level key again to turn it off. Map
Traffic
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Figure 11-27 Freezing Level Legend
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

Foreword
11.1.12 METARs
METAR (METeorological Aerodrome Report), known as an Aviation Routine
Getting
Started Weather Report, is the standard format for current weather observations.
METARs are updated hourly and are considered current. METARs typically
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl contain information about the temperature, dew point, wind, precipitation,
cloud cover, cloud heights, visibility, and barometric pressure. They can also
Com/Nav
contain information on precipitation amounts, lightning, and other critical data.
METARs are shown as colored flags at airports that provide them.
FPL
1. While viewing the Data Link Weather menu, touch the METAR
Direct-To key.
Proc
Product Age
Wpt Info Present Position

METAR Flags
Map - Touch For Detail
Traffic Figure 11-28 METARs
2. Touch a METAR to show detailed information. Touch the Back

Terrain
key to return to the Weather display.
Weather Slider Shows More Detail
Available - Touch And
Nearest Drag Display To View
Services/ METAR Detail

Music
Utilities Figure 11-29 METARs Detail

3. Touch the METAR key again to turn it off.
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

METAR Symbol Description Foreword
VFR (ceiling greater than 3000 ft. AGL and visibility greater than
Getting
five miles) Started
Marginal VFR (ceiling 1000–3000 ft. AGL and/or visibility three
Audio &
to five miles) Xpdr Ctrl
IFR (ceiling 500 to below 1000 ft. AGL and/or visibility one mile
Com/Nav
to less than three miles)
Low IFR (ceiling below 500 ft. AGL or visibility less than one mile) FPL
Unknown
Direct-To
Table 11-1 METAR Symbols
Proc
11.1.13 Cyclone
The current location of the cyclone is shown along with its projected path Wpt Info
with the date and time.
Map
1. While viewing the Data Link Weather menu, touch the Cyclone
key. Traffic
Terrain
Projected Path With Weather

Date And Time
Name, Date, Time, And Nearest
Current Position Of Cyclone
Services/
Figure 11-30 Cyclone Music
2. Touch the Cyclone key again to turn it off. Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Figure 11-31 Cyclone Legend
Appendix
Index

Foreword
11.1.14 Lightning
Lightning data shows the approximate location of cloud-to-ground lightning
Getting
Started strikes. A yellow cross icon represents a strike that has occurred within a 2
kilometer region. The exact location of the lightning is not displayed.
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav Lightning key.
FPL
Lightning Strikes
Product Age
Direct-To
Present Position
Proc
Figure 11-32 Lightning

Wpt Info
2. Touch the Lightning key again to turn it off.
Map
Traffic
Terrain
Figure 11-33 Lightning Legend
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

11.1.15 City Forecast Foreword
City Forecast shows the current and future weather conditions for
various cities. The forecast period can be selected in the menu by pressing Getting
Forecast Period. Started
1. While viewing the Data Link Weather menu, touch the City Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Forecast key.
City Forecast Symbol Com/Nav
FPL
Direct-To
Figure 11-34 City Forecast Proc
2. Touch the desired forecast time period (Current, 12 Hour, 24 Wpt Info
Hour, 36 Hour, or 48 Hour) to display the desired information.
Map
Touch And Drag Slider To
Scroll Selections Traffic
Touch To Select Time
Terrain
Figure 11-35 Select Forecast Time Period Weather
3. Touch any City Forecast symbol to show detailed information. Nearest

Touch the Back key to return to the Weather display.
Services/
Music
City Forecast Symbol
Utilities
System
Messages
Figure 11-36 City Forecast Conditions Detail

Symbols
Appendix
Index

Foreword
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
FPL Figure 11-37 City Forecast Legend
Direct-To 11.1.16 Surface Analysis

Proc In software v6.21 and earlier, Surface Analysis and City Forecast are
combined features of the Weather Forecast product.
Wpt Info
The Surface Analysis map shows regional weather forecasts for a selected
time period. The map shows high and low pressure centers and their associated
Map
frontal movement.
Traffic 1. While viewing the SiriusXM Weather Menu, touch the
Surface Analysis key.
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
Figure 11-38 Surface Analysis and Map Legend
System
2. Touch the Forecast Period key to select the desired time
increment.
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index
Figure 11-39 Select Forecast Time Period
11.1.17 Winds Aloft Foreword
Winds Aloft data shows the forecast wind speed and direction at the surface
Getting
and at selected altitudes. Altitudes can be selected in 3000 foot increments from Started
the surface up to 45,000 feet.
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Winds Aloft key. Com/Nav
FPL
Direct-To
Selected Wind Wind Symbols
Altitude
Proc
Touch To Select
Wind Altitude Wpt Info
Figure 11-40 Winds Aloft

Map
2. Touch the WX Aloft ALT – or + keys to increase or

Traffic
decrease the reporting altitude of the winds aloft in 3,000
foot increments. The selected altitude is shown in a window
Terrain
above the altitude keys.
3. Touch the Winds Aloft key again to turn it off. Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Figure 11-41 Winds Aloft Legend
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

Foreword
11.1.18 Icing
The Icing product provides information about the current icing environment
Getting
Started and where it may occur between 1,000 feet and 30,000 feet in 3,000 foot
increments. Supercooled Large Droplets (SLD) Icing provides an alert to the
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl potential for freezing rain due to the presence of large, supercooled water
droplets. SLD data is shown between 1,000 feet and 30,000 feet in 3,000 foot
Com/Nav
increments.
FPL 1. While viewing the Data Link Weather menu, touch the
Icing key.
Direct-To
Proc Icing Potential SLD Threat

Shading
Present Position
Wpt Info Selected Icing
Altitude
Map
Touch To Select
Traffic Icing Altitude
Figure 11-42 Icing
Terrain
2. Touch the WX Aloft ALT – or + keys to increase or decrease
Weather the reporting altitude of icing in 3,000 foot increments. The
selected altitude is shown in a window above the altitude keys.
Nearest
3. Touch the Icing key again to turn it off.
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Figure 11-43 Icing Legend

Appendix
Index

11.1.19 Turbulence Foreword
The Turbulence product provides information about the potential for erratic
Getting
movement of air at high altitudes. Conditions are reported at altitudes between Started
21,000 and 45,000 feet in 3,000 foot increments.
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
1. While viewing the Weather Data Link menu, touch the
Turbulence key. Com/Nav
Product Age FPL
Turbulence Shading
Present Position Direct-To
Selected
Turbulence
Proc
Altitude
Touch To Select Wpt Info

Turbulence Altitude
Figure 11-44 Turbulence Map
2. Touch the WX Aloft ALT – or + keys to increase or decrease Traffic

the reporting altitude for turbulence in 3,000 foot increments.
The selected altitude is shown in a window above the altitude Terrain
keys.
3. Touch the Turbulence key again to turn it off. Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Figure 11-45 Turbulence Legend
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

Foreword
11.1.20 AIREP/PIREP
Pilot Weather Reports (PIREPs) provide timely weather information for
Getting
Started a particular route of flight. When significant weather conditions are reported
or forecast, Air Traffic Control (ATC) facilities are required to solicit PIREPs.
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl A PIREP may contain non-forecast adverse weather conditions, such as low
in-flight visibility, icing conditions, wind shear, and turbulence. PIREPs are
Com/Nav
issued as either Routine (UA) or Urgent (UUA).
FPL 1. While viewing the Data Link Weather menu, touch the
AIREP/PIREP key.
Direct-To
Touch Weather
Proc Info Icon To
View AIREP Touch Weather
Details Info Icon To View
Wpt Info
PIREP/Details
Touch TFR Icon
To View TFR
Map Details
Figure 11-46 Weather Display With AIREP/PIREP Information Active
Traffic
2. Touch a weather information icon to view details for that item.
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Figure 11-47 AIREP and PIREP Detail
Utilities
3. Touch the Back key to remove the detailed information.
System
Messages
4. Touch the AIREP/PIREP key again to turn it off.
Symbols
Appendix
Index

11.2 StormScope® Weather Foreword
11.2.1 StormScope® (Optional) Getting

Started
NOTE: Refer to the WX-500 Pilot’s Guide for a detailed description of the
Audio &
WX-500 StormScope. Xpdr Ctrl
The StormScope WX-500 Weather Mapping Sensor is a passive weather Com/Nav

avoidance system that detects electrical discharges associated with thunderstorms
within a 200 NM radius of the aircraft. The StormScope measures relative FPL
bearing and distance of thunderstorm-related electrical activity and reports
the information to the display. Interfaces are currently only available for the Direct-To
WX-500 StormScope System.
Proc
Wpt Info
Map
Traffic
Terrain
View
360 Arc Weather
Mode Nearest
Cell Strike
Services/
Music
Figure 11-48 StormScope Functional Diagram

Utilities
For lightning display interpretation, study the examples in the
WX-500 Pilot's Guide that are designed to help you relate the cell or strike System
patterns shown on the display to the size and location of thunderstorms that
may be near your aircraft. Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

6
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
60
Com/Nav 120
FPL 180
Direct-To
Table 11-2 StormScope Symbols
1. From the Home page, touch the Weather key (and then the
Proc StormScope key if present) to reach the StormScope function.
Orientation
Wpt Info Annunciation.
HDG N/A - Heading Is
Map
Not Available.
Range Ring
Traffic Lightning Strikes
Touch
To Clear Lightning Display Mode
Terrain Lightning (Cell or Strike)
Strikes
Lightning Strike Rate
Weather
Figure 11-49 StormScope Display (360º Display View Shown)
Nearest
2. Touch the Menu key to setup the StormScope display.
Services/
Music
Utilities Lightning
360º View Display Mode
System Selected (Cell) Selected
Figure 11-50 StormScope Menu

Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

11.2.2 Clearing the StormScope® Page Foreword
Routinely clearing the StormScope Page of all discharge points is a good
Getting
way to determine if a storm is building or dissipating. In a building storm, Started
discharge points reappear faster and in larger numbers. In a dissipating storm,
Audio &
discharge points appear slower and in smaller numbers. Xpdr Ctrl
1. While viewing the Weather StormScope page, touch MENU.

Com/Nav
2. Touch the Clear Strikes key to clear lightning strikes. FPL
Direct-To
NOTE: The GTN displays StormScope data with or without a heading source.
If no heading source is available, the "HDG N/A" annunciation appears in Proc
the upper right corner of the page. When flying without a heading source,
the pilot must clear all strikes following each heading change. Wpt Info
11.2.3 Changing the StormScope® Display View Map
The Lightning Page displays either a 360° or a 120° viewing angle.

Traffic
Terrain
2. Touch the 360° or Arc to select the display view.

Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Figure 11-51 StormScope 360º and Arc Display Views
Symbols
Appendix
Index

Foreword
11.2.4 Changing the StormScope® Data Mode
Cell display mode uses a clustering program to locate storm cells instead of
Getting
Started individual discharge points. This mode is most useful during periods of heavy
storm activity. Strike display mode is used during periods of light electrical
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl activity. It is useful in plotting initial lightning discharges associated with a
building thunderstorm.
Com/Nav
FPL
2. Touch the Cell or Strike key to select the display mode.

Direct-To
Proc
Wpt Info
11.2.5 Changing the StormScope® Data Display
Range
Map StormScope data can be displayed on the Map page 2,000 NM zoom scale,
but the data only goes out as far as the StormScope can report (200 NM). The
Traffic
500 NM zoom scale will display all lightning data. Scales greater than 500 NM
do not display any additional StormScope data.
Terrain
1. While viewing the StormScope page, touch the In and Out
Weather keys to display a larger or smaller area.
Nearest
11.2.6 Displaying StormScope® Data on the Map
Page
Services/
Music The Map Page displays cell or strike information using yellow lightning
strike symbology overlaid on a moving map. This added capability improves
Utilities
situational awareness, which in turn makes it much easier for the pilot to relate
System
storm activity to airports, NAVAIDs, obstacles and other ground references. See
section 8.1.1.6 for details about viewing StormScope data on the Map.
Messages
NOTE: The selected lightning display type, cell or strike, will be shown the
same on both the StormScope and the Map pages.
Symbols
Appendix
Index

11.3 Connext Weather Foreword
Connext Weather is an optional feature available with the Iridium® satellite
system that is interfaced through the optional Garmin GSR 56. Connext Weather Getting
Started
may be viewed in the Weather and Map functions. The Weather pages may
Audio &
be oriented to either Track Up, Heading, or North Up. Both Connext and XM Xpdr Ctrl
Weather may be installed and selected individually.
Com/Nav
FPL
Direct-To
Proc
PRECIP
Wpt Info
Lightning
IR Satellite
METAR Map
PIREP
Winds Aloft Traffic
Surface 3000 ft ... 45,000 ft
Terrain
SIGMET/AIRMET
Connext Settings
Weather
Coverage Region
Present Position Nearest
Destination
Flight Plan Distance Services/
Waypoint Waypoint Ident Music
Data Request Utilities

Request Data
Auto Request System
Cov Diameter
Datalink Status Messages
Orientation
Legend Symbols
Figure 11-52 Connext Weather Functional Diagram Appendix
Index

Connext Weather coverage is available throughout most of
Foreword
Europe, Canada and the U.S. Additional radar coverage areas are
Getting added continuously. For the latest radar coverage information, visit:
Started
https://fly.garmin.com/fly-garmin/connext/worldwide-weather/
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl Various world-wide weather subscription package options provide weather
reporting for most of Europe, Canada, Australia, and the U.S.
Com/Nav
11.3.1 Using Connext Satellite Weather Products
FPL
NOTE: A system can be configured for multiple weather products, but only
one may be selected for viewing in the Weather or map pages at a given
Direct-To
time.
Proc When a weather product is active on the Weather Data Link Page or the
Navigation Map Page, the age of the data is displayed on the screen. The age of
Wpt Info the product is based on the time difference between when the data was assembled
on the ground and the current GPS time. Weather products are refreshed at
Map
selectable intervals.
Traffic Weather products expire at intervals based on each product. When the data
expires, it is removed from the display. This ensures that the displayed data is
Terrain consistent with what is currently being broadcast by Connext Satellite Radio
services. If more than half of the expiration time has elapsed from the time the
Weather data is received, the color of the product age displayed changes to yellow.
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

11.3.2 Connext Weather Menu Foreword
The Connext Weather page is customized by selecting options from the
Getting
Connext Weather and the Connext Settings Menus. The Connext Weather Menu Started
options include choices for Weather Setup and displaying selected weather
Audio &
products. The Connext Settings Menu makes settings for the Coverage Region Xpdr Ctrl
and Data Request frequency.
Com/Nav
1. While viewing the Connext Weather page, touch the MENU
key to display the Connext Weather Menu. Touch the desired FPL
keys to toggle the weather product.
Direct-To
Proc
Wpt Info
Map
Figure 11-53 Connext Weather Menu

Traffic
2. Touch and slide the display to view the complete menu.
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Figure 11-54 More Connext Weather Menu
Utilities
3. Touch the Connext Settings key to make detailed settings
for the Connext Weather display.
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

Foreword
11.3.3 Connext Settings
Getting
Started Touch To
Manually Auto Request
Audio &
Request Data Setting
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
Coverage Region Datalink
Settings Status
FPL
Coverage
Direct-To Diameter
Figure 11-55 Connext Settings Menu
Proc
11.3.3.1 Connext Data Request
Wpt Info It is necessary to request the downloading of weather products. Requests can
be sent manually or set to automatically update at a selected rate. The Connext
Map weather data may be updated at any time regardless of the automatic update
timing by selecting a Manual Request. When multiple requests are made, some
Traffic
products are merged with the old data (SIGMETs/AIRMETs, TAFs, TFRs, and
METARs), but the old data of other products is discarded.
Terrain
1. While viewing the Connext Settings Menu, touch the

Weather Request Data key to manually request data.
2. Touch the Auto Request key to set the Auto Request Period.
Nearest
Services/
Music NOTE: The Auto Request function is only enabled if the GTN is connected
directly to GSR 56 (software v6.30 and later).
Utilities
System
Messages Touch To Select

Request Period
Symbols
Appendix Figure 11-56 Select Auto Request Period
Index

3. Touch the Cancel Request key to cancel a request in progress.
Foreword
Getting
Touch To Touch To Select Started
Cancel Request Request Period
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Time Remaining
Until Next Request
Com/Nav
Figure 11-57 Cancelling A Request
FPL
11.3.3.2 Connext Data Request Coverage Region
1. While viewing the Connext Settings Menu, touch the Direct-To
Coverage Region key.
Proc
Wpt Info
Map
Traffic
Figure 11-58 Connext Weather Coverage Region Menu

Terrain
2. Touch the desired settings to customize the Connext Weather
display.
Weather
Present Position Data Request
Touch the Present Position key to request that weather Nearest
information will be shown around your present position.

Services/
Destination Connext Data Request Music
Touch the Destination key to request that weather information Utilities

will be shown around the destination waypoint in the flight
plan. System
Flight Plan Data Request

Messages
Touch the Flight Plan key to request that weather information
will be shown around the active flight plan.
Symbols
Flight Plan Distance Data Request
Touch the Distance key to request that weather information Appendix
will be shown for the selected distance along the active flight
plan. Index

Waypoint Connext Data Request
Foreword
1. Touch the Waypoint key to request that weather information
Getting will be shown around the selected waypoint.
Started
2. Select the waypoint and then press ENT.
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Diameter/Route Width Connext Data Request
Com/Nav
After selecting a coverage option in the previous section, select
FPL
the desired Diameter and then press ENT.
Direct-To
11.3.3.3 Connext Weather Map Orientation
Proc
1. While viewing the Connext Weather Menu, touch the
Orientation key.
Wpt Info
2. Touch the orientation choices of North Up, Track Up, and
Map Heading Up and to accept the displayed value and return to
the Connext Weather Menu.
Traffic
Touch To Select
Terrain Map Orientation
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Figure 11-59 Connext Weather Map Orientation
Music
Utilities
11.3.4 Register with Connext
System To access Connext Weather, visit flyGarmin.com and create a Connext
Satellite Services account. Be ready to provide the GTN system ID, airframe
Messages information (model, tail number), and Iridium serial number. Garmin will issue
an access code for entry on the Connext Registration page. If access code and
Symbols system ID are correct, the airframe registration details will display.
Appendix 1. While viewing Connext Settings Menu, touch the

Datalink Status key.
Index

Foreword
Current
Registration Info Iridium
Signal Level Getting
Started
Touch To Audio &

Xpdr Ctrl
Phone and Register
Datalink Status
Com/Nav
Figure 11-60 GSR 56 Status FPL
2. Touch the Connext Registration key to display the Connext

Registration page. Direct-To
Proc
Touch To Enter Touch To
Access Code Register
Wpt Info
Current
Registration Info Map
Traffic
Figure 11-61 Connext Registration Page
3. Touch the Access Code key to enter the appropriate code Terrain
and then touch the Enter key.
Weather
4. Touch the Register key to complete the process. The GTN will
contact the Connext servers using the GSR 56 transceiver.
Nearest
Services/
Deactivate Unit Registration with Connext Music
Registration of the GTN unit with Connext can be deactivated so that the unit Utilities
can no longer make requests to Connext. This does not cancel the subscription.
1. While viewing the Connext Registration page, touch the Access System
Code field and press CLR to remove the access code.
Messages
2. Any weather requests will now fail and the system will no
longer be linked to the Connext account.
Symbols
Appendix
Index

Foreword
11.3.5 Connext Weather Product Age
The weather product refresh rate represents the interval at which Connext
Getting Satellites broadcast new signals that may or may not contain new weather data.
Started
It does not represent the rate at which weather data is updated or new content is
Audio & received by the Data Link Receiver. Weather data is refreshed at intervals that are
Xpdr Ctrl
defined and controlled by Connext and its data vendors.
Com/Nav
FPL
weather data for data link transmission, the weather information shown by
Direct-To the data link weather product may be significantly older than the indicated
Proc
11.3.6 TFRs
Wpt Info
Temporary Flight Restrictions (TFRs) provide detailed information for local
Map
short term restrictions.
Traffic
Figure 11-62 Connext TFR Legend

Terrain
1. Touch a TFR symbol on the Weather page to view details.
Weather
Nearest
TFR Detail
Services/
Music
Touch TFR Symbol
To View Details
Utilities
Figure 11-63 Connext TFR Detail
System
2. Touch the Back key to return to the Weather display.
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

11.3.7 Precipitation (PRECIP) Data Foreword
Graphical data is overlaid on the map indicating the rainfall detected by
ground based radar for a specific area. The colors indicating increasing levels Getting
Started
of rainfall progresses from light green for light rainfall to red for heavy rainfall.
Audio &
Review the Limitations section in the front of this guide for the limitations that Xpdr Ctrl
apply to the Connext data. Rainfall data is color coded as follows:
Com/Nav
FPL
Direct-To
Proc
Wpt Info
Map
Figure 11-64 Connext PRECIP Weather Map Display and Legend

Traffic
Product Age Terrain
Precipitation
Weather
Nearest
Figure 11-65 Connext Precipitation Data Services/

Music
The "No Coverage" color indicates that no data is available for that area, and
rainfall in that area is unknown. Utilities
When weather data is received, the airborne system will display that data for
20 minutes. If no new data has been received for a given area, the rainfall will System
be removed after 20 minutes and the area will revert back to the "No Coverage"
Messages
color.
The Connext Weather Function is based on a ground-to-air data link and Symbols
requires that the appropriate ground systems are broadcasting weather data and
the aircraft is within reception range of the Ground Broadcast Transceiver (GBT). Appendix
Index

11.3.7.1 Animating Precipitation Data
Foreword
NOTE: Animated Precipitation functionality is available in software v6.00
Getting
Started and later.
Audio & When Precipitation Data is enabled for display and more than two
Xpdr Ctrl
Precipitation images have been received by the GTN, the Precipitation display
Com/Nav can be animated on the Connext Weather page. As new Precipitation images are
received, the GTN will automatically store them for future animation. The GTN
FPL can animate up to six Precipitation images from oldest to newest, showing each
for one second and the newest for two seconds.
Direct-To
1. While viewing the Connext Weather page with Precipitation
enabled for display, touch Menu and then press the
Proc
Play PRCP key to start the Precipitation animation.
Wpt Info 2. Touch Menu and then touch the Stop PRCP key to stop the
Precipitation animation. The animation will also stop when
Map leaving the page or turning off Precipitation on the Connext
weather page.
Traffic
11.3.8 Lightning
Terrain Lightning data shows the approximate location of cloud-to-ground lightning
strikes. A strike icon represents a strike that has occurred within a two kilometer
Weather (1.08 NM) region. The exact location of the lightning strike is not displayed.
Only cloud to ground strikes are reported in the US and extreme southern
Nearest Canada (cloud to cloud strikes are not reported).
Services/ Lightning
Music Symbol
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols Figure 11-66 Connext Data Link Lightning and Legend
Appendix
Index

11.3.9 Infrared Satellite Data Foreword
Infrared Satellite data is available over North America and Europe and depicts
cloud top temperatures from satellite imagery. Brighter cloud top colors indicate Getting
Started
cooler temperatures occurring at higher altitudes. Information is updated every
half hour. Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
IR Satellite Com/Nav
Product Age
FPL
IR Satellite
Coverage
Direct-To
Proc
Wpt Info
Map
Traffic
Figure 11-67 Connext Infrared Satellite Data Map Display and Legend
11.3.10 METARs Terrain
NOTE: Atmospheric pressure reported for METARs is given in hectopascals Weather

(hPa), except in the United States, where it is reported in inches of mercury
(in Hg). Temperatures are reported in Celsius. Nearest
NOTE: METAR information is only displayed within the installed aviation Services/
Music
database service area.
Utilities
METAR (METeorological Aerodrome Report), known as an Aviation Routine
Weather Report, is the standard format for current weather observations. System
METARs are generally updated hourly, but some site are more frequent. Special
updates are done as conditions warrant. METARs typically contain information Messages
about the temperature, dew point, wind, precipitation, cloud cover, cloud
heights, visibility, and barometric pressure. They can also contain information Symbols
on precipitation amounts, lightning, and other critical data. METARs are shown
as colored flags at airports that provide them. Appendix
Index

Foreword METAR Symbol Description
Getting
Started five miles)
Marginal VFR (ceiling 1000–3000 ft. AGL and/or visibility three to
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl five miles)
IFR (ceiling 500 to below 1000 ft. AGL and/or visibility one mile
Com/Nav
to less than three miles)
FPL Low IFR (ceiling below 500 ft. AGL or visibility less than one mile)
Unknown
Direct-To
Proc 1. While viewing the Connext Weather page, touch the airport
with a METAR flag.
Wpt Info
Map METAR Detail
Traffic
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music Figure 11-68 Connext Weather - Graphic METARs and Legend
2. Touch the Back key to return to the Weather page.
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

11.3.11 PIREPs Foreword
Pilot Weather Reports (PIREPs) provide timely weather information for
Getting
a particular route of flight. When significant weather conditions are reported Started
or forecast, Air Traffic Control (ATC) facilities are required to solicit PIREPs.
Audio &
A PIREP may contain non-forecast adverse weather conditions, such as low Xpdr Ctrl
in-flight visibility, icing conditions, wind shear, and turbulence. PIREPs are
Com/Nav
issued as either Routine (UA) or Urgent (UUA).
1. While viewing the Connext Weather page, touch a PIREP FPL
symbol.
Direct-To
PIREP Detail Proc
Wpt Info
Map
Traffic
Figure 11-69 Connext Weather - PIREPs and Legend Terrain

2. Touch the Back key to return to the Weather page.
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

Foreword
11.3.12 Winds Aloft
Winds Aloft data shows the forecast wind speed and direction at the surface
Getting
Started and at selected altitudes. Altitudes can be selected in 3000 foot increments from
the surface up to 42,000 feet MSL. Pressing the WX Aloft ALT + or – soft keys
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl steps down or up in 3,000 foot increments.
Com/Nav
Product Age
FPL
Winds Aloft
Altitude Selection
Direct-To
Winds Aloft Symbol
Proc
Wpt Info
Map
Traffic Figure 11-70 Connext Weather - Winds Aloft and Legend
Winds Aloft Altitude

Terrain
The Winds Aloft Altitude option allows you to select the altitude for the
Weather Winds Aloft weather product. Altitude can be selected in 3000 foot increments
from the surface up to 42,000 feet MSL.
Nearest
Pressing the WX Aloft ALT + or – soft keys steps down or up in 3,000 foot
Services/ increments. In the figure shown above, 6000 feet is selected and Winds Aloft
Music
data is shown for winds reported at an altitude of 6000 feet.
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

11.3.13 SIGMETs and AIRMETs Foreword
SIGMETs (SIGnificant METeorological Information) and AIRMETs (AIRmen’s
Getting
METeorological Information) are broadcast for potentially hazardous weather Started
considered of importance to aircraft. A Convective SIGMET is issued for
Audio &
hazardous convective weather. A localized SIGMET is a significant weather Xpdr Ctrl
condition occurring at a localized geographical position.
Com/Nav
FPL
SIGMET/AIRMET Detail
Direct-To
Proc
Figure 11-71 Connext Weather Page - AIRMETs/SIGMETs
When enabled, SIGMET/AIRMETs advise the pilot of potentially hazardous Wpt Info
weather. SIGMETs are directed to all aircraft. AIRMETs are intended for light
Map
aircraft. SIGMET/AIRMET data covers icing, turbulence, dust, and volcanic ash
as issued by the National Weather Service. The update rate is selected in the
Traffic
Connext Settings Menu.
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Figure 11-72 Connext Weather - AIRMETs/SIGMETs Detail and Legend Services/

Music
When enabled, the following AIRMETs are available for display:
• Icing Utilities
• Turbulence
System
• IFR conditions
• Mountain obscuration Messages
• Surface winds
Symbols
Appendix
Index

Foreword
11.4 FIS-B Weather
Getting
NOTE: FIS-B information is to be used for pilot planning decisions
Started and pilot near-term decisions focused on avoiding areas of inclement
weather that are beyond visual range or where poor visibility precludes
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl visual acquisition of inclement weather. FIS-B weather and NAS status
information may be used as follows:
Com/Nav
(a) To promote pilot awareness of own ship location with respect to
reported weather, including hazardous meteorological conditions, NAS
FPL status indicators, and enhance pilot planning decisions and pilot
near-term decision-making.
Direct-To (b) To cue the pilot to communicate with the Air Traffic Control
controller, Flight Service Station specialist, operator dispatch, or airline
Proc operations control center for general and mission critical meteorological
information, NAS status conditions, or both.
Wpt Info FIS-B information, including, weather information, NOTAMs, and TFR
areas, are intended for the sole purpose of assisting in long- and
Map near-term planning decision making. The system lacks sufficient
resolution and updating capability necessary for aerial maneuvering
Traffic associated with immediate decisions.
Terrain
The Flight Information Services (FIS-B) function is capable of displaying text
and graphic weather information with GDL 88 and GTX 345 installations. No
Weather subscription for FIS-B services is required.
The FIS-B Function is a graphic weather display capable of displaying
Nearest graphical weather information on UAT equipped installations. Graphical data is
Services/
overlaid on the map indicating the rainfall detected by ground based radar for a
Music specific area. The colors indicating increasing levels of rainfall progresses from
light green for light rainfall to magenta for heavy rainfall. Review the Limitations
Utilities
section in the front of this guide for the limitations that apply to the FIS-B data.
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

Rainfall data is color coded as follows:
Foreword
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
FPL
Direct-To
Figure 11-73 FIS-B Weather Precipitation Legend
Gray shaded areas indicate that data is not available or that no data has been Proc
received for a requested area. Gray shades may also indicate that the rainfall rate
Wpt Info
for a given area is undetermined.
The FIS-B Function is based on a ground-to-air data link and requires that Map
the appropriate ground systems are broadcasting weather data and the aircraft is
within reception range of the Ground Broadcast Transceiver (GBT). Traffic
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
NEXRAD Services/
Music
Off CONUS Regional Combined
Utilities
METAR
PIREP
Wind/Temp Aloft System
1,000 ft ... 53,000 ft

Messages
SIGMET/AIRMET
Orientation Symbols
Track Up Heading Up North Up
Appendix
Legend
Index
Figure 11-74 FIS-B Weather Functional Diagram

Foreword WARNING: Do not use the indicated data link weather product age to
Getting weather product. Due to time delays inherent in gathering and processing
Started weather data for data link transmission, the weather information shown by
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl weather product age.
Com/Nav
11.4.1 FIS-B Operation
Weather data reception time is shown in the upper right corner of the screen.
FPL
An indicated time shows if the aircraft is currently within reception coverage
Direct-To
of a ground station with weather broadcast capabilities. The ground system
determines the weather coverage area and extent of data that is transmitted by
Proc each ground station.
1. From the Home page, touch the Weather key on the Home
Wpt Info
page and then touch the FIS-B Weather key (if necessary).
Map
Age Of Selected
Weather Products
Traffic
Terrain NEXRAD Touch + or - To

Selection Select Map Range
Weather Figure 11-75 FIS-B Weather Page (NEXRAD Key Shown)
2. While viewing the FIS-B weather page, touch the Menu key
Nearest
to configure the Data Link Weather page.
Services/ Touch NEXRAD
Music
Key To Select Off,
CONUS, Regional,
Utilities or Combined
Weather Overlay NEXRAD
Map Orientation
System
Touch Legend Key Touch Keys To
To Display Legend Select Weather
Messages Product. Green Bar
Indicates Selected
Product.
Symbols
Figure 11-76 FIS-B Weather Data Link Menu
Appendix 3. Once you selected what items you want to display, touch BACK
to return to the FIS-B Weather page.
Index

11.4.2 FIS-B NEXRAD Foreword
WSR-88D weather surveillance radar or NEXRAD (NEXt generation RADar) is
Getting
a Doppler radar system that has greatly improved the detection of meteorological Started
events such as thunderstorms, tornadoes, and hurricanes. An extensive network
Audio &
of NEXRAD stations provides almost complete radar coverage of the continental Xpdr Ctrl
United States, Alaska, and Hawaii. The unobstructed range of each NEXRAD is
Com/Nav
124 nautical miles.
11.4.2.1 NEXRAD Abnormalities FPL
There are possible abnormalities regarding displayed NEXRAD images. Some,

Direct-To
but not all, causes of abnormal displayed information include:
• Ground Clutter Proc
• Strobes and spurious radar data

Wpt Info
• Sun strobes, when the radar antenna points directly at the sun
• Military aircraft deploy metallic dust which can cause alterations in radar Map
scans
Traffic
• Interference from buildings or mountains, which may cause shadows
• Scheduled maintenance may put a radar off-line Terrain
11.4.2.2 NEXRAD Limitations Weather

Certain limitations exist regarding the NEXRAD radar displays. Some, but
not all, are listed for the user’s awareness: Nearest
• The Regional NEXRAD “pixels” are 1.5 minutes (1.5 nautical miles Services/
= 2.78 km) wide by 1 minute (1 nautical miles = 1.852 km) tall. Music
The CONUS NEXRAD “pixels” are 7.5 minutes (7.5 nautical miles Utilities
= 13.89 km) wide by 5 minutes (5 nautical miles = 9.26 km) wide.
Above 60 degrees of latitude the Regional NEXRAD “pixels” are System
3 minutes/nautical miles. CONUS NEXRAD is not available above
60 degrees of latitude. The intensity level reflected by the pixel will be the Messages
highest level sampled within the area covered by each pixel.
Symbols
Appendix
Index

11.4.2.3 NEXRAD Intensity
Foreword
Colors are used to identify the different NEXRAD echo intensities (reflectivity)
Getting measured in dBZ (decibels of Z). “Reflectivity” is the amount of transmitted power
Started
returned to the radar receiver. Reflectivity (designated by the letter Z) covers a
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl wide range of signals (from very weak to very strong). So, a more convenient
number for calculations and comparison, a decibel (or logarithmic) scale (dBZ),
Com/Nav is used. The dBZ values increase as the strength of the signal returned to the
radar increases.
FPL
11.4.2.4 NEXRAD
Direct-To When enabled, NEXRAD weather information is shown. Composite data
from all of the NEXRAD radar sites in the United States is shown. This data is
Proc composed of the maximum reflectivity from the individual radar sweeps. The
display of the information is color-coded to indicate the weather level severity.
Wpt Info
Refer to the legend for a description of the color code.
Map The NEXRAD option has selections of Regional, CONUS, or Combined
NEXRAD. CONUS NEXRAD includes a composite of available NEXRAD radar
Traffic imagery across the 48 states. Regional NEXRAD is a composite of available
NEXRAD radar imagery in a local area, showing a more detailed image
Terrain than CONUS NEXRAD. FIS-B weather data reception requires line-of-site
communication between the receiver and the ADS-B ground station. Incomplete
Weather Regional and/or CONUS NEXRAD imagery displayed on the MAP and FIS-B
Weather Pages of the affected products is an indicator of poor FIS-B reception.
Nearest
Affected Areas
Services/ Any area in the continental United States (CONUS) or Alaska where the
Music
distance from ADS-B ground stations, or the combined effect of distance and
Utilities
low altitude, is sufficiently great may cause poor reception. To find the latest
ground station coverage, visit faa.gov.
System Reception will improve in some affected areas as the FAA completes the
NextGen ADS-B ground station infrastructure. However, due to line-of-sight
Messages broadcast characteristics, operators with properly installed and functioning
equipment may still receive incomplete FIS-B data when signal reception is
Symbols limited by the distance from ground stations combined with a low altitude.
Appendix
Index

The example below displays an area where FIS-B data is degraded due to
Foreword
poor reception:
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
FPL
Direct-To
Proc
Wpt Info
Map
Figure 11-77 Example of Areas Where FIS-B Reception Is Unavailable Traffic
Continental US NEXRAD (CONUS)

Terrain
The Display CONUS NEXRAD selection shows NEXRAD radar information
for the entire continental United States. CONUS NEXRAD data is updated every Weather
15 minutes.
Nearest
CONUS NEXRAD Services/

Coverage Shown Music
Out Of CONUS Utilities

CONUS Selected NEXRAD
On NEXRAD Key Coverage
System
Figure 11-78 Weather Page With CONUS Displayed
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

Regional NEXRAD
Foreword
The Regional NEXRAD selection shows regional NEXRAD radar information
Getting
Started
within 500 NM of the aircraft location.
Out Of Regional
Audio & NEXRAD Coverage
Xpdr Ctrl
Within Regional
NEXRAD Area But
Com/Nav Coverage Not Available
Regional Selected
FPL On NEXRAD Key
Figure 11-79 Weather Page With Regional NEXRAD Displayed
Direct-To
Combined NEXRAD
Proc
Regional NEXRAD data and CONUS NEXRAD data are shown together. The
Wpt Info
two types of NEXRAD are separated by a white stippled border. This boundary
is updated whenever new Regional or CONUS NEXRAD data is received. The
Map radius of the boundary is fixed at 150 NM.
Out Of Regional
NEXRAD Coverage
Traffic
Regional NEXRAD
Boundary Shown
Terrain
NEXRAD Weather Shown
Weather CONUS & Regional
Selected On NEXRAD Key
Nearest Figure 11-80 Weather Page With Combined NEXRAD Displayed
Services/
Music
Selecting NEXRAD in the FIS-B Weather Menu
Utilities 1. While viewing the FIS-B weather page, touch the Menu key
to select the NEXRAD choice.
System
2. Touch the NEXRAD key to select Off, Regional, CONUS, or
Combined NEXRAD.
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

Foreword
Getting
Started
Touch the Desired
NEXRAD Source Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
Figure 11-81 NEXRAD Source Selection FPL
3. Touch the Back key to return to the FIS-B Weather Menu. Direct-To
Proc
Animating FIS-B NEXRAD
NOTE: Animated NEXRAD functionality is available in software v6.00 and Wpt Info
later.
Map
When Regional or CONUS NEXRAD is enabled for display and more than
two NEXRAD images have been received by the GTN, the NEXRAD display can Traffic
be animated on the FIS-B Weather page. As new NEXRAD images are received,
the GTN will automatically store them for future animation. The GTN can Terrain
animate up to six NEXRAD images from oldest to newest, showing each for one
second and the newest for two seconds. Weather
NOTE: CONUS/Regional Combined NEXRAD cannot be animated. CONUS Nearest

and Regional NEXRAD can only be animated when displayed individually.
Services/
1. While viewing the FIS-B Weather page with NEXRAD enabled Music
for display, touch Menu and then press the Play NXRD key
Utilities
to start the NEXRAD animation.
2. Touch Menu and then touch the Stop NXRD key to stop the System
NEXRAD animation. The animation will also stop when leaving
the page or turning off NEXRAD on the FIS-B weather page. Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

Foreword
11.4.3 FIS-B TFRs
Temporary Flight Restrictions (TFRs) provide detailed information for local
Getting
Started short term restrictions. The update rate is approximately every 20 minutes.
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
FPL
Figure 11-82 FIS-B TFR Legend
Direct-To
1. Touch a TFR symbol on the Weather page to view details.
Proc
Wpt Info
Map Touch TFR Symbol

To View Details
Traffic
Terrain
TFR Detail
Weather
Nearest Figure 11-83 FIS-B TFR Detail
Services/ 2. Touch the Back key to return to the Weather display.

Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

11.4.4 FIS-B METARs Foreword
When enabled, graphic METARs (METeorological Aviation Reports) are
shown as colored flags at airports that provide METAR reports. Press the Getting
Started
METARs key to enable or disable METARs. Refer to the Legend for a description
of the color code. The update rate is every five minutes. Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
METAR Symbol Description
Com/Nav
five miles) FPL
Marginal VFR (ceiling 1000–3000 ft. AGL and/or visibility three to
five miles) Direct-To
IFR (ceiling 500 to below 1000 ft. AGL and/or visibility one mile to
less than three miles) Proc
Low IFR (ceiling below 500 ft. AGL or visibility less than one mile)
Wpt Info
Unknown
Map
1. While viewing the FIS-B weather page, touch the Menu key Traffic
to select the METAR choice. Touch an airport symbol for more
METAR detail. Terrain
Weather
Product Age
Touch Airport For
METAR Detail Nearest
METAR Flags Services/

Music
Utilities
METAR Detail System
Messages
Figure 11-84 METARS Map Symbols and Detail

Symbols
2. Touch the METAR key to toggle METARS on or off.
Appendix
3. Touch the Back key to return to the FIS-B Weather page.
Index

Foreword
11.4.5 FIS-B PIREPs
Pilot Weather Reports (PIREPs) provide timely weather information. When
Getting
Started significant weather conditions are reported or forecast, Air Traffic Control (ATC)
facilities are required to solicit PIREPs. A PIREP may contain non-forecast
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl adverse weather conditions, such as low in-flight visibility, icing conditions,
wind shear, and turbulence. PIREPs are issued as either Routine (UA) or Urgent
Com/Nav
(UUA). The update rate is approximately every 20 minutes.
FPL
1. While viewing the FIS-B weather page, touch the Menu key
to select the PIREP choice.
Direct-To 2. Touch the PIREP key to toggle PIREPs on or off.
Proc 3. Touch a weather information symbol to view details for that

item.
Wpt Info
Map
Traffic Routine PIREP

Symbol (Blue).
Touch For Details.
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
PIREP Details
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols Figure 11-85 PIREP Information Detail and Legend

4. Touch the Back key to remove the detailed information.
Appendix
Index 5. Touch the PIREP key again to turn it off.

11.4.6 FIS-B Winds and Temperatures Aloft Foreword
Winds and Temperatures Aloft data shows the forecast wind speed, direction,
Getting
and Temperature at selected altitudes. Altitudes can be selected in increments Started
from the 1,000 feet up to 53,000 feet. The update rate is every 12 hours.
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Wind/Temp Aloft key. Com/Nav
FPL
Direct-To
Proc
Wind Symbols
Wpt Info
Map
Selected Wind Altitude

Traffic
Touch To Select
Wind Altitude
Terrain
Figure 11-86 Winds Aloft
2. Touch the WX Aloft ALT – or + keys to increase or decrease Weather
the reporting altitude of the winds aloft in increments. The

Nearest
selected altitude is shown in a window above the altitude keys.
3. Touch the Wind/Temp Aloft key again to turn it off. Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Figure 11-87 FIS-B Winds Aloft Legend

Appendix
Index

Foreword
11.4.7 FIS-B SIGMETs and AIRMETs
SIGMETs (SIGnificant METerological Information) and AIRMETs (AIRmen’s
Getting
Started METerological Information) are broadcast for potentially hazardous weather
considered of importance to aircraft. The update rate is approximately every 20
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl minutes.
Com/Nav
FPL
Direct-To
Proc
Figure 11-88 FIS-B SIGMET/AIRMET Legend

Wpt Info
1. While viewing the FIS-B Weather menu, touch the
Map SIGMET/AIRMET key.
Traffic
Terrain
Surface Winds
Turbulence Line
Weather
Mountain Obscured
Figure 11-89 FIS-B SIGMETs and AIRMETs Map
Nearest
Services/
2. Touch a SIGMET/AIRMET line to view details. Touch the
Music Back key to return to the Weather display.
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols Figure 11-90 SIGMET and AIRMET Details
3. Touch the SIGMET/AIRMET key again to turn it off.

Appendix
Index

12 NEAREST Foreword
The Nearest function provides detailed information for the 25 nearest Getting
airports, VORs, VRPs, NDBs, Intersections and User waypoints within 200 NM Started
of your current position. In addition, the Nearest pages include the five nearest Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Flight Service Station (FSS) and center (ARTCC/FIR) points of communication
and alert you to any Special Use (SUA) or Controlled Airspace you may be in Com/Nav
or near.
FPL
Direct-To
Proc
Nearest Waypoint Types

Wpt Info
Map
Figure 12-1 Nearest Page

Traffic
Terrain
Weather
List List List

Nearest
Wpt Info Wpt Info Frequency
Services/
Music
List List List List
Utilities
Wpt Info Wpt Info Wpt Info Frequency
System
List List List
Wpt Info Airspace Info Wpt Info Messages
Freq Frequency
Symbols
Figure 12-2 Nearest Page Functional Map
Appendix
Index

Foreword
12.1 Select a Nearest Page
The available waypoint types are shown on the Nearest page. Touch the key
Getting
Started to display the nearest 25 waypoint types (FSS and ARTCC will display up to
five items). Not all 25 nearest waypoints can be displayed on the corresponding
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl Nearest page at one time. The Nearest page displays detailed information for five
nearest items.
Com/Nav
1. On the Home page, touch the Nearest key.
FPL
Direct-To 2. Touch the desired waypoint type (Airport, VOR, etc.) and then
touch the Up and Down keys on the lower right of the display
Proc to navigate through the list of available items. You can also
touch an item on the list and drag your finger to scroll the list.
Wpt Info
3. Touch the highlighted item to view more detailed information.
Map 4. To navigate Direct-To the waypoint you're viewing, press the
Direct-To key. The waypoint will be loaded into the Waypoint
Traffic window of the Direct-To function.
5. Touch the Activate key to navigate directly to that waypoint.
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

12.2 Nearest Airport Foreword
The Nearest Airport Page displays the identifier, symbol, bearing and distance,
Getting
and the length of the longest runway for the 25 nearest airports (within 200 NM Started
of your present position).
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
The Nearest Airport Page can be configured to exclude shorter runways
or undesirable runway surface types, so that the corresponding airports do Com/Nav
not appear on the list. You may wish to use this feature to exclude seaplane
bases, heliports, or runway lengths which would be difficult or impossible to FPL
land upon. See System - Setup - Nearest Airport Criteria for information about
configuring the Nearest Airport display criteria. Direct-To
1. While viewing the Nearest function, touch the Airport key. A Proc
list of the nearest 25 airports within 200 NM will be listed.
Wpt Info
Scroll Bar Indicates
Airport More Items On The List
Identifier Map
Airport Information
Up/Down Keys Indicate Traffic
More Items On The List
Terrain
Figure 12-3 Nearest Airport
2. Touch the Up and Down keys to scroll through the list. Weather
3. Touch the Airport Identifier key to show the Waypoint Info Nearest
page for the selected airport. Services/

Music
Airport Information
Referenced To
Current Position Utilities
Touch A Key For More System

Airport Information
Messages
Figure 12-4 Nearest Airport Waypoint Info

Symbols
4. Touch one of the keys (Map, Procedures, Runways, etc.) for
more information about the selected airport.
Appendix
Index

Foreword
12.3 Nearest Intersection (INT)
The Nearest Intersection Page displays the identifier, symbol, bearing and
Getting
Started distance to the 25 nearest intersections (within 200 NM of your present position).
Audio & 1. While viewing the Nearest function, touch the INT key. A list
Xpdr Ctrl of the nearest 25 Intersections within 200 NM will be listed.
Com/Nav Slider Indicates More
Intersection Items On The List
FPL
Identifier
Intersection
Information
Direct-To Arrow Indicates More
Items On The List
Proc Figure 12-5 Nearest Intersection List
Wpt Info 2. Touch the Up and Down keys to scroll through the list.
Map
Touch Screen And Drag

Traffic Finger To View More
Items On The List
Terrain
Touch Arrows To View
More Items On The List
Weather
Figure 12-6 Scrolling Down the Nearest Intersection List
Nearest 3. Touch the Intersection Identifier key to show the Waypoint
Info page for the selected Intersection.
Services/
Music
Intersection
Information Referenced
Utilities To Current Position
System
Touch To View
Intersection Map Detail
Messages
Figure 12-7 Nearest Intersection Waypoint Detail
Symbols
Appendix
Index

12.4 Nearest VOR Foreword
The Nearest VOR Page displays the identifier, symbol, bearing and distance
Getting
to the 25 nearest VORs (within 200 NM of your present position). For each VOR Started
listed, the Nearest VOR Page also indicates the frequency and may be used to
Audio &
quickly tune the Nav radio to the nearby VOR (GTN 650 only). Xpdr Ctrl
Touch the VOR Frequency key to place the frequency in the standby field of Com/Nav
the Nav window. Touch the Nav Active window to flip/flop the Nav frequencies.
FPL
1. While viewing the Nearest function, touch the VOR key. A list
of the nearest 25 VORs within 200 NM will be listed.
Direct-To
Nearest VOR
Nearest VOR Frequency Proc
Identifier
Distance
from Current Wpt Info
Bearing Position to VOR
from Current
Position to VOR Map
Figure 12-8 Nearest VOR List and Information

Traffic
2. Touch the Up and Down keys to scroll through the list.

Terrain
3. Touch the VOR Identifier key to show the Waypoint Info Weather
page for the selected VOR.
Nearest
Touch To Select VOR Information
New Waypoint Referenced To
Current Position Services/
Additional VOR Music
Information
Utilities
Touch To View Touch To Place
VOR Map Detail Freq In Standby
System
Figure 12-9 Nearest VOR Waypoint Information
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

4. Touch the Frequency key on this page or from the Nearest
Foreword
VOR List page to place the selected frequency into the Nav
Getting Standby window. Touch the Preview key to view map detail.
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
VOR Frequency Inserted
Into Standby Window.
Com/Nav Touch To Flip/Flop Freqs
FPL VOR Map Preview
Direct-To Figure 12-10 Nearest VOR Frequency Entry
Proc 12.5 Nearest VRP

Wpt Info NOTE: This feature is available in software v6.20 or later.
The nearest VRP Page displays the identifier, symbol, bearing, and distance to
Map
the 25 nearest VRPs (within 200 NM of your present position).
Traffic 1. While viewing the Nearest function, touch the VRP key.
Terrain
Nearest VRP Distance from
Identifier Current Position
Weather to VRP
Nearest
Services/ Bearing from

Music Current Position
to VRP
Utilities
Figure 12-11 Nearest VRPs
System 2. Touch the Up and Down keys to scroll through the list.
Messages 3. Touch the VRP Identifier key to show the Waypoint Info page
for the selected VRP.
Symbols
Appendix
Index

VRP
Information Foreword
Referenced to
Current Position Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Additional VRP
Information Com/Nav
Figure 12-12 Waypoint Info - Visual Reporting Point FPL
12.6 Nearest NDB Direct-To
The Nearest NDB Page displays the identifier, symbol, bearing, distance and
Proc
frequency to the 25 nearest NDBs (within 200 NM of your present position).
1. While viewing the Nearest function, touch the NDB key. A list Wpt Info
of the nearest 25 NDBs within 200 NM will be listed.
Map
NDB Identifier. NDB
Touch For Information
More Detail. Traffic
Terrain
Arrows Indicate More
Items On The List
Weather
Figure 12-13 Nearest NDB
2. Touch the Up and Down keys to scroll through the list. Nearest
Services/
3. Touch the NDB Identifier key to show the Waypoint Info Music
page for the selected NDB.
Utilities
Touch To Select NDB Information
New Waypoint Referenced To
Current Position System
Additional NDB
Information
Messages
Touch To View
NDB Map Detail
Symbols
Figure 12-14 Nearest NDB Waypoint Information
Appendix
Index

Foreword 12.7 Nearest User Waypoint
The Nearest User Waypoint Page displays the name, bearing and distance to
Getting
Started the 25 nearest user waypoints (within 200 NM of your present position).
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
1. While viewing the Nearest function, touch the User WPT key.
A list of the nearest 25 User waypoints within 200 NM will be
Com/Nav listed.
FPL Nearest User

Wpt Identifier Distance and
Bearing from
Direct-To Current Position to
User Wpt
Proc
Figure 12-15 Nearest User Waypoint

Wpt Info
Map
3. Touch the Nearest User Waypoint Identifier key to show

Traffic the Waypoint Info page for the selected User waypoint.
Terrain Delete Wpt
Distance & Bearing
Identifier, Symbol, To Wpt From
Weather Current Position
& References
Nearest Distance & Bearing

Edit Wpt To Wpt From
Reference Wpt
Services/ Touch To View
Music Area Map View All Wpts
Utilities Wpts Used
System
Figure 12-16 Nearest User Waypoint Information
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

12.8 Nearest Airspace Foreword
The Nearest Airspace Page, alerts you to as many as nine controlled or special
Getting
use airspaces near or in your flight path. Alerts are provided according to the Started
following conditions:
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
• If your projected course will take you inside an airspace within the
next ten minutes, the alert message “AIRSPACE ALERT - Airspace entry Com/Nav
in less than 10 minutes” appears. The Nearest Airspace Page shows the
airspace as “Airspace Ahead.” FPL
• If you are within two nautical miles of an airspace and your current
Direct-To
course will take you inside, the message “AIRSPACE ALERT - Within
2nm of airspace” appears. The Nearest Airspace Page shows the air-
Proc
space as “Airspace Within 2 NM.”
• If you are within two nautical miles of an airspace and your current Wpt Info
course will take you inside in less than 10 minutes, the message
“AIRSPACE ALERT - Airspace within 2nm and entry in less than Map
10 minutes” appears. The Nearest Airspace Page shows the airspace as
“Ahead < 2 NM.” Traffic
• If you have entered an airspace, the message Terrain

“AIRSPACE ALERT - Inside Airspace” appears. The Nearest Airspace
Page shows “Inside of airspace.” Weather
Note that the airspace alerts are based on three-dimensional data (latitude,
Nearest
longitude and altitude) to avoid nuisance alerts. The alert boundaries for
controlled airspace are also sectorized to provide complete information on Services/
any nearby airspace. Once one of the described conditions exists, the message Music
annunciator flashes, alerting you of an airspace message (if airspace alert messages Utilities
are enabled). See System-Alerts to set the Arrival Alert Proximity, Airspace Type,
and Altitude Buffer values. System
NOTE: The Airspace Alert setting does not alter the depiction of airspace,
Messages
or change the Smart Airspace setting for the main map page.
Symbols
Appendix
Index

Map Pointer Map Pointer
Foreword Location Relative
To Present Position
Getting
Selected
Started
Airspace Airspace Sector
Sector
Audio & Name Current Position
Xpdr Ctrl Active Flight Airspace
Plan Leg Boundary
Com/Nav
Figure 12-17 Airspace Sectors
FPL
1. While viewing the Nearest function, touch the Airspace key.
A list of the nearest 25 Airspaces within 200 NM along the
aircraft flight path will be listed, depending on the airspace
Direct-To types and values set by the user.
Proc
Airspace
Wpt Info Airspace Proximity
Name Information
Map
Figure 12-18 Nearest Airspace List

Traffic
Terrain
3. Touch the Airspace Identifier key to show the Waypoint
Weather Info page for the selected Airspace.
Airspace
Nearest Name
Airspace Contact
Services/ Name Airspace
Music Information
Utilities
Touch To Touch To
System View Airspace View Airspace
Frequency List Vicinity Map
Messages Figure 12-19 Nearest Airspace Waypoint Information
Once you have been provided an airspace alert message, detailed information
Symbols concerning the specific airspace is provided on the Nearest Airspace Page. The
Nearest Airspace Page displays the airspace name, status (“AIRSPACE ALERT
Appendix
- inside Airspace,” “AIRSPACE ALERT - Airspace entry in less than 10 minutes,”
etc.), and a time to entry (if applicable). By selecting any airspace name listed
Index
on the Nearest Airspace Page, additional details are provided — including
controlling agency, communication frequencies and floor/ceiling limits.
12.9 Nearest ARTCC Foreword
The Nearest ARTCC page displays the facility name, bearing to, distance, and
Getting
frequency to the five nearest ARTCC points of communication (within 200 NM Started
of your present position). For each ARTCC listed, the Nearest ARTCC page also
Audio &
indicates the frequency(s) and may be used to quickly tune the COM transceiver Xpdr Ctrl
to the center’s frequency.
Com/Nav
Touch the ARTCC Frequency key to place the frequency in the standby
field of the COM window. Touch the COM Active window to flip/flop the Com FPL
frequencies (GTN 650 only).
Direct-To
1. While viewing the Nearest function, touch the ARTCC key. A
list of the nearest 25 ARTCCs within 200 NM will be listed. Proc
ARTCC Frequency
Key With Multiple Wpt Info
Frequencies Available
ARTCC
Name and ARTCC Frequency Map
Information Key. Touch To Insert
Into Standby Com.
Traffic
Figure 12-20 Nearest ARTCC

Terrain
2. Touch the Up and Down keys to scroll through the list as
needed. Weather
3. The Frequency category will show "Multiple" keys if multiple
frequencies are available. Touch the Multiple FREQ key to Nearest
display the frequencies.
Services/
ARTCC Touch To Flip/Flop Music
Multiple Active And Standby
Frequency List Frequencies Utilities
ARTCC
Selected Multiple
ARTCC System
Frequency
Frequency Key Key
Messages
Figure 12-21 Nearest ARTCC Multiple Frequency List
Symbols
4. Touch the key for the desired frequency to place the selected
frequency into the Com Standby window.
Appendix
Index

Foreword
12.10 Nearest Flight Service Station (FSS)
The Nearest Flight Service Station (FSS) page displays the facility name, bearing
Getting
Started to, distance, and frequency to the five nearest FSS points of communication
Audio &
(within 200 NM of your present position). For each FSS listed, the Nearest FSS
Xpdr Ctrl page also indicates the frequency(s) and may be used to quickly tune the COM
transceiver to the FSS’s frequency.
Com/Nav
Touch the FSS Frequency key to place the frequency in the standby field
FPL of the COM window. Touch the COM Active window to flip/flop the Com
frequencies (GTN 650 only).
Direct-To 1. While viewing the Nearest function, touch the FSS key. A list
of the nearest 25 FSSs within 200 NM will be listed.
Proc
FSS Name FSS Frequency
Wpt Info and Key
Information
FSS Frequency
Map Key With
Multiple
Frequencies
Traffic
Available
Figure 12-22 Nearest FSS
Terrain
2. Touch the Up and Down keys to scroll through the list, if
Weather necessary.
3. The Frequency key will show "Multiple" if multiple frequencies
Nearest are available. Touch the "Multiple" Frequency key to display
the frequencies.
Services/
Music
Utilities frequency into the Com Standby window.
System Selected FSS

FSS Multiple Frequency
Frequency List Inserted Into
Messages Standby Window
FSS Multiple
Symbols Frequency Key
Figure 12-23 Selected FSS Frequency From List
Appendix
Index

12.11 Nearest Weather Frequency (WX Freq) Foreword
The Nearest WX FREQ function displays facility name, bearing to, distance,
Getting
and frequency for the nearest 25 Automatic Terminal Information Service Started
(ATIS), Automated Service Observing System (ASOS), and Automated Weather Audio &
Observing Station (AWOS) weather reporting stations within 200 NM. Xpdr Ctrl
1. While viewing the Nearest function, touch the WX FREQ key. Com/Nav
A list of the nearest 25 Weather stations within 200 NM will
be listed. FPL
Reporting
Weather Direct-To
AWOS Frequency
Waypoint
Identifier ATIS Frequency Proc
Distance and
Bearing from Arrows Indicate
Current Position to More Items On Wpt Info
User Wpt The List
Figure 12-24 Nearest Weather Station Map
2. Touch the Up and Down keys to scroll through the list, as Traffic
needed.
Terrain
frequency into the Com Standby window. Weather
Selected Weather
Frequency Key Nearest
Selected Weather Frequency

Services/
Inserted Into Standby Window Music
Utilities
Figure 12-25 Nearest Weather Station Selected Frequency

System
4. Touch the Weather Station Identifier key to show the

Messages
Waypoint Info page for the selected Weather station.
Symbols
Appendix
Index

Foreword
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
FPL
Direct-To
Proc
Wpt Info
Map
Traffic
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

13 SERVICES/MUSIC Foreword
The Services function is available when certain optional features are installed Getting
Started
and enabled. The key will be labeled as Music when only the Music feature
is enabled. Music is provided through SiriusXM Satellite Radio. The GSR 56 Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
is an Iridium® satellite transceiver that supports voice telephone calls, aircraft
position reporting, and world wide weather products. Com/Nav
While viewing the Home page, touch the Services key to view
the Services page. FPL
Touch To Use Direct-To

Text Messaging
Touch To Use Proc
Phone Services Touch To Access
SiriusXM Music
Touch To Wpt Info
Setup Position Touch To Access
Reporting Your Contact List
Map
Figure 13-1 Services Page

Traffic
Terrain
Weather
Status Inbox Status Add Nearest

Phone Number Drafts Name
Automatic Reporting
Outbox Phone Number Services/
Call/End Call Time Period Music
Email Address
Volume
Volume Save Contact Utilities
Suppression Existing Contact
Call System
Off
Message
On
Edit Messages
On During
APR/MAPR/TERM Delete
Symbols
Figure 13-2 Services Functional Diagram

Appendix
Index

Foreword
13.1 Music
Getting
NOTE: Refer to the "StormScope® Weather" section for information
Started about SiriusXM Weather products.
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl The optional SiriusXM Radio entertainment feature of the GDL 69A Data
Link Receiver is available for the pilot’s and passengers’ enjoyment. The GDL
Com/Nav
69A can receive SiriusXM Satellite Radio entertainment services at any altitude
FPL
throughout the Continental United States Entertainment audio is not available
on the GDL 69 Data Link Receiver.
Direct-To SiriusXM Satellite Radio offers a variety of radio programming over long
distances without having to constantly search for new stations. Based on signals from
Proc satellites, coverage far exceeds land-based transmissions. SiriusXM Satellite Radio
services are subscription-based. For more information on XM service packages,
Wpt Info
visit flyGarmin.com.
Audio entertainment is available through the SiriusXM Satellite Radio Service
Map
when activated in the optional installation of the GDL 69A. The GTN unit serves
Traffic
as the display and control head for your remotely mounted GDL 69A. When
enabled, the SiriusXM Satellite Radio audio entertainment is accessible in the
Terrain Music function.
The information on the SiriusXM Satellite Radio display is composed of
Weather
four areas: the Active Channel, Available Channels, Category of the highlighted
channel, and the Volume setting. The Active Channel window shows the
Nearest
Channel Name and Number, Artist, Song Title, and Category.
Services/
Music
Utilities
System Channel Prev/Next Browse Volume Presets Status

Channel XM 1 GDL 69A
Messages Channel Up/Down
XM 2 Status
Category Mute
Select with XM 3
Symbols keypad
Figure 13-3 Music Functional Map

Appendix
Index

13.2 Activating SiriusXM Satellite Radio Services Foreword
The service is activated by providing SiriusXM Satellite Radio with either
Getting
one or two coded IDs, depending on the equipment. Either the Audio Radio Started
ID or the Data Radio ID, or both, must be provided to SiriusXM Satellite
Audio &
Radio to activate the entertainment subscription. Activation Instructions are Xpdr Ctrl
included with the GDL 69A, P/N 190-00355-04. They are also available at
Com/Nav
flyGarmin.com.
It is not required to activate both the entertainment and weather service FPL
subscriptions with the GDL 69A. Either or both services can be activated.
SiriusXM Satellite Radio uses one or both of the coded IDs to send an activation Direct-To
signal that, when received by the GDL 69A, allows it to play entertainment
programming. Proc
These IDs are located: Wpt Info
• On the label on the back of the Data Link Receiver

Map
• On the Music Menu
Traffic
Contact the installer if the Data Radio ID and the Audio Radio ID cannot be
located. Terrain
NOTE: Refer to the GDL 69/69A SiriusXM Satellite Radio Activation

Weather
Instructions (P/N 190-00355-04) for further information.
Nearest
1. Contact SiriusXM Weather through the e-mail address listed
on their website (siriusxm.com) or by the customer service Services/
phone number listed on the website (1-800-985-9200). Music
2. Follow the instructions provided. Utilities
If SiriusXM weather services have not been activated, all the weather product
System
boxes are cleared on the XM Information Page and a yellow Activation Required
message is displayed in the center of the Weather Data Link Page (Map Page
Messages
Group). The Service Class refers to the groupings of weather products available
for subscription. Symbols
Appendix
Index

Foreword
13.3 Music Operation
The GTN 6XX provides control for enjoying SiriusXM Radio audio
Getting entertainment in the aircraft. The Music function allows selecting music
Started
categories and specific channels, as well as saving category and channel selections
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl as presets for quick recall. The music volume level may also be managed.
Name Of Current Current Signal
Com/Nav Channel Category Level
Channel Number.
FPL Touch to Select a
Channel.
Current Volume.
Direct-To
Touch Step To Touch to Change
Previous Or Next Volume.
Channel
Proc Touch To Select
Current Preset. Preset
Touch To Step
Wpt Info Through Presets. Touch to Change Channels
Or Categories.
Map Figure 13-4 Music Menu
Traffic
Navigate through the channels in a category by touching the
Terrain Previous and Next channel keys.
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

13.3.1 Browsing Channels and Categories Foreword
The Category window displays the currently selected category of audio.
Categories of channels, such as Jazz, Rock, or News, can be selected to list the Getting
Started
available channels for a type of music or other contents.
Audio &
1. While viewing the Music page, touch the Browse key and Xpdr Ctrl
then touch the desired channel to select it.

Com/Nav
Channel List
FPL
Touch to Change
Categories. Direct-To
Current
Channel
Proc
Wpt Info
Figure 13-5 Music Channels
2. Touch the Category key to activate Category selection and Map
then touch the desired Category to select it.

Traffic
Terrain
Selected
Category Weather
Categories.
Touch to Select.
Nearest
Figure 13-6 Music Categories
Services/
3. The current category will be shown at the top of the display. Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

Foreword
13.3.2 Selecting a SiriusXM Satellite Radio Channel
by Number
Getting
Started Channels may be selected directly in the selected category using the numeric
Audio &
keypad.
Xpdr Ctrl
1. While viewing the main Music page, touch the Channel key.
Com/Nav
The Channel Number selection page will appear.
FPL Touch Channel Key
Direct-To
Proc
Figure 13-7 Selecting Music Channels
Wpt Info
2. Use the numeric keys to enter the number for the desired
channel and then touch the Enter key.
Map
Touch to Clear
Channel Channel Number
Traffic
Number Window
Window
Terrain
Numeric Keypad
for Channel
Number Selection
Weather
Touch Enter Or
Press Small Knob
Nearest To Save Number
Figure 13-8 Selecting Music Channels with the Numeric Keypad
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

13.3.3 SiriusXM Satellite Radio Volume Foreword
The Volume control allows you to set the audio volume level, as well as mute
Getting
the audio. Started
1. While viewing the Music page, touch the Volume key. Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
Touch Lower Touch Raise The Volume FPL

The Volume
Direct-To
Touch To Toggle Mute
Proc
Figure 13-9 Music Volume Control

Wpt Info
2. Touch the Up or Down Volume keys to adjust the radio volume.
Map
3. Touch MUTE to mute the radio volume. Traffic
Terrain
4. Touch MUTE again or the Volume key to unmute the radio
volume. Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

Foreword
13.3.4 SiriusXM Satellite Radio Channel Presets
The Music page allows you to store the Active Channel into a selected preset
Getting
Started position for easy later recall. A delay of several seconds can occur when setting
or recalling a preset.
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
FPL
Touch To Recall
Selected Preset
Direct-To
Touch To Select Bank of Presets (XM 1, XM 2, or XM 3)
Proc Figure 13-10 Music Menu Presets
Wpt Info
13.3.4.1 Saving a Preset
1. While viewing the desired channel, select the preset bank
Map for saving the preset (XM 1, XM 2, or XM 3) by touching the
Presets key until the desire bank is shown.
Traffic
2. Touch the desired preset key and hold it for three seconds.
Terrain
Weather 13.3.4.2
Recalling a Preset
1. Touch the Presets key to select the preset bank (XM 1,
Nearest
XM 2, or XM 3).
Services/
Music 2. Touch the desired preset key.
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

13.4 GDL 69/69A Data Link Receiver Foreword
Troubleshooting Getting
Some quick troubleshooting steps listed below can be performed to find the Started
possible cause of a failure. Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
• Ensure the owner/operator of the aircraft in which the Data Link Receiver is
installed has subscribed to SiriusXM Satellite Radio Com/Nav
• Ensure the SiriusXM Satellite Radio subscription has been activated
FPL
• Perform a quick check of the circuit breakers to ensure that power is applied
to the Data Link Receiver Direct-To
For troubleshooting purposes, check the Menu on the Music Page or the
GDL 69 Box on the System - External LRUs Page for Data Link Receiver Proc
(GDL 69/69A) status, serial number, and software version number. More
information about GDL Status is available in section 15.3. Wpt Info
It may take several minutes for all subscribed data to become available after
power-up. Map
1. Touch the Status key on the Music page. to display the

Traffic
GDL 69/69A Status.
Data Radio ID &
Terrain
Signal Level
Audio Radio ID Weather
Touch To View & Signal Level
GDL Status Menu SW Version and Nearest
Serial Number
Touch To View Services/
Weather Products Music
Figure 13-11 GDL 69/69A Status Page Utilities
2. Touch the Menu key to display the GDL Status Menu. System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Figure 13-12 GDL Status Menu

Index

3. Touch the Lock Activation key if this is for the initial
Foreword
subscription or a change in the subscription. Touch the
Getting OK key to continue the operation.
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
FPL Figure 13-13 Lock Activation
Direct-To
Proc
Wpt Info
Map
Traffic
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

13.5 Iridium Phone Operation (Optional) Foreword
Optional satellite telephone operation is available through the Iridium®
satellite system that is interfaced through the Garmin GSR 56. Getting
Started
Phone Status Touch To Start Audio &

Phone Call Xpdr Ctrl
Touch To Select
Phone Number Touch To End Com/Nav
To Call Phone Call
Touch To Select FPL
Touch To Adjust Suppression
Phone Volume Option
Direct-To
Figure 13-14 Services Phone Page
Proc
13.5.1 Status
The Status section shows the Call Time, Phone Status, and Call Suppression Wpt Info
selected. The Call Time value shows the length of the call time for the current
call using the Iridium phone. Phone Status shows the current operating status
Map
of the Iridium phone.
Traffic
Status Description
Idle The Iridium phone is not using the GSR 56 for communicating Terrain
at this time.
Initializing The GSR 56 and its driver are currently initializing. Weather
Connected The GSR 56 is connected to the called number.
Nearest
Connecting Call The GSR 56 is in the process of connecting to the called
number. Services/
Music
Changing Volume The volume level on the GSR 56 is changing.
Busy The phone is in use by another service and the call may not be Utilities
made.
Dialing The GSR 56 is dialing the called number. System
Incoming Call A call is being made to the GSR 56.

Messages
Hanging Up The GSR 56 is disconnecting from the current call.
Unavailable The GSR 56 is currently not usable by the Iridium phone system. Symbols
Table 13-1 Iridium Phone Status

Appendix
Index

Foreword
13.5.2 Making a Phone Call
1. While viewing the Iridium Phone page, touch Phone, select
Getting
Started
a phone number, or select one from Contacts.
Audio &
Entered Phone Number
Xpdr Ctrl Touch To
Touch To Select Delete Previous
Number From Character
Com/Nav Existing Contacts
Touch To
FPL Select Phone
Number
Direct-To
Figure 13-15 Making a Phone Call
Proc 2. Touch Enter to accept the selected number.
3. Touch the Call key.
Wpt Info
Map Phone Status Touch To Start

Phone Call
Touch To Select
Traffic
Phone Number Touch To End
To Call Phone Call
Terrain Touch To Select
Touch To Adjust Suppression
Phone Volume Option
Weather
Figure 13-16 Phone Call In Progress
Nearest
4. To make a direct call with a keypad, touch the
Services/ Touchtone Entry key.
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols Figure 13-17 Touchtone Entry Pad
Appendix 5. After completing the call, touch the End Call key.
Index

13.5.3 Answering a Phone Call Foreword
An incoming phone call will generate a pop-up announcing the call. When
Getting
a call is accepted, the pop-up will show that the call is connected and the Started
cumulative call time will be shown.
Audio &
1. When an incoming call is available, touch the Enter key or the Xpdr Ctrl
ANSWER key to answer the call. Or, press the Ignore key to
Com/Nav
not answer the call and hang up.
FPL
Touch To Ignore
Touch To Answer Phone Call Direct-To
Phone Call
Proc
Figure 13-18 Incoming Call Display Wpt Info

2. After a called is accepted and connected, the connection
time will be shown on the pop-up. Touch the ATT soft key Map
to attenuate the call volume; touching it again will return to
normal volume. Touch the HANG UP soft key to end the call. Traffic
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

Foreword
13.5.4 Suppress Visuals
Call Suppression controls calling when use of the Iridium phone system is
Getting
Started allowed.
Audio & NOTE: The “Suppress Visuals” setting only affects the visual indication
Xpdr Ctrl
of an incoming call/text. It does not inhibit the phone ringer or incoming
SMS chime. Garmin recommends that you inhibit the audio from the
Com/Nav
GSR 56 unless a phone call is active.
FPL
Status Description
Direct-To Off Call Suppression is turned off. Calls may be transmitted and
received through the Iridium phone.
Proc
On Call Suppression is turned on. The incoming call pop-up will not
be shown. The call may still be answered on the phone page.
Wpt Info
Outgoing calls are not affected.
Map
On During Call Suppression is turned on during Approach, Missed Approach,
APR/MAPR/ and Terminal operations. The incoming call pop-up will not
Traffic TERM be shown. The call may still be answered on the phone page.
Outgoing calls are not affected.
Terrain Table 13-2 Call Suppression
1. While viewing the Iridium Phone page, touch the Suppression
Weather
key.
Nearest
2. Touch the desired Call Suppression type.
Services/
Music
Utilities
Touch To Select The

System Desired Suppression
Messages Figure 13-19 Select Call/SMS Suppression

3. Or, press Back to return to the Phone page without making
Symbols
a selection.
Appendix
Index

13.5.5 Phone Volume Foreword
Use the Phone Volume controls to adjust the loudness of the phone calls
Getting
you hear. Volume controls will only be available when the Idle, Connected, or Started
Changing Volume states are displayed.
Audio &
Adjusting the Phone Volume with the Soft Keys Xpdr Ctrl
1. While viewing the Iridium Phone page, touch the VOL keys to Com/Nav
adjust the phone volume.
FPL
Touch To Touch To
Reduce Volume Increase Volume Direct-To
Proc
Phone Volume
Level Bar Graph
Wpt Info
Figure 13-20 Select Soft Keys for Phone Volume Adjustment
2. The phone volume level is shown as a bar graph. Map
13.5.6 SMS Text Operation Traffic

Send and receive text messages through the GSR 56 phone connection.
Terrain
1. While viewing the Services page, touch the SMS Text key.
Weather
Touch To
Touch To View Compose New
SMS Text Menu Message Nearest
Touch To Received
Messages Services/
Music
Touch To View
Draft Messages Utilities
Touch To View
Sent Messages System
Figure 13-21 SMS Text Page
Messages
2. Select Compose, Inbox, Drafts, or Outbox.
Symbols
Appendix
Index

13.5.6.1 SMS Text Messaging Menu
Foreword
The SMS Text Messaging Menu allows you to sort, mark, or delete messages
Getting and select call suppression.
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl Touch To Delete
Touch To Sort All Messages
Com/Nav
Msgs By Time
Touch To Select
Touch To Sort Suppression
FPL Msgs By Address Option
Direct-To Figure 13-22 SMS Text Messaging Menu

1. Touch the Time key to sort messages by Time or the
Proc Address key to sort by Address.
Wpt Info
2. Touch the Suppression key and then touch the call
Map suppression choice. The current choice will be shown on the
Suppression key.
Traffic
3. While viewing the Inbox, Drafts, or Outbox, touch the
Mark All As Read to tag the messages as having been read.
Terrain
4. Touch the Delete All Messages to delete the messages in
Weather
the viewed category.
13.5.6.2 Composing a SMS Text Message

Nearest
1. While viewing the SMS Text page, touch the Compose key.
Services/
Music
Touch To Select
Recipient
Utilities
Touch To Compose Touch To Send
System New Message Message
Figure 13-23 Compose a New SMS Text Message
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

2. Touch the To window to select the recipient. Select either a
Foreword
Phone Number or E-mail Address.
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Phone Number Email Address
Com/Nav
Figure 13-24 Select Destination for the SMS Text Message FPL
3. Use either the keypad or select from the Contacts.
Direct-To
4. Touch the Message window to enter the text for the message.
Use the keypad to create the message.
Proc
5. Touch Send to send the message. Touch Save to save the
message as a draft. Touch Delete to delete this message. Wpt Info
13.5.6.3 A Failed SMS Text Message

Map
1. While viewing the Services page, touch the SMS Text key
and touch the Outbox tab. A failed message is noted with an
Traffic
“x.”
Message With Terrain
Failed Mark
Weather
Outbox Group With

Nearest
Failed Notation
Figure 13-25 SMS Text Message List Showing a Failed Message Services/
Music
2. Touch the failed message. Touch the Send Again key to resend
the message. Utilities
Failed Message
System
Message Body
Messages
Touch Resend
Message
Symbols
Figure 13-26 Resend a Failed SMS Text Message
3. To delete the message, touch the Menu key and then the Appendix
Delete key.
Index

Foreword
Getting
Started
Touch To Delete
Audio & Message
Xpdr Ctrl
Figure 13-27 Delete a Failed SMS Text Message
Com/Nav
13.5.7 Position Reporting

FPL
Position Reporting is a system which collects system variables and transmits
Direct-To them over the Iridium® satellite at a given interval through the GSR 56.
1. While viewing the Services page, touch the
Proc Position Reports key.
Wpt Info
Report Status
Map
Touch To Manually
Traffic Touch To Enable Send A Report
Automatic
Terrain Reporting Touch To Set
Automatic
Reporting Period
Weather
Figure 13-28 Services Position Reporting
Nearest 2. Touch the Automatic Reporting key to enable Automatic
Reporting.
Services/
Music 3. After Automatic Reporting is enabled, touch the
Report Period key to set the Reporting Period.
Utilities
4. Select the Report Period with the keypad and press Enter.
System
5. When Automatic Reporting is disabled, touch the
Messages
Send Report key to manually send a report.
Symbols
Appendix
Index

13.5.7.1 Status
Foreword
The Status window shows the time until the next data transmission and the
status of the reporting system. Getting
Started
NOTE: The GSR 56 does not report its serial number until 90 seconds after Audio &
power up of the GTN. As a result, for that period, the product info for the Xpdr Ctrl
GSR 56 will show “Waiting.”

Com/Nav
13.5.7.2 Position Reporting Status FPL

The Time Until Transmit field is a countdown timer that shows the time until
the next data transmission. This field is blank when the aircraft is on the ground. Direct-To
Position Reporting will be enabled when the aircraft is in the air.
Proc
Status Description
Wpt Info
Idle The reporting system is not using the GSR 56 for reporting at
this time.
Map
Initializing The GSR 56 and its driver are currently initializing.
Transferring A position report is currently being transmitted. Traffic
Unavailable The GSR 56 is currently not usable by the reporting system.
Terrain
Table 13-3 Position Reporting Status
Weather
Countdown Time Until Transmit
Reporting Status Nearest
Number Of Reports In The Queue
Services/
Music
Figure 13-29 Position Reporting Status
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

Foreword
13.5.8 Contacts
The Phone Book may hold up to 128 entries. A phone number may be
Getting
Started entered and dialed without saving it to the Phone Book. Note that it is necessary
to dial a “1,” the area code, and then the number.
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl 13.5.8.1 Creating a Contact
Com/Nav 1. While viewing the Services page, touch the Contacts key.
FPL
Touch To Add Touch To Search

Direct-To Contact Contact List
Proc Existing
Contacts Touch To Edit
Contact
Wpt Info
Figure 13-30 Contact List
Map 2. Touch the Add key to add a new contact.
Traffic
Touch To Add
Contact Name
Terrain
Touch To Add Contact
Phone Number
Weather Touch To Save
Touch To Add Contact
Email Address Contact
Nearest
Figure 13-31 Add a New Contact
Services/
Music
3. Use the keypad to enter the information for each item and
then touch the Save Contact key.
Utilities
13.5.8.2 Using a Contact
System
1. While viewing the Contacts page, touch an existing contact.
Touch To Send A
Messages Touch To Call The Message To The
Contact Phone Number Contact Phone Number
Symbols Touch To Edit The Touch To Delete
Contact The Contact
Appendix
Figure 13-32 Using the Contact List
Index 2. Touch the desired function for the selected Contact.

14 UTILITIES Foreword
The Utilities page provides a group of features that make flight planning Getting
Started
easier and more efficient.
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
FPL
Direct-To
Proc
Wpt Info
Map
Traffic
Terrain
Figure 14-1 Utilities Home Page
Weather
Feature Description
Nearest
• Enable en route vertical guidance
VNAV 1 • Specify a target vertical speed and flight path angle Services/
Music
• View active constraint data
Utilities
Calculate time to TOD and vertical speed required to
VCALC 1
reach target altitude at the specified location.
System
View DTK, DIS, ETE, ESA and ETA information for
Trip Planning a direct-to, point-to-point between two specified Messages
waypoints or for any programmed flight plan.
View fuel conditions along the active direct-to or flight Symbols
Fuel Planning 2
plan.
DALT/TAS/Winds Calculate altitude, airspeed, and winds. Appendix
Index

Foreword Feature Description
Determine GPS coverage availability for the current
Getting
Started location or a specified waypoint at any time and date.
RAIM Prediction
RAIM performs checks to ensure the GTN unit has
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl adequate satellite geometry during flight.
Flight Timers Monitor time in flight using three available timer types.
Com/Nav
Create custom reminder messages and set when they
Scheduled Messages
FPL
will display.
Checklists Review a built-in version of the aircraft checklist.
Direct-To Logs Export a flight data log.
Lock touchscreen controls to prevent accidental
Proc Clean Screen
activation while cleaning the display.
Wpt Info
Table 14-1 Utilities Page Features
Note 1: VCALC and VNAV functions are mutually exclusive.
Map Enabling one automatically disables the other.
Note 2: Aircraft must be equipped with fuel flow and/or
Traffic
fuel on board sensors.
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

*
190-01004-03 Rev. N
Target Altitude Mode Mode Indicated ALT Generic Timer Message
Point to Point Point to Point BARO Type
Altitude Type Direction
CAS Timer
MSL P.POS P.POS Up
From From TAT
Above Wpt Down
To To TRK
VS Profile HDG
Flight Plan Flight Plan Start/Stop
Offset Ground Speed
FPL FPL Reset Timer
Before/After
Leg Leg Trip Timer
Target Waypoint
Depart Time Criteria Menu
Fuel on Board
Restore Defaults Group
Depart Date Fuel Flow Power On

Display Messages Ground Speed Ground Speed Checklist
Waypoint In Air
Clear Current
Arrival Date Reset Timer Checklist
Figure 14-2 Utilities Functional Diagram

*
Arrival Time Departure Time Clear All
RAIM Status Criteria Checklists
VS Target WAAS Power On
Diagnostic Log Compute
Flight Path RAIM In Air
Angle Flight Data Log
VNAV Enabled Reset Time
*VCALC and VNAV functions are mutually exclusive..
14-3
FPL
Proc
Map
Index
Music
Traffic
Terrain
System
Started
Getting
Utilities
Nearest
Symbols
Audio &
Weather
Services/
Wpt Info
Direct-To
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
Foreword
Appendix
Messages
Foreword
14.1 Vertical Calculator (VCALC)
NOTE: If VNAV is enabled, the VCALC page is replaced with the
Getting
Started VNAV Profile page. For more information, refer to section 4.3.3.
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl The Vertical Calculator (VCALC) function allows you to create a
three-dimensional profile which guides you from your present position and
Com/Nav
altitude to a final (target) altitude at a specified location. This is helpful when
FPL
you’d like to descend to a certain altitude near an airport. Once the profile is
defined, message alerts and additional data can be configured on the Default
Direct-To NAV and Map Pages to keep you informed of your progress.
Cruise Altitude
Proc
Wpt Info
Target Altitude Target
Waypoint
Map Target Offset (Before)
Figure 14-3 VCALC Target

Traffic
VCALC is inhibited in the following conditions:
Terrain • Groundspeed is less than 35 knots
• No active flight plan or direct-to destination
Weather
• SUSP mode
Nearest • Vectors-to-Final mode
Services/ • VLOC mode
Music
• After the FAF on an approach
Utilities • OBS mode
System WARNING: Do not use VCALC messages as the only means of either avoiding
terrain/obstacles or following ATC guidance. VCALC provides advisory
Messages information only and must be used in concert with all other available navigation
data sources.
Symbols
Appendix
Index

Foreword
Getting
Started
Target Altitude
Audio &
Altitude Type Xpdr Ctrl
MSL
Restore Defaults Com/Nav
Above Wpt
Display Messages
VS Profile FPL
Offset
Direct-To
Before/After
Target Waypoint Proc
Figure 14-4 VCALC Page Functional Diagram

Wpt Info
1. From the Utilities page, touch VCALC.

Map
Before/After Target Waypoint Target Waypoint Traffic
Altitude Type
Terrain
Desired Target Desired
Altitude Vertical Speed Weather
Desired Distance
Nearest
From Target Offset Vertical Speed
Required For
VCALC Status Services/
Target ALT At Music
Message Offset
Figure 14-5 VCALC Page Utilities
2. Select the VCALC items as necessary to set up parameters for System

the next waypoint. Touch the Back key when finished.
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

Foreword
14.1.1 Target Altitude
This sets the desired ending altitude for the VCALC setup.
Getting
Started 1. While viewing the VCALC page, touch Target ALT.
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl Selected Backspace
Altitude Key
Com/Nav
Numeric
Keypad
FPL
Touch Enter Or
Press Small Knob
Direct-To To Save Number
Figure 14-6 Select VCALC Target Altitude
Proc
2. Use the numeric keypad to select the desired Target Altitude
and then touch the Enter key.
Wpt Info
14.1.2 Altitude Type

Map
This value selects the altitude reference that will be used for VCALC
Traffic calculations.
1. While viewing the VCALC page, touch Altitude Type.
Terrain
Weather 2. Touching the Altitude Type key will toggle between MSL and
Above WPT. "Above WPT" is only available for waypoints that
Nearest are airports.
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

14.1.3 Vertical Speed (VS) Profile Foreword
This value sets the vertical speed.
Getting
1. While viewing the VCALC page, touch the VS Profile key. Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Selected Backspace
Vertical Key
Com/Nav
Speed
Numeric
Keypad FPL
Touch Enter Or
Press Small Knob Direct-To
To Save Value
Figure 14-7 Select VCALC Vertical Speed Proc
2. Use the numeric keypad to select the desired Vertical Speed

and then touch the Enter key. Wpt Info
14.1.4 Target Offset Map
The Target Offset is a pilot-selected distance value that represents the

Traffic
geographical location where you wish to arrive at the target altitude. This
distance is measured from the Target Waypoint and, in a separate data field on Terrain
the VCALC page, designated as either before or after the Target Waypoint.
1. While viewing the VCALC page, touch the Offset key. Weather
Nearest
Selected Backspace
Target Key
Services/
Offset Music
Numeric
Keypad Utilities
Touch Enter Or
Press Small Knob System
To Save Number
Figure 14-8 Select VCALC Target Offset Messages
2. Use the numeric keypad to select the desired Target Offset and
then touch the Enter key. Symbols
Appendix
Index

Foreword
14.1.5 Before/After Target Waypoint
This setting designates whether the offset distance defines a point before you
Getting
Started reach the target reference waypoint or after you reach the waypoint. The “After”
selection is not available for the last waypoint in a flight plan.
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl 1. While viewing the VCALC page, touch the Before/After key.
Com/Nav
2. Touching the Before/After key will toggle between Before
FPL and After the Target Waypoint.
Direct-To 14.1.6 Target Waypoint

Select the waypoint in the flight plan that will be used for planning a descent.
Proc
When using a flight plan, the target waypoint is a reference that can be specified
from the waypoints contained in the flight plan. By default, the last waypoint in
Wpt Info
the flight plan is selected.
Map 1. While viewing the VCALC page, touch Target Waypoint.
Traffic
Terrain
Weather
Nearest Figure 14-9 Select VCALC Target Waypoint List
Services/ 2. A list of the remaining waypoints in the flight plan will be

Music
shown. Touch the desired waypoint to select it as the Target
Utilities Waypoint.
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

14.1.7 Display VCALC Messages Foreword
Selecting Display Messages will allow the display of messages about the
Getting
VCALC function when they occur. With Display Messages not selected, Started
VCALC messages will not be displayed.
Audio &
1. While viewing the VCALC page, touch the Menu key and then Xpdr Ctrl
Display Messages to toggle the display of VCALC messages
Com/Nav
in the Message function.
FPL
VCALC
Message
Direct-To
Touch To Toggle
Messages
Proc
Figure 14-10 VCALC Approaching Target Altitude Message Wpt Info
2. Touch the MSG key to toggle the display of available messages. Map
Traffic
14.1.8 Restore VCALC Defaults

Terrain
While viewing the VCALC page menu, touching the Restore Defaults
key will reset all of the VCALC values back to their default values. The Target Weather
Waypoint will not be changed.
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

Foreword
14.2 Flight Timers
The Flight Timers function provides count up/down timers, plus automatic
Getting
Started recording of departure time, and total trip time. Departure and total trip time
recording can be configured to run either any time unit power is on, or only when
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl your ground speed exceeds the in-air threshold set by the installer (for example,
30 knots). A flexible Generic Timer is available for general timing needs.
Com/Nav
NOTE: When a count up timer is used, the preset value has no function.
FPL
1. While viewing the Utilities page, touch the Flight Timers key.
Direct-To
2. If the Generic Timer Direction counter is set to "Up," the Reset
Timer key will be shown and when touched will return the
Proc
timer to 00:00:00. If the Direction counter is set to "Down,"
the Preset Timer key will be shown and the key will return the
Wpt Info
timer to the Preset time value.
Map Start/Stop Generic Timer
Selected
Traffic Counter
Direction
Elapsed
Select Preset Time
Terrain
Time
Reset or Touch To
Weather Preset Timer Toggle Timers
Figure 14-11 Utility Flight Timers Page (Generic Timer)
Nearest
3. Touch the Trip/DEP Timers or Generic Timer keys to toggle
Services/
Music between the timer types.
Elapsed
Utilities Reset Timer Time
Select Departure Time
System Criteria For (Local Time)
Timer Start
Touch To
Messages Toggle Timers
Set Departure Time
Symbols To Current Local
Time Of Timer Start
Appendix Figure 14-12 Utility Flight Timers Page (Trip/DEP Timers)
Index 4. Touch each key as desired to set up timer operation.

14.3 RAIM Prediction Foreword
RAIM Prediction predicts if GPS coverage is available for your current location
Getting
or at a specified waypoint at any time and date. RAIM performs checks to Started
ensure that the GTN unit has adequate satellite geometry during your flight.
Audio &
RAIM availability is near 100% in Oceanic, En Route and Terminal phases Xpdr Ctrl
of flight. Because the FAA’s TSO requirements for non-precision approaches
Com/Nav
specify significantly better satellite coverage than other flight phases,
RAIM may not be available when flying some approaches. The GTN unit FPL
automatically monitors RAIM during approach operations and warns you if
RAIM is not available. In such cases, use a non-GPS based approach. RAIM Direct-To
prediction helps you plan for a pending flight to confirm GPS operation during
an approach. Proc
RAIM prediction only predicts the availability of Fault Detection (FD)

Wpt Info
integrity in the absence of SBAS corrections. It cannot predict the availability
of LPV or L/VNAV approaches. The FAA provides a NOTAM service for LPV
Map
approach availability.
1. While viewing the Utilities page, touch the RAIM Prediction Traffic
key.
Terrain
Touch To Select
Destination Weather
Waypoint
Touch To Select Nearest
Local Arrival Date
Services/
Touch To Select Music
Local Arrival Time
Figure 14-13 Utility RAIM Prediction Page Utilities
2. Touch the Waypoint key and select the waypoint for RAIM System
Prediction.
3. Touch the Arrival Date key and select the date of arrival at Messages
the selected waypoint.

Symbols
4. Touch the Arrival Time key and select the local time of
expected arrival at the selected waypoint. Appendix
Index

5. When the Waypoint, Arrival Date, and Arrival Time values have
Foreword
been entered, touch the Compute RAIM key to determine if
Getting RAIM is available.
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Touch To
Com/Nav Compute RAIM
RAIM Prediction
FPL Result
Direct-To
Figure 14-14 RAIM Prediction Completed
Proc
Wpt Info
Map
Traffic
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

14.4 Trip Planning Foreword
The GTN 6XX allows the pilot to view desired track (DTK), distance (DIS),
Getting
estimated time en route (ETE), en route safe altitude (ESA) and estimated time of Started
arrival (ETA) information for a direct-to, point-to-point between two specified
Audio &
waypoints or for any programmed flight plan. This item also displays the Xpdr Ctrl
sunrise/sunset times for your destination waypoint (for the selected departure
Com/Nav
date). All times are based on the time set in System-Setup. For trip planning
inputs: departure time and date are manually entered, while ground speed can
FPL
be provided by sensor data, if selected.
The trip statistics are calculated based on the selected starting and ending Direct-To
waypoints and the trip planning inputs.
In Flight Plan mode with a stored flight plan selected, and the entire flight Proc
plan (CUM) selected, the waypoints are the starting and ending waypoints of the
selected flight plan. Wpt Info
In Flight Plan mode with a stored flight plan selected, and a specific leg
Map
selected, the waypoints are the endpoints of the selected leg.
In Point-To-Point mode these are manually selected waypoints (if there is an Traffic
active flight plan, these default to the endpoints of the active leg).
Terrain
Some of the calculated trip statistics are dashed when the selected leg of the
active flight plan has already been flown.
Weather
• Desired Track (DTK) - DTK is shown as nnn° and is the desired track
between the selected waypoints. It is dashed unless only a single leg is Nearest
selected.
Services/
• Distance (DIS) - The distance is shown in tenths of units up to 99.9, and Music
in whole units up to 9999.
Utilities
• Estimated time en route (ETE) - ETE is shown as hours:minutes until less
than an hour, then it is shown as minutes:seconds. System
• Estimated time of arrival (ETA) - ETA is shown as hours:minutes and is
the local time at the destination. Messages
- If in Point-To-Point mode then the ETA is the ETE added to the Symbols
departure time.
Appendix
Index

- If a flight plan other than the active flight plan is selected it shows the
Foreword
ETA by adding to the departure time all of the ETEs of the legs up to
Getting and including the selected leg. If the entire flight plan is selected, then
Started
the ETA is calculated as if the last leg of the flight plan was selected.
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl - If the active flight plan is selected the ETA reflects the current position
of the aircraft and the current leg being flown. The ETA is calculated
Com/Nav by adding to the current time the ETEs of the current leg up to and
including the selected leg. If the entire flight plan is selected, then
FPL
the ETA is calculated as if the last leg of the flight plan was selected.
Direct-To • En Route safe altitude (ESA) - The ESA is shown as nnnnnFT
• Destination sunrise and sunset times - These times are shown as
Proc
hours:minutes and are the local time at the destination.
Wpt Info NOTE: The capability of using Sensor Data for the trip planning functions
is available in SW Versions 2.00, 4.10, and later.
Map
14.4.1 Point-To-Point Mode
Traffic The Trip Planning Point-to-Point mode shows trip calculations between two
selected points: either two waypoints from the database or from your present
Terrain
position to a selected waypoint.
Weather 1. While viewing the Utilities page, touch the Trip Planning key.
2. Touch the Mode key to toggle to Point-to-Point.
Nearest Touch To Select Touch To Select
Departure Waypoint Arrival Waypoint
Services/ Touch To Use
Music Present Position
As Departure Touch To Select
Utilities Point P-to-P or Flight
Touch To Toggle Plan Mode
System
Sensor Data Use
Touch To Select Touch To Toggle
Departure Time Between Statistics
Messages and Data Input
Touch To Select
Departure Date
Symbols
Figure 14-15 Utility Trip Planning Page To Edit Input Data (Point-To-Point Mode)
-Sensor Data Used
Appendix
Index

3. Touch the P.POS key to toggle between using your present
Foreword
position as the From waypoint when selected or a waypoint
selected from the database when P.POS is deselected. If P.POS Getting
is selected, the Lat/Lon of the present position will be shown Started
in the From position. Audio &

Xpdr Ctrl
Present Position Selected Touch To Select

Destination Wpt Com/Nav
As "From" Wpt
Lat/Lon Of Present Position FPL
Figure 14-16 Selecting Present Position as the From Waypoint
Direct-To
4. If P.POS is not selected for the From point, touch the From
key and then use the keypad to select a waypoint from the
Proc
database and touch Enter.
Selected "From" Waypoint
Wpt Info
Touch To Select
Waypoint Search Map
Traffic
Terrain
Touch To Select "From" Waypoint
Weather
Figure 14-17 Selecting a From Waypoint
5. Touch the To key and then use the keypad to select a waypoint Nearest
from the database for the destination waypoint and touch
Enter. Services/
Music
6. Touch the Depart Time key and then use the keypad to select
the departure time (local time at From waypoint) and touch Utilities
Enter.
Selected Departure Time System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Touch To Select Departure Time

Index
Figure 14-18 Selecting Departure Time
7. Touch the Depart Date key and then use the Departure Date
Foreword
page to select the departure year, month, and day and then
Getting touch Enter.
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Touch To Select
Departure Year
Com/Nav
FPL
Direct-To
Touch To Select
Proc
Departure Month
Wpt Info
Map
Touch To Select
Departure Day
Traffic
Terrain
Figure 14-19 Selecting Departure Date
Weather 8. Touch the Ground Speed key and then the keypad to select
the average ground speed for the trip and touch Enter.
Nearest
Selected Ground Speed
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages Touch To Select Ground Speed

Figure 14-20 Selecting Expected Average Ground Speed
Symbols
Appendix
Index

9. After completing the Trip Planning selections, touch the
Foreword
Compute Data key to display the trip statistics.
Getting
Started
Trip Statistics Audio &

Xpdr Ctrl
Touch To Toggle
Between Statistics Com/Nav
and Data Input
Figure 14-21 Utility Trip Planning Page With Computed Data (Point-To-Point Mode) FPL
NOTE: When Local Time is selected in the Setup-Date/Time feature, Sunrise/ Direct-To
Sunset calculations in the Trip Planning feature are based on the From
waypoint time zone. For instance, a flight plan originating in the Pacific Proc
time zone and ending in the Central time zone would show Sunset/Sunrise
times at the destination in Pacific time. This potential offset does not occur Wpt Info
when UTC time is used.
14.4.2 Flight Plan Mode Map
1. Touch the Mode key to select Flight Plan mode, if required.

Traffic
Touch To Select
Flight Plan Leg
Touch To Select Terrain
Flight Plan From
Catalog Touch To Select Weather
Touch To Toggle P-to-P or Flight
Sensor Data Use Plan Mode
Nearest
Touch To Select Touch To Toggle
Departure Time Between Statistics
Services/
and Data Input Music
Departure Date Expected Average
Ground Speed Utilities
Figure 14-22 Utility Trip Planning Page Edit Input Data View (Flight Plan Mode)
System
2. Touch the Flight Plan key to select the flight plan.
Messages
Touch To Select
Flight Plan (Active
FPL Shown) Symbols
Appendix
Touch To Scroll List
Index
Figure 14-23 Select Flight Plan

3. Touch the Leg key to select the flight plan leg. If the
Foreword
"Cumulative" selection is chosen, statistics will relate to the
Getting entire flight plan.
Started
Touch To Select Flight
Audio & Plan Leg (Cumulative
Xpdr Ctrl FPL Shown)
Com/Nav
FPL
Figure 14-24 Select Flight Plan Leg
Direct-To 4. Touch the Depart Time key and then use the keypad to select
the departure time (local time at From waypoint) and touch
Proc Enter.
5. Touch the Depart Date key and then use the Departure Date
Wpt Info page to select the departure year, month, and day and then
touch Enter.
Map
6. Touch the Ground Speed key and then the keypad to select
Traffic
7. Touch the Compute Data key to view statistics for the current
Terrain flight plan leg. The Cumulative flight plan is shown.
Touch To View
Statistics For Next
Weather
FPL Leg
Trip Statistics
Nearest
Touch To Toggle
Services/ Between Statistics
Music and Data Input
Utilities Figure 14-25 Utility Trip Planning Page Computed Data View (Flight Plan Mode)
8. Touch the Next key to view statistics for the next leg in the
System flight plan.
Current FPL Leg
Touch To View
Messages Statistics For Next
Touch To View FPL Leg
Statistics For
Symbols Previous FPL Leg Trip Statistics
Appendix Touch To Toggle

Between Statistics
and Data Input
Index
Figure 14-26 Utility Trip Planning Page Computed Data View Of Next Waypoint (Flight Plan Mode)
14.5 Fuel Planning Foreword
Fuel Planning — You may manually enter fuel flow, ground speed (GS)
and fuel on board figures for planning purposes. Fuel planning figures can Getting
Started
be displayed not only for the currently active flight plan or direct-to, but also
Audio &
point-to-point between two specified waypoints and for any programmed flight Xpdr Ctrl
plan.
Com/Nav
Fuel on board and fuel flow may be manually entered in the unit start-up
sequence and used to recalculate fuel on board as it is consumed. When fuel FPL
flow or fuel on board is manually entered, the figures are retained the next time
you view the page (with fuel on board continuously recalculated). Direct-To
NOTE: The capability of using Sensor Data is available in SW Versions

Proc
2.00, 4.10, and later.
14.5.1 Point-To-Point Mode Wpt Info
The Fuel Planning Point-to-Point mode shows fuel calculations between two
selected points: either two waypoints from the database or from your present Map
position to a selected waypoint.
1. While viewing the Utilities page, touch the Fuel Planning Traffic
key.
Terrain
2. Touch the Mode key to toggle to Point-to-Point, if required.
Weather
3. Touch the P.POS key to toggle between using your present
position as the From waypoint when selected or a waypoint Nearest
selected from the database when P.POS is deselected. If P.POS
is selected, the Lat/Lon of the present position will be shown Services/
Music
in the From position.
Touch To Select Touch To Select Utilities
From Waypoint To Waypoint
Touch To Use
Present Position System
As Departure Touch To Select
Point P-to-P or Flight
Plan Mode Messages
Touch To Toggle
Sensor Data Use Touch To Select
Compute Fuel Symbols
Statistics
Touch To Select Touch To Select Touch To Select Appendix
Fuel on Board Fuel Flow Expected Average
Ground Speed
Index
Figure 14-27 Utility Fuel Planning Page Showing Edit Input Data (Point-to-Point Mode)
Remaining Fuel
Foreword At Destination
Selected
Getting Distance
Started Measured Flight Time
Available With
Audio & Fuel Required For Remaining Fuel
Xpdr Ctrl the Flight Plan At Destination
Com/Nav
Range With Flight Time
Existing Fuel Available With
Existing Fuel
FPL Fuel Usage Rate
Figure 14-28 Utility Fuel Planning Page Showing Computed Data (Point-to-Point Mode)
Direct-To
4. If P.POS is not selected for the From point, touch the From
key and then use the keypad to select a waypoint from the
Proc
database and touch Enter.
Selected "From" Waypoint
Wpt Info
Map
Touch For Waypoint Search
Traffic
Touch To Select "From" Waypoint
Terrain
Figure 14-29 Selecting a "From" Waypoint

Weather
5. Touch the To key and then use the keypad to select a waypoint
Nearest from the database for the destination waypoint and touch
Enter.
Services/
Music 6. Touch the Fuel on Board key and then use the keypad to
select the current amount of fuel on board and touch Enter.
Utilities
Selected Fuel On
System Board Value
Messages Touch To Select Fuel Value
Symbols
Figure 14-30 Selecting Current Fuel On Board
Appendix
Index

7. Touch the Fuel Flow key and then use the keypad to select
Foreword
the average fuel flow and touch Enter.
Selected Fuel Getting
Started
Flow Value
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Touch To Select Fuel Value
Com/Nav
Figure 14-31 Selecting Fuel Flow

FPL
the average ground speed for the trip and touch Enter. Direct-To
Selected Ground
Speed Value Proc
Touch To Select Wpt Info

Ground Speed Value
Map
Figure 14-32 Selecting Ground Speed
Traffic
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

Foreword
14.5.2 Flight Plan Mode
The Fuel Planning Flight Plan mode shows fuel calculations between two legs
Getting of the flight plan or the cumulative flight plan.
Started
1. Touch the Mode key to select Flight Plan mode, if required.
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
Touch To Toggle Touch To
FPL
Sensor Data Use Compute Data
And View
Statistics
Direct-To
Figure 14-33 Utility Fuel Planning Page Showing Edit Input Data (Flight Plan Mode)
Proc 2. Touch the Flight Plan key to select the flight plan.
Touch To Select
Wpt Info Flight Plan (Active
FPL Shown)
Map
Traffic
Figure 14-34 Select Flight Plan

Terrain
3. Touch the Leg key to select the flight plan leg. If the
Weather “Cumulative” selection is chosen, statistics will relate to the
entire flight plan.
Nearest
Services/
Music Touch To Select Flight
Plan Leg
Utilities
System Figure 14-35 Select Flight Plan Leg

4. If desired, touch the Fuel on Board key and then use the
Messages keypad to select the Fuel on Board value and touch Enter.
5. If desired, touch the Fuel Flow key and then use the keypad
Symbols
to select the Fuel Flow value and touch Enter.
Appendix 6. Touch the Ground Speed key and then the keypad to select
Index

7. Touch the Compute Data key to display Statistics for the
Foreword
current flight plan leg.
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
Figure 14-36 Utility Fuel Planning Page Showing Computed Data (Flight Plan Mode) FPL
8. Touch the Previous and Next keys to view statistics for the Direct-To
previous and next legs in the flight plan.
Proc
9. Touch the Edit Input Data key to return to the display for Wpt Info
selecting Fuel Planning data.
Map
Traffic
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

Foreword
14.6 DALT/TAS/Winds
Density Alt / TAS / Winds — indicates the theoretical altitude at which
Getting your aircraft performs depending upon several variables, including indi-
Started
cated altitude (Indicated ALT), barometric pressure (BARO) and total air
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl temperature (TAT; the temperature, including the heating effect of speed,
read on a standard outside temperature gauge). This item computes true
Com/Nav airspeed (TAS) and density altitude, based upon the factors above. Also,
this feature determines winds aloft — the wind direction and speed — and
FPL
a head wind/tail wind component, based on true airspeed, aircraft heading
(HDG) and ground speed. When a FADC provides pressure altitude and
Direct-To
the Use Sensor Data option is selected, the Baro key will not be present
Proc
in the edit mode and the Baro indication will not be shown in computed
results.
Wpt Info
NOTE: The capability of using Sensor Data is available in SW Versions
2.00, 4.10, and later.
Map
Traffic DALT, TAS, and

Winds Statistics
Touch To Toggle
Terrain Sensor Data Use Touch To
Compute Data
Weather
And View
Statistics
Figure 14-37 Utility DALT/TAS/Winds Page Using Sensor Data and Pressure Altitude
Nearest
Services/
Music DALT, TAS, and
Winds Statistics
Utilities
Touch To Toggle
Sensor Data Use Touch To
Compute Data
System And View
Statistics
Messages
Figure 14-38 Utility DALT/TAS/Winds Page Using Sensor Data and Indicated Altitude
Symbols
Appendix
Index

Indicated Altitude Calibrated Air Speed Foreword
Touch To Select Getting

Baro Pressure Started
Touch To Select Audio &

Total Air Temp Xpdr Ctrl
Track Value Ground Speed Com/Nav
Touch To Select Touch To Compute Data

Heading Value And View Statistics FPL
Figure 14-39 Utility DALT/TAS/Winds Page Using Manually Entered Data

Direct-To
Computed Statistics Proc
Wpt Info
Touch To Return To Edit
Input Data Page
Map
Figure 14-40 Utility DALT/TAS/Winds Page (Computed Data)
1. Touch the Indicated ALT key and then the keypad to select Traffic
the Indicated Altitude and then touch Enter.
Terrain
Touch To Select Above Or Below Sea Level
Weather
Touch To Clear
Selected Values
Indicated Nearest
Altitude Value Touch To Select
Indicated Services/
Altitude Value Music
Utilities
Figure 14-41 Select Indicated Altitude Value
2. Touch the BARO key and then the keypad to select the System
Barometric Pressure and then touch Enter.
Messages
Selected Touch To Clear
Barometric Values
Pressure Value Symbols
Touch To Select
Barometric Appendix
Touch To Cancel Pressure Value
Selection
Index
Figure 14-42 Select Barometric Pressure Value
3. Touch the CAS key and then the keypad to select the Calibrated
Foreword
Air Speed and then touch Enter.
Getting
Started Selected Touch To Clear
Calculated Air Values
Audio & Speed Value
Xpdr Ctrl Touch To Select
Calculated Air
Com/Nav Touch To Cancel Speed Value
Selection
FPL Figure 14-43 Select Calculated Air Speed Value
Direct-To 4. Touch the TAT key and then the keypad to select the Total Air
Temperature and touch Enter.
Proc Selected True Air Temperature Value
Touch To Touch To Clear
Wpt Info Select Above Values
Or Below 0
Map Degrees Touch To
Select Total Air
Touch To Cancel Temperature
Traffic
Selection Value
Figure 14-44 Select Total Air Temperature Value

Terrain
5. Touch the TRK key and then the keypad to select the Track
Weather Angle and then touch Enter.
Nearest Selected Track Touch To Clear
Angle Value Values
Services/
Music Touch To Select
Track Angle
Utilities Touch To Cancel Value
Selection
System Figure 14-45 Select Track Angle Value
6. Touch the HDG key and then the keypad to select the Heading
Messages
value and then touch Enter.
Symbols
Appendix
Index

Selected Touch To Clear Foreword
Heading Value Values
Getting
Touch To Select Started
Heading Value
Touch To Cancel Audio &
Selection Xpdr Ctrl
Figure 14-46 Select Heading Value
Com/Nav
the average ground speed for the trip and then touch Enter. FPL
14.7 Clean Screen Mode Direct-To
The Clean Screen mode makes the touchscreen inactive so the display can
Proc
be manually cleaned. The front bezel, keypad, and display can be cleaned with
a microfiber cloth or with a soft cotton cloth dampened with clean water. DO Wpt Info
NOT use any chemical cleaning agents. Care should be taken to avoid scratching
the surface of the display. Map
1. While viewing the Utilities page group, touch the Clean

Traffic
Screen key to start Screen Cleaning Mode.
Terrain
Weather
Touch To Clean Screen Nearest
Figure 14-47 Utilities Home Page Services/

Music
2. Touch the HOME key to exit Screen Cleaning Mode. Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Figure 14-48 Screen Cleaning Mode Appendix
Index

Foreword
14.8 Scheduled Messages
The Scheduled Messages utility displays reminder messages (such as “Change
Getting
Started oil,” “Switch fuel tanks,” “Overhaul,” etc.). One-time, periodic, and event-based
messages are allowed. One-time messages appear once the timer expires and
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl reappear each time the GTN-series unit is powered on, until the message is
deleted. Periodic messages automatically reset to the original timer value, once
Com/Nav
the message is displayed. Event-based messages do not use a timer, but rather a
FPL
specific date and time.
NOTE: This feature is available in SW V5.00, and later.
Direct-To
1. While viewing the Utilities page group, touch the Scheduled

Proc
Messages key to start the Scheduled Messages function.
Wpt Info
Touch To Add A
Map
Scheduled Message
Traffic
Terrain Figure 14-49 Scheduled Messages Page
2. Touch the Message selection and enter the desired message to

Weather
be displayed. Touch the Type selection to choose the message
Nearest
type. Touch the Timer selection to set the countdown time for
the message to be displayed.
Services/
Music Touch To Select
Touch To Enter
Message Text Message Type
Utilities
Touch To
System
Enter Message
Countdown Timer
Messages Figure 14-50 Create a Scheduled Message
Symbols
Appendix
Index

3. After completing the selections, touch the Enter key.
Foreword
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
Figure 14-51 Sample Scheduled Message
14.9 Checklists FPL
The Checklists function provides a built-in method of reviewing your aircraft Direct-To
checklist. Checklists are created using the Garmin Checklist Editor software
(available online) and stored on the datacard as “chklist.ace.” As each Checklist Proc
is completed, you can advance to the next one in order. In the Checklist Menu,
you can access any Checklist, or group of Checklists, and clear the current or Wpt Info
all Checklists.
Map
NOTE: This feature is available in SW V5.10, and later. In software v6.00
and later, the installer may configure the title of this feature to be Task Traffic
Lists or Checklists.
Terrain
14.9.1 Checklists Menu
1. While viewing the Utilities page group, touch the Checklists Weather
key to start the Checklists function.
Nearest
2. Touch the Menu key to select an option from the Checklist
Menu. Services/
Music
Touch To Select A Utilities

Checklist Group
Touch To Select System
A Checklist
Touch To Clear Touch To Clear
Messages
Current Checklist All Checklists
Figure 14-52 Utility Checklist Menu Symbols
Appendix
Index

Foreword
Getting Touch To Select

Started A Checklist
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Figure 14-53 Select a Checklist from the Checklist Menu

Com/Nav
14.9.2 Viewing Checklists

FPL
1. While viewing the Utilities function, touch the Checklist key.
Direct-To Use the existing Checklists in the order provided or touch the
Menu key to select another checklist.
Proc
Completed
Checklist Item
Wpt Info
Map Checklist Touch To Advance

Status To Next Checklist
Traffic Figure 14-54 Checklist Completion
2. After completing the Checklist, touch Go to Next Checklist,
Terrain
Menu, or Back to exit the Checklist function.
Weather
NOTE: All checklists are cleared after a power cycle.

Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

15 SYSTEM Foreword
The System function allows you to change unit settings, customize operation Getting
Started
to your preferences, and check on the operation of your unit. The System pages
cover System Status, Database Info and transfer, GPS Status, External LRUs, Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Setup, Alerts, Units, Audio, Backlight control function, and Connext Setup.
Com/Nav
1. From the Home page, touch the System key.
FPL
Direct-To
Proc
Wpt Info
Map
Traffic
Terrain
Figure 15-1 System Home Page Weather

2. Touch the Up and Down Arrow keys to view the features
available in the System function. Nearest
Services/
Music
3. Touch the desired key to reach that function. To return to the
System page, touch the Back key. Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

Foreword Serial No. & Sys ID
SW/HW Version Info
Getting Database Info
Started
SBAS WAAS
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
CDI
Date/Time
FPL Com/Nav
Nearest Airport
Direct-To Keyboard
Crossfill
Proc Arrival Destination Proximity
Class B/TMA
Wpt Info Class C/TCA
Class D
Restricted
Map
MOA (Military)
Other
Traffic Airspace Altitude Buffer
User Fields
Terrain
Weather Nav Angle

Mag Var
Nearest
Temp
Fuel
Services/ Position Format
Music
Volume
TAWS Alert Voice
Utilities
Manual Offset
System
Connext Setup *
Messages
Symbols Voice Commands *

Command History *
Appendix
* Optional
Index
Figure 15-2 System Function Summary
15.1 System Status Foreword
The System status page of the System function provides information about
Getting
the GTN unit and the equipment attached to it. This information is useful if it Started
is necessary to contact Customer Service. The System Status page shows the
Audio &
System ID and serial number for the GTN unit, hardware and software versions, Xpdr Ctrl
as well as a list of the installed databases.
Com/Nav
Serial No., System ID, and FPL

Internal Software Versions
Direct-To
Database Conflicts
Proc
Database Not Active and On Standby

Wpt Info
Active Database Information
Figure 15-3 System Status Page Description Map
Traffic
Terrain
System Info System Status Menu Database Info

Weather
Serial # & System ID Database SYNC Current

SW Versions Standby Nearest
Conflicts
Services/
Music
Figure 15-4 System Status Functional Diagram
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

Foreword
15.1.1 Serial Number and System ID
The System Info section shows the unit Serial Number and the System ID.
Getting
Started 1. While viewing the System Status page, touch System Info.
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
2. Touch the Back key to return to the System Status page.
Com/Nav
FPL
15.1.2 Version Information
The software versions of the GTN unit are displayed. This information is
Direct-To useful when contacting Customer Support.
1. While viewing the System Status page, touch the System
Proc
Info key to view more detailed information about the software
versions inside the GTN unit.
Wpt Info
Map Serial Number and System ID
Traffic
Internal Software Versions
Terrain
Figure 15-5 System Status Version Information

Weather
Nearest
Services/ 15.1.3 Database Information

Music
The Database Information section lists the name of the database, its version,
Utilities and expiration date for the currently used databases, and also contains the
Database SYNC function. Standby databases are listed for databases not currently
System used, but available on the datacard. Database conflicts will be shown in the
Conflicts section. For more information on GTN databases and how to update
Messages
them see section 18.2.
Symbols
Appendix
Index

15.2 GPS Status Foreword
15.2.1 GPS Status Page Getting

Started
The GPS Status Page provides a visual reference of GPS receiver functions,
including current satellite coverage, GPS receiver status, position accuracy, and Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
displays your present position (in latitude and longitude) and altitude.
Com/Nav
The Satellite Status Page is helpful in troubleshooting weak (or missing) signal
levels due to poor satellite coverage or installation problems. You may wish to
FPL
refer to this page occasionally to monitor GPS receiver performance and establish
a normal pattern for system operation. Should problems occur at a later date, Direct-To
you may find it helpful to have an established baseline from which to compare.
Proc
1. While viewing the System page, touch GPS Status.
Lat/Lon Position Estimated Position Wpt Info

Uncertainty
GPS Receiver Status
Horizontal Dilution Map
of Precision
Touch To Select Traffic
SBAS Provider Vertical Figure of
Merit
Sky View Horizontal Figure Terrain
of satellite of Merit
positions
Phase of Flight Weather
Signal Strength
Bars Satellite Numbers
Nearest
Satellite Tracked Acquiring
acquired Satellite, Satellite, not Services/
and used for Satellite acquired, not used ready for use Music
position fix used for position fix,
and has differential
Utilities
corrections
Figure 15-6 GPS Status Page
System
2. If desired, touch the SBAS key to select an SBAS provider.
The SBAS list is based on the Aviation database. See the Messages
Satellite-Based Augmentation System section later in this
chapter for details. Symbols

Appendix
Index

As the GPS receiver locks onto satellites, a signal strength bar appears for each
Foreword
satellite in view, with the appropriate satellite number (01-32, SBAS satellites will
Getting have higher numbers) underneath each bar. The progress of satellite acquisition
Started
is shown in the following stages:
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl Graph Symbol Description
Com/Nav No signal strength bars The receiver is looking for the satellites indicated.
The receiver has found the satellite(s) and is collecting
FPL Gray signal strength bars
data.
The receiver has collected the necessary data but the
Direct-To
Yellow signal strength bars satellite is not being used in the position solution as it
Proc
has been excluded.
Cross-hatch cyan signal The receiver has found the satellite(s) but it has been
Wpt Info strength bars excluded by the FDE program as a faulty satellite.
Solid cyan signal strength The receiver has collected the necessary data, but is
Map bars not using the satellite in the position solution.
Solid green signal strength The receiver has collected the necessary data and the
Traffic
bars satellite is being used in the position solution.
Terrain
The “D” character inside the bars indicates differential
D corrections (e.g., WAAS) are being used for that
Weather
satellite.
Table 15-1 Signal Strength Bar Graph Description
Nearest
The Time and other data may not be displayed until the unit has acquired
Services/ enough satellites for a fix.
Music
The sky view display at the left of the page shows the satellites currently in view
Utilities as well as their respective positions. The outer circle of the sky view represents
the horizon (with north at the top of the circle); the inner circle represents 45°
System above the horizon and the center point shows the position directly overhead.
Each satellite has a 30-second data transmission that must be collected
Messages
(hollow signal strength bar) before the satellite may be used for navigation (solid
Symbols
signal strength bar). Once the GPS receiver has determined your position, the
GTN unit indicates your position, altitude, track and ground speed. The GPS
Appendix receiver status field also displays the following messages under the appropriate
conditions:
Index

GPS Signal Message Description Foreword
The GPS receiver is acquiring satellites for navigation.
Getting
In this mode, the receiver uses satellite orbital data Started
Acquiring (collected continuously from the satellites) and last
Audio &
known position to determine the satellites that should Xpdr Ctrl
be in view.
Com/Nav
The GPS receiver is in 3D navigation mode and
3D Nav
computes altitude using satellite data.
FPL
The GPS receiver is in 3D navigation mode and
3D Diff Nav
differential corrections are being used. Direct-To
The “LOI” (Loss Of Integrity) annunciator (bottom left
corner of the screen) indicates that satellite coverage Proc
LOI
is insufficient to pass built-in integrity monitoring
tests. Wpt Info
Table 15-2 GPS Signal Messages
Map
The GPS Status Page also indicates the accuracy of the position fix, using
Horizontal Figure of Merit (HFOM), Vertical Figure of Merit (VFOM), and Traffic
Estimated Position Uncertainty (EPU). HFOM and VFOM represent the 95%
confidence levels in horizontal and vertical accuracy. The lowest numbers are Terrain
the best accuracy and the highest numbers are worse. EPU is the horizontal
position error estimated by the Fault Detection and Exclusion (FDE) algorithm, Weather
in feet or meters.
Nearest
NOTE: Operating outside of an SBAS service area with SBAS enabled
may cause elevated EPU values to be displayed on the satellite status Services/
page. Regardless of the EPU value displayed, the LOI annunciation is the Music
controlling indication for determining the integrity of the GPS navigation

Utilities
solution.
System
NOTE: The FDE Prediction program is used to predict FDE availability.
This program must be used prior to all oceanic or remote area flights for
all operators using the GTN as a primary means of navigation under FAR Messages
parts 91, 121, 125, and 135. The FDE program is part of the GTN trainer,
available for download from the GTN product information page on Garmin’s Symbols
website, flyGarmin.com.
Appendix
If the GTN has not been operated for a period of six months or more,
acquiring satellite data to establish almanac and satellite orbit information can
Index
take 5 to 10 minutes.
The Time and other data may not be displayed until the unit has acquired
Foreword
enough satellites for a fix.
Getting
Started 15.2.2 Satellite-Based Augmentation System (SBAS)
Audio & SBAS is a system that supports wide area, or regional, augmentation through
Xpdr Ctrl
the use of additional satellite broadcast messages. WAAS, EGNOS, MSAS, and
Com/Nav GAGAN are known SBAS providers.
At the time of printing, SBAS providers support the following areas:
FPL
• WAAS provides SBAS service for Alaska, Canada, the 48 contiguous
Direct-To states, and most of Central America.
• EGNOS provides SBAS service for most of Europe and parts of North
Proc Africa.
Wpt Info
• MSAS provides SBAS service for Japan only.
• GAGAN provides SBAS service for India. Available with GPS software
Map v5.2 and later.
Traffic 1. While viewing the System page, touch GPS Status.
Terrain 2. If desired, touch the SBAS key to select an SBAS provider. The
SBAS list is based on the Aviation database.
Weather 3. Touch the key for the desired SBAS provider.
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Figure 15-7 SBAS Selection Page

Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

15.2.3 Circle of Uncertainty Foreword
The Circle of Uncertainty depicts an area where the ownship location is
Getting
guaranteed to be when the aircraft location cannot be accurately determined. Started
The area of the Circle of Uncertainty becomes larger as GPS horizontal accuracy
Audio &
degrades and smaller as it improves. The Circle of Uncertainty is shown only Xpdr Ctrl
when the aircraft is on the ground. The Circle of Uncertainty area is transparent
Com/Nav
so that features within it may still be seen.
FPL
Area Within The
Circle Of Uncertainty Direct-To
Ownship Symbol
Proc
Wpt Info
Figure 15-8 Circle of Uncertainty
15.2.4 GPS Faults Map
The GTN communicates various fault conditions that can affect the accuracy Traffic
of the GPS. These include loss of integrity, loss of navigation, and a loss of
position. Terrain
Loss of Integrity
Weather
A loss of integrity is when the integrity of the GPS position does not meet the
requirements for the current phase of flight. This only occurs before the final Nearest
approach fix (if an approach is active).
Services/
The GTN indicates a loss of integrity by displaying the amber "LOI" Music
annunciation at the bottom of the screen.
Utilities
Loss of Navigation
A loss of navigation can be caused by any of the following conditions: System
• Aircraft is after the final approach fix and GPS integrity does not meet the
Messages
active approach requirements
• Insufficient number of satellites supporting aircraft position (i.e., more Symbols
than 5 seconds pass without adequate satellites to compute a position)
Appendix
• GPS sensor detects an excessive position error or failure that cannot be
excluded within the time to alert Index
• On-board hardware failure
The GTN indicates a loss of navigation by invalidating the active course
Foreword
guidance, and issuing a system message describing the cause.
Getting
Started
Loss of Position
Audio &
If the GTN cannot determine a GPS position solution, the ownship icon
Xpdr Ctrl disappears and the amber "No GPS Position" annunciation appears across the
map pages. For information about managing limited navigation features, refer
Com/Nav
to section 1.10.
FPL
15.3 External LRUs
Direct-To The External LRU page displays the external equipment connected to the
GTN and their connection status.
Proc
1. While viewing the System page, touch the External LRUs key.
Wpt Info LRU Available And
Communicating
Map LRU Not Available
Or Communicating
Traffic Touch For More
Information
Terrain Figure 15-9 External LRU Page
Weather 2. When more information is available about the listed units,

touch the More Info key to view the information.
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

15.3.1 GDL 69 (and GDL 69A) Status Foreword
The GDL 69 Status page displays the serial numbers for the Data Radio for the
Getting
GDL 69/69A and the Audio Radio for the GDL 69A. Subscription status displays Started
the level of service available for your particular subscription. The Weather
Audio &
Products section lists the products available for your particular subscription. Xpdr Ctrl
1. While viewing the External LRUs page, touch More Info for Com/Nav
the GDL LRU.
Data Radio ID & FPL
Signal Level
Audio Radio ID Direct-To
Touch To View & Signal Level
GDL Status Menu SW Version and Proc
Serial Number
Touch To View Wpt Info
Weather Products
Map
Figure 15-10 GDL 69 Status Page
Traffic
2. Touch the Menu key to display the GDL 69 Status Menu.
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Figure 15-11 GDL Status Menu Services/

Music
3. Touch the Lock Activation key if this is for the initial
subscription or a change in the subscription. Touch the OK Utilities
key to continue the operation.
System
Messages
Symbols
Figure 15-12 Loc Activation Appendix

4. Touch the Back key to return to the GDL Status page.
Index

5. Touch the Weather Products key to display the weather
Foreword
products subscription status.
Getting
Started
Weather
Audio & Product List
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav Weather
Product Legend
FPL Figure 15-13 GDL 69/69A Status
Direct-To 6. Touch the Back key to return to the System page.
Proc
15.3.2 GDL 88 or GTX 345 Status
Wpt Info The GDL 88 or GTX 345 Status pages display information about the status of
the GDL 88 or GTX 345.
Map
Status Description
Traffic Application is on/running. Required ownship input data is
On
available and meets the performance criteria.
Terrain Application is configured. Required input data is available
and meets the performance criteria. This state represents
Weather Available to Run
that the ASA Application is manually or automatically
selected off.
Nearest
Required Input data is not available due to a failure or the
Unavailable – Fault
Services/ ASA Application process is failed.
Music
Required Input data is available but does not meet the
Utilities Unavailable to Run performance criteria or is not available due to
Non-Computed Data (NCD) conditions.
System
Table 15-3 Traffic Application Status
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

1. While viewing the External LRUs page, touch More Info for
Foreword
the GDL 88 or GTX 345 LRU.
Getting
Started
GPS SW Version
and Serial Number Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
GPS Status
Com/Nav
Touch To View Touch To View
FIS-B Weather Traffic Status
Products FPL
Figure 15-14 GDL 88 Status
Direct-To
2. Touch the FIS-B Weather key to view the FIS-B Weather
information.
Proc
Wpt Info
FIS-B
Weather
Products Map
Touch To
Weather Product Enable/Disable
Legend FIS-B Weather Traffic
Figure 15-15 GDL 88 FIS-B Weather Information Terrain

3. Touch the Enabled key to toggle whether FIS-B Weather is
enabled/disabled for use. Touch the Back key to return to the Weather
Status page.
Nearest
4. Touch the Traffic App Status key to view the Traffic
Application information. Services/
Music
Utilities
Traffic Status
System
Messages
Figure 15-16 GDL 88 Traffic Information Symbols
Appendix
Index

Foreword
15.3.3 GSR 56 Status
The GSR 56 Status page displays information about the status of the GSR 56.
Getting
Started
1. While viewing the External LRUs page, touch More Info for
Audio & the GSR 56 LRU.
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav Current Iridium

Registration Info Signal Level
FPL
Touch To
Phone and Register
Direct-To Datalink Status
Proc Figure 15-17 GSR 56 Status

2. Touch the Connext Registration key to display the Connext
Wpt Info
Registration display.
Map
Touch To Enter Touch To
Access Code Register
Traffic
Current
Terrain Registration Info
Weather
Figure 15-18 Connext Registration Page
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

15.4 Setup Foreword
The System Setup page allows you to:
Getting
• Select CDI scale and ILS CDI capture type Started
• Specify time format and local offset Audio &

Xpdr Ctrl
• Access nearest airport search filtering options
Com/Nav
• Access COM/NAV radio settings
• Select keyboard format FPL
• Enable crossfilling to a second GTN or GNS unit

Direct-To
Proc
Wpt Info
Map
CDI
CDI Scale Traffic
ILS CDI Capture
Date/Time Terrain
Local Offset
Time Format Weather
Nearest Airport
Runway Surface Nearest
Min Rwy Length
Services/
Com/Nav Music
Com Channel Spacing
25.0 kHz Utilities
8.33 kHz
Reverse Frequency Lookup System
COM Sidetone Control
Messages
Keyboard
Symbols
Crossfill
Appendix
Figure 15-19 System Setup Functions
Index

1. While viewing the System page, touch the Setup key.
Foreword
Touch to Set Time
Format And Offset
Getting
Started
Audio & Touch to Select Touch to Select

Xpdr Ctrl CDI And ILS CDI Nearest Airport
Capture Criteria
Com/Nav
Touch To Set Up Touch to Select

FPL Com and Nav Keyboard
Radios Format
Direct-To Touch to Enable Crossfill
With Dual GTN Units
Proc Figure 15-20 System Setup Page
2. After making the desired selections, touch the Back key to
Wpt Info
return to the Setup page.
Map
15.4.1 CDI Scale Selection
Traffic The CDI source and ILS CDI Capture type may be selected manually or
automatically. The selected CDI Scale will be reflected in the annunciation bar at
Terrain the bottom of the display.
CDI Scale Selection allows you to define the scale for the course deviation
Weather indicator (both on the GTN unit's on-screen CDI and the external CDI). The
scale values represent full scale deflection for the CDI to either side. The default
Nearest setting is “Auto.” At this setting, the CDI scale is set to 2.0 NM during the
“en route” phase of flight. Within 31 NM (terminal area) of your destination
Services/
Music airport, the CDI scale linearly ramps down to 1.0 NM over a distance of 1 NM.
Likewise, when leaving your departure airport the CDI scale is set to 1.0 NM
Utilities and gradually ramps up to 2 NM beyond 30 NM (from the departure airport).
During GPS approach operations the CDI scale gradually transitions down to an
System
angular CDI scale. At 2.0 NM before the final approach fix (FAF), CDI scaling is
tightened from 1.0 NM to the angular full scale deflection (typically the angular
Messages
full-scale deflection is 2.0°, but will be as defined for the approach).
Symbols
Appendix
Index

If a lower CDI scale setting is selected (i.e., 1.0 or 0.3 NM), the higher scale
Foreword
settings are not selected during ANY phase of flight. For example, if 1.0 NM is
selected, the GTN unit uses this for en route and terminal phases and ramps down Getting
Started
further during an approach. Note that the Horizontal Alarm (HAL) protection
limits listed below follow the selected CDI scale, unless corresponding flight Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
phases call for lower HAL. For example, if the 1.0 NM CDI setting is selected,
full-scale deflection during approach will still follow the approach CDI scale Com/Nav
settings.
FPL
CDI Scale Horizontal Alarm Limit
Auto (oceanic) 2.0 NM Direct-To
±2.0 NM or Auto (en route) 2.0 NM
±1.0 NM or Auto (terminal) 1.0 NM Proc
±0.3 NM or Auto (approach) 0.3 NM

Wpt Info
Table 15-4 CDI Scale and Horizontal Alarm Limits
An “auto” ILS CDI selection allows the GTN unit to automatically switch the Map
external CDI from the GPS receiver to the VLOC receiver, when intercepting
the final approach course. Or, select “manual” to manually switch the external Traffic
CDI connection, as needed (using the CDI key). If the unit is installed with a
KAP140/KFC225 autopilot, automatic switching will not take place. Terrain
1. While viewing the System Setup page, touch the CDI key. Weather
Touch To Choose Auto or Nearest

Manual CDI Scale Selection
Services/
Music
Touch To Select ILS CDI
Capture Type
Utilities
Figure 15-21 CDI Selection
System
2. Touch the CDI Scale key to toggle between automatic selection
or to choose the CDI scale manually. Messages
Symbols
Touch To Select CDI Scale
Appendix
Index
Figure 15-22 CDI Scale Selection
3. Touch the ILS CDI Capture key to select Auto Switch or Manual
Foreword
Selection. This feature enables the unit to automatically switch from
Getting GPS to VLOC on an ILS approach. See Procedures-ILS Approaches
Started
for more detail on ILS approaches.
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl NOTE: The ILS CDI Capture key may be disabled in certain GTN installations.
Com/Nav
15.4.2 Date/Time
FPL The Date/Time setting provides selection of time format (local or UTC;
12- or 24-hour). UTC (also called “GMT” or “Zulu”) date and time are calculated
Direct-To directly from the GPS satellites’ signals and cannot be changed.
Proc
Current Selected
Date and Time
Wpt Info
Touch To Select
Local Time Offset
Map
Touch To Select
Time Format
Traffic
Figure 15-23 System Date and Time Setup
Terrain 1. While viewing the System Setup page, touch the Date/Time
key.
Weather
2. While viewing the System Setup page, touch Local Offset to
set the time offset for local time.
Nearest
3. Use the keypad to select the desired local offset and then
Services/ touch Enter.
Music
Utilities
4. While viewing the System Setup page, touch the Time Format
key to select local 12 hour, local 24 hour, or UTC time.
System
Touch Key to Select

Messages Time Format
Symbols
Appendix
Figure 15-24 Select System Time Format
Index
5. Touch the key for the desired time format.

15.4.3 Nearest Airport Criteria Foreword
Nearest Airport Criteria defines the surface type and minimum runway
length used when determining the 25 nearest airports to display on the Nearest Getting
Started
Airport Page. A minimum runway length and/or surface type may be entered
to prevent the display of airports with small runways, or runways that do not Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
have an appropriate surface. Deselecting Include User Airports excludes
user-defined airports from the nearest airport search. Com/Nav
Default settings are “0 feet (or meters)” for runway length and “any” for
runway surface type. FPL
1. While viewing the System Setup page, touch the

Direct-To
Nearest Airport key.
Proc
Touch To Select
Runway Surface Type
Wpt Info
Touch To Select Minimum
Runway Length
Map
Touch To Include
User Airports Traffic
Figure 15-25 Select Nearest Airport Criteria
2. Touch the Runway Surface key to display the options. Terrain
Select the desired surface type.
Weather
Touch To Select Any
Runway Surface
Nearest
Touch To Select Hard
Runway Surfaces Only
Services/
Touch To Select Hard or Music
Soft Runway Surfaces
Touch To Select Water Utilities
Surfaces Only
Figure 15-26 Nearest Airport Runway Surface Type System
3. Touch Minimum Runway Length to display the keypad

for selecting the minimum runway length. Select the desired Messages
minimum runway length with the numeric keypad. A selection

Symbols
of "0" will allow any length.
Appendix
Index

Foreword Touch to Delete Values
Getting
Started Touch to Set Values
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Figure 15-27 Nearest Airport Minimum Runway Length
Com/Nav
4. After selecting the minimum runway length, touch the Enter
key to save the entered values, or touch the Cancel key to
FPL
return to the System Setup page without saving a value.
Direct-To 5. Touch Include User Airports to include or exclude user
created airports
Proc
15.4.4 Com/Nav Setup
Wpt Info
15.4.4.1 Com Channel Spacing
Map
Com transceiver channel spacing may be selected between 8.33 kHz and
25.0 kHz.
Traffic 1. While viewing the System Setup page, touch the Com/Nav
key.
Terrain
2. Touch COM Channel Spacing to toggle between 8.33 kHz
and 25.0 kHz channel spacing.
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

15.4.4.2 Reverse Frequency Lookup
Foreword
The identifier and frequency type will be shown for the selected Com and
Nav frequencies for the nearest stations that are in the database when the unit is Getting
Started
receiving a valid position input. Station Identifiers with a “+” sign will have more
Audio &
stations associated with this frequency than just the type displayed. Xpdr Ctrl
1. While viewing the System Setup page, touch the Com/Nav
Com/Nav
key.
2. Touch the Reverse Frequency Lookup key to toggle the FPL
function.
Identifier and Direct-To
Type Shown
For Freqs In
Database. Proc
The “+” Sign

Wpt Info
Indicates
More Stations
Reverse Frequency Associated Map
Lookup Selected With This
Frequency.
Traffic
Figure 15-28 Reverse Frequency Lookup Selected
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

15.4.4.3 COM Sidetone Control
Foreword
NOTE: This feature is available in software v6.50 and later. It requires
Getting
Started enablement by the installer.
Audio & COM sidetone is audio spoken into the COM microphone that is played back
Xpdr Ctrl
in real-time over the headset. An offset setting determines sidetone volume for
Com/Nav the COM during radio transmission. Controls allow adjustment of the amount
that the COM sidetone volume level is offset from the COM receiver volume or
FPL the configured sidetone volume.
Offset Adjustment
Direct-To Controls
Proc
Enables Link to Range: +/-10%
COM Receiver Default Value: 0
Wpt Info Volume
Figure 15-29 COM Sidetone Controls
Map
To adjust the offset from the COM receiver volume:
Traffic 1. While viewing the System Setup page, touch the Com/Nav
key.
Terrain
2. Select Link to COM VOL.
Weather 3. Adjust offset as necessary.
To adjust the offset from the configured sidetone volume, deselect
Nearest Link to COM VOL and then adjust the offset as necessary.
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

15.4.5 Keyboard Format Foreword
NOTE: QWERTY and ABC keyboard formats are available in software v6.50
Getting
and later. Started
The GTN 6XX employs three keypad types to serve specific settings and Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
functions.
Tapping Keyboard changes the format between ABC and Com/Nav
QWERTY.
FPL
Displays Letters A Through M
Displays Letters Direct-To
Swiping Right
or Left Switches N Through Z
Between The Proc
Available Keysets Displays Numeric
(A-M, N-Z, 123) Keys
Wpt Info
ABC
Displays Alphabetical Keys Map
Displays Numeric
Keys Traffic
Terrain
QWERTY Weather
Nearest
Swiping From Services/

Right To Left Active Selection Music
Scrolls Through
All Available Utilities
Keys Key Selector
Slider System
Figure 15-30 Keyboard Formats

Messages
Keyboard Description
Symbols
ABC Alphabetical layout
QWERTY U.S. standard keyboard layout
Appendix
Slider Key selector on bottom bar displays five keys at any given time
Table 15-5 Keyboard Formats Index

Foreword
15.4.6 Crossfill
Dual units may be interfaced to crossfill information between the two units.
Getting This option will not be available unless dual units are configured.
Started
When Crossfill is turned on with one GTN, it is automatically turned on in the
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
other GTN. Some items are always crossfilled regardless of the crossfill setting;
others are dependent on the crossfill setting.
Com/Nav The GTN can be can also be interfaced with the GNS 400W/500W units. The
GTN can automatically send the Active Flight Plan and active Direct-To course to
FPL the GNS unit. The GTN User Waypoints can be manually sent to the GNS unit. The
GNS unit can manually send its User Waypoints to the GTN unit. Waypoint names
Direct-To
longer than six characters, or duplicates, sent from the GTN unit to the GNS unit
will replace some characters with a "+" sign, while leaving significant characters to
Proc
aid in identification (such as, USR003 becomes US+003).
Wpt Info NOTE: Upon crossfill being activated, the GTNs may take up to 10 seconds
to crossfill the flight plans. The pilot must verify the flight plan in each unit
Map prior to use. The GTN and GNS units must have databases with the same cycle.
Traffic NOTE: When GPS navigation is lost in either unit, crossfilling may not be
available until GPS is restored in both units. Crossfilling will resume once the
Terrain flightplan is changed on one of the units or crossfill is re-enabled.
Weather 15.4.6.1 GTN-to-GTN Crossfilling

This data is always crossfilled:
Nearest • User waypoints
Services/
• Flight plan catalog
Music • Alerts (traffic pop-up acknowledgement, missed approach waypoint
pop-up acknowledgement, altitude leg pop-up acknowledgement)
Utilities
• External sensors (transponder status and commands, synchro heading)
System • System setup:
- User-defined NAV frequencies to store favorites
Messages
- Date/Time convention
Symbols
- Nearest airport criteria
- Units (Nav angle, Fuel, and Temperature)
Appendix - User-defined COM frequencies to store favorites
- CDI Scale setting
Index
- ILS CDI Capture setting
This data is crossfilled only if crossfill is turned on by the pilot:
Foreword
• Active navigation (flight plan)
Getting
NOTE: There is an installer option to turn on a system message that will Started
be provided anytime crossfill is turned off to alert the pilot that flight plans Audio &
are not being crossfilled. Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
1. While viewing the System Setup page, touch the Crossfill key
to toggle between Enabled and Disabled Crossfill. FPL
Direct-To
Proc
Touch Key to Enable
Crossfill With Dual GTN
Units Wpt Info
Figure 15-31 Selecting Crossfill
Map
2. When Crossfill is about to be enabled, you will be prompted
or to note that data will be overwritten in the other unit. Touch Traffic
OK to enable Crossfill or touch Cancel to return to the System
Setup page without enabling Crossfill. Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Touch OK to Enable Services/

Crossfill With Dual Units Music
Utilities
Figure 15-32 Confirming Crossfill Selection
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

15.4.6.2 GTN-GNS Crossfilling
Foreword
NOTE: When the active flight plan on the GTN contains legs or features
Getting
Started that are not supported by the GNS, those legs will not be crossfilled and
will not be present in the active flight plan on the GNS.
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
• GTN to GNS – Active flight plans, active direct-to, User waypoints
Com/Nav • GNS to GTN – User waypoints
FPL
1. While viewing the System Setup page, touch the GNS Crossfill
Settings key to reach the GNS Crossfill settings.
Direct-To
Proc Touch OK to Enable Auto

Crossfill With Dual Units
Wpt Info
Touch OK to Manually
Transfer User Waypoints
Map
Traffic Figure 15-33 GTN-GNS Crossfill Selection
Terrain
2. Touch Auto GNS Crossfill to enable Crossfill and send the
Weather
Active Flight Plans and the active Direct-To course to the GNS
unit.
Nearest
3. Touch the Transfer User Waypoints key to transfer the User
Services/
Waypoints from the GTN unit to the connected GNS unit.
Music
Utilities
System
Messages Transfer Of User

Waypoints In Progress
Symbols
Figure 15-34 GTN-GNS Crossfill
Appendix
Index

15.5 Alerts Settings Foreword
The Alerts Setup page controls two functions: Arrival Alerts and Airspace
Getting
Alerts. Arrival Alerts, when active, will generate a message when the aircraft Started
is within the selected proximity of the destination. Airspace Alerts generate a
Audio &
message and filtering of the Nearest Airspace list. The altitude component of Xpdr Ctrl
Airspace Alerts are dependent on both aircraft and airspace altitude and the
Com/Nav
values set for the Altitude Buffer.
15.5.1 Arrival FPL
1. While viewing the Setup page under the Systems heading, Direct-To
touch the Alerts key.
Touch to Select
Distance Values Proc
Wpt Info
Arrival Map
Traffic
Select Airspace Types

Terrain
Weather
Figure 15-35 Alerts Setup Page
2. Touch the Arrival key to toggle activation. A green bar will Nearest
appear when it is active.
Services/
15.5.2 Proximity Music
Touch the Proximity key to set the Destination Proximity Utilities

distance values. A numeric keypad will appear. Select the
desired values and then touch Enter. System
Selected Proximity Value
Messages
Touch Key to
Delete Values
Symbols
Use the Numeric
Keypad to Select Appendix
Proximity Value
Index
Figure 15-36 Arrival Alert Proximity Selection

Foreword
15.5.3 Airspace Alert Options
1. While viewing the Setup Alerts page, touch Airspace Alert
Getting
Started
Options.
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl Selected Airspace
Type (green bar)
Com/Nav
FPL Airspace
Altitude Buffer
Direct-To Figure 15-37 Airspace Alert Selections
Proc 2. Touch the Airspace Altitude Buffer key to set the buffer
altitude value. A numeric keypad will appear. Select the desired
Wpt Info value and then touch Enter.
Selected Altitude
Map Buffer Value
Traffic Touch Key to

Delete Values
Terrain Use the Numeric
Keypad to Select
Altitude Buffer Value
Weather
Nearest Touch Enter Or Press Small Knob

To Save Values
Services/
Music Figure 15-38 Altitude Buffer Selection
Utilities 3. Touch the Airspace type keys to toggle activation. A green bar
will appear when it is active.
System
NOTE: The Airspace Alert setting does not alter the depiction of airspace,
Messages
or change the Smart Airspace setting for the main map page.
Symbols NOTE: Airspace alerts for Prohibited airspace cannot be disabled.
Appendix
Index

15.6 User Fields Foreword
The User Fields selection allows you to configure the data field type shown at
the right of the display when it is not occupied by the control for a transponder. Getting
Started
The data shown in the field may be selected from a list after touching the desired
Audio &
field. Xpdr Ctrl
NOTE: Data Field Types that use the term "Destination" refer to the final Com/Nav
destination in the flight plan.
FPL
NOTE: ETE to Destination is not available when a procedure is loaded and
there are waypoints in the Enroute section of the flight plan.
Direct-To
1. While viewing the System page, touch the User Fields key,
then touch an available field on the side of the display. Proc
Wpt Info
Touch to Select Data Type Map

Touch to Restore Defaults
Traffic
Figure 15-39 User Fields Selection

Terrain
2. Touch the Data, Function, or Page tab to display a list
of available selections. A list of information types will be Weather
displayed.
Nearest
Selected Field Field Type List. Touch To
Type Select Data Field
Services/
Music
Selections Available. Press Utilities
Finger and Slide To View
More Selections.
System
Messages
3. Touch the Up or Down keys or touch the display and drag
Symbols
Appendix
Index

Foreword
Data Field Type
Getting
Started B/D APT - BRG/DIS from Dest APT 1 NAV/COM - Active NAV/COM FREQ
Audio &
BRG - Bearing to Current Waypoint OAT (static) - Static Air Temperature
Xpdr Ctrl DIS - Distance to Current Waypoint OAT (total) - Total Air Temperature
Com/Nav DIS to Dest - Distance to Destination 2 RAD ALT - Radar Altimeter
FPL ESA - Enroute Safe Altitude Time to TOD - Time to Top of Descent
ETA - Estimated Time of Arrival TKE - Track Angle Error
Direct-To
Proc ETE - Estimated Time Enroute Trip Timer - Timer Display
ETE to Dest - ETE to Destination VOR/LOC - Tuned VOR/LOC Info
Wpt Info
GS - GPS Ground Speed Wind - Wind Speed and Direction
Map
Traffic Generic Timer - Timer Display OFF - Do Not Display Data Field
Table 15-6 Data Field Types of Information
Terrain
Weather Note 2: Dist to DEST is the distance along the flight plan.
Nearest
Function Field Type
Services/
Music Flap Override - Flap Override 1 On Scene - "On Scene" Mode Toggle
Utilities
System HTAWS RP Mode - HTAWS RP Mode 2 OFF - Do Not Display Data Field
Table 15-7 Function Field Types of Information
Messages
Symbols
Note 2: With HTAWS enabled
Appendix
Index

Page Field Type Foreword
Blackout Mode Utilities - Utilities Page
Getting
DFLT NAV - Default Navigation Checklist - Checklist Page Started
Flight Plan - Flight Plan Page Fuel PLAN - Fuel Planning Page Audio &
Map - Map Page SCHED MSG - Scheduled Messages Xpdr Ctrl
Nearest - Nearest Page Trip PLAN - Trip Planning Page Com/Nav

NEAR APT - Nearest Airport Page VCALC - VCALC Page
PROC - Procedures Page User FREQ - User Frequencies FPL
Approach - Approach Page WPT INFO - Waypoint Information

Direct-To
Departure - Departure Page CNXT WX - Connext WX Page Proc
Backlight - Backlight Page FIS-B WX - FIS-B Weather Page
Wpt Info
Services - Services Page Stormscope - Stormscope Page
Traffic - Traffic Page SiriusXM WX - Sirius XM WX Page
Map
Terrain - Terrain Page OFF - Do Not Display Page Field
Table 15-8 Page Field Types of Information Traffic
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

Foreword
15.7 Units Settings
The Units Setup page allows you to select the conventions for the various
Getting units that are displayed.
Started
Units Type Units Values
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl Altitude/Vertical Speed Feet(FT/FPM), Meters (M/MPS)
Com/Nav Nautical Miles (NM/KT), Kilometers (KM/KPH),
Distance/Speed
Statue Miles (SM/MPH)
FPL Gallons (GAL), Imperial Gallons (IG), Kilograms (KG),
Fuel1
Liters (LT), or Pounds (LB)
Direct-To
Nav Angle 1
Magnetic (°), True (°T), User (°u)
Proc Magnetic Variation Enter numeric value, E or W
LAT/LON DD.D°, LAT/LON DD° MM.M', LAT/TON DD°
Wpt Info
Position Format MM'SS", MGRS, UTM, Swiss Grid, Irish Grid,
British National Grid
Map
Pressure Inches of Mercury (IN), Hectopascals (HPA), Millibars (MB)
Traffic Temperature1 Celsius (°C) or Fahrenheit (°F)
Table 15-9 System Units Setup
Terrain
Note 1: Only these unit types will be crossfilled in dual GTN installations.
Weather 15.7.1 Setup Units
Use these settings to set the units for values displayed in the unit operation.
Nearest 1. While viewing the System page, touch the Units key.
Services/
Music
Utilities Touch To Set

Units
System
Messages Figure 15-41 System Units Page

2. Touch the key for the desired units. A window with a list of
Symbols unit values will appear. Touch the desired value on the list.
Appendix
Index

Foreword
Getting
Started
Figure 15-42 System Units Selection Windows Audio &
3. After making the desired selections, touch the Back key to Xpdr Ctrl

Com/Nav
15.7.2 Setting a User-Configured (Manual) Nav Angle
There are three variation (heading) options: Magnetic, True, and User. If FPL
“Magnetic” is selected, all track, course and heading information is corrected

to the magnetic variation computed by the GPS receiver. The “True” setting Direct-To
references all information to true north. The “User” selection allows the pilot
Proc
to enter values between 0º and 179º E or W. When configured by the installer,
there may also be a fourth option: External. If “External” is selected, the GTN
Wpt Info
Nav Angle will be synchronized with the on-side MFD.
NOTE: When changing the Nav angle, the DTK on the Flight Plan page Map
for an approach does not change until that approach is reloaded.
Traffic
1. While viewing the System page, touch the Units key.
Terrain
2. Touch the Nav Angle key and then the User key.
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
Touch To Select User
(manual) Mag Var
System
Figure 15-43 Nav Angle Selections
Messages
3. After User is selected, touch the Magnetic Variation key to
set the value. Symbols
Appendix
Index

Foreword Touch To Set Manual
Mag Var
Getting
Started User Nav
Angle Selected
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
Figure 15-44 Magnetic Variation is Available for Editing
FPL 4. Touch the keys on the numeric keypad to set the Magnetic
Variation and then touch Enter.
Direct-To
Touch To Toggle
E/W Hemispheres
Proc
Touch To Delete
Values
Wpt Info
Use Numeric Keypad
Map To Select User
(manual) Magnetic
Variation
Traffic
Touch Enter Or
Press Small Knob
Terrain To Save Values
Figure 15-45 Numeric Keypad for Setting Manual Magnetic Variation
Weather
5. The User Nav Angle value will be used for all angular values.
Nearest Remember to change the value when traveling to an area
requiring another value.
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

15.7.3 Position Format Selection Foreword
There are multiple position formats available.
Getting
LAT/LON DD.D° ** British National Grid ** MGRS * Started
LAT/LON DD°MM.M' Irish National Grid ** UTM * Audio &

Xpdr Ctrl
LAT/LON DD°MM'SS" ** Swiss National Grid **
Com/Nav
* Software v4.10 and later.
** Software v6.50 and later.
FPL
The selected format is used in all locations where position information is

Direct-To
available.
100 km Square
Proc
Identifier
Grid Easting Value
Designator
Wpt Info
Map
Northing Value Traffic
Figure 15-46 MGRS Position Format Detail

Terrain
Latitude Band
Grid Zone Easting Value
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Northing Value Music
Figure 15-47 UTM Position Format Detail Utilities

In the case of regional position formats (e.g., Swiss National Grid), the GTN
defaults to displaying LAT/LON for any positions outside of the grid region. System
Grid Easting Value

Designator Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Northing Value
Figure 15-48 British National Grid Position Format Detail Index

Grid Easting Value
Foreword Designator
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Northing Value
Com/Nav Figure 15-49 Irish National Grid Position Format Detail
FPL
Easting Value
Direct-To
Proc
Wpt Info
Northing Value
Map Figure 15-50 Swiss National Grid Position Format Detail
Traffic 1. While viewing the System page, touch Units key.

2. Touch the Position Format key.
Terrain
Weather Touch to select

Position Format
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities Figure 15-51 Position Format Selection

3. Touch the desired Position format.
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

15.8 Audio Foreword
The Audio Settings allows the adjustment of the volume the click sound
when controls are touched. Getting
Started
1. While viewing the System page, touch the Audio key.
Audio &
Volume Level Xpdr Ctrl
Touch The Arrow Com/Nav

Keys To Adjust
Click Volume FPL
Touch To Select
Voice Touch To Select Direct-To
(TAWS Only) Voice Call Outs
(Optional)
Proc
Figure 15-52 Audio Setup Selection
2. Touch the Arrow keys to adjust the Key Click Volume. Wpt Info
3. Touch the Male or Female key to select the audio voice type. Map
Traffic
4. When HTAWS is installed, a Voice Call Outs option may be
available. Touch the Voice Callouts key to select the Max Terrain
Voice Call Out value.
NOTE: VCOs are available down to 100 feet above terrain when HTAWS is Weather
installed and use GSL above terrain to generate callouts (no radar altimeter
required). If a radar altimeter is interfaced to the GTN, alerts are available Nearest
down to 50 feet and the height above terrain from the radar altimeter is
used to generate the callouts. Services/
Music
5. Touch the MAX Voice Callout key to select the value.
Utilities
Touch To Select Max System

Voice Call Out
Messages
Symbols
Touch To Select Voice

Call Out Value Appendix
Figure 15-53 Select Voice Call Out Value
6. Touch Back when complete. Index

Foreword
15.9 Backlight Settings
The backlighting of the display and bezel keys can be adjusted automatically
Getting
Started or manually. The default setting (automatic backlighting adjustment) uses
photocell technology to automatically adjust for ambient lighting conditions.
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl Photocell calibration curves are pre-configured to optimize display appearance
through a broad range of cockpit lighting conditions. A manual offset creates
Com/Nav
a deviation form the normal curve. Manual adjustments may be made from
FPL
+100% to -10%. The negative adjustment is limited to prevent the backlight
from being accidently decreasing the backlight to the point where the display of
Direct-To information could not be seen.
The backlight offset function is not available when a dimmer input is active.
Proc The GTN is capable of accepting lighting inputs from the built-in photocell,
aircraft dimmer bus, or both. If the lighting is not satisfactory, contact the
Wpt Info
installer to adjust the curves.
Map Manual backlighting adjustment can be accomplished using the existing
instrument panel dimmer bus or the following procedures.
Traffic
1. While viewing the System page, touch the Backlight key.
Terrain
Weather
Backlight Level.
Nearest
Touch Arrows To Set
Services/ Manual Offset
Music
Utilities
Figure 15-54 Backlight Level Setting

System
2. Touch the Manual Offset Arrow keys to set the Manual
Messages Offset level.
3. After making the desired selections, touch the Back key to
Symbols
Appendix
Index

15.10 Connext Setup - GSR 56 Foreword
This page provides information about the GSR 56 and the Connext
Getting
Registration page. See section 15.3.3 for more details. Started
1. While viewing the System page, touch Connext Setup to Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
access the GSR 56 LRU Status page.
Com/Nav
2. Touch Connext Registration to set up the Connext account.
Follow the information provided in section 15.3.3. FPL
15.11 Connext Setup - Flight Stream 210 and 510 Direct-To

NOTE: Refer to the Flight Stream product page on the Garmin website for
portable device compatibility. Proc
The GTN interfaces with the Flight Stream 210 Bluetooth transceiver and Wpt Info
Flight Stream 510 wireless datacard. Using a Flight Stream and the GTN, flight
plans are sent and received over Bluetooth. In addition, GPS position is provided Map
from the GTN and attitude is forwarded from a connected GDU. The GTN can
also configure the Flight Stream's Bluetooth. Traffic
The Flight Stream 510 also includes a Wi-Fi transceiver for

Terrain
updating databases. For more information on updating databases with
Flight Stream 510, refer to section 18.2. The GTN can configure the
Weather
Flight Stream 510's Wi-Fi. When setting up Wi-Fi, use a password that
contains letters in mixed case and numbers. Nearest
1. While viewing the System page, touch Connext Setup and
Services/
then the Flight Stream 210 or Flight Stream 510 key. Music
Utilities
Touch to Configure Touch To

Bluetooth Configure Flight System
Stream Features
Touch to Configure Wi-Fi
(Flight Stream 510 Only) Messages
Figure 15-55 Connext Setup for Flight Stream 510 Symbols
NOTE: Turning Flight Plan imports off will remove the ability of the GTN Appendix
to receive flight plans from the Flight Stream. This could be used if there
are repeated erroneous attempts by a portable device application to send
Index
flight plans to the GTN.
2. Touch the Bluetooth Setup key to manage the Bluetooth
Foreword
connection.
Getting
Started
Audio &
Touch To Set
Xpdr Ctrl
The Bluetooth Touch To Manage
Name Paired Devices
Com/Nav
FPL
Direct-To Figure 15-56 Bluetooth Setup for Flight Stream

3. Touch the Wi-Fi Setup key to manage the Wi-Fi connection.
Proc
Wpt Info
Map
Traffic
Terrain
Figure 15-57 Flight Stream 510 - Wi-Fi Setup
Weather
4. Touch the Features key to manage Flight Stream Features.
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages Figure 15-58 Flight Stream 510 - Features Setup
Symbols
Appendix
Index

15.11.1 Operation Foreword
Data output from the GTN and Flight Stream occurs automatically and
requires no pilot action (such as, flight plan, GPS position, and attitude). Getting
Started
Additionally, ADS-B traffic and weather can be output from the Flight Stream
when connected to a GDL 88 or GTX 345 and XM WX and SiriusXM satellite Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
radio information can output when connected a GDL 69. From the Connext
Setup page, the pilot can enable/disable flight plan importing, change the Flight Com/Nav
Stream Bluetooth name, and manage paired devices. The Flight Stream 210 and
510 also support sending and receiving GSR 56 SMS messages and controlling FPL
the GSR 56 Iridium phone when used with a compatible portable application.
From the Connext Setup page, the pilot can enable/disable Flight Stream Direct-To
features (flight plan importing, phone/SMS, and database transfers), setup Flight
Proc
Stream Bluetooth and Wi-Fi, and manage paired Bluetooth devices.
On the GTN's Paired Devices page, the device status indicates if the
Wpt Info
portable device is connected and communicating with the Flight Stream. The
“Auto-Reconnect” setting determines if the Flight Stream will automatically
Map
connect to up to four devices when in range. When this setting is disabled,
the pilot must initiate the connection from the device. For devices that always Traffic
reconnect automatically, this setting will not be shown. Removing a device from
this page by pressing “Remove” will require the device to be paired again before Terrain
transferring data.
Weather
NOTE: If the pairing is removed from either device (portable device or
GTN) it must be removed on the other device before a new pairing to that
same device is established again. Essentially, pairing must be removed on Nearest
both devices before repairing.
Services/
Touch To Automatically Music
Connect To The Device Touch To Remove
When In Range The Device Utilities
Device Is
Connected And System
Communicating
Messages
Symbols
Figure 15-59 Managing Paired Devices

Appendix
Index

Foreword 15.11.2 Pairing a Device
New devices can only be paired with the Flight Stream when it is in “Pairing
Getting
Started
Mode.” The Flight Stream will be in pairing mode when the GTN is navigated
to the Connext Setup page and/or the Manage Paired Devices page. The pairing
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl must be initiated by the portable device. Pop-ups display on both the portable
device and GTN to confirm the pairing. Verify the passkey displayed on the
Com/Nav GTN matches that on the portable device.
FPL
Direct-To
Proc
Wpt Info Figure 15-60 Confirm Pairing With A New Device
Map
Selecting “Manage Paired Devices” opens a page that lists all of devices paired
to the Flight Stream.
Traffic
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

15.12 Connext Setup - Other Bluetooth Devices Foreword
The GTN can also configure the Bluetooth transceiver in other units, such as
Getting
the GTX 345. Started
Audio &
Touch To Enable Xpdr Ctrl
Bluetooth
Com/Nav
Touch To Set
Touch To Manage FPL
The Bluetooth
Name Paired Devices
Direct-To
Figure 15-61 Connext Setup for GTX 345 Proc
From the Connext Setup page, the pilot can enable/disable Bluetooth, change
Wpt Info
the Bluetooth name, and manage paired devices. On the Paired Devices page,
the device status indicates if the portable device is paired and connected. To
Map
connect a different device when the maximum number are already connected,
the existing connection must be ended by removing the portable device pairing Traffic
or by disconnecting or disabling Bluetooth on the portable device. Removing a
device from this page by pressing “Remove” will require the device to be paired Terrain
again before reconnecting.
Weather
NOTE: If the pairing is removed from either device (portable device or
installed avionics) it must be removed on the other device before a new
pairing to that same device is established again. Essentially, the pairing Nearest
must be removed on both devices before re-pairing.
Services/
Music
New devices can only be paired while the unit is in “Pairing Mode.” Pairing
mode is active while on the Connext Setup page or the Manage Paired Devices Utilities
page. The pairing must be initiated by the portable device. A pop-up will be
displayed on the portable device to confirm the pairing. System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

Foreword 15.13 Voice Command
Getting NOTE: This feature is available in software v6.20 and later.
Started
The Voice Command page allows controlling the voice command function
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl and viewing the voice command status and recent commands. Voice Commands
are only available when connected to a compatible Garmin audio panel and
Com/Nav
when enabled by the installer.
FPL
Installed Voice
Touch to Activate Command
Direct-To Voice Commands Grammar Version
Voice Command
Proc Touch To View Tone Status
Recently Spoken
Commands
Wpt Info
Figure 15-62 Voice Command Setup
Map
1. While viewing the System page, touch the Voice Commands
key.
Traffic
2. Touch the Voice Command key to toggle activation. A green
Terrain bar will appear when voice commands are active.
3. Touch the Command History key to open a list of recently
Weather spoken commands.
Nearest
Command Name Time Command
Services/ was Issued
Music
Command Status
Utilities Crew Member
Who Issued
System
Command
Figure 15-63 Voice Command History
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

16 MESSAGES Foreword
When an Message has been issued by the unit, the MSG (Message) Getting
Started
key/annunciator on the left side of the display will blink. Touch the MSG key to
view the messages. After viewing the messages, touch the Back key to return to Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
the previously viewed page.
Com/Nav
System messages are not crossfilled between GTN units. Each GTN will display
messages based on data received by that unit. This may result in duplication of
FPL
messages between units, however the pilot should view messages on both GTN
units when more than one is installed to ensure all messages are received. Direct-To
Proc
Message List
Message Key - Wpt Info
Touch To Toggle
Message Display
Map
Figure 16-1 Message Display Traffic
Terrain
Message Description Action
Weather
ABORT This message is Initiate a climb to the MSA or
APPROACH - triggered outside other published safe altitude, abort
Nearest
GPS approach no the MAP if the GTN the approach, and execute a
longer available.system can no longer non-GPS based approach. Services/
provide approach Music
level of service.
Vertical guidance Utilities
will be removed from

the external CDI/HSI System
display.
Messages
AIRSPACE ALERT - The aircraft is predicted No action is necessary; message is
Airspace entry to enter an airspace informational only.
Symbols
in less than 10 type, within 10 minutes,
minutes. for which alerts are
Appendix
configured.
Index

Foreword Message Description Action
AIRSPACE ALERT - The aircraft is within 2 No action is necessary; message is
Getting
Started Airspace within nm and predicted to informational only.
2 nm and entry enter an airspace type,
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl in less than 10 within 10 minutes,
for which alerts are
minutes.
Com/Nav configured.
AIRSPACE ALERT - The aircraft inside an No action is necessary; message is
FPL Inside airspace. airspace type for which informational only.
alerts are configured.
Direct-To
AIRSPACE ALERT - The aircraft is within No action is necessary; message is
Within 2 nm of 2nm of an airspace informational only.
Proc type for which alerts
airspace.
are configured.
Wpt Info
APPROACH Approach has been Continue to fly the approach using
Map
DOWNGRADE - downgraded from published LNAV minimums.
Approach LPV or LNAV/VNAV,
Traffic downgraded. Use to an LNAV approach.
Vertical guidance
LNAV minima.
will be removed from
Terrain
the external CDI/HSI
display.
Weather
APPROACH NOT GPS approach could Abort the approach, and execute a
ACTIVE - not transition to active non-GPS based approach.
Nearest
Do not continue (e.g., the GTN is on
Services/ GPS approach. an approach and did
Music not have the required
HPL/VPL to get into at
Utilities
least LNAV, so is still in
TERM).
System
APR GUIDANCE The GTN is configured Press the “Enable APR Output”
Messages AVAILABLE - for KAP140/KFC225 key on the GTN, this will cause
Press “Enable APR autopilot, and approach the autopilot to go into ROL
Symbols Output” before guidance is now mode. Engage the autopilot into
available. approach mode. See section 6.15
selecting APR on
Appendix autopilot. for additional information.
Index

Message Description Action Foreword
CDI/HSI FLAG - The Main Lateral Verify course guidance is valid
Main lateral/ Superflag or Main and correct by crosschecking with Getting
Started
vertical flag Vertical Superflag the GTN on-screen CDI and other
on CDI/HSI is output has been turned navigational equipment. Contact Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
off due to an over- dealer for service.
inoperative.
current condition. Com/Nav
CDI SOURCE - Aircraft is on a GPS Select the appropriate CDI source
Select appropriate approach but CDI is set for approach. FPL
CDI source for to VLOC, or aircraft is

approach. on VLOC approach and Direct-To
CDI is set to GPS and
aircraft is less than 2 Proc
nm from the FAF.
COM RADIO - Com radio is locked to The external com remote transfer Wpt Info
Com locked to 121.5 MHz. (COM RMT XFR) switch has been
held and the com radio is tuned to Map
121.5 MHz. Hold
remote com 121.5. To exit this mode, hold the
Traffic
transfer key to exit. com remote transfer (COM RMT
XFR) switch for two seconds.
Terrain
COM RADIO - Com radio is Decrease length of com
Com overtemp in overtemp or transmissions, decrease cabin Weather
or undervoltage. undervoltage mode temperature and increase cabin
Reducing and transmitting power airflow (especially near the GTN).
Nearest
has been reduced to Check aircraft voltage and reduce
transmitter power.
prevent damage to the electrical load as necessary. Services/
com radio. Radio range Contact dealer for service if Music
will be reduced. message persists. Utilities
COM RADIO - The com radio is not Press and hold the volume knob or
Com radio may be communicating properly the external com remote transfer System
inoperative. with the system. (COM RMT XFR) switch, if installed

– this will force the com radio to Messages
121.5 MHz. Contact dealer for

Symbols
service.
Appendix
Index

COM RADIO - The com radio is Cycle the power to the COM radio.
Getting
Started Com radio needs reporting that it needs Contact dealer for service.
service. service. The com radio
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
may continue to
function.
Com/Nav CONFIGURATION TAWS is inoperative Contact dealer for service.
- Terrain/TAWS due to a configuration
FPL
configuration is problem with the GTN.
invalid. GTN needs This message will be
Direct-To accompanied by a TER
service.
FAIL annunciation.
Proc CONFIGURATION The GTN cannot Contact dealer for service.
MODULE - communicate with its
Wpt Info
GTN configuration configuration module.
module needs The GTN may still have
Map a valid configuration.
service.
Traffic COOLING - Backlight brightness Decrease cabin temperature and
GTN overtemp. has been reduced increase cabin airflow (especially
Terrain Reducing backlight due to high display near the GTN). Contact dealer for
brightness. temperatures. The service if message persists.
Weather backlight level will
remain high enough to
Nearest
be visible in daylight
conditions.
Services/
Music
COOLING FAN - The GTN cooling fan is Decrease cabin temperature and
The cooling fan has powered, but it is not increase cabin airflow (especially
Utilities failed. turning at the desired near the GTN) to prevent damage
RPM. to the unit. Contact dealer for
System service.
CROSSFILL Crossfill is not See section 15.4.6 for a list of
Messages working due to loss
ERROR - crossfilled items that will no longer
Crossfill is of communication be crossfilled. Contact dealer for
Symbols with other GTN or due
inoperative. See service.
to one GTN needing
CRG for crossfilled
Appendix service.
items.
Index

CROSSFILL The navigation Check the specified database
ERROR - GTN databases do not version of both GTNs and ensure it Getting
Started
Navigation DB match between GTNs is up-to-date. Update the specified
mismatch. See resulting in a loss database if needed. Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
of communication
CRG for crossfilled
between two units. Com/Nav
items.
CROSSFILL Crossfill is configured See section 15.4.6 for a list of FPL
ERROR - “on” but is not working crossfilled items that will no longer
GTN software due to software be crossfilled. Contact dealer to Direct-To
mismatch. See mismatch. have software versions updated.
CRG for crossfilled Proc
items.
Wpt Info
CROSSFILL Crossfill is turned off. No action.
STATUS - Crossfill
Map
is turned off.
DATABASE - A new database update Verify stored cataloged flight plans Traffic
A procedure has caused a procedure to and procedures. Modify stored
been modified in be truncated because flight plans and procedures as Terrain
a cataloged flight the flight plan now has necessary to include the current
too many waypoints or procedures by re-loading those
plan. Weather
removed a procedure procedures to the stored flight plan
because it no longer routes. Nearest
exists in the database.
DATABASE - The terrain database Re-load this database on the Services/
Music
Terrain database is not available and external datacard.
is not installed, terrain information Utilities
is corrupt, or is alerts will not be
displayed.
not valid for this System
system.
Messages
DATABASE - The aircraft is outside Terrain and TAWS functions will
Terrain display the terrain database be unavailable. If terrain coverage
Symbols
unavailable for coverage area. is desired in the area, load
current location. appropriate coverage area on the Appendix
external datacard.
Index

DATABASE - The terrain or obstacle Re-load these databases on the
Getting
Started Terrain or Obstacle database is missing or external datacard.
database not corrupt.
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl available.
DATABASE - A stored flight plan Verify that the airways in stored
Com/Nav
Verify airways in contains an airway that flight plans are correct. Modify
stored flight plans is no longer consistent stored flight plans as necessary to
FPL
are correct. with the current include the current airways by
navigation database. re-loading those airways to the
Direct-To
stored flight plan routes.
Proc DATABASE - A stored flight plan Verify that the user-modified
Verify user- contains procedures procedures in stored flight plans
Wpt Info modified that have been are correct.
procedures in manually updated, and
a navigation database
Map stored flight plans
update has occurred.
are correct.
Traffic
DATACARD External datacard has ChartView, FlightCharts, and
ERROR - an error and the unit Terrain databases will not be
Terrain
SD card is invalid is not able to read the accessible by the unit. Contact
or failed. databases. dealer for service.
Weather
DATACARD External datacard was Reinsert datacard.
Nearest REMOVED - removed.
Services/
Reinsert SD card.
Music DATALINK - The ADS-B In source Contact dealer for service.
Utilities
ADS-B In fault: UAT has detected a UAT
receiver. receiver fault.
System DATALINK - The ADS-B In source Contact dealer for service.
ADS-B In fault: has detected a 1090
Messages 1090 receiver. receiver fault.
DATALINK - FIS-B The FIS-B receiver is Contact dealer for service.
Symbols
weather has failed. reporting that it has
failed. The display of
Appendix
FIS-B products may be
Index
unavailable.

DATALINK - The GTN is configured Contact dealer for service.
for a Garmin datalink Getting
GDL 69 is Started
inoperative or (GDL 69 or 69A)
Audio &
connection to GTN and the GTN cannot Xpdr Ctrl
is lost. communicate with the
datalink. Data from Com/Nav
the datalink will not be
available. FPL
DATALINK - GDL 88 is not able Contact dealer for service.

Direct-To
GDL 88 ADS-B to transmit an ADS-B
failure. Unable to message due to a
Proc
transmit ADS-B failure with the GDL 88
messages. system or antenna(s). Wpt Info
DATALINK - The GDL 88 has Contact dealer for service.
GDL 88 ADS-B detected a fault with Map
fault. one of the GDL 88

UAT/1090 antennas. Traffic
DATALINK - The GDL 88 has lost Contact dealer for service.

Terrain
GDL 88 ADS-B communication with
fault. Pressure the pressure altitude
Weather
altitude input is source.
invalid. Nearest
DATALINK - The GDL 88 has Contact dealer for service.
Services/
GDL 88 ADS-B is detected a position Music
not transmitting input fault.
position. Check Utilities
GPS devices.
System
DATALINK - The GDL 88 Contact dealer for service.
GDL 88 has detected a Messages
configuration configuration module
module needs fault. Symbols
service.
Appendix
Index

DATALINK - The GDL 88 has lost Contact dealer for service.
Getting communication with
Started GDL 88 control
input fault. Check the transponder.
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl transponder is in
correct mode.
Com/Nav
DATALINK - The GTN is configured Contact dealer for service.
FPL
GDL 88 is for a Garmin datalink
inoperative or (GDL 88) and the GTN
Direct-To connection to GTN cannot communicate
is lost. with the datalink. Data
Proc from the datalink will
not be available.
Wpt Info DATALINK - GDL 88 has detected Contact dealer for service.
GDL 88 needs an internal fault.
Map service.
DATALINK - The GSR 56 is not Contact dealer for service.
Traffic
GSR 56 data registered. GSR
services Weather, Position
Terrain
inoperative; Reporting, and Phone
Weather registration Services will be
required. unavailable.
Nearest DATALINK - The GTN is configured Close the GSR 56 circuit breaker
GSR 56 is for a Garmin GSR 56 and ensure the GSR 56 is receiving
Services/
Music inoperative or and the GTN cannot power. Contact dealer for service.
connection to GTN communicate with the
Utilities GSR 56. GSR Weather,
is lost.
Position Reporting, and
System
Phone Services will be
unavailable.
Messages
DATA LOST - User settings such as Recheck settings.
Symbols Pilot stored data map detail level, nav
was lost. Recheck range ring on/off, traffic
Appendix settings. overlay on/off, and alert
settings have been lost.
Index

DATA SOURCE - The GTN is configured Heading up map displays will not
Heading source to receive heading be available. Contact dealer for Getting
Started
inoperative or information but is not service.
connection to GTN receiving it from any Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
source.
lost.
Com/Nav
DATA SOURCE - The GTN is configured If the GTN is being used to forward
Pressure altitude to receive pressure pressure altitude to a transponder, FPL
source inoperative altitude but is not the transponder will not be
or connection to receiving it from any receiving pressure altitude from the Direct-To
source. GTN while that message is present.
GTN lost.
Contact dealer for service. Proc
DATA SOURCE - The GTN is configured 50 foot aural annunciation
Radar Altimeter to receive radio altitude is unavailable for HTAWS Wpt Info
source inoperative information but is not installations. Contact dealer for
or connection to receiving it from any service. Map
source.
GTN lost.
Traffic
DEMO MODE - The GTN is in Demo Do not use for navigation. Power
Demo mode is Mode and must not cycle the GTN to exit demo mode. Terrain
active. Do not use be used for actual Also ensure that the Direct-To key
for navigation. navigation. is not stuck. Weather
FLIGHT PLAN The requested flight Check for proper operation of
IMPORT - Flight plan could not be the needed components. Contact Nearest
plan import failed. imported because the dealer for service if problem
Services/
GTN was unable to persists. Music
decode the contents of
the flight plan. Utilities
FLIGHT PLAN The flight plan Edit the flight plan catalog to
IMPORT - Flight catalog is full and the remove unneeded flight plans. System
plan import failed. requested flight plan

Catalog is full. could not be imported. Messages
FLIGHT PLAN The GTN has received a No action is necessary; message is Symbols
IMPORT - New new flight plan that is informational only.
imported flight available for preview by Appendix
plan(s) available the pilot.
for preview. Index

FPL WAYPOINT A stored flight plan Verify stored cataloged flight plans
Getting
Started LOCKED - waypoint is no longer in and procedures. Modify stored
Stored flight plan the current navigation flight plans as necessary to include
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl waypoint is not in database. waypoints that are in the current
current navigation navigation database.
Com/Nav
database.
FPL
FPL WPT MOVED - A stored flight plan Verify stored cataloged flight plans
Stored flight plan waypoint has moved and procedures. Modify stored
Direct-To waypoint has by more than 0.33 arc flight plans as necessary to include
changed location. minutes from where waypoints that are in the current
previously positioned. navigation database.
Proc
GLIDESLOPE - The glideslope board Fly an approach that does not use
Wpt Info Glideslope receiver is not communicating the glideslope receiver (VOR, LOC,
has failed. property with the GPS). Contact dealer for service.
Map system.
GLIDESLOPE - The glideslope board is Verify glideslope deviation
Traffic
Glideslope receiver indicating that it needs indications with another source
needs service. service. The glideslope and crosscheck final approach
Terrain board may continue to fix crossing altitude. If another
function. glideslope source is not available
Weather
for verification, fly a GPS based
approach. Contact dealer for
Nearest
service.
Services/ GNS CROSSFILL - A user waypoint from Remove some of the waypoints
Music
the GNS could not be
Catalog full; not all from the catalog to make room for
Utilities GNS waypoint(s) created because the the waypoints from the GNS.
transferred. user waypoint catalog
System
is full.
GNS CROSSFILL - A user waypoint from Ensure that the waypoints on the
Messages GTN user the GNS replaced GNS have unique names before
waypoint(s) one or more existing transferring to the GTN to avoid
Symbols replaced with GNS waypoints on the GTN. overwriting existing waypoints.
user waypoints.
Appendix
Index

GNS CROSSFILL - Waypoint transfer The data transfer should be
Waypoint transfer failed/incomplete. reattempted. Getting
Started
failed.
Audio &
GPS GPS position has been Use a different GPS receiver Xpdr Ctrl
NAVIGATION lost due to erroneous or a non-GPS based source of

Com/Nav
LOST - position. navigation. Contact dealer for
Erroneous service.
FPL
position. Use other
navigation source. Direct-To
GPS GPS position has been Wait for GPS satellite geometry
NAVIGATION lost due to lack of to improve. Ensure the aircraft Proc
LOST - satellites. has a clear view of the sky. Use a

Insufficient different GPS receiver or a non- Wpt Info
satellites. Use other GPS based source of navigation.

Contact dealer for service. Map
navigation source.
GPS RECEIVER - Internal communication Use a different GPS receiver Traffic
GPS receiver has to the SBAS board is or a non-GPS based source of
failed. Check GPS inoperative. navigation. Contact dealer for Terrain
coax for electrical service.
short. Weather
GPS RECEIVER - The GPS module Use a different GPS receiver

Nearest
GPS receiver needs is reporting that it or a non-GPS based source of
service. needs service. The GPS navigation. Contact dealer for Services/
module may continue service. Music
to function.
Utilities
GPS RECEIVER - The GPS module Contact dealer for service.
Low internal clock indicates that its clock
System
battery. battery is low. Almanac
data may have been
Messages
lost. The unit will
function normally, but
Symbols
may take a longer
than normal period to
Appendix
acquire a GPS position.
Index

GPS SEARCHING The GPS module is No action is necessary; message is
Getting
Started SKY - acquiring position and informational only.
Ensure GPS may take longer than
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl antenna has an normal. This message
normally occurs after
unobstructed view
Com/Nav initial installation or if
of the sky. the unit has not been
FPL powered for several
weeks.
Direct-To GTN - The GTN has lost Contact dealer for service.
GTN needs service. calibration data that
Proc was set by Garmin
during manufacturing.
Wpt Info HOLD EXPIRED - The selected Expect No action is necessary; message is
Holding EFC time Further Clearance (EFC) information only.
Map
has expired. time for a user-defined
hold has passed.
Traffic
HTAWS - The terrain database is Load HTAWS specific terrain
Invalid Terrain of insufficient resolution database on the external SD card.
Terrain
Database. for use with HTAWS.
Weather INTERFACE GAD 42 indicates a Verify all input/output data from/
ADAPTER - configuration error. to the GAD 42 Interface Adapter.
Nearest GAD 42 Contact dealer for service.
configuration
Services/
Music needs service.
INTERFACE GAD 42 indicates it Verify all input/output data from/
Utilities
ADAPTER - needs service. The GAD to the GAD 42 Interface Adapter.
GAD 42 needs 42 may continue to Contact dealer for service.
System
service. function.
Messages INTERNAL SD Internal SD card has an Contact dealer for service.
CARD ERROR - error. This card is not
Symbols GTN needs service. accessible by the user.
INTERNAL SD Internal SD card was Contact dealer for service.
Appendix
CARD REMOVED - removed or failed. This
Index
GTN needs service. card is not accessible by
the user.
KEY STUCK - The Direct-To key Verify the Direct-To key is not
Direct-To key is has been in pressed pressed. Contact dealer for service Getting
Started
stuck. position for at least 30 if message persists.
seconds. This key will Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
now be ignored.
KEY STUCK - The HOME key has Verify the HOME key is not pressed. Com/Nav
HOME key is stuck. been in pressed Press the Home key again to cycle
position for at least 30 its operation. Contact dealer for FPL
seconds. This key will service if message persists.
now be ignored. Direct-To
KNOB STUCK - The dual concentric Verify the dual concentric knob
inner knob has been in Proc
Dual concentric is not pressed. Contact dealer for
inner knob is stuck pressed position for at service if message persists.
in the pressed least 30 seconds. This Wpt Info
knob press will now be
position.
ignored. Map
KNOB STUCK - The Volume knob Verify the volume knob is not
Traffic
Volume knob has been in pressed pressed. Contact dealer for service
is stuck in the position for at least if message persists.
Terrain
pressed position. 30 seconds. This knob
press will now be
ignored. Weather
LOCKED FLIGHT The user is trying to Unlock the flight plan by modifying
Nearest
PLAN activate a flight plan stored flight plans as necessary
Cannot activate that contains a locked to include waypoints, procedures, Services/
a flight plan waypoint. and airways that are in the current Music
containing a locked navigation database. Utilities

waypoint.
LOSS OF Antenna may be Make sure the aircraft is clear of System
INTEGRITY (LOI)- shaded from satellites. hangars, buildings, trees, etc. Use
Verify GPS The GPS module has a different GPS receiver or a non- Messages
position with reported a loss of GPS based source of navigation.

integrity. Contact dealer for service if Symbols
other navigation
equipment. message persists.
Appendix
Index

MAGNETIC The NAV angle is not Change NAV angle setting to
Getting
Started NORTH set to Magnetic and a Magnetic.
APPROACH - magnetic approach is
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl Verify NAV angles loaded.
are referenced
Com/Nav
to magnetic
north (magnetic
FPL
variation).
Direct-To MAGNETIC MagVar is flagged Verify that the geographical region
VARIATION - as unreliable in the supports navigation based on
Proc Aircraft in area MagVar database. magnetic variation.
with large mag var. This normally occurs
when operating at high
Wpt Info Verify all course
latitudes that do not
angles. support a Nav Angle of
Map
Magnetic.
Traffic MARK ON Mark on target Wait for GPS satellite geometry to
TARGET - waypoint creation improve. Ensure the aircraft has a
Terrain Waypoint creation has failed because of clear view of the sky. Reattempt
has failed. MOT missing GPS position. waypoint creation. Contact dealer
Weather requires GPS for service.
position.
Nearest
NAV ANGLE - Nav angle is set to User. No action is necessary; message is
Services/ NAV Angles are informational only.
Music
referenced to a
Utilities User set value (U).
NAV ANGLE - Nav angle is set to True. No action is necessary; message is
System NAV Angles are informational only.
referenced to True
Messages
North (T).
Symbols
Appendix
Index

NON-WGS84 The active waypoint is not No action is necessary; message is
WAYPOINT - referenced to the WGS84 informational only. Getting
Started
See CRG. Location datum.
Audio &
may be different See Note 1 at the end of Xpdr Ctrl
than where the table.
Com/Nav
surveyed for [WPT].
OBS - OBS requires an active No action is necessary; message is FPL
OBS is not waypoint and is not informational only.
available due to supported in dead Direct-To
dead reckoning or reckoning mode.
no active waypoint. Proc
PARALLEL TRACK - Parallel track is not No action is necessary; message is

Parallel track not supported on current informational only. Wpt Info
supported for leg leg type.

Map
type.
PARALLEL TRACK - Parallel track is not No action is necessary; message is Traffic
Parallel track not supported for turns informational only.
supported for turns greater than 120 Terrain
greater than 120 degrees due to the
acute angle.
degrees. Weather
PARALLEL TRACK - Parallel track is No action is necessary; message is

Nearest
Parallel track not not supported on informational only.
supported past IAF. approaches. Services/
Music
REMOTE KEY The remote TAWS Verify the ALRT ACK key/switch
STUCK - alert acknowledge is not stuck. Contact dealer for Utilities
Alert Acknowledge (ALRT ACK) key/switch service if message persists.
key is stuck. has been in pressed System
position for at least 30
seconds. This input will Messages
now be ignored. This
input is not available in Symbols
all installations.
Appendix
Index

REMOTE KEY The Push To Talk Verify the Push To Talk key/switch
Getting
Started STUCK - key/switch has been is not stuck. Contact dealer for
Com push-to-talk in pressed position for service if message persists.
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl key is stuck. at least 30 seconds.
This input will now be
Com/Nav ignored and the com
radio will no longer
FPL transmit.
REMOTE KEY The remote com Verify the COM CHAN DN
Direct-To STUCK - frequency decrement key/switch is not stuck. Contact
Com remote (COM CHAN DN) dealer for service if message
Proc
frequency key/switch has been persists.
in pressed position for
decrement key is
Wpt Info at least 30 seconds.
stuck. This input will now
Map be ignored. This input
is not available in all
Traffic installations.
REMOTE KEY The remote com Verify the COM CHAN UP
Terrain STUCK - frequency increment key/switch is not stuck. Contact
Com remote (COM CHAN UP) dealer for service if message
Weather
frequency key/switch has been persists.
in pressed position for
increment key is
Nearest at least 30 seconds.
stuck. This input will now
Services/
Music
be ignored. This input
Utilities installations.
REMOTE KEY The remote com Verify the COM RMT XFR
System STUCK - transfer (COM RMT key/switch is not stuck. Contact
Com remote XFR) key/switch has dealer for service if message
Messages
transfer key is been in pressed persists.
position for at least 30
stuck.
Symbols seconds. This input will
now be ignored. This
Appendix input is not available in
all installations.
Index

REMOTE KEY The remote nav transfer Verify the NAV RMT XFR
STUCK - (NAV RMT XFR) key/switch is not stuck. Contact Getting
Started
Nav remote key/switch has been dealer for service if message
transfer key is in pressed position for persists. Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
at least 30 seconds.
stuck.
This input will now Com/Nav
is not available in all FPL
installations.
REMOTE KEY The remote Verify the push-to-command Direct-To
STUCK - push-to-command key/switch is not stuck. Contact
Pilot/Co-Pilot voice key/switch has been dealer for service if message Proc
command push- in pressed position for persists.

to-command key is at least 30 seconds. Wpt Info
This input will now
stuck. be ignored. This input Map
installations. Traffic
REMOTE KEY The remote CDI (CDI Verify the CDI SRC SEL key/switch
STUCK - SRC SEL) key/switch is not stuck. Contact dealer for Terrain
Remote CDI key is has been in pressed service if message persists.

stuck. position for at least 30 Weather
seconds. This input will
now be ignored. This Nearest
input is not available in
all installations. Services/
Music
REMOTE KEY The remote go around Verify the RMT GO ARND
STUCK - (RMT GO ARND) key/switch is not stuck. Contact Utilities
Remote go around key/switch has been dealer for service if message

key is stuck. in pressed position for persists. System
at least 30 seconds.
This input will now Messages
is not available in all Symbols
installations.
Appendix
Index

REMOTE KEY The remote OBS (OBS Verify the OBS MODE SEL
Getting
Started STUCK - MODE SEL) key/switch key/switch is not stuck. Contact
Remote OBS key is has been in pressed dealer for service if message
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl stuck. position for at least 30 persists.
seconds. This input will
Com/Nav now be ignored. This
input is not available in
FPL all installations.
REMOTE KEY The remote RP MODE Verify the RP MODE key/switch
Direct-To STUCK - key/switch has been is not stuck. Contact dealer for
RP Mode key is in pressed position for service if message persists.
Proc
stuck. at least 30 seconds.
This input will now
Wpt Info be ignored. This input
Map installations.
REMOTE KEY The TAWS INHIBIT Verify the TAWS INHIBIT key/switch
Traffic STUCK - discrete input has been is not stuck. Contact dealer for
TAWS inhibit key is in pressed position for service if message persists.
Terrain
stuck. at least 30 seconds.
This input will now
Weather be ignored. This input
Nearest installations.
SELECT Correct NAV frequency Insert the correct frequency into
Services/
Music FREQUENCY - is not set in the active the active navigation frequency
Select appropriate NAV frequency for the window.
NAV frequency for approach procedure.
Utilities
System
approach.
SET COURSE - The selected course Set the CDI/HSI selected course to
Messages Set course on on the CDI/HSI does the current desired track.
CDI/HSI to [current not match the current
Symbols DTK]. desired track.
Appendix
Index

STEEP TURN - Flight plan contains an No action is necessary; message is
Aircraft may acute course change informational only. If desired, slow Getting
Started
overshoot course ahead which will the aircraft to shallow the turn.
during turn. require a bank in excess Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
of normal to follow the
guidance. If coupled Com/Nav
to the autopilot, the
autopilot may not be FPL
able to execute the
steep turn needed Direct-To
to follow the course
guidance. Proc
STORMSCOPE - The WX-500 GTN StormScope data is correct
Invalid heading StormScope reports and may be used. Contact dealer Wpt Info
received from that it has an invalid for service.
StormScope. heading source. Map
STORMSCOPE - The GTN is configured Close the Stormscope circuit

Traffic
StormScope is for a WX-500 breaker and ensure Stormscope is
inoperative or StormScope but is not receiving power. Contact dealer for
Terrain
connection to GTN receiving data from it. service.
is lost. Weather
TAWS AUDIO The TAWS Audio Contact dealer for service.
INHIBITED - Inhibit discrete input Nearest
TAWS audio inhibit has been active for

at least 30 seconds. Services/
input is stuck. Music
This input is active in
all installations. TAWS Utilities
audio may be heard at
the same time as other System
audio alerts.
TIMER - A user-configured timer No action is necessary; message is Messages
Timer has expired. has expired. informational only.

Symbols
Appendix
Index

TRAFFIC - The ADS-B traffic Ensure the aircraft has a clear
Getting system is reporting view of the sky. Contact dealer for
Started ADS-B In traffic
alerting has failed. to the GTN that the service if problem persists.
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl CSA application has
failed. Traffic alerting
Com/Nav on ADS-B traffic is
unavailable.
FPL
TRAFFIC - The ADS-B traffic Contact dealer for service.
ADS-B In traffic has system may have
Direct-To
failed. lost GPS position or
detected an internal
Proc
fault.
Wpt Info TRAFFIC - The GDL 88 is reporting Contact dealer for service.
TCAD has a low that the external traffic
Map battery. system has a low
battery.
Traffic TRAFFIC - The TCAD system Contact dealer for service.
Traffic device has indicated that its
Terrain
battery low. Traffic battery is low.
device user config
Weather
settings not saved.
Nearest TRAFFIC - The GTN is airborne Set the traffic device to “operate”
Traffic device has and the traffic device on the traffic page if traffic alerts
Services/ been in standby has been in standby for are desired.
Music
for more than 60 more than 60 seconds.
Utilities seconds.
TRAFFIC - The GTN is configured Contact dealer for service.
System
Traffic device is for a traffic device but
inoperative or is not receiving data
Messages
connection to GTN from it. Traffic will not
is lost. be displayed on the
Symbols
GTN.
Appendix
Index

TRANSPONDER - The GTN is configured Contact dealer for service.
for two transponders Getting
Transponder 1 Started
and 2 Mode S and their Mode S
Audio &
addresses do not addresses do not Xpdr Ctrl
match. match. This message
is intended to assist Com/Nav
installers and will not
occur in a properly FPL
configured system.
Direct-To
TRANSPONDER The transponder has Ensure the aircraft has a clear
1 OR 2 - insufficient data to view of the sky. Contact dealer for
Proc
ADS-B is not support ADS-B. service.
transmitting Wpt Info
position.
TRANSPONDER The transponder has Contact dealer for service. Map
1 OR 2 - lost communication
ADS-B Out system with the pressure Traffic
fault. Pressure altitude source.

Terrain
altitude source
inoperative or
Weather
connection lost.
TRANSPONDER The GTN is configured Verify squawk code and altitude Nearest
1 OR 2 - for transponder 1 or with ATC. Contact dealer for
Transponder 1 or 2 but is not able to service. Services/
Music
2 is inoperative or communicate with the
connection to GTN transponder. Utilities
is lost.
System
TRANSPONDER The transponder is Verify squawk code and altitude
1 OR 2 - reporting to the GTN with ATC. Contact dealer for
Messages
Transponder 1 or 2 that it needs service. service.
needs service. The transponder may
Symbols
continue to function.
Appendix
Index

TRANSPONDER The transponder has Contact dealer for service.
Getting detected an internal
Started 1 OR 2 -
Transponder has fault and transponder
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl failed. functionality may be
unavailable.
Com/Nav
TRANSPONDER The transponder is Cycle the power to the
FPL 1 OR 2 - operating in a mode transponder.
Transponder is in intended for ground
Direct-To ground test mode. testing.
TRANSPONDER The transponder is Decrease temperature and increase
Proc
1 OR 2 - reporting that its airflow near the transponder, if
Transponder internal temperature possible. Monitor aircraft electrical
Wpt Info
overtemp. has exceeded upper indications. Contact dealer for
Map
operating limits. service if message persists.
TRANSPONDER The transponder is Contact dealer for service if
Traffic 1 OR 2 - reporting that its message persists.
Transponder internal temperature
Terrain undertemp. has exceeded lower
operating limits.
Weather TRUE NORTH A procedure is loaded Verify the Nav Angle is set to True
APPROACH - that is referenced North.
Nearest
Verify NAV Angles to true north and
Services/ are referenced to the active leg has a
Music True North (T). published true north
reference.
Utilities
USER WAYPOINT All user waypoints No action is necessary; message is
System IMPORT - User were imported informational only.
waypoints successfully.
Messages were imported
successfully.
Symbols USER WAYPOINT User Waypoint import Ensure the media has the correct
IMPORT - User failed due to improper file format. Contact dealer for
Appendix
waypoint import file format. service if problem persists.
failed.
Index

USER WAYPOINT User Waypoint catalog Edit the User Waypoint catalog to
is full and the requested remove unneeded user waypoints. Getting
IMPORT - User Started
waypoint import user waypoints could
Audio &
failed. User not be imported. Xpdr Ctrl
waypoint database
Com/Nav
is full.
USER WAYPOINT User waypoints No action is necessary; message is FPL
IMPORT - User imported and existing informational only.
waypoints waypoints are used Direct-To
imported instead of creating
successfully - duplicate waypoints. Proc
existing waypoints
reused. Wpt Info
VCALC - User has configured No action is necessary; message is

Map
Approaching top of a vertical descent informational only.
descent. calculation, and the
Traffic
aircraft is within
60 seconds of the
Terrain
calculated top of
descent. Weather
VCALC - User has configured No action is necessary; message is
Arriving at VCALC a vertical descent informational only. Nearest
target altitude. calculation, and the
aircraft is approaching Services/
Music
the target altitude.
VISUAL Visual approach could Reactivate the approach or cancel Utilities
APPROACH NOT not transition to the Direct-To course.

ACTIVE - active. Guidance is not System
Approach guidance available.

Messages
not available when
requesting Symbols
direct-to runway.
Appendix
Index

VLOC RECEIVER - The nav radio is Use GPS based navigation. Contact
Getting
Started Navigation receiver not communicating dealer for service.
has failed. property with the
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
system.
VLOC RECEIVER - The nav radio is Use GPS based navigation. Contact
Com/Nav Navigation receiver reporting to the GTN dealer for service.
needs service. that it needs service.
FPL The nav radio may
continue to function.
Direct-To
VNAV - Current altitude Attempt to intercept vertical path
Unable to reach constraint cannot be by adjusting aircraft altitude.
Proc
vertical waypoint. reached based on
current ground and
Wpt Info
vertical speeds.
Map VNAV - The lateral flight plan Treat the flight plan segments
Unavailable. contains a procedure before and after the affected leg as
Traffic Upcoming flight turn, vector, or other separate vertical profiles. The GTN
plan leg not unsupported leg type cannot provide automatic guidance
Terrain supported. prior to the active between the two segments.
vertical waypoint.
Weather VNAV - Current crosstrack Navigate within 10 nm of flight
Unavailable. exceeds limit, causing plan centerline, or edit flight plan
Nearest
Excessive vertical path guidance to allow for vertical navigation.
Services/ crosstrack error. to become invalid.
Music
VNAV - Current track angle Navigate within 70° of active flight
Utilities Unavailable. error exceeds limit, plan course.
Excessive track causing vertical path
System angle error. guidance to become
invalid.
Messages VNAV - Selecting a parallel Disable parallel track if vertical
Unavailable. course causes vertical path guidance is desired.
Symbols
Parallel course path guidance to
selected. become invalid.
Appendix
Index

VNAV - A loss of data from Contact dealer for service.
Getting
Unavailable. the barometric altitude Started
Barometric altitude sensor causes vertical
Audio &
lost. path guidance to Xpdr Ctrl
become invalid.
Com/Nav
WAYPOINT - User has configured No action is necessary; message is
Arriving at [wpt the arrival alarm and informational only.
FPL
name]. is within the specified
distance.
Direct-To
Table 16-1 Messages
Proc
Note 1: There are several reference datums that waypoints can be surveyed against.
Wpt Info
TSO-C146 normally requires that all waypoints be referenced to the WGS84
datum, but allows for navigation to waypoints that are not referenced to the
Map
WGS84 datum so long as the pilot is notified. Certain waypoints in the navigation
database are not referenced to the WGS84 datum, or their reference datum is
Traffic
unknown. If this is the case, this message is displayed. Garmin cannot determine
exactly how close the non-WGS84 referenced waypoint will be to the WGS84 Terrain
datum that the GTN uses. Typically, the distance is within two nautical miles.
The majority of non-WGS84 waypoints are located outside of the United States. Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

Foreword
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
FPL
Direct-To
Proc
Wpt Info
Map
Traffic This page intentionally left blank
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

17 SYMBOLS Foreword
The following tables describe the symbols that are found on the Map display. Getting
Started
17.1 Map Page Symbols Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Symbol Description Symbol Description
Com/Nav
Airport with hard surface Airport with hard surface
runway(s); Non-Serviced, runway(s); Serviced, Primary FPL
Primary runway shown runway shown
Airport with soft surface Airport with soft surface Direct-To
runway(s) only, Non-Serviced runway(s) only, Serviced
Proc
Restricted (Private) Airfield Unknown Airport
Heliport NDB Wpt Info
Intersection Locator Outer Marker Map
VOR VOR/DME Traffic
VORTAC DME
Terrain
TACAN TOD/BOD
Weather
User Waypoint User Airport
Nearest
ATK VRP
Services/
Table 17-1 Map Page Symbols Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

Foreword
17.2 SafeTaxi™ Symbols
Symbol Description
Getting
Started
Helipad
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Airport Beacon
Com/Nav
FPL Under Construction Zones
Direct-To
Unpaved Parking Areas
Proc
Hot Spot
Wpt Info Table 17-2 SafeTaxi Symbols
Map 17.3 Traffic Symbols

TIS Symbol Description
Traffic
Non-Threat Traffic
Terrain

Weather
Traffic Advisory Off Scale

Nearest
Table 17-3 TIS Symbols
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

TAS Symbol Description Foreword
Non-Threat Traffic
Getting
(intruder is beyond 5 NM and greater than 1200 ft vertical Started
separation)
Audio &
Proximity Advisory (PA) Xpdr Ctrl
(intruder is within 5 NM and less than 1200 ft vertical separation) Com/Nav

(closing rate, distance, and vertical separation meet TA criteria) FPL
Traffic Advisory Off Scale Direct-To
Table 17-4 TAS Symbols Proc
Symbol Description Wpt Info
Imminent Traffic Non-Imminent

Traffic Map
(Traffic within ±500 feet
AND 1.0 NM; OR no altitude
Traffic
AND within 1.0 NM)
Traffic Closing Vertically Terrain
Traffic Diverging Vertically Weather
Traffic not Closing or Diverging Nearest

Vertically
Table 17-5 9900B TCAD Symbols Services/
Music
Symbol Description
Utilities
Traffic Advisory
System
Proximity Advisory
(color may be configured as cyan) Messages
Other Traffic
Symbols
(color may be configured as cyan)
Out-of-Range Traffic Advisory Appendix
Table 17-6 9900BX (TCAS) Symbols

Index

Basic Non-Directional Traffic
Getting
Started
Basic Directional Traffic
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl Basic Off-scale Selected Traffic
Com/Nav
Proximate Non-Directional Traffic
FPL Proximate Directional Traffic
Direct-To Proximate Off-scale Selected Traffic
Proc Non-Directional Alerted Traffic
Wpt Info Off-Scale Non-Directional Alerted Traffic
Directional Alerted Traffic

Map
Off-Scale Directional Alerted Traffic

Traffic
Non-Directional Surface Vehicle
Terrain
Directional Surface Vehicle
Weather
Table 17-7 ADS-B Traffic Symbols
Nearest
NOTE: Color of basic and proximate traffic is dependent on configuration
Services/
(cyan or white) and airborne/on-ground status of target (target is brown
Music when on the ground, see the surface vehicles).
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

17.4 Terrain Obstacle Symbols Foreword
Unlighted Obstacle Lighted Obstacle Unlighted Obstacle Lighted Obstacle
Getting
(Height is less than (Height is less (Height is greater (Height is greater than Started
1000 ft AGL) than 1000 ft AGL) than 1000 ft AGL) 1000 ft AGL)
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
Table 17-8 Obstacle Altitude/Color Correlation
Tower Windmill Windmill in Group Power Line FPL
Direct-To
Proc
Wpt Info
Threat Location
Projected Flight Path Terrain above or
within 100 ft
100 ft Threshold below the aircraft Map
1000 ft
Traffic

aircraft altitude (Yellow) Terrain

Weather
Figure 17-1 Terrain Altitude/Color Correlation
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

Foreword
17.5 HTAWS Obstacle Symbols
Getting Obstacle is at or above the aircraft altitude (Red)
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl 250 ft Obstacle is between 250 ft and 0 ft
below the aircraft altitude (Yellow)
Com/Nav Obstacle is 250 ft, or more,

below the aircraft altitude (White)
FPL
Figure 17-2 HTAWS Obstacle Altitude Correlation
Direct-To
Terrain is more than 250 ft above
the aircraft altitude (Red)
Proc Terrain is between

0 ft and 250 ft above
250 ft
the aircraft altitude
(Orange)
Wpt Info
250 ft
Map Terrain is between 0 ft and 250 ft below the aircraft altitude (Yellow)
500 ft
Traffic Terrain is between 250 ft and 500 ft below the aircraft altitude (Green)

Terrain
Figure 17-3 HTAWS Altitude/Color Correlation
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

17.6 Basemap Symbols Foreword
Symbol Description
Getting
Started
Interstate Highway
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
State Highway
Com/Nav
US Highway FPL
National Highway - 2-digit drawn inside Direct-To
Small City or Town Proc
Wpt Info
Medium City
Map
Large City
Table 17-10 Basemap Symbols Traffic
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

Foreword
17.7 Map Tool Bar Symbols
Symbol Description
Getting
Started Terrain Proximity Enabled and Available Indicator
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl Terrain Proximity Enabled and Not Available Indicator
Com/Nav Point Obstacle Enabled and Available Indicator

(Software v5.12 and later)
FPL Point Obstacle Enabled and Not Available Indicator
(Software v5.12 and later)
Direct-To
Wire Obstacles Enabled and Available Indicator
Proc (Software v5.12 and later)
Wire Obstacles Enabled and Not Available Indicator
Wpt Info (Software v5.12 and later)
StormScope Enabled
Map
Ownship is receiving TIS-B and ADS-R services

Traffic
(Software v5.11 or earlier)
Terrain
Possible incomplete traffic picture – ownship is not receiving one (or both)
of the TIS-B or ADS-R services (Software v5.11 or earlier)
Weather Traffic Enabled and Available Indicator
Nearest Traffic Enabled and Not Available Indicator

Services/ Table 17-11 Map Tool Bar Symbols
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

17.8 Miscellaneous Symbols Foreword
Symbol Description
Getting
Low-Wing Prop (Default Ownship) Started
Audio &
High-Wing Prop Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
Kit Plane
FPL
Turboprop
Direct-To
Twin-Engine Prop
Proc
Single-Engine Jet
Wpt Info
Business Jet
Map
2-Blade Rotorcraft
Traffic
3-Blade Rotorcraft
Terrain
4-Blade Rotorcraft
Weather
High Visibility Arrow Nearest
Basic Aircraft Services/

Music
Non-directional ownship is shown if there is no heading or ground

Utilities
track. This typically only occurs during start-up. In helicopters without
a heading source, the non-directional ownship symbol will also appear System
below 15 kts.
Parallel Track Waypoint Messages
Restricted/Prohibited/Warning/Alert Symbols
TFR (Temporary Flight Restrictions) Appendix
MOA Index

Class B Airspace
Getting
Started Class C Airspace
Audio & Class D Airspace
Xpdr Ctrl
User Waypoint
Com/Nav
Table 17-12 Miscellaneous Symbols
FPL NOTE: Ownship icons are configured by the installer and can be colored
magenta for enhanced visibility (software v5.12 or later).
Direct-To
17.9 Stormscope Symbols
Proc
Symbol Description
Wpt Info 6
Map
60
Traffic
120
Terrain
180
Weather
Table 17-13 Stormscope Symbols
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

18 APPENDIX Foreword
18.1 Glossary Getting

Started
ACT, ACTV active, activate Audio &
ADC Air Data Computer Xpdr Ctrl
ADF Automatic Direction Finder
ADI Attitude Direction Indicator Com/Nav
AFM Airplane Flight Manual

AFMS Airplane Flight Manual Supplement FPL
AGL Above Ground Level
AIM Airman’s Information Manual Direct-To
AIRMET Airman’s Meteorological Information
ALT altitude Proc
AP autopilot
APR approach Wpt Info
APT airport, aerodrome
ARINC Aeronautical Radio Incorporated Map
ARSPC airspace
ARTCC Air Route Traffic Control Center Traffic
AS airspeed
ASOS Automated Surface Observing System Terrain
ATC Air Traffic Control
ATCRBS ATC Radar Beacon System Weather
ATIS Automatic Terminal Information Service
AUX auxiliary Nearest
AWOS Automated Weather Observing System
Services/
Music
BARO barometric setting Utilities

BC backcourse
Bearing The compass direction from the present position to a System
destination waypoint
BRG bearing
Messages
Symbols
C center runway
ºC degrees Celsius
Appendix
CDI Course Deviation Indicator
CHNL channel
Index
CLD cloud
CLR clear
Foreword
CNXT Connext
Getting
CONFIG configuration
Started Course The line between two points to be followed by the
aircraft
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl Crosstrack Error The distance the aircraft is off a desired course in either
direction, left or right
Com/Nav CRS course
CRSR cursor
FPL CTA Control Area
CTAF Common Traffic Advisory Frequency
Direct-To CTRL control
CUM The total of all legs in a flight plan
Proc
Wpt Info DALT density altitude

DB, DBASE database
Map DCLTR, DECLTR declutter
deg degree
Traffic DEP departure
Desired Track (DTK) The desired course between the active “from” and
Terrain
“to” waypoints
DEST destination
Weather
DFLT default
DIS distance
Distance The "great circle" distance from the present position
Nearest
to a destination waypoint
Services/ DME Distance Measuring Equipment
Music DP Departure Procedure
DPRT departure
Utilities
DSBL disabled
DTK Desired Track
System
Messages EDR Excessive Descent Rate

EGNOS Provides SBAS service for most of Europe and parts of
Symbols North Africa
ELEV elevation
Appendix EMI Electromagnetic Interference
ENR en route
Index

En Route Safe Altitude The recommended minimum altitude within ten miles
Foreword
left or right of the desired course on an active flight
plan or direct-to
Getting
ERR error Started
ESA En route Safe Altitude
Audio &
ETA Estimated Time of Arrival Xpdr Ctrl
ETE Estimated Time En Route
Com/Nav
ºF degrees Fahrenheit FPL

FAA Federal Aviation Administration
FCC Federal Communication Commission Direct-To
FCST forecast
FD flight director Proc
FIR Flight Information Region
FIS-B Flight Information Services-Broadcast Wpt Info
FISDL Flight Information Service Data Link
FLTA Forward Looking Terrain Avoidance Map
FPL flight plan
FREQ frequency Traffic
FRZ freezing
FSS Flight Service Station Terrain
ft foot/feet
Weather
GAGAN Provides SBAS service for India Nearest

G/S, GS glideslope
GDC Garmin Air Data Computer Services/
GDL Garmin Satellite Data Link Music
GEO geographic
Utilities
GLS Global Navigation Satellite Landing System
GMA Garmin Audio Panel System
System
GMT Greenwich Mean Time
GMU Garmin Magnetometer Unit
Messages
GPS Global Positioning System
GPSS GPS Roll Steering
Symbols
Ground Speed The velocity that the aircraft is travelling relative to a
ground position
Ground Track see Track Appendix
GRS Garmin Reference System

GS Ground Speed Index

GTX Garmin Transponder
Foreword
Getting
Started HDG heading
Audio &
Heading The direction an aircraft is pointed, based upon
Xpdr Ctrl indications from a magnetic compass or a properly set
directional gyro
Com/Nav HFOM Horizontal Figure of Merit
Hg mercury
FPL hPa hectopascal
HPL Horizontal Protection Level
Direct-To HSDB High-Speed Data Bus
HSI Horizontal Situation Indicator
Proc HTAWS Helicopter Terrain Awareness and Warning System
Hz Hertz
Wpt Info
Map IAF Initial Approach Fix

ICAO International Civil Aviation Organization
Traffic IFR Instrument Flight Rules
IGRF International Geomagnetic Reference Field
Terrain ILI Imminent Line Impact
ILS Instrument Landing System
Weather
IMC Instrument Meteorological Conditions
IOI Imminent Obstacle Impact
Nearest
INFO information
in HG inches of mercury
Services/ INT intersection(s)
Music INTEG integrity (RAIM unavailable)
ITI Imminent Terrain Impact
Utilities
System
L left, left runway
LAT latitude
Messages
LCD Liquid Crystal Display
LCL local
Symbols
LED Light Emitting Diode
Leg The portion of a flight plan between two waypoints
Appendix LIFR Low Instrument Flight Rules
LNAV Lateral Navigation
Index LOC localizer

LOI loss of integrity (GPS)
Foreword
LON longitude
LPV Localizer Performance with Vertical guidance Getting
LRU Line Replacement Unit Started
LT left Audio &
LTNG lightning Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
MAG Magnetic
MAG VAR Magnetic Variation FPL
MapMX A proprietary data format used to forward navigation
information between Garmin units Direct-To
MAX maximum
MAXSPD maximum speed (overspeed) Proc
MDA barometric minimum descent altitude
METAR Aviation Routine Weather Report Wpt Info
MGRS MIlitary Grid Reference System
MIN minimum Map
Minimum Safe Altitude Uses Grid MORAs to determine a safe altitude within
ten miles of the aircraft present position Traffic
MKR marker beacon
MOA Military Operations Area Terrain
MOT Mark On Target
MOV movement Weather
mpm meters per minute
MSA Minimum Safe Altitude Nearest
MSAS Provides SBAS service for Japan only
MSG message Services/
MSL Mean Sea Level Music
MT meter
Utilities
mV millivolt(s)
MVFR Marginal Visual Flight Rules
System
Messages
NAV navigation
NAVAID NAVigation AID
Symbols
NCR Negative Climb Rate
NDB Non-Directional Beacon
NEXRAD Next Generation Radar Appendix
Index

OAT Outside Air Temperature
Foreword
OBS Omni Bearing Selector
Getting
Started PA Proximity Advisory
Audio &
PC personal computer
Xpdr Ctrl PDA Premature Descent Alert
P. POS Present Position
Com/Nav PTK parallel track
FPL
QTY quantity
Direct-To
Proc R right, right runway

RA Resolution Advisory
Wpt Info RAIM Receiver Autonomous Integrity Monitoring
RAM random access memory
Map REF reference
REQ required
Traffic REV reverse, revision, revise
RLC Reduce Required Line Clearance
Terrain RMI Radio Magnetic Indicator
RNG range
Weather RNWY runway
ROC Reduced Required Obstacle Clearance
Nearest RT right
RTC Reduced Required Terrain Clearance
Services/
Music
Utilities
SAR Search and Rescue
SBAS Satellite-Based Augmentation System
SCIT Storm Cell Identification and Tracking
System
SD Secure Digital
SFC surface
Messages
SIAP Standard Instrument Approach Procedures
SID Standard Instrument Departure
Symbols
SIGMET Significant Meteorological Information
SLP/SKD slip/skid
Appendix
SMBL symbol
SPD speed
Index
SRVC, SVC service
STAR Standard Terminal Arrival Route
Foreword
STATS statistics
STBY standby Getting
STD standard Started
SUA Special Use Airspace Audio &
SUSP suspend Xpdr Ctrl
SW software
SYS system Com/Nav
FPL
T true
TA Traffic Advisory Direct-To
TACAN Tactical Air Navigation System
TAF Terminal Aerodrome Forecast Proc
TAS True Airspeed
TAS Traffic Advisory System Wpt Info
TAT Total Air Temperature
TAWS Terrain Awareness and Warning System Map
TCA Terminal Control Area
TCAS Traffic Collision Avoidance System Traffic
TEMP temperature
TERM terminal Terrain
TFR Temporary Flight Restriction
T HDG True Heading Weather
TIS Traffic Information System
TMA Terminal Maneuvering Area Nearest
Topo topographic
Track Direction of aircraft movement relative to a ground Services/
Music
position; also ‘Ground Track’
TRK track
Utilities
TRSA Terminal Radar Service Area
System
UNAVAIL unavailable
Messages
USR user
UTC Coordinated Universal Time
Symbols
UTM/UPS Universal Transverse Mercator/ Universal Polar
Stereographic Grid
Appendix
Index

V, Vspeed velocity (airspeed)
Foreword
VAR variation
Getting
VFR Visual Flight Rules
Started VHF Very High Frequency
Audio &
VLOC VOR/Localizer Receiver
Xpdr Ctrl VMC Visual Meteorological Conditions
VNAV vertical navigation
Com/Nav VOR VHF Omni-directional Range
VORTAC very high frequency omnidirectional range station and
FPL tactical air navigation
VRP Visual Reporting Point
Direct-To VS Vertical speed
VSI Vertical Speed Indicator
Proc
Wpt Info WAAS Wide Area Augmentation System

WGS-84 World Geodetic System - 1984
Map WPT waypoint(s)
WX weather
Traffic
Terrain XPDR transponder

XTK cross-track
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

18.2 Database Information and Updates Foreword
The GTN uses several databases to provide up-to-date aviation information.
Getting
GTN databases can be updated by the pilot using an SD card or Flight Stream Started
510 wireless database card. The GTN can also synchronize databases in the
Audio &
cockpit with other displays using Database SYNC and Chart Streaming. Xpdr Ctrl
Information about the installed and standby databases can be viewed on the Com/Nav
System Status page. Database SYNC and Chart Streaming can be configured in
the menu on the System Status page. FPL
The database card should not be removed except to update the databases
Direct-To
stored on the card. For basic flight operations, a database card is required for
database storage. The database cards cannot be shared between units.
Proc
18.2.1 GTN Databases

Wpt Info
• Navigation - The navigation database contains information for
waypoints and airports, such as procedures, runways, airways, airspaces, Map
frequencies, and visual reporting points. For helicopter applications, a
navigation database that includes additional heliports is available. Traffic
• Basemap - The Basemap database contains land and water data, such as
Terrain
roads, boundaries, rivers, and lakes.
• SafeTaxi - The SafeTaxi database contains detailed airport diagrams Weather
for selected airports. These diagrams aid in following ground control
instructions by displaying the aircraft position on the map in relation to Nearest
taxiways, ramps, runways, terminals, and services.
Services/
• Obstacles - The obstacle database contains data for obstacles, such as Music
towers, that pose a potential hazard to aircraft. Obstacles 200 feet and
Utilities
higher are included in the fixed-wing obstacle database. The rotorcraft
database includes all reported obstacles regardless of height. It is important System
to note that not all obstacles are necessarily charted and therefore may not
be contained in the obstacle database. Several obstacle database options Messages
are available. Obstacle databases created for GTN software v5.10 or later
include all power lines or only Hazardous Obstacle Transmission (HOT) Symbols
lines depending on the type of obstacle database installed. HOT lines are
those power lines that are co-located with other FAA-identified obstacles. Appendix
The obstacle database is required for the TAWS and HTAWS functions.
Index

• Terrain - The terrain database contains terrain mapping data. The terrain
Foreword
database is required for the TAWS and HTAWS functions. Systems using
Getting HTAWS require a 2.5 arc second database while non-HTAWS applications
Started
can use a 9 arc-second database.
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl • FliteCharts - FliteCharts resemble the paper version of AeroNav Services
(Formerly named National Aeronautical Charting Office) terminal
Com/Nav procedures charts. The charts are displayed with high-resolution and in
color for applicable charts. The GTN depiction shows the aircraft position
FPL
on the moving map in the plan view of the approach charts and on airport
diagrams.
Direct-To
• Chartview - ChartView resembles the paper version of Jeppesen terminal
Proc procedure charts. The charts are displayed in full color with high-
resolution. The GTN depiction shows the aircraft position on the moving
Wpt Info map in the plan view of approach charts and on airport diagrams.
Database Where Stored Update Cycle Provider Notes
Map Name
Navigation Internal memory 28 days flyGarmin.com
Traffic
Basemap Internal memory As required flyGarmin.com
Terrain SafeTaxi Internal memory 56 days flyGarmin.com
Obstacle Internal memory 56 days flyGarmin.com
Weather
Terrain Database card As required flyGarmin.com
FliteCharts Database card 28 days flyGarmin.com Disables 180 days after
Nearest
expiration date.
Services/ Chartview Database card 14 days Contact Jeppesen Disables 70 days after
Music expiration date.
Table 18-1 Database List
Utilities
NOTE: Garmin requests that the flight crew report any observed
System discrepancies related to database information. These discrepancies could
come in the form of an incorrect procedure, incorrectly identified terrain,
Messages obstacles and fixes, or any other displayed item used for navigation or
communication in the air or on the ground. To report a database error,
Symbols visit flyGarmin.com.
Appendix
Index

18.2.2 Updating Databases with a SD Card Foreword
To update the GTN database use an SD card. Instructions on updating the
Getting
GTN database and the required equipment is found at flyGarmin.com. Started
The ChartView database is provided directly from Jeppesen. Contact Audio &
Jeppesen (jeppesen.com) for ChartView subscription and update information. Xpdr Ctrl
An enablement card that is purchased from Garmin is separate from the Jeppesen Com/Nav
database and is required to enable ChartView.
1. Download the database updates to the Garmin Database Card FPL
from the appropriate website.
Direct-To
2. Insert the database card into the slot of the GTN.
3. Apply power to the GTN. Proc
4. The database update page will be displayed, listing all effective
database updates on the database card. Databases cycles Wpt Info
that are not effective or already installed will be kept on the
Garmin Database Card as standby databases until they become Map
effective. Hold down the dual-concentric knob while applying
power to the GTN to force the update of these databases. Traffic
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
Figure 18-1 Updated Databases
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

5. Select the desired database updates and press the Update
Foreword key.
Getting
Started NOTE: Do not remove power to the GTN while updating databases.
Audio & 6. The GTN will begin the update process and then verify the
Xpdr Ctrl
integrity of the installed databases.
Com/Nav 7. Check that all databases are current and there are no errors.
If a database is highlighted in yellow, it is either expired or
FPL missing.
Direct-To
Proc
Wpt Info
Map Figure 18-2 Currently Installed Software/Databases
Traffic
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

18.2.3 Updating Databases with a Flight Stream 510 Foreword
GTN databases can also be updated using the Flight Stream 510 wireless
Getting
database card with a portable device and the Garmin Pilot application. Started
1. Follow the instructions within the app to purchase and Audio &
download the database updates. Xpdr Ctrl
2. Ensure the Flight Stream 510 is inserted into the database Com/Nav
card slot and apply power to the GTN.
3. When prompted on the database verification screen, connect FPL
the portable device to the Flight Stream 510 Wi-Fi network.
The network name and password can be displayed by pressing Direct-To
the Show WiFi Info key.
Proc
Wpt Info
Figure 18-3 Connect to Flight Stream Wi-Fi Network Prompt Map

4. Once connected, open Garmin Pilot on the portable device.
Traffic
Terrain
Figure 18-4 Open Portable Application Prompt Weather
5. The Flight Stream 510 will check for database updates on the
Nearest
portable device and display the database update page or notify
the pilot that no database updates are available. Services/
Music
Utilities
Figure 18-5 Checking for Database Updates Message System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Figure 18-6 Database Update Page Index

6. Select the desired database updates. All selected databases
Foreword
will be transferred to the GTN, but the GTN may choose to not
Getting install all databases. Database cycles that are not yet effective
Started will be preloaded and kept as standby databases until they
Audio & become effective. Databases that are not supported by this
Xpdr Ctrl
GTN may be transferred and then SYNC’d to other Garmin
Com/Nav
displays.
7. Press the Update key.
FPL
Direct-To NOTE: Do not remove power to the GTN while updating databases.
8. The GTN will begin the transfer, update, and verification process.
Proc
The terrain and charts databases can take up to 5 minutes
each to transfer over Wi-Fi to the Flight Stream 510.
Wpt Info
9. Check that all databases are current and there are no errors.
Map If a database is highlighted in yellow, it is either expired or
missing.
Traffic
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

18.2.4 Database SYNC Foreword
Database SYNC allows the GTN to synchronize databases from a single unit
Getting
to other Garmin avionics. The pilot only needs to update a single database card Started
(SD card or Flight Stream 510) and the new databases are automatically SYNC'd
Audio &
through the units connected in the cockpit and configured for Database SYNC. Xpdr Ctrl
Databases must be purchased for all avionics in the cockpit.
Com/Nav
Database SYNC is supported by these database types:
• Navigation FPL
• Basemap
• SafeTaxi Direct-To
• Obstacle
• FliteCharts Proc
• Airport Directory
Wpt Info
The database SYNC process may take several minutes, depending on how
many databases have been updated. The status of the database transfers to a Map
unit can be viewed on the System Status page under the “Standby” tab. The
GTN will display the source of the received databases (for example: “Database Traffic
SYNC - GTN #2”). If a database SYNC is pending, completed, or not authorized,
the status will also be indicated. Terrain
When the SYNC is complete, if the aircraft is stopped and has yet to takeoff,
Weather
the pilot will be prompted with the option to restart and update to the newly
transferred databases.
Nearest
NOTE: Restarting the GTN must only be performed when the aircraft is
Services/
on the ground as navigation and communication from the restarted unit Music
will be lost for a period of time.
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

18.2.4.1 Resolving Database SYNC Conflicts
Foreword
Database conflicts must be resolved for synchronization to occur. Conflicts
Getting exist when multiple LRUs have a database of the same cycle, but with different
Started
regions or types (e.g., fixed wing vs. rotorcraft navigation database, different
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl regions of the navigation database, or different obstacle database types).
The GTN attempts to resolve these by automatically synchronizing the most
Com/Nav recently installed database across all other LRUs (software v6.30 and later). Pilot
intervention is required when conflicts cannot be resolved automatically. Conflicts
FPL
occurring with earlier software versions also require manual intervention.
Direct-To To manually resolve database conflicts, touch the Resolve Conflicts key on
the display containing the desired database version. This key is located on the
Proc Conflicts tab of the System Information page.
Wpt Info 18.2.5 Chart Streaming

While the Chart database is SYNCing in the background, the GTN will
Map stream individual charts to other compatible displays. This enables all Garmin
displays to use the latest chart database information even though the database
Traffic
is currently installed only on a single unit. Chart Streaming will begin after the
chart database has begun SYNCing.
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

18.2.6 Database Troubleshooting Tips Foreword
Problem Action
Getting
Started
Unable to download • Ensure you have a high capacity SD card programmer
databases to the SD card • Ensure that your card programmer is plugged directly into your computer Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
and not into a USB hub, computer screen, or keyboard
• Ensure the sliding lock tab is in the unlocked position (up, when viewing Com/Nav
the card label-side up)
Database update fails • Restart the GTN and retry the update FPL
• Download the databases to the database card again
Direct-To
• Ensure that the databases were purchased for the system ID of the GTN
that the database card is being used to update
Database SYNC fails • Ensure that the databases were purchased for all the GTNs and GDUs in Proc
the cockpit
• Ensure that all conflicts have been resolved (section 18.2.4.1) Wpt Info
Database cannot be • Restart the GTN while pressing the dual-concentric knob until the Garmin
selected for update logo is fully illuminated to veiw all database updates on the database Map
card, regardless of effectivity
• Download the databases to the database card again Traffic
• Ensure that the databases were purchased for the system ID of the GTN
that the database card is being used to update Terrain
Database cannot be • Ensure that the databases were purchased for the system ID of the GTN
transferred to that the database card is being used to update Weather
Flight Stream 510 • Ensure that the database transfers are enabled for the
Flight Stream 510 (section 18.2.3) Nearest
• Ensure that all database updates have been downloaded to the Garmin
Pilot application Services/
Music
• Press the Show All DBs key on the database verification page to veiw all
database updates on the portable device, regardless of effectivity Utilities
Database is transferred • Ensure that the databases were purchased for the system ID of the GTN
to Flight Stream 510 but that the database card is being used to update
System
cannot be selected for • Ensure that the transferred database is currently effective
update
• Restart the GTN while pressing the dual-concentric knob until the Garmin Messages
logo is fully illuminated to view all database updates on the
Flight Stream 510, regardless of effectivity
Symbols
Table 18-2 Database Troubleshooting Tips
Appendix
Index

Foreword
18.3 Demo Mode
The GTN product contains a “Demo” mode that allows simulation of all
Getting
Started operations of the product to allow practice and familiarization while staying on
the ground.
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
WARNING: Do not use the GTN to navigate while Demo mode is active.
Com/Nav Do not use or enter Demo mode while airborne.
FPL 1. Press in and hold the Direct-To key and then apply power to
the unit.
Direct-To
Proc
Wpt Info
Touch To Continue
Map
Figure 18-7 Demo Mode Start Up Display
Traffic
2. Touch the Continue key and Fuel keys as normally needed to
Terrain start operations.
3. Touch the Demo key in the lower part of the display to reach
Weather the Demo Setup functions.
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
Touch For Advanced
GPS Settings
System
Touch For Advanced
Messages NAV Settings
Touch For Advanced Date
And Time Settings
Symbols
Figure 18-8 Demo Mode Setup
Appendix
Index

4. Touch the GPS key to reach the Demo GPS Settings page.
Foreword
The Position Error values (Horizontal Protection Level Fault
Detection [HPL FD], HPL SBAS, and Vertical Protection Level Getting
[VPL] SBAS) may be adjusted to reflect errors induced by Started
naturally occurring conditions, but are normally not adjusted Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
for most Demo mode operations.
Com/Nav
Touch To Select GPS
Solution
FPL
Touch To Select Lat/ Touch To Select
Lon Coordinates For Current Position
Current Position From A Wpt In Direct-To
The Database
Touch To Select Proc
HPL FD Values, If Touch For VPL
Desired SBAS Settings
Wpt Info
Touch For HPL
SBAS Settings
Map
Figure 18-9 Demo Mode GPS Settings
5. Touch the Nav key to reach the Demo Navigation Settings Traffic
page.
Terrain
Touch To Select
Vertical Speed
Weather
Airspeed Altitude
Nearest
Touch To Select
Track Mode Services/
Music
Touch To Select
Time Scale
Utilities
Figure 18-10 Demo Mode Navigation Settings

System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

6. Touch the Date/Time key to reach the Demo Date/Time
Foreword
Settings page.
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Touch To Set Date
Com/Nav
Touch To Set Time

FPL
Direct-To
Figure 18-11 Demo Mode Date/Time Settings
Proc 7. After completing the settings for Demo mode, touch the HOME
key or Back key to get started with operating the GTN.
Wpt Info
Map
Traffic
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

18.4 Glove Qualification Procedure Foreword
NOTE: This procedure is not authorized for completion during flight. Getting
Perform all tasks while the aircraft is on the ground. Started
Audio &
The touchscreen uses capacitive touch technology to sense the proximity of Xpdr Ctrl
skin to the display. A glove creates a barrier between the skin and the display
glass, potentially reducing the ability of the display to detect touches. Com/Nav
This procedure qualifies a specific glove for use with the touchscreen. Due
FPL
to differences in finger size, glove size, and touchscreen between the GTN 6XX
and GTN 7XX units, the qualification procedure is specific to the pilot/glove and Direct-To
GTN combination. Multiple units must be evaluated individually.
Glove Selection Considerations Proc
• Thinner gloves perform better than thicker gloves

Wpt Info
• Leather gloves, and gloves designed specifically for use with capacitive
touchscreen devices, are often found to be acceptable Map
• To improve touchscreen sensitivity while wearing gloves, use the pad of

Traffic
your finger instead of the tip during touch interactions
Glove Qualification Guidance Terrain
• Table 18-3 contains the tasks required to qualify a glove
Weather
• Table 18-4 contains tasks that are not required to qualify a glove, but may
limit how some functions are accessed while wearing a glove
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

Glove Qualification Steps
Foreword
Complete only the tasks for the capabilities relevant to the installed GTN(s).
Getting 1. Sit in the pilot’s seat.
Started
2. Start the GTN in demo mode by pressing and holding the Direct To key during
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl power up.
3. Perform the tasks listed in Table 18-3 and Table 18-4, tapping each key with a
Com/Nav
non-gloved finger. It is not necessary to record any results for this step.
FPL
4. Repeat step 3 using a gloved hand.
5. For each task, determine whether the touchscreen response is the same or worse
Direct-To than without the glove.
6. Record the results in the applicable table. Items that may cause the operation to be
Proc worse include, but are not limited to:
a. Multiple attempts to select a key
Wpt Info
b. Unintentional selection of adjacent key(s)
Map
c. Excessive force on the touchscreen to select a key
7. If all applicable tasks produce the same response with and without a glove, the
Traffic pilot may use the glove in flight.
Terrain
Glove Qualification Procedure
Weather Pilot:
Glove Description:
Nearest
Circle the applicable GTN.
Services/
Music 6XX 7XX
Utilities Task Operation With Glove
(circle one)
System
Starting from the Home page:
Messages Demo Same Worse
GPS Same Worse
Symbols
Waypoint Same Worse
Appendix Type the airport identifier“KSLE.” Same Worse
Enter Same Worse
Index Return to the Home page.

Task Operation With Glove Foreword
(circle one)
Getting
Flight Plan Same Worse Started
Add Waypoint Same Worse Audio &

Xpdr Ctrl
Type the airport identifier“KSLE.” Same Worse
Enter Same Worse Com/Nav
Add each of the following waypoints in the same manner.

FPL
KMMV Same Worse
KONP Same Worse Direct-To
BTG Same Worse
Select BTG. Same Worse Proc
Load Airway Same Worse

Wpt Info
V23 Same Worse
ALFOR Same Worse Map
Load Same Worse

Traffic
Scroll the list of flight plan waypoints up and down Same Worse
using the arrow keys.
Terrain
Back Same Worse
GTN 635/650/750 only Weather
Select the COM STBY frequency field. Same Worse

Nearest
Type a valid frequency. Same Worse
Enter Same Worse Services/
Music
Select the active COM frequency field. Observe the two Same Worse
frequency values swap positions. Utilities
GTN 750 only

System
Select the active NAV frequency field. Observe the two Same Worse
frequency values swap positions. Messages
GTN 650 only
Menu Same Worse Symbols
Table 18-3 Tests Required for Glove Qualification
Appendix
Index

Foreword Task Operation With Glove
(circle one)
Getting
Started Open the Active Flight Plan page. Same Worse
Audio & With one finger on the page, drag the waypoint list up Same Worse
Xpdr Ctrl and down.
Com/Nav With one finger, tap and swipe the list up or down. Same Worse
Back Same Worse
FPL
Open the Map page. Same Worse
Direct-To Graphically Edit FPL Same Worse
Tap and drag KONP to an empty area of the map, Same Worse
Proc
panning and zooming as necessary. Observe that KONP
is removed from the flight plan.
Wpt Info
Drag the leg between KMMV and BTG to KSPB. Same Worse
Map
Observe that KSPB is added to the flight plan.
Table 18-4 Tests Not Required for Glove Qualification
Traffic
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

18.5 Telligence Voice Command Qualification Foreword
Procedure Getting
In order to enable voice command functionality crew members must Started
successfully perform and complete 17/20 (85%) voice commands in the Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Telligence aircraft qualification procedure. Crew members must be comfortable
speaking into an aviation headset and proficient in English. Com/Nav
Voice Command Guidelines FPL
NOTE: If a voice command is uninterpretable, verify the system is

performing the intended action or displaying the desired data. If the system Direct-To
does not recognize a command, use the touchscreen to execute the function.
The GTN Voice Command History details all commands performed. Proc
• Position the headset MIC approximately 1/8-inch from mouth, align with Wpt Info
bottom lip to avoid breath sounds in the microphone.
Map
• Speak conversationally.
• Enunciate. Traffic
• Speak in a normal tone and volume.

Terrain
• Speak at a normal cadence (not too quickly or slowly).
• Pause briefly between activation of the PTC switch and when speaking the Weather
voice command.
Nearest
• Review the commands prior to performing the qualification.
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

Foreword
Voice Command Instructions
1. Press and hold the Push to Command (PTC) switch.
Getting
Started 2. Speak the entire command into the headset MIC.
Audio & 3. Release the "PTC" switch.
Xpdr Ctrl
• A positive tone (low-to-high) indicates the command has been
Com/Nav recognized and executed. (i.e., page changed, radio tuned, MIC
selected, etc.)
FPL • A negative tone (high-to-low) indicates the command is either
unrecognizable or invalid.
Direct-To
Successful Command Example
Proc "Show approaches page” is spoken, the approach selection page displays
immediately, and a positive tone sounds.
Wpt Info
Unsuccessful Command Examples
Map "Show map page” is spoken and the traffic page displays.
"Show map page" is spoken and a negative tone sounds.
Traffic
Qualification Procedure
Terrain
Speak the non-bold phrase if the voice command for a procedure is not
Weather applicable to the aircraft’s configuration. If the total number of successful
commands is less than 17, the voice commands must be disabled. For instructions
Nearest on how to activate and deactivate voice commands, refer to section 15.13.
Services/
Example: If the requirement states a COM radio is required, but your GTN
Music does not a have a COM radio, use the unbold command.
Utilities 1. Start the GTN and acquire a GPS position.
2. Conduct the voice commands in sequential order while wearing
System an aviation headset. If necessary, a command can be attempted
twice.
Messages
3. When the command is successful check the box next to the
command.
Symbols
Appendix
Index

SHOW Flight Plan PAGE Foreword
*** Manually enter a flight plan with a towered airport as the destination ***
Getting
SHOW Trip Planning PAGE Started
* TUNE Nearest Ground or SHOW Nearest Airport PAGE Audio &

Xpdr Ctrl
* TUNE Nearest ATIS or SHOW Nearest Weather Frequency PAGE
Com/Nav
† TOGGLE COM 2 or SAY Distance
SHOW Map PAGE FPL
ZOOM OUT
Direct-To
SAY Distance to Destination
SHOW Flight Timers PAGE Proc
† SELECT COM 2 or SAY ETA at Destination Wpt Info

SAY Active Waypoint
Map
CREATE Waypoint Here
* TUNE Destination Tower or SHOW Destination Runways PAGE Traffic
‡ SHOW Traffic PAGE or SHOW Nearest PAGE

Terrain
SHOW Procedures PAGE
SHOW V-CALC PAGE Weather
SHOW Current Time

Nearest
SAY Desired Track
Services/
BACK Music
SHOW Voice Command History Page Utilities

* A GTN COM radio is required.
System
† Two COM radios connected to the GMA are required.
‡ Traffic capability is required on the GTN. Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

Foreword
Getting
Started
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Com/Nav
FPL
Direct-To
Proc
Wpt Info
Map
Traffic
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

INDEX Answering a phone call 13-13
Antenna 11-49 Foreword
Approach
Symbols Channel 6-11 Getting
Started
3D navigation 15-7 Approaches 10-30, 10-63, 10-17
Select 1-18 Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
A Approach operations 6-2
About this guide xxv Approach shield 9-31 Com/Nav
Above Ground Level 10-11, 10-22 Approach with hold 6-14
Acquiring satellites 15-5, 15-7 Arc 10-8, 10-13, 10-14, 10-24, 10-25
FPL
Activate flight plan 4-37 ARTCC 12-1, 12-11
Activate leg 4-5 ASOS 12-13
Activating XM 13-3 ATCRBS 9-7 Direct-To
Active flight plan page 4-4 ATIS 12-13
Active leg 4-5, 6-14, 6-16, 6-24 Attitude 18-1 Proc
Add User frequency 3-9 Aural message 10-11, 10-15, 10-16,
ADF 18-1 10-20, 10-22, 10-26, 10-28, Wpt Info
ADIZ 8-32 10-31, 10-33, 10-68
ADS-B 2-7, 9-17 Automatic CDI switching 6-25
Map
Age 11-38 Autopilot 6-13, 6-18, 6-24, 6-25, 6-26
Aircraft symbol 8-1 Auto-pilot output 6-26
Auto zoom 8-13 Traffic
AIREP 11-26
AIRMETs 11-15, 11-45, 11-58 AUX - System Status Page 15-3
Airport beacon 17-2 Aviation map data 8-21 Terrain
Airport frequencies 7-8 AWOS 12-13
Airports 11-55 Weather
Airspace 12-9 B
Airspace altitude buffer 15-28 Backcourse 6-25 Nearest
Airways 4-11, 8-5, 8-26, 8-32 Backlighting 15-38
Alerts 1-12, 9-9, 10-6, 10-16, 10-19, Baro-corrected altitude 6-1 Services/
10-26, 15-27, 10-27, 10-29, Barometric pressure 9-30, 14-24 Music
10-33, 10-61, 10-15 Basemap symbols 17-7
ALT 14-24 Basic approach operation 6-2 Utilities
Altimeter ii Beacon 17-2
Altitude 6-15, 10-6, 15-5, 15-6 Bluetooth 15-39 System
Altitude buffer 15-27 Bluetooth setup 15-40
Altitude Display Mode 9-6, 9-15, 9-22 Messages
Altitude mode 9-25 C
Altitude reporting 2-5 Call suppression 13-14
Symbols
Altitude type 14-6 Catalog 4-3, 4-23, 4-36
Annunciations 1-6, 1-19, 6-2, 9-10, 9-11, Category 13-5
Cautions iv, 8-32, 10-11, 10-12, 10-16, Appendix
9-16, 10-10, 10-15, 10-20, 10-21,
10-26, 10-33, 10-72 10-22, 10-23, 10-27, 10-52,
Anonymous mode 2-7 10-53 Index
190-01004-03 Rev. N GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide Index-1

CDI 1-23, 8-40 D
Foreword Ceiling 12-10 Database 1-6, 3-5, 8-44, 8-43, 10-6,
Cell movement 11-14 10-33, 11-41, 11-44, 15-3, 10-19
Getting
Started Change user fields 8-28 Database SYNC 15-4
Channel 13-2, 13-5, 13-8 Database verification 1-7
Audio & Channel spacing 1-11
Xpdr Ctrl Data link 9-3, 11-38
Checklists 14-29 Data Link Receiver troubleshooting 13-9
Com/Nav
Circle of uncertainty 15-9 Data request 11-34
City 8-32 Date 8-44, 14-11, 14-13, 15-18
City Forecast 11-21 Date/Time 18-20
FPL
Class B airspace 8-32, 17-10 Dead reckoning 1-19
Class C airspace 8-32, 17-10 Dead Reckoning 1-19
Direct-To Class D airspace 8-32, 17-10 Declutter 8-27
Clean screen 14-27 Default navigation 1-20
Proc Cloud tops 11-13 Delete flight plan 4-40, 4-41
Com 1-15, 3-1 Demo mode 18-18
Wpt Info Channel spacing 1-11, 15-20 Density altitude 14-24
Frequency monitoring 3-13 Departures 6-3, 10-17, 10-30, 10-63
Tuning 3-3 Departure time 14-10
Map
Window 3-3 Destination proximity 15-27
Combined NEXRAD 11-52 Direct-To 1-5, 1-14, 5-1
Traffic Connext 4-44, 15-39 Direct-To Fpl Wpt 5-3
Connext weather 11-31 Direct-To Nrst Airport 5-4
Terrain Contacts 13-20 Distance 8-13
Continental US NEXRAD 11-51 DME Arc 6-15
Weather Controlled airspace 8-42, 12-9 Don't sink 10-28, 10-31, 10-68
Controls 1-4 Dual installation 1-13
Nearest
CONUS 11-51
Conventions xxvi, 1-2 E
Services/ Copy flight plan 4-39 Echo tops 11-12
Music Corrective Resolution Advisory 9-42, 9-43 Edit flight plan 4-38, 8-36
County warnings 11-16 Edit FPL data fields 4-35
Utilities Creating a flight plan 1-17, 4-2 EGNOS 15-8
Creating user waypoints 7-18, 8-35 Emergency frequency 3-11
System Crossfill 1-12, 1-13, 15-24 ENR 6-3
CTAF 7-8 EPU 15-5, 15-7
Messages Customer service 13-3 European airways 8-25
Customizing maps 8-10 Excessive Closure Rate 10-64
Cycle number 1-6, 8-44 Excessive descent rate alert 10-28, 10-29,
Symbols
Cyclone 11-19 10-61
Appendix
External LRU 15-10
Index
Index-2 GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. N

F GDL 88 2-7, 15-12
Getting started 1-1 Foreword
Facility name 12-11, 12-12, 12-13
Failed text message 13-17 Glideslope 3-14
Getting
FastFind 1-23 Glossary 18-1 Started
FDE 15-7 GMT 15-18
GPS 18-19 Audio &
Field elevation 9-27 Xpdr Ctrl
Find Com frequency 3-5 GPS altitude ii, 10-6
FIR 12-1 GPS status 15-5 Com/Nav
FIS-B 11-46 Graphically editing flight plan 4-44, 5-7,
Five-hundred aural alert 10-17, 10-28 8-36
FPL
Flap Override 10-67 Graphical Weather 11-46
Flight ID 2-8, 2-9 Ground 2-4
Ground speed 10-20, 10-33, 10-72 Direct-To
Flight Into Terrain 10-66
Flight phase 10-17, 10-30, 10-63 GSL 10-6
Flight plan 1-17, 4-1, 8-13, 14-22 GSR 56 11-31, 13-1, 13-11, 13-19, 15-14 Proc
Flight plan frequency 3-7 GTX 2-1, 2-4, 2-9, 8-7, 9-3, 9-23, 9-24,
Flight plan import 4-44, 4-48 11-46, 15-12, 15-41, 15-43, 18-4 Wpt Info
Flight plan menu 4-23
H
Flight Stream 4-44, 15-39 Map
Flight Stream 510 Hail 11-9
Using to update database 18-13 HDOP 15-5
Heading 9-5, 9-14, 10-13, 10-24 Traffic
Flight timers 14-10
Forward looking terrain avoidance 10-17, Helipad 7-10, 17-2
10-29, 10-44, 10-62 HFOM 15-5, 15-7 Terrain
Freezing level 11-17 Hold 6-14

Frequency Home page 1-4 Weather
Flight plan 3-7 Hot spots 8-43, 8-44
Monitoring 3-13 HSI 8-40 Nearest
Nearest 3-6 HSI annunciation 6-18
New user 3-9 HTAWS 10-34, 17-6 Services/
Recent 3-5 Hurricanes 11-49 Music
Frequency finding 3-5, 3-16

I Utilities
FSS 12-1, 12-12
Fuel planning 14-19 Icing 11-24, 11-45
Fuel settings 1-7, 15-32 Ident 2-3, 3-14 System
Function user field 15-30 IFR 1-18, 11-19, 11-42, 11-45, 11-55
ILS Approach 6-17 Messages
G ILS CDI Selection 6-25
GAGAN 15-8 Imminent Line Impact 10-17, 10-29,
Symbols
GBT 11-39, 11-47 10-62
GDC 74A ii Imminent obstacle impact 10-17, 10-29,
10-57, 10-58, 10-62 Appendix
GDL 69/69A 13-2, 13-3, 13-9, 15-11
GDL 69/69A status 15-11 Imminent terrain impact 10-17, 10-29,
GDL 69 troubleshooting 13-9 10-62 Index

Import user waypoints 7-23 Map orientation 8-12, 11-36
Foreword Infrared 11-41 Map overlay 8-4
Insert after 4-7 Map page 8-1
Getting
Started Insert before 4-6 Map panning 8-33
Intersection 7-11, 8-21, 8-32, 12-4 MAPR 6-3
Audio & Invert flight plan 4-24, 4-37 Map range 8-12, 8-43, 9-15, 10-13,
Xpdr Ctrl
Iridium 11-31, 13-1, 13-11, 13-18 10-24
Com/Nav
Map setup 8-9
K Map symbols 17-1, 17-7
King autopilot 6-26 Map toolbar symbols 17-8
FPL
Knobs 1-2, 1-4 Mark on target 7-19
Mean Sea Level 10-6
Direct-To L Message 10-28, 10-16, 10-22, 4-28,
Land data 8-5, 8-22 10-33, 10-20
Proc Legend 11-4, 11-44 METARs 11-18, 11-41, 11-55
Level 10-16, 10-17, 10-27, 10-30, 10-63 MGRS 15-35
Wpt Info Lighting 15-38 Minimum runway length 1-12
Lightning 8-32, 11-20, 11-40, 11-41 Miscellaneous symbols 17-9
Limitations 9-7, 11-9, 10-21, 10-10, Missed Approach 6-13
Map
11-49 MOA 8-32, 17-9
LNAV 6-17, 6-18 Model descriptions 1-1
Traffic LNAV+V 6-17, 6-18 Monitoring frequency 3-13
LNAV/VNAV Approach 6-3 Morse code 3-15
Terrain Load hold at waypoint 4-14 Motion vector 9-20, 9-21, 9-25
Load procedures in FPL 4-10 Mountains 11-49
Weather Localizer 3-14, 6-25 Moving map 1-3
Local offset 15-18 MSAS 15-8
Nearest
Lock activation 15-11 Music 13-1, 13-4
Locking screw 1-3 Mute 13-7
Services/ Low alt 6-3
Music LP approach 6-3, 6-18 N
LP +V 6-18 National Weather Service 11-7, 11-45
Utilities LPV Approach 6-3, 6-18 Nav angle 15-32, 15-33
L/VNAV 6-18 Navigation map 8-43
System Navigation source iii
M Nav range ring 8-16
Messages Magnetic variation 15-32, 15-33 NDB 7-14, 8-21, 8-32, 12-7
Making a phone call 13-12 Nearest airport 1-12, 1-14, 12-3, 15-19
Manual mag var 15-33 Nearest airspace 12-9
Symbols
Map Nearest ARTCC 12-11
Symbols 8-42 Nearest frequency 3-6
Appendix Map controls 8-35 Nearest FSS 12-12
Map Detail 8-31 Nearest intersection 12-4
Index Map menu 8-3 Nearest NDB 12-7

Nearest User Wpt 12-8 Precipitation 11-9, 11-39, 11-41
Nearest VOR 12-5 Premature descent alerting 10-18, 10-30, Foreword
Nearest waypoint 12-1 10-63
Getting
Nearest weather 12-13 Preset 13-8 Started
Negative climb rate 10-28, 10-31, 10-68 Preventive Resolution Advisory 9-42,
NEXRAD 8-7, 11-7, 11-50 9-43, 9-44 Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Limitations 11-9 Preview flight plan 4-38, 4-43
NEXRAD Canada 11-10 Procedures 1-18, 6-1 Com/Nav
Next airspace 8-33 Procedure turn 6-13
Non-directional ownship 17-9 Product age 11-38
FPL
North up 8-12, 11-1 Product description 1-3
NOTAM , 7-2, 7-9 Product Support viii
Proximate Traffic 9-38 Direct-To
O Proximity advisory 9-5, 9-17
OBS 8-41, 18-6 Proc
Obstacle data 10-6, 10-19, 10-33 R
Obstacles 8-5, 8-17, 8-22, 9-9, 10-1, Radar 9-7, 9-9, 11-7, 11-9, 11-39, 11-46, Wpt Info
10-6, 10-9, 10-10, 10-21, 10-22, 11-49, 11-50
10-11 RAIM 14-11
Map
Obstructions 10-9, 10-21 Rain 11-39, 11-46
OCN 6-3 Range ring 8-16, 9-15, 9-17, 9-25, 10-13,
On scene mode 9-23 10-24 Traffic
Overview 1-3 Recent frequency 3-5
Ownship 17-9 Record of Revisions viii Terrain
Reduced protection 10-39
P Reduced required obstacle clearance Weather
Page menus 8-10, 8-21, 8-27 10-17, 10-29, 10-62
Pairing a device 15-41, 15-42 Reduced required terrain clearance 10-17, Nearest
Panning 8-33 10-29, 10-62
Parallel track 4-33, 17-9 Reflectivity 11-7, 11-9, 11-50 Services/
Parking area 17-2 Regional NEXRAD 11-52 Music
Phone call 13-12 Register with GFDS 11-36
Phone volume 13-15 Registration viii Utilities
Photocell 15-38 Remote frequency control 1-16, 3-12
Pilot controls 1-4 Remove FPL waypoint 4-9 System
PIREP 11-26, 11-43, 11-56 Resolution Advisories 9-37, 9-42
Point obstacle 8-17 Resolution Advisory 9-38, 9-39 Messages
Point-to-Point 14-14, 14-19 Reverse frequency look-up 3-12, 15-21,
Position format 15-35 15-22
Symbols
Position reporting 13-18 Revisions viii
Position reporting status 13-19 RLC 10-17, 10-29, 10-62
Power 11-50 RNAV 6-18 Appendix
Power-up 8-44, 9-10, 10-1, 10-11, 10-20, ROC 10-57, 10-58
10-22, 10-33, 10-61, 10-72 Roll steering 6-13, 6-24 Index

Rotorcraft traffic page orientation 9-23 Status 13-19, 15-5, 15-11
Foreword Route options 4-36 Store flight plan 4-24
Runway 15-19 Stormscope 8-7, 11-27, 17-10
Getting
Started Runway extension 8-21 Stuck microphone 3-12
Runway length 1-12, 15-19 Sunrise/Sunset 14-13
Audio & Runways 7-7 Support viii
Xpdr Ctrl
Runway surface 1-12, 15-19 Suppress Visuals 13-14
Com/Nav
Ryan TCAD 9-24 Surface Analysis 11-22
Surface winds 11-45
S Symbols 8-42, 9-4, 9-13, 10-27, 10-52,
FPL
SafeTaxi 8-13, 8-21, 8-43, 8-44, 17-2 11-6, 17-1, 10-16
SafeTaxi symbols 17-2 System ID 15-4
Direct-To Satellite telephone 13-11 System power 1-6
SBAS 15-8 System settings 1-10
Proc Scale 8-17, 9-13, 17-3 System status 9-10, 9-16, 10-33, 10-72,
Scheduled messages 14-28 15-3, 10-20
Wpt Info SD card 1-3
Search and rescue (SAR) 4-16 T
Select approach 6-9 TAF 11-41
Map
Select arrival 6-6 Target altitude 14-6
Select departure 6-4 Target offset 14-7
Traffic Selected Altitude 11-44 Target waypoint 14-8
Self-test 1-7 TAS 9-3, 9-12, 9-13, 14-24
Terrain Sensor data 14-14, 14-19, 14-24 TAWS-A 10-51
Serial numbers 13-9, 15-4 TAWS-A alerts 10-56
Weather Service Class 13-3 TAWS-B 10-10, 10-21, 10-51
Services 11-46, 13-1 TAWS-B alerts 10-16, 10-27, 10-52
Nearest
Setup 1-10, 15-15 TAWS failure alert 10-19, 10-33
Shield setup 9-31, 9-35 TAWS system test 10-11, 10-20, 10-22,
Services/ SIDs 10-33, 10-72
Music SIGMET 11-15, 11-45, 11-58 TCAD 9-24
Smart Airspace 8-24 TCAD 9900B 9-29
Utilities SMS 13-15 TCAD 9900BX 9-24, 9-33
Snow 11-9 TCAS 9-4, 9-20
System Software version 13-9, 15-3 TCAS II 9-37, 9-39, 9-45
Special Use Airspace 12-1 TCAS II alerts 9-40
Messages Speed 10-18, 10-30, 10-63 TCAS II system test 9-44
Squawk code 2-6 Telligence 2-11
Squelch 1-4, 3-2 Telligence Voice Command Qualification
Symbols
Standby 2-3 Procedure 18-25
Standby database 15-4 Temperature 15-32
Appendix STAR 6-6 Temporary 7-19
STARs TERM 6-3
Index Start-up 1-6

Terrain 8-5, 8-22, 9-9, 10-1, 10-21, Utilities 14-1
10-57, 10-58, 10-59, 17-5, 10-10 UTM 15-35 Foreword
Terrain alerts 10-31, 10-68
Terrain Awareness and Warning System V Getting
Started
10-51 VCALC 14-4, 14-5
Terrain data 8-6, 10-9, 10-10, 10-21 Vector duration 9-22 Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl
Terrain limitations 10-9 Vector motion 9-17, 9-25
Terrain obstacle symbols 10-23, 10-53, Vector-To-Final 6-16 Com/Nav
10-12 Version 1-6, 8-44, 10-1, 10-11, 10-22
Terrain proximity ii, 10-6, 10-23, 10-12 Vertical Calculator 14-4
FPL
Text 11-46 Vertical speed 14-7
Text messaging 13-16 VFOM 15-5, 15-7
TFR 8-21, 11-54, 17-9 VFR 2-5, 11-19, 11-42, 11-55 Direct-To
Thunderstorm 11-49 View catalog 4-36
Time 15-6, 15-8, 15-18 VNAV 4-25, 8-15, 18-8 Proc
Time format 1-11 Voice alert 9-9
Time until transmit 13-19 Voice call out 10-17, 10-19, 10-28, Wpt Info
TIS 9-3, 9-4, 9-7, 9-9 10-33, 15-37, 10-45, 10-59,
Topo data 8-5 10-71, 10-57
Map
Topo scale 8-17 Volume 1-4, 3-2, 13-2, 13-7
Tornadoes 11-49 VOR 3-14, 7-12, 8-21, 8-32, 10-24, 12-5,
Touchscreen 1-2, 1-5 10-13 Traffic
Track vector 9-8 VOR-based approach 6-25
Traffic 8-8, 9-1 VRP 7-2, 7-13, 8-9 Terrain
Traffic Advisory 8-27, 9-3, 9-4, 9-38
Traffic audio 9-27, 9-30, 9-35 W Weather
Traffic Pop-Up 9-1 WAAS 15-8
Traffic symbols 9-4, 9-13, 9-18, 17-2 Warnings ii Nearest
Traffic test 9-2 Warranty i
Transponder 2-1, 9-3, 9-7, 9-9, 9-10, 9-13 Waypoint information 4-11, 7-1 Services/
Trip planning 14-13 Waypoint options 4-4 Music
Trip planning flight plan mode 14-13, Weather 7-9, 8-27, 11-1, 11-31
14-17 Weather legend 11-4 Utilities
Trip planning point-to-point mode 14-14 Weather product 11-38, 13-3
Turbulence 11-25, 11-45 Wind 8-1, 11-41, 11-44, 11-45 System
Winds 14-24
U Winds aloft 11-23, 11-44, 11-57 Messages
Under construction 17-2 Winds aloft altitude 11-44
Units 1-12, 15-32 Wire obstacle 8-20
Symbols
User-defined hold 4-14, 5-8 WX-500 8-7, 11-27
User fields 1-20, 8-28, 15-29
User frequency 3-9 Appendix
User waypoint 7-15, 7-18, 8-35, 12-8
UTC 1-11, 15-18 Index

X
Foreword
XM channel categories 13-5
Getting XM radio activation 13-3
Started XM radio channel presets 13-8
XM radio channels 13-6
Audio &
Xpdr Ctrl XM radio volume 13-7
XM Satellite Radio 13-2
Com/Nav XM troubleshooting 13-9
XM weather 13-3
FPL
Z
Zulu 15-18
Direct-To
Proc
Wpt Info
Map
Traffic
Terrain
Weather
Nearest
Services/
Music
Utilities
System
Messages
Symbols
Appendix
Index

© 2011-2018 Garmin Corporation
flyGarmin.com
Part Number 190-01004-03 Rev. N

GTN 625-635-650 Pilot's Guide

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

GTN 625-635-650 Pilot's Guide

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

GTN 625-635-650 Pilot's Guide

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Map

GTN 625/635/650 Weather

August 2018 Printed in the U.S.A

190-01004-03 Rev. N GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide i

Weather WARNING: The altitude calculated by GPS receivers is geometric height

ii GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. N

WARNING: Never use datalinked weather to attempt to penetrate a

190-01004-03 Rev. N GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide iii

iv GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. N

190-01004-03 Rev. N GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide v

vi GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. N

190-01004-03 Rev. N GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide vii

viii GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. N

Product Registration and Support.................................................................... viii Audio &

1.1.1 GTN 625................................................................................ 1-1

1.1.3 GTN 650................................................................................ 1-2

1.4.2 Database Verification and Fuel Settings................................... 1-7

190-01004-03 Rev. N GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide ix

x GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. N

3.3.3 Adding a New User Frequency................................................ 3-9 Audio &

4.2.3.2 Removing a Hold.................................................................. 4-15

190-01004-03 Rev. N GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide xi

xii GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. N

5.9 Direct-To a Search and Rescue Pattern.................................................. 5-9 Audio &

6.6 Flying the Missed Approach................................................................ 6-13

190-01004-03 Rev. N GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide xiii

xiv GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. N

8.7.1 Using SafeTaxi® ................................................................... 8-43

9.3.6 TIS Alerts................................................................................ 9-9 Services/

190-01004-03 Rev. N GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide xv

10 Terrain.................................................................................................10-1 Audio &

10.3.3 Database Updates................................................................ 10-3

10.5.5.3 Terrain Alerting Selections................................................... 10-14

190-01004-03 Rev. N GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide xvii

10.8 TAWS-A (Optional)........................................................................... 10-51 Audio &

10.8.5.6 Inhibiting/Enabling TAWS-A PDA/FLTA Alerting.................... 10-64

11.1.3 Weather Map Orientation..................................................... 11-5

190-01004-03 Rev. N GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide xix

13.1 Music................................................................................................. 13-2 Services/

190-01004-03 Rev. N GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide xxi

xxii GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. N

15.3.3 GSR 56 Status.................................................................... 15-14

15.6 User Fields........................................................................................ 15-29

190-01004-03 Rev. N GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide xxiii

xxiv GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. N

About This Guide

Electronic Document Features Services/

190-01004-03 Rev. N GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide xxv

Services/ Scroll Bar Indicates More Selections

xxvi GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. N

1.1 Model Descriptions Getting

and control their functions by a simple touch on the interactive display.

line of navigation information instead of the transponder window.

Map 1.2 About This Pilot's Guide

1-2 GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 190-01004-03 Rev. N

1.3 Product Description Getting

190-01004-03 Rev. N GTN 625/635/650 Pilot’s Guide 1-3

Figure 1-7 Home Page On The GTN 625 Without Transponder

1.3.2.4 Direct-To Key

Figure 1-8 Direct-To Key